WCP 123_128

713
Please note the following: The xxxxxxxxxx is not available in all markets. This output is created from an electronic documentation (EDOC) database and is not optimised for hard copy. Please be aware of the following: •Text may not appear to be in the logical order when flowing around figures. •Text may continue on a following page without indication. •Figures may not appear on the page containing the figure reference. •EDOC hot link references can over write text. This manual includes all data from the following service bulletins: None Transmittal Page Product CC C123/128,WC M123/128 Title Service Manual Part Number XXXXXXXX Status 2nd Draft Version Date February 2004

Transcript of WCP 123_128

Page 1: WCP 123_128

Please note the following:

The xxxxxxxxxx is not available in all markets.

This output is created from an electronic documentation (EDOC) database and is not optimised for hard copy. Please be aware of the following:

•Text may not appear to be in the logical order when flowing around figures.•Text may continue on a following page without indication.•Figures may not appear on the page containing the figure reference.•EDOC hot link references can over write text.

This manual includes all data from the following service bulletins:None

Transmittal PageProduct

CC C123/128,WC M123/128

Title

Service Manual

Part Number

XXXXXXXX

Status2nd Draft Version

Date

February 2004

Page 2: WCP 123_128

March 2003

CC C123/128,WC M123/128Service Manual 2nd Draft

Page 3: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

Service Documentation

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Service Manual

XXXXXXXX

February 2004

Prepared by:

Xerox Europe

Global Knowledge & Language Services

Enterprise Centre

P.O. Box 17

Bessemer Road

Welwyn Garden City

Hertfordshire AL7 1HE

England.

© Copyright 2003 by Xerox Europe. All rights reserved.

***Xerox Private Data***

All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposesonly. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained service per-sonnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customerany future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules,components or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machinedefects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consultthe applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service.

While every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual, no liability will be accepted byXerox Europe arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions.

Xerox Europe, Xerox ® and all identifying numbers used in connection with the Xerox productsmentioned in this publication are trademarks of Xerox. Other company trademarks are alsoacknowledged.

Printed in the United Kingdom.

Page 4: WCP 123_128

Page Rev.iiiiiiivvviviiviii

1-11-21-31-41-51-6

2-12-22-32-42-52-62-72-82-9

2-102-112-122-132-142-152-162-172-182-192-202-212-222-232-242-252-262-272-282-292-302-312-322-332-342-352-362-372-382-392-402-412-422-432-442-45

Page Rev.2-462-472-482-492-502-512-522-532-542-552-562-572-582-592-602-612-622-632-642-652-662-672-682-692-702-712-722-732-742-752-762-772-782-792-802-81

Page Rev.

2-822-832-842-852-862-872-882-892-902-912-922-932-942-952-962-972-982-992-1002-1012-1022-1032-1042-1052-1062-1072-1082-1092-1102-1112-1122-1132-1142-1152-1162-1172-1182-1192-1202-1212-122

Page Rev.2-1232-1242-1252-1262-1272-1282-1292-1302-1312-1322-1332-1342-1352-1362-1372-1382-1392-1402-1412-1422-1432-144

3-13-2

Page Rev.3-33-43-53-63-73-83-93-103-113-123-133-14

4-14-24-34-44-54-64-74-8

Page Rev.4-94-104-114-124-134-144-154-164-174-184-194-204-214-224-234-244-254-264-274-284-294-304-314-324-334-344-354-364-374-384-394-404-414-424-434-444-454-464-474-484-49

Page Rev.4-504-514-524-534-544-554-564-574-584-594-604-614-624-634-644-654-664-674-684-694-704-714-724-734-744-754-764-774-784-794-804-814-824-834-844-854-864-874-884-894-90

Page Rev.

Revision Control ListProduct:

CC C123/128,WC M123/128

Draft

Title:Service Manual

Part Number:xxxP xxxxxx

Revision:02/10

Documentation compatible with this revision.EDOC (Compact Disc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxxxxxxxEDOC Supplement (hard copy wiring diagrams) . . . . . . xxxxxxxxx

Page 5: WCP 123_128

4-834-84

5-15-25-35-45-55-65-75-85-95-105-115-125-135-145-155-165-175-185-195-205-215-225-235-245-255-265-275-285-295-305-315-325-335-345-355-365-375-385-395-405-415-425-435-445-455-465-475-485-495-505-515-52

Page Rev.5-535-545-555-565-575-585-605-615-625-635-645-655-665-675-685-695-705-715-725-735-745-755-765-775-785-795-805-815-825-835-845-855-865-875-885-895-905-915-925-935-94

6-16-26-36-46-56-66-76-86-96-106-116-126-13

Page Rev.6-146-156-166-176-186-196-206-216-226-236-246-256-266-276-286-296-306-316-326-336-346-356-366-376-386-396-406-416-426-436-446-456-466-476-486-496-506-516-526-536-546-556-566-576-586-596-606-616-626-636-646-656-666-676-68

Page Rev.6-696-706-716-726-736-746-756-766-776-786-796-806-816-826-836-846-856-866-876-886-896-906-916-926-936-946-956-966-976-986-996-1006-1016-1026-1036-1046-1056-1066-1076-1086-1096-1106-1116-1126-1136-1146-1156-116

7-17-27-37-47-57-6

Page Rev.7-77-87-97-107-117-127-137-147-157-167-177-187-197-207-217-227-237-247-257-267-277-287-297-307-317-327-337-347-357-367-377-387-397-407-417-427-437-447-457-467-477-487-497-507-517-527-537-547-557-567-577-587-597-607-61

Page Rev.7-627-637-647-657-667-677-687-697-707-717-727-737-747-757-767-777-787-797-807-817-827-837-847-857-867-877-887-897-907-917-927-937-947-957-967-977-987-997-1007-1017-1027-1037-104

8-18-28-38-48-58-68-78-88-98-108-11

Page Rev.8-128-138-148-158-168-178-188-198-208-218-228-238-248-258-268-278-288-298-308-318-328-338-348-358-368-378-388-398-408-418-428-438-448-458-468-478-488-498-508-518-528-538-54

Page Rev.

Page 6: WCP 123_128

Section Name

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

12/05?-1No Product Name Assigned

DC 236/238, CC C123/128,WC M123/128

Service Documentation

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Service Documentation

xxxxxxxxx

2nd Draft

04/10

Xerox Multinational Customer and Service Education 780 Salt Road Webster, New York 14580

© 2002 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox ® and all identifying numbers used in connection with the Xerox products mentioned in this publication are trademarks of the Xerox Corporation.

***Xerox Private Data***

All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service per-sonnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or mod-ules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service.

Xerox

While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions.

WARNINGThis equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A comput-ing device pursuant to subpart J of part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide reason-able protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to correct the interference.

Page 7: WCP 123_128

No Product Name AssignedDC 236/238, CC C123/128,WC M123/128

12/05

?-2Section Name

Page 8: WCP 123_128

Introduction

Introduction

12/05iCC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

About this Manual .......................................................................................................................... iiiOrganization.................................................................................................................................... iiiHow to Use this Documentation ..................................................................................................... ivSymbology and Nomenclature........................................................................................................ vTranslated Warnings ....................................................................................................................... viii

Page 9: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

iiIntroduction

Page 10: WCP 123_128

Introduction

About this Manual Organizationections. The titles of the sections and a description are contained in the following paragraphs:

esmine what actions are to be taken during a service they are to be completed. This is the entry level for

for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault age quality problems).

or troubleshooting any image quality problems, as ge defect samples.

d Repair procedures.

nd replacement of parts which have the following

ne safety issue. ot be determined from the exploded view of the

ating activity associated with the procedure.nt after replacement.emoval or replacement.der of removal and replacement, for warnings, cau-

g the parts that must be within specification for the

ect sequence of operation for specifications, warn-

rts List.

nformation Diagnostic Programs, and Copier/Printer Informa-

12/05iiiCC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for

DocuColor xxxxx, WorkCentre M24 copier/printers. The Service Documentation is used in order to diagnose machine malfunctions, adjust components and has information which is used to maintain the product in superior operating condition. It is the controlling publication for a service call. Information on its use is found in the Introduction of the Service Documentation.

This manual contains information that applies to NASG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers.

Service Manual RevisionThe Service Manual will be updated as the machine changes or as problem areas are identi-fied.

This Service Manual is divided into eight sof the information contained in each section

Section 1: Service Call ProcedurThis section contains procedures that detercall on the machine and in what sequence all service calls.

Section 2: Status Indicator RAPsThis section contains the diagnostic aids Code related faults (with the exception of im

Section 3: Image QualityThis section contains the diagnostic aids fwell as image quality specifications and ima

Section 4: Repairs/AdjustmentsThis section contains all the Adjustments an

RepairsRepairs include procedures for removal aspecial conditions:

When there is a personnel or machiWhen removal or replacement cannParts List.When there is a cleaning or a lubricWhen the part requires an adjustmeWhen a special tool is required for r

Use the repair procedures for the correct ortions, and notes.

AdjustmentsAdjustments include procedures for adjustincorrect operation of the system.

Use the adjustment procedures for the corrings, cautions and notes.

Section 5: Parts ListsThis section contains the Copier/Printer Pa

Section 6: General Procedures/IThis section contains General Procedures,tion.

Page 11: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ationescribe the sequence of activities used during the these procedures.

tions 2 (Status Indicator RAPs) and 3 (Image Qual-ts, with the exception of power distribution wirenets, irenets are shown in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the

enets on the CDs will end at the terminal board for et for that power and locate the terminal board on ot any power distribution wiring not shown on the

ramsuded in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Man-ship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or ut the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor

s, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an orks.

contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It order to trace a wire back to its source.

12/05iv

Introduction

Section 7: Wiring DataThis section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, and diagrams of the power distribu-tion wire networks in the machine. Individual wire networks are shown in the Circuit Diagrams contained in Section 2. This section also contains the Block Schematic Diagrams.

Section 9: InstallationThis section contains installation information for various machine components.

How to Use this DocumentThe Service Call Procedures in Section 1 dservice call. The call must be entered using

Use of the Circuit DiagramsCircuit Diagrams (CDs) are included in Secity RAPs) of the Service Manual. All wireneare shown on the CDs. Power distribution wService Manual. The power distribution wirthe power being distributed. Find the wirenthe wirenet. Use the wirenet to troubleshoCD.

Use of the Block Schematic DiagBlock Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) are inclual. The BSDs show the functional relationnon-mechanical, inputs or outputs throughodrive, mechanical linkages, operator actionoverall view of how the entire subsystem w

It should be noted that the BSDs no longer will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in

Page 12: WCP 123_128

Introduction

Symbology and Nomenclature CAUTIONan those specified in the Laser Safety Training Pro-us laser radiation. Safety Training program.

gain access to, or to release an object.

stomer Access Label

hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to

ated Surface Label

rents exist when the machine is closed and operat-ine.

hock Hazard Label

ay be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).

SD warning Label

12/05vCC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.

Warnings, Cautions, and NotesWarnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:

WARNINGA Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.

CAUTIONA Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment.

NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance pro-cedure, practice, condition, or statement.

Machine Safety IconsThe following safety icons are displayed on the machine:

WARNINGThis machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized.The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.

WARNINGDo not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.

Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol

Laser Hazard Statement

DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.

The use of controls or adjustments other thgram may result in an exposure to dangeroFor additional information, review the Laser

An arrow points to the location to install, to

Figure 2 Cu

This symbol indicates that a surface can beavoid touching the hot surfaces.

Figure 3 He

Danger label indicates where electrical curing. Use caution when reaching in the mach

Figure 4 S

These symbols indicate components that m

Figure 5 E

Page 13: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive des activities like replacing or reseating of circuit e used in order to prevent additional damage when

ervice Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit f the Service Documentation.

at are commonly used in illustrations.

12/05vi

Introduction

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service KitThe purpose of the ESD Protection Program is to preserve the inherent reliability and quality of electronic components that are handled by the Field Service Personnel. This program is being implemented now as a direct result of advances in microcircuitry technology, as well as a new acknowledgment of the magnitude of the ESD problem in the electronics industry today.

This program will reduce Field Service costs that are charged to PWB failures. Ninety percent of all PWB failures that are ESD related do not occur immediately. Using the ESD Field Service Kit will eliminate these delayed failures and intermittent problems caused by ESD. This will improve product reliability and reduce callbacks.

The ESD Field Service Kit should be usedcomponents are being handled. This incluboards or connectors. The kit should also bcircuit boards are returned for repair.

The instructions for using the ESD Field SUsage in the General Procedures section o

Illustration SymbolsFigure 6 shows symbols and conventions th

Figure 6 Illustration Symbols

Page 14: WCP 123_128

Introduction

Signal Nomenclature DC Voltage Measurements in RAPsen it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC tion for the red (+) meter lead and the second test ad. For example, the following statement may be

e placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68.

RAP might be:

e placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would

med that the black meter lead may be attached to

12/05viiCC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs.

Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature

Voltage Measurement and SpecificationsMeasurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC volt-age should be made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire.

Logic Voltage LevelsMeasurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure.

The RAPs have been designed so that whvoltage, the first test point listed is the locapoint is the location for the black meter lefound in a RAP:

There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68.

In this example, the red meter lead would b

Another example of a statement found in a

There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33.

In this example, the red meter lead would bbe placed on TP33.

If a second test point is not given, it is assuthe copier frame.

Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications

VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION

INPUT POWER 220 V 198 VAC TO 242 VACINPUT POWER 100 V 90 VAC TO 135 VACINPUT POWER 120 V 90 VAC TO 135 VAC+5 VDC +4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC+24 VDC +23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC

Table 2 Logic Levels

VOLTAGE H/L SPECIFICATIONS

+5 VDC H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC

L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC+24 VDC H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC

L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC

Page 15: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

viiiIntroduction

Translated WarningsIntroductionSymbology and Nomenclature

WARNINGA Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.DANGER: Une note DANGER est utilisée à chaque fois qu'une procédure de maintenance ou qu'une manipulation présente un risque de blessure si elle n'a pas été strictement observée.

WARNINGThis machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized.DANGER: L'équipement contient un faisceau laser invisible et aucune indication visible signale la présence du faisceau laser. De ce fait le produit est classé 3B pour tout ce qui concerne la maintenance. L'exposition directe des yeux au faisceau laser peut entraîner des lésions visuelles. Les procédures de maintenance doivent être réalisées sans aucun changement comme indiqué dans la documentation. Le représentant Xerox lors d'interventions sur l'équipe-ment doit respecter les consignes de sécurité locales concernant les faisceaux laser. Ne pas placer d'objet réfléchissant dans la zone du ROS quand il est ouvert. Ne pas regarder dans la zone du ROS lorsque la machine est sous tension et que le laser est en fonctionnement.The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.DANGER: Les symboles et instructions suivants sont indiqués sur des étiquettes dans la machine et sont identifiés dans la documentation technique et dans le manuel de formation. Quand ces symboles s'affichent le représentant Xerox est prévenu des risques encourus con-cernant une exposition au rayon laser.

WARNINGDo not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.DANGER: Ne pas essayer de shunter les contacts laser pour quelques raisons que ce soit. Si le faisceau laser est dirigé accidentellement vers les yeux il peut en résulter des lésions ocu-laires permanentes.3 Image Quality TBD

4 Repairs and Adjustments TBD

Page 16: WCP 123_128

Service Call Procedures

vice Call Procedures

12/051-1CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

1 SerService Call Procedures.................................................................................................. 3Initial Actions ................................................................................................................... 3Call Flow.......................................................................................................................... 4Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)........................................................................... 4Cleaning Procedures....................................................................................................... 5Final Actions.................................................................................................................... 5

Page 17: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

1-2Service Call Procedures

Page 18: WCP 123_128

Call Procedures, Initial ActionsService Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures Initial Actions

he Service Call Procedures is to determine the rea-rganize the actions which must be performed.

ce call and the condition of the copier/printer.bout the location of most recent paper jams. Ask opier/printer performance in general, including any ns. onnect the machine from the customer’s network.

in good condition, correctly plugged in the power s that would be a safety hazard. Repair or replace ck that the circuit breakers are not tripped. ire as to, or otherwise determine, the paper quality for optimum image quality with this machine are 24 XC) or 90 gsm Colotech + (XE). Look for any dam-e quality defects, or other indications of a problem. .

d while performing a diagnostics procedure, go to e fault. Return to Diagnostics and continue with the rming.

at HSFI action is required based on the customer iled Maintenance Activities section for the detailed ms that require action.n in the dC118 Jam Counter, dC120 Fault Counter, assify this information into categories: the problem that caused the service call. secondary problems. quire action, such as a single occurrence of a prob-

ecent activities that are related to the problem that condary problem. dentified above. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance

roblem by running the same jobs that the customer

12/051-3CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Service

2nd Draft

Service StrategyThe service strategy for the DocuColor xxxxx and WorkCentre M24 Copier/Printers is to per-form any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions before attempting to repair any prob-lems. Some problems will be corrected by this strategy without the need to diagnose them. The Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) will be used for any remaining problems.

Problems that occur in the Basic Printer mode will be repaired before problems that occur when using the accessories.

Image Quality problems should be repaired after all other problems are repaired.

Service Call ProceduresThe Service Call Procedures are a guide for performing any service on this machine. The procedures are designed to be used with the Service Manual. Perform each step in order.

Initial ActionsThe Initial Actions gather information about the condition of the machine and the problem that caused the service call.

Call FlowCall Flow summarizes the sequence of the Service Call Procedures.

Detailed Maintenance ActivitiesThis section provides the information needed to perform the dC135 High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions.

Cleaning ProceduresThe cleaning procedures list what needs to be cleaned at each service call.

Final ActionsThe Final Actions will test the copier/printer and return it to the customer. Administrative activi-ties are also performed in the Final Actions.

Purpose The purpose of the Initial Action section of tson for the service call and to identify and o

Procedure1. Gather the information about the servi

a. Question the operator(s). Ask aabout the image quality and the cunusual sounds or other indicatio

b. After informing the customer, discc. Check that the power cords are

source, and free from any defectthe power cords as required. Che

d. Inspect any rejected copies. Inquand weight. The specified paperslb. Xerox Color Xpressions Plus (age to the copies, oil marks, imag

e. Record the billing meter readingsf. Enter the Diagnostics Mode.

NOTE: If a fault code is displayethat fault code RAP and repair thdC procedure that you were perfo

g. Go to dC135 and determine whoutput volume. Refer to the DetaHSFI information. Record any ite

h. Display and record the informatioand dC122 Shutdown History. Cl

Information that is related toInformation that is related toInformation that does not relem.

i. Check the Service Log for any rcaused the service call or any se

2. Perform any required HSFI activities iActivities section.

3. Exit diagnostics. Try to duplicate the pwas running.

4. Go to Call Flow.

Page 19: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ities (HFSI)

1 for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) proaching the threshold. Using the customer's out-r low volume), evaluate which HFSI actions should itional service call in the near future. iled cleaning instructions.

equency Service Itemsld Service Action to be performed

Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad.Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.Replace the Fuser.No action required - counter only.No action required - counter only.

12/051-4Call Flow, Detailed Maintenance Activities

Service Call Procedures

Call FlowThis procedure should be performed at every service call.

Initial ActionsAsk the operator about the problem. If the problem appears to be related to operator error, or an attempt to perform a job outside of the machine specifications, assist the customer in learn-ing the correct procedure.

ProcedureTBD

Detailed Maintenance ActivProcedure1. Clean the ADC Sensor on every call. 2. Enter Diagnostics and select dC135. 3. Perform the Service Actions in Table

counters that are over threshold or apput volume numbers (high, medium, obe accomplished now to avoid an add

4. Refer to Cleaning Procedures for deta

Table 1 High FrCounter Name Thresho

954-800 Tray 1 Feed counter 300K

954-801 Tray 2 Feed counter 300K

954-802 Tray 3 Feed counter 300K

954-803 Tray 4 Feed counter 300K

954-805 MSI Feed counter T.B.D954-806 Bias Transfer Roll 300K954-807 Fuser 175K956-802 IIT Scan T.B.D955-806 Document Feed T.B.D

Page 20: WCP 123_128

ning Procedures, Final ActionsService Call Procedures

Cleaning Procedures Final Actions

s a guide to follow at the end of every service call.

printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry o clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents.nsure that an adequate supply of consumables is procedures.

a copy of the Demonstration Original for the Cus-

4) or 11 x 17 inch paper. ss with the short edge of the test pattern registered ct Tray 1 and make a single copy.onfiguration Report). Store this report with the ser-

int and Scan functions.er.er network. Verify function.

mer to ensure that the customer understands what e results of the service call.

12/051-5CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Clea

2nd Draft

PurposeThe purpose is to provide cleaning procedures to be performed at every call.

ProcedureCAUTION

Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual.General Cleaning

Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.

1. Feed Components (Rolls and Pads)Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.

2. ROS WindowsUse the cleaning wand to clean the ROS windows (follow the procedure in the User Guide).

3. Toner Dispense UnitsVacuum the Toner Dispense units.

4. Jam SensorsClean the sensors with a dry cotton swab.

5. Scannera. Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off.b. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass,

Document Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror. c. Clean the Exposure Lamp with a clean cloth and Film Remover.d. Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.

6. DADFCheck the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film Remover as required.

7. FinisherCheck the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the Finisher with a dry lint free cloth.

PurposeThe intent of this procedure is to be used a

Procedure1. Ensure that the exterior of the copier/

cloth or a cloth moistened with water t2. Check the supply of consumables. E

available according to local operating 3. Complete the Service Log.4. Perform the following steps to make

tomer:a. Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (Ab. Place the Test Pattern on the gla

to the left edge of the glass. Selec. Print out the Machine Settings (C

vice log in Inner Cover.d. Ask the customer to verify the Pre. Present the copies to the custom

5. Reconnect the machine to the custom6. Issue copy credits as needed.7. Discuss the service call with the custo

has been done and is satisfied with th

Page 21: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

1-6Cleaning Procedures, Final ActionsService Call Procedures

Page 22: WCP 123_128

Status-indicator-raps

tatus Indicator RAPs........................................................................ 44........................................................................ 44

........................................................................ 47

........................................................................ 48

........................................................................ 50

........................................................................ 51

........................................................................ 53

........................................................................ 54

........................................................................ 55

........................................................................ 56

........................................................................ 56

........................................................................ 57

........................................................................ 57

........................................................................ 58

........................................................................ 58

........................................................................ 59

........................................................................ 59

........................................................................ 60

........................................................................ 61

........................................................................ 62

........................................................................ 63

........................................................................ 64

........................................................................ 65

........................................................................ 67

........................................................................ 68

........................................................................ 69

........................................................................ 70

........................................................................ 71

........................................................................ 72

........................................................................ 73

........................................................................ 74

........................................................................ 74

........................................................................ 75

........................................................................ 76

........................................................................ 77

........................................................................ 78

........................................................................ 79

........................................................................ 79

........................................................................ 80

........................................................................ 81

........................................................................ 83

........................................................................ 83

........................................................................ 84h..................................................................... 84

12/052-1CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

2 S OthersChain-Link None Tray1 Cassette Size Fail ................................................................................... 5Chain-Link None Tray2 Cassette Size Fail .................................................................................... 5Chain-Link None Tray3 Cassette Size Fail ................................................................................... 6Chain-Link None Tray4 Cassette Size Fail .................................................................................... 6Chain-Link None No Paper In The Select Paper Tray ................................................................... 7Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Length......................................................................... 8Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Width .......................................................................... 9SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP.............................................................................................................. 9

DADF05-275 DADF RAM Fail ................................................................................................................ 1105-280 DADF EEPROM Fail......................................................................................................... 1105-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail.......................................................................................... 1205-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail ........................................................................................... 1305-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail ................................................................................................ 1405-906 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam.................................................................................. 1505-907 CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor Static Jam ............................................................................ 1605-908 CVT-DADF Reg. Sensor Static Jam .................................................................................. 1605-913 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam................................................................................ 1705-915 CVT-DADF #1 APS Static Jam ......................................................................................... 1705-916 CVT-DADF #2 APS Static Jam ......................................................................................... 1805-917 CVT-DADF #3 APS Static Jam ......................................................................................... 1805-121 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor On Jam...................................................................................... 1905-122 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam ....................................................... 2005-123 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Reg.Sensor On Jam............................................................... 2105-125 CVT-DADF Reg.Sensor Off Jam....................................................................................... 2205-131 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam On Inverting............................................................... 2305-132 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam .................................................................................... 2405-134 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam.................................................................................... 2505-135 CVT-DADF Side2 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam ...................................................................... 2605-136 CVT-DADF Side2 Reg.Sensor On Jam ............................................................................. 2805-139 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam.................................................................................... 2905-141 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Off Jam ..................................................................................... 3105-196 Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size ................................................................................. 3205-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam ................................................................................................ 3305-198 Too Short Size Jam............................................................................................................. 3305-199 Too long Size Jam ............................................................................................................. 3405-302 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open .................................................................................... 3605-304 CVT Platen I/L Open.......................................................................................................... 3705-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open On Running................................................................ 3805-307 CVT Platen I/L Open On Running ..................................................................................... 39

Fuser10-327 Fuser On Time Fail............................................................................................................. 4110-320 Over Heat Temp Fail .......................................................................................................... 4210-313 Control Thermistor Fail ...................................................................................................... 4310-314 Side STS Fail ...................................................................................................................... 43

10-318 Hot-Sagging recovery Fail .........................10-398 Fuser Fan Fail .............................................

Finisher12-112 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR ON JAM........12-111 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR OFF JAM ......12-122 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR ON JAM .......12-121 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR OFF JAM......12-152 Finisher Compile Exit SNR ON JAM........12-151 Finisher Compile Exit SNR OFF JAM ......12-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM (TBD)...................12-901 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR Static JAM ....12-902 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR Static JAM ....12-904 Finisher Compile Exit SNR Static JAM.....12-905 Finisher Compile paper SNR Static JAM ..12-211 Stacker Tray Fail ........................................12-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail ...................12-212 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail ...................12-221 Front Tamper Home SNR ON Fail ............12-222 Rear Tamper Home SNR ON Fail..............12-223 Front Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail ...........12-224 Rear Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail ............12-281 Eject Clamp Home SNR ON Fail...............12-282 Eject Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail .............12-283 Set Clamp Home SNR ON Fail..................12-284 Set Clamp Home SNR OFF Fail ................12-291 Stapler Fail..................................................12-293 Stapler Front corner SNR ON Fail .............12-294 Stapler Front corner SNR OFF Fail............12-295 Stapler Move SNR ON Fail........................12-296 Stapler Move SNR OFF Fail ......................12-960 Stacker Tray FULL (No Mix): Finisher .....12-961 Stacker Tray FULL (Mix size): Finisher....12-945 Staple Pin Empty ........................................12-910 Staple Pin Not Ready..................................12-916 Staple NG: Finisher ....................................12-925 Stacker Lower Safty: Finisher ....................12-944 Stacker Set Over Count: Finisher ...............12-967 Scratch Sheet Compile: Finisher ...............12-302 Finisher Front Cover Open.........................12-303 Finisher H-X'port Cover Open ...................12-301 Finisher TOP Cover Open ..........................

NVM41-340 RAM Read/Write Check Fail .....................41-363 NVM Data Defect.......................................41-362 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be Executed .....41-364 CPU Power To Access NVM Is Not Enoug

Page 23: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

................................................................................. 119

................................................................................. 120

................................................................................. 122

................................................................................. 123

................................................................................. 123

................................................................................. 125

................................................................................. 126

................................................................................. 128

................................................................................. 129

................................................................................. 130

................................................................................. 131

................................................................................. 133

................................................................................. 135

................................................................................. 135

................................................................................. 136

................................................................................. 137

................................................................................. 138

................................................................................. 139

................................................................................. 140

................................................................................. 141

................................................................................. 142Case)........................................................................ 143stop Case) ................................................................ 144................................................................................. 145................................................................................. 146................................................................................. 146................................................................................. 147................................................................................. 147................................................................................. 148................................................................................. 149................................................................................. 150................................................................................. 150................................................................................. 152................................................................................. 153................................................................................. 154................................................................................. 155................................................................................. 156

................................................................................. 157

................................................................................. 158ion Fail..................................................................... 158ail ............................................................................ 159................................................................................. 160................................................................................. 161

12/052-2

Status-indicator-raps

41-366 CRUM ASIC Fail ............................................................................................................... 8541-210 Tray Module NVM Out-Of-Order...................................................................................... 8541-211Tray Module NVM R/W Error............................................................................................ 86

Drives42-325 Main Motor Fail ................................................................................................................. 8742-323 Drum Motor Fail................................................................................................................. 88

Communication47-311 Dup Module Communication Fail ..................................................................................... 8947-211 OCT1 Fail ........................................................................................................................... 8947-212 OCT2 Fail ........................................................................................................................... 9047-312 Exit Module Communication Fail ...................................................................................... 9147-310 Finisher Communication Fail ............................................................................................. 9247-213 Finisher Type Fail............................................................................................................... 9347-313 Tray Module Communication Fail ..................................................................................... 93

ROS61-315 Laser Power Fail................................................................................................................. 9561-321 ROS Motor Fail .................................................................................................................. 9561-333 ROS Fan Defect.................................................................................................................. 96

IIT62-277 IPS-DADF Communication Fail ........................................................................................ 9762-310 IPS-Controller Communication Fail................................................................................... 9762-210 IIT Hot Line Fail ................................................................................................................ 9862-345 IPS EEPROM Fail .............................................................................................................. 9862-211 IPS EEPROM Fail (Local) ................................................................................................. 9962-360 CARRIDGE Position Fail ................................................................................................. 9962-371 Lamp Illumination Fail....................................................................................................... 10062-389 CARRIDGE Over Run Fail................................................................................................ 10162-362 X Hard Fail ......................................................................................................................... 10262-380 AGC Fail ............................................................................................................................ 10262-386 AOC Fail ............................................................................................................................ 10362-392 IPS PWB Fail .................................................................................................................... 10462-790 Pre IPS X Recognition Fail ................................................................................................ 10462-300 Platen I/L Open................................................................................................................... 105

EEP ROM63-310 Extension EEPROM Fail.................................................................................................... 107

Shading65-312 Shading Data Fail ............................................................................................................... 109

Tray 171-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray1 Feed) ........................................................................................ 11171-210 Tray1 Lift Up /No Tray Fail ............................................................................................... 11271-211 Tray 1 Size Sensor Broken ................................................................................................. 113

Tray 272-101 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed)...................................................................................... 11572-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed) ........................................................................................ 11672-210 Tray2 Lift Up/No Tray fail................................................................................................. 11772-211 Tray2 Size Sensor Broken .................................................................................................. 117

Tray 373-101 F/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed).....73-102 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed).....73-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed) .......73-210 Tray3 Lift Up/No Tray Fail...............73-211 Tray3 Size Sensor Broken .................

Tray 474-101 F/O#4 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed).....74-103 F/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed).....74-102 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed).....74-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed) .......74-210 Tray4 Lift Up/No Tray Fail...............74-211 Tray4 Size Sensor Broken .................

MSI75-135 Regi SNR On JAM (MSI Feed) ........

JAM & Cover Open77-329 Main Motor Stop Error......................77-310 Image Ready Error ............................77-131 DUP Wait SNR On Jam ....................77-113 Exit SNR2 Off Jam............................77-109 Exit SNR2 On Jam ............................77-103 Exit SNR1 Off Jam............................77-106 Exit SNR1 On Jam ............................77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Long) .........77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Short) .........77-129 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Stop 77-130 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Non-77-902 Exit SNR2 Static Jam ........................77-901 Exit SNR1 Static Jam ........................77-900 Regi SNR Static Jam .........................77-904 F/O#2 SNR Static Jam ......................77-905 F/O#3 SNR Static Jam ......................77-906 F/O#4 SNR Static Jam ......................77-907 DUP Wait SNR Static Jam................77-211 TM Type Error ..................................77-301 IOT L/H Cover Open.........................77-300 IOT Front Cover Open ......................77-309 L/H-L Cover Open ............................77-305 TM (2TM or TTM) Cover Open .......77-308 L/H-H Cover Open............................77-307 DUP Cover Open...............................

Drum91-912 Drum Cartridge Set Fail ....................91-913 Drum Cartridge Life Over .................91-914 Drum cartridge CRUM Communicat91-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM Data Write F91-916 Drum Cartridge CRUM ID Fail ........91-401 Drum Life Was Near To End ............

Page 24: WCP 123_128

Status-indicator-raps

Process Control

12/052-3CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

92-910 ATC SNR Fail .................................................................................................................... 16392-660 ATC SNR Fail .................................................................................................................... 164Warning Temperature SNR Fail ..................................................................................................... 164Warning Humidity SNR Fail .......................................................................................................... 165Warning 12-961 Stacker Tray FULL(No Mix) :Finisher .............................................................. 165Warning 12-960 Stacker Tray FULL(Mix Size) :Finisher ............................................................ 16692-661 Temperature SNR Fail........................................................................................................ 16692-662 Humidity SNR Fail............................................................................................................. 167

Toner Supply93-312 Toner Dispense Motor Fail................................................................................................. 16993-912 Toner Cartridge Empty Fail................................................................................................ 17093-924 Toner cartridge CRUM Communication Fail..................................................................... 17093-925 MCU Toner Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail.................................................................. 17193-926 Toner Cartridge CRUM ID Fail ......................................................................................... 17293-400 Toner Cartridge Was NEAR Empty................................................................................... 17393-406 Toner Cartridge Was PRENEAR Empty ........................................................................... 174

Duplex (PH)H2-8 DUP MODULE Type Fail ................................................................................................... 175

Page 25: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-4Status-indicator-raps

Page 26: WCP 123_128

ray1 Cassette Size Fail , Chain-Status-indicator-raps

Chain-Link None Tray1 Cassette Size Fail Chain-Link None Tray2 Cassette Size Fail for Tray Size Switch is not defined.

12/052-5CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link None T

2nd Draft

The tray is in place but the ON/OFF pattern for Tray Size Switch is not defined.

ProcedureRemove Trays 1 and 2, and replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. H4-1 is generated.Y N

Replace the failed part of the Tray 1 Actuator.

Check installation of the Tray 1 Size Sensor. The Tray 1 Size Sensor is installed properly.Y N

Correct the installation of the Tray 1 Size Sensor.

Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP.

The tray is in place but the ON/OFF pattern

Procedure

Page 27: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

sette Size Fail for Tray Size Switch is not defined.

12/052-6Chain-Link None Tray3 Cassette Size Fail , Chain-

Status-indicator-raps

Chain-Link None Tray3 Cassette Size Fail The tray is in place but the ON/OFF pattern for Tray Size Switch is not defined.

Procedure

Chain-Link None Tray4 CasThe tray is in place but the ON/OFF pattern

Procedure

Page 28: WCP 123_128

Paper In The Select Paper TrayStatus-indicator-raps

Chain-Link None No Paper In The Select Paper Tray Y NReplace the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n).

A

12/052-7CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link None No

2nd Draft

No paper is loaded in the tray.

This message appears for all trays. This describes the case of Tray 1 as an example.

For other trays, change the Part No./Connector No./Diag. code as follows.

ProcedureFor Trays 1 to 4Check the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n). The actuator is normal without deformation or damage.Y N

Replace the actuator.

Execute DC330[7-7][71-106]. Run the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ101, PJ601 and PJ409. PJ101, PJ601 and PJ409 are con-nected properly.Y N

Connect PJ101, PJ601 and PJ409 properly.

Check the wire between J101 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J101 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-12 (+) and GND (-). Run the actua-tor of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).For MSI

Table 1 Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 MSI

A

Page 29: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

A

12/052-8Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Length

Status-indicator-raps

Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In LengthThe length of the paper size is incorrect.

ProcedureCheck for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Feed paper from another tray. Same problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.Y N

Check the guide. The guide is set properly.Y N

Set the guide properly.

Check operations of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator moves properly.Y N

Set the guide properly.

Check installation of the Size Switch PWB. The Size Switch PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Size Switch PWB properly.

Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 30: WCP 123_128

Paper Size Mismatch In Width, Status-indicator-raps

Chain-Link None Paper Size Mismatch In Width SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIPctor No./Diag. code as follows.

5 of the Tray 1 Size Sensor. The display has

J412. PJ109 and PJ412 are connected prop-

rly.

2 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P412-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

U PWB P412-1 (+) and GND (-). Run SW 5 of the anged.

Ws 1 to 4 of the Tray 1 Size Sensor in sequence.

J412. PJ109 and PJ412 are connected prop-

rly.

Table 1 3 Tray 4 MSI

12/052-9CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain-Link None

2nd Draft

The width of the paper size is incorrect.

ProcedureCheck for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Feed paper from another tray. Problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.Y N

Check the guide. The guide is set properly.Y N

Set the guide properly.

Check operations of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator moves properly.Y N

Set the guide properly.

Check installation of the Size Switch PWB. The Size Switch PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Size Switch PWB properly.

Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP.

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

For other trays, change the Part No./Conne

ProcedureExecute DC330[7-26][71-119]. Run the SWchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ109 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ109 and PJ412 prope

Check the wire between J109 and J41between J109 and J412 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the MCUapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCTray Size Sensor. The voltage has chY N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Tray 1 Size Sensor.

Execute DC330[7-1][071-100]. Run the SThe display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ109 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ109 and PJ412 prope

Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray

A B

Page 31: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

A AB

12/052-10SIZE SWITCH ASSY FIP

Status-indicator-raps

Check the wire between J109 and J412 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J109 and J412 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P412-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P412-3 (+) and GND (-). Run SWs 1 to 4 of the Tray 1 Size Sensor. The voltage has changed.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Tray 1 Size Sensor.

A

Page 32: WCP 123_128

Fail, 05-280 DADF EEPROM FailStatus-indicator-raps

05-275 DADF RAM Fail 05-280 DADF EEPROM Fail/Write operation.

connector. The connectors are connected prop-

curred again.

again. Turn on the power again. [005-280] has

WB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-11CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-275 DADF RAM

2nd Draft

The DADF PWB RAM has failed in the Read/Write operation.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [005-275] has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

The DADF-EEPROM has failed in the Read

ProcedureCheck the connection of each DADF PWB erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [005-280] has ocY N

End

Remove the EEPROM (PLn.n) and install itoccurred again.Y N

End

Replace the EEPROM (PLn.n) and DADF P

Page 33: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

n).

F PWB (PLn.n) P786-1 (+) and GND (-). The volt-

.

d DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A

12/052-1205-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail

Status-indicator-raps

05-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic FailAfter Nudger Solenoid ON, the Nudger Sensor is not turned ON.

ProcedureOperate the Feed Head mechanism manually. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operations.

Execute DC330[][]. Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ788 and PJ786. PJ788 and PJ786 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the PJ788 and PJ786 properly.

Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-). Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Nudger Sensor.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[][]. Running sound of the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ787 and PJ786. PJ787 and PJ786 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ787 and PJ786 properly.

Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) (between J787-XX and J787-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.

Y NReplace the Nudger Motor (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the DADage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Replace the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) an

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 34: WCP 123_128

84 DADF APS Sensor Logic FailStatus-indicator-raps

05-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 2 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

3 receiver with paper. The display has changed.

J785. PJ779 and PJ785 are connected prop-

rly.

5 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS tage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

A B

12/052-13CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-2

2nd Draft

The combinations of outputs from the APS Sensor 1, APS Sensor 2, and APS Sensor 3 are abnormal.

ProcedureExecute DC330[062-251]. Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ777 and PJ761. PJ777 and PJ761 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ777 and PJ761 properly.

Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the APS Sensor 1.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[062-253]. Block the APS Sensor 2 receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ778 and PJ761. PJ778 and PJ761 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ778 and PJ761 properly.

Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

0VDC.Y N

Replace the APS Sensor 2.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[][]. Block the APS Sensor Y N

Check the connections of PJ779 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ779 and PJ785 prope

Check the wire between J779 and J78between J779 and J785 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DASensor 3 receiver with paper. The vol0VDC.Y N

Replace the APS Sensor 3.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 35: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Motor (PLn.n) (between J787-XX and J787-XX).

n).

F PWB (PLn.n) P786-1 (+) and GND (-). The volt-

.

d DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-1405-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Fail

Status-indicator-raps

05-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up FailThe Nudger Position SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Nudger Lift Motor started reverse rotation.

ProcedureOperate the Feed Head mechanism manually. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operations.

Execute DC330[005-225]. Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ788 and PJ786. PJ788 and PJ786 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ788 and PJ786 properly.

Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-). Block the Nudger Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Nudger Sensor.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-090]. Running sound of the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ787 and PJ786. PJ787 and PJ786 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ787 and PJ786 properly.

Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the NudgerThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Nudger Motor (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the DADage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Replace the Nudger Motor (PLn.n) an

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 36: WCP 123_128

Feed Sensor Static Jam, 05-907 Status-indicator-raps

05-906 CVT-DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam 05-907 CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor Static Jam

front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The dis-

J761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in age has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

n.n).

12/052-15CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-906 CVT-DADF

2nd Draft

Paper remains on the Feed Sensor.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ769 and PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ769 and PJ758 properly.

Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Paper remains on the Pre-Reg. Sensor.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-206]. Place paper inplay has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ781 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ781 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J781 and J76between J781 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADfront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The volt0VDC.Y N

Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PL

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Page 37: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

nsor Static Jam

ront of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in e has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

12/052-1605-908 CVT-DADF Reg. Sensor Static Jam, 05-913

Status-indicator-raps

05-908 CVT-DADF Reg. Sensor Static JamPaper remains on the Reg. Sensor.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-110]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ782 and PJ761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ782 and PJ761 properly.

Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-913 CVT-DADF Invert SePaper remains on the Invert Sensor.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ780 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ780 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J780 and J76between J780 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DAfront of the Invert Sensor. The voltag0VDC.Y N

Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Page 38: WCP 123_128

#1 APS Static Jam, 05-916 CVT-Status-indicator-raps

05-915 CVT-DADF #1 APS Static Jam 05-916 CVT-DADF #2 APS Static Jam

ensor 2 receiver with paper. The display has

J761. PJ778 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS tage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

12/052-17CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-915 CVT-DADF

2nd Draft

Paper remains on the APS Sensor 1.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-218]. Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ777 and PJ761. PJ777 and PJ761 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ777 and PJ761 properly.

Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 1 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the APS Sensor 1.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Paper remains on the APS Sensor 2.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-219]. Block the APS Schanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ778 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ778 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J778 and J76between J777 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DASensor 2 receiver with paper. The vol0VDC.Y N

Replace the APS Sensor 2.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Page 39: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

sor On Jam specified time after the first-out feed operation had de.

ront of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

d PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected prop-

rly.

8 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX).

12/052-1805-917 CVT-DADF #3 APS Static Jam, 05-121 CVT-

Status-indicator-raps

05-917 CVT-DADF #3 APS Static JamPaper remains on the APS Sensor 3.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-220]. Block the APS Sensor 3 receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ779 and PJ785. PJ779 and PJ785 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ779 and PJ785 properly.

Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-). Block the APS Sensor 3 receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the APS Sensor 3.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-121 CVT-DADF Feed SenThe Feed Sensor did not turn On within thestarted (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mo

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ769 anerly.Y N

Connect PJ769 and PJ758 prope

Check the wire between J769 and J75between J769 and J758 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DAfront of the Feed Sensor. The voltage0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ764 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the DADFThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 40: WCP 123_128

F Feed Sensor On Jam, 05-122 Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.

05-122 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam within the specified time after the Pre Feed opera-d Motor On (CW)) in Duplex or Simplex mode.within the specified time after the Pre Feed opera- onwards (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode.

ront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display

J761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in age has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

n.n).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

otor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX).

A B

12/052-19CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-121 CVT-DAD

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

• The Pre-Reg. Sensor did not turn On tion had started for the first sheet (Fee

• The Pre-Reg. Sensor did not turn On tion had started for the second sheets

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in fhas changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ781 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ781 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J781 and J76between J781 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADfront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The volt0VDC.Y N

Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PL

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ764 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the DADF MThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 41: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Side1 Reg.Sensor On Jame specified time after pre-registration had started

ront of the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX).

A B

12/052-2005-122 CVT-DADF Simplex/Side1 Pre-Reg.Sensor On

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-123 CVT-DADF Simplex/The Reg. Sensor did not turn On within th(Feed Motor On (CCW)).

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-110]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ782 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ782 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J782 and J76between J782 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADfront of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage0VDC.Y N

Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ764 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the DADFThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 42: WCP 123_128

F Simplex/Side1 Reg.Sensor On Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.

05-125 CVT-DADF Reg.Sensor Off Jame specified time after Pre Regi Sensor had turned

ront of the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

otor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX).

A B

12/052-21CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-123 CVT-DAD

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

The Reg. Sensor did not turn OFF within thOFF during Read operation.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-110]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ782 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ782 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J782 and J76between J782 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADfront of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage0VDC.Y N

Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ764 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the Feed MThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 43: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

nsor On Jam On Invertinge specified time after Regi Sensor had turned On

ront of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in e has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

tor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The

A B

12/052-2205-125 CVT-DADF Reg.Sensor Off Jam, 05-131 CVT-

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly.

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-131 CVT-DADF Invert SeThe Invert Sensor did not turn On within thduring Invert operation.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ780 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ780 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J780 and J76between J780 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DAfront of the Invert Sensor. The voltag0VDC.Y N

Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ765 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the Regi Moresistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 44: WCP 123_128

nvert Sensor On Jam On Invert-Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.

05-132 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam specified time after the Read Speed Control oper-

ront of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in e has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

tor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The

A B

12/052-23CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-131 CVT-DADF I

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

The Invert Sensor did not turn On within theation had started (Regi Motor On (CCW)).

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ780 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ780 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J780 and J76between J780 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DAfront of the Invert Sensor. The voltag0VDC.Y N

Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ765 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the Regi Moresistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 45: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

nsor Off Jame specified time after Regi Sensor had turned Off

ront of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in e has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

tor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The

A B

12/052-2405-132 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor On Jam, 05-134 CVT-

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-134 CVT-DADF Invert SeThe Invert Sensor did not turn Off within thduring Invert operation.

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ780 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ780 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J780 and J76between J780 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DAfront of the Invert Sensor. The voltag0VDC.Y N

Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ765 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the Regi Moresistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 46: WCP 123_128

F Invert Sensor Off Jam, 05-135 Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.

05-135 CVT-DADF Side2 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jamin the specified time after the Invert operation had

Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it

ront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display

J761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in age has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

n.n).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

A B

12/052-25CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-134 CVT-DAD

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

The Pre-Reg. Sensor did not turn On withstarted (Regi Motor On (CW)) at Invert.

ProcedureCheck the installation and operation of the operates properly.Y N

Install the Invert Gate properly.

Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in fhas changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ781 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ781 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J781 and J76between J781 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADfront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The volt0VDC.Y N

Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PL

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ765 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 47: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

g.Sensor On Jamspecified time after the Pre-Reg. Sensor had turned

the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ782 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J754. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

otor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX).

A B

12/052-2605-135 CVT-DADF Side2 Pre-Reg.Sensor On Jam, 05-

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[005-072]. Operating sound of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ766 and PJ756. PJ766 and PJ756 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ766 and PJ756 properly.

Measure the resistance of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) (between J766-1 and J766-2). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J756 and J766 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J756 and J766 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-136 CVT-DADF Side2 ReThe Reg. Sensor did not turn On within the On at Invert.

ProcedureExecute DC330[][]. Place paper in front of changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ782 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ782 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J782 and J76between J782 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADfront of the Reg. Sensor. The voltage0VDC.Y N

Replace the Reg. Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-001]. The Feed MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ764 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the Feed MThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n).

A B

Page 48: WCP 123_128

Side2 Reg.Sensor On Jam, 05-Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.

05-139 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam specified time after the Regi Sensor had turned Off

Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it

ront of the Invert Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J761. PJ780 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-).or. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC

).

(PLn.n) starts running.

J755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-

rly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

A B

12/052-27CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-136 CVT-DADF

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Feed Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[005-072]. Operating sound of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ766 and PJ756. PJ766 and PJ756 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ766 and PJ756 properly.

Measure the resistance of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) (between J766-1 and J766-2). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J756 and J766 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J756 and J766 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

The Invert Sensor did not turn Off within theduring Read operation.

ProcedureCheck the installation and operation of the operates properly.Y N

Install the Invert Gate properly.

Execute DC330[005-211]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ780 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ780 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J780 and J76between J780 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADPlace paper in front of the Invert Sensto approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Invert Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi MotorY N

Check the connections of PJ765 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 prope

Check the wire between J764 and J75between J764 and J754 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 49: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

sor Off Jam Feed Sensor was turned Off.

ront of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

J758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected prop-

rly.

8 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

F PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-).r. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC

).

ront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display

J761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

A B

12/052-2805-139 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam, 05-141 CVT-

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[005-072]. Operating sound of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ766 and PJ756. PJ766 and PJ756 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ766 and PJ756 properly.

Measure the resistance of the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n) (between J766-1 and J766-2). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Nip Release Solenoid (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J756 and J766 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J756 and J766 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-141 CVT-DADF Feed SenThe Pre-Regi Sensor turned Off before the

ProcedureExecute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ769 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ769 and PJ758 prope

Check the wire between J769 and J75between J769 and J758 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DADPlace paper in front of the Feed Sensoto approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-015]. Place paper in fhas changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ781 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ781 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J781 and J76between J781 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

A B

Page 50: WCP 123_128

F Feed Sensor Off Jam, 05-196 Status-indicator-raps

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

05-196 Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size are different from that of the first document.

A B

12/052-29CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-141 CVT-DAD

2nd Draft

0VDC.Y N

Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-026]. The Regi Motor (PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ765 and PJ755. PJ764 and PJ754 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ764 and PJ754 properly.

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Regi Motor (PLn.n) (between J764-XX and J764-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PLn.n) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Regi Motor (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DADF PWB.

The sizes of the second document onwards

Procedure

Page 51: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

gth shorter than 115mm in the slow scan direction.

size is within the specification.

ront of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

d PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected prop-

rly.

8 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

ront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display

J761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

12/052-3005-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam, 05-198 Too Short

Status-indicator-raps

05-197 Prohibit Combine Size JamA prohibited size combination was detected.

Procedure

05-198 Too Short Size JamThe system detected a document with a len

ProcedureCheck the document size. The document Y N

Use the correct paper size.

Execute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ769 anerly.Y N

Connect PJ769 and PJ758 prope

Check the wire between J769 and J75between J769 and J758 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DAfront of the Feed Sensor. The voltage0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in fhas changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ781 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ781 and PJ761 prope

Check the wire between J781 and J76between J781 and J761 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.

A

Page 52: WCP 123_128

Size Jam, 05-199 Too long Size Status-indicator-raps

Y NReplace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-199 Too long Size Jam ollowing length in the slow scan direction:

size is within the specification.

Feed Roll. The Feed Roll is worn.

tion, and paper powder in the paper delivery

tion, and paper powder.

ront of the Feed Sensor (PLn.n). The display has

d PJ758. PJ769 and PJ758 are connected prop-

rly.

8 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

F PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

.

DF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

).

ront of the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n). The display

A

12/052-31CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-198 Too Short

2nd Draft

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-).Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

The system detected a document with the f

Simplexmode: 672.4mm or longer

Duplexmode: 480.1mm or longer

ProcedureCheck the document size. The document Y N

Use the correct paper size.

Check for wear and paper powder in theY N

Replace the Feed Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformapath. Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deforma

Execute DC330[005-205]. Place paper in fchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ769 anerly.Y N

Connect PJ769 and PJ758 prope

Check the wire between J769 and J75between J769 and J758 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the DADapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n)

Measure the voltage between the DAfront of the Feed Sensor. The voltage0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Sensor (PLn.n

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[005-206]. Place paper in fhas changed.

Page 53: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

nterlock Open

r. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed prop-

n of the Feeder Cover.

rlock Switch. The Feeder Cover Interlock Switch

ch properly.

Cover. The display has changed.

nd F2. PJ753, F1, and F2 are connected prop-

erly.

, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or and F1, and between J753 and F2 are conduct-rcuit or short circuit.

ircuit.

and J753-1) of the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch nd J753-1 is connecting successfully when the lated when opened.

ck Switch (PLn.n).

12/052-3205-199 Too long Size Jam , 05-302 CVT Feeder Cover

Status-indicator-raps

Y NCheck the connections of PJ781 and PJ761. PJ781 and PJ761 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ781 and PJ761 properly.

Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-).Place paper in front of the Pre-Reg. Sensor. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Pre-Reg. Sensor (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DADF PWB (PLn.n).

05-302 CVT Feeder Cover IThe Feeder Cover Interlock is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Feeder Coveerly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformatio

Check installation of the Feeder Cover Inteis installed properly.Y N

Install the Feeder Cover Interlock Swit

Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the FeederY N

Check the connections of PJ753, F1, aerly.Y N

Connect PJ753, F1, and F2 prop

Check the wire between J753 and F1short circuit. The wires between J753ing successfully without an open ciY N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Check conductivity (between J753-2 (PLn.n). The wire between J753-2 aFeeder Cover is closed, and is insuY N

Replace the Feeder Cover Interlo

Replace the DADF PWB.

Replace the DADF PWB.

Page 54: WCP 123_128

en I/L Open, 05-305 CVT Feeder Status-indicator-raps

05-304 CVT Platen I/L Open 05-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open On Runningerlock is opened while the DADF is running (RUN/

r. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed prop-

n of the Feeder Cover.

rlock Switch. The Feeder Cover Interlock Switch

ch properly.

Cover. The display has changed.

nd F2. PJ753, F1, and F2 are connected prop-

erly.

, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or and F1, and between J753 and F2 are conduct-rcuit or short circuit.

ircuit.

and J753-1) of the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch nd J753-1 is connecting successfully when the lated when opened.

ck Switch (PLn.n).

12/052-33CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 05-304 CVT Plat

2nd Draft

The Platen Interlock is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed prop-erly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformation of the Platen Cover.

Check installation of the Platen Cover Switch. The Platen Cover Switch is installed prop-erly.Y N

Install the Platen Cover Switch properly.

Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Platen Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ727 and PJ722. PJ727 and PJ722 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ727 and PJ722 properly.

Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check conductivity (between J722-10 and J722-11) of the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n).The wire between J722-10 and J722-11 is connecting successfully when the Platen Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened.Y N

Replace the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n).

Replace the IPS PWB.

Replace the IPS PWB, and the DADF PWB in sequence.

The system detected the Feeder Cover IntSUSPEND).

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Feeder Coveerly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformatio

Check installation of the Feeder Cover Inteis installed properly.Y N

Install the Feeder Cover Interlock Swit

Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the FeederY N

Check the connections of PJ753, F1, aerly.Y N

Connect PJ753, F1, and F2 prop

Check the wire between J753 and F1short circuit. The wires between J753ing successfully without an open ciY N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Check conductivity (between J753-2 (PLn.n). The wire between J753-2 aFeeder Cover is closed, and is insuY N

Replace the Feeder Cover Interlo

Replace the DADF PWB.

Replace the DADF PWB.

Page 55: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-3405-307 CVT Platen I/L Open On RunningStatus-indicator-raps

05-307 CVT Platen I/L Open On RunningThe Platen Interlock is open while the DADF is running (RUN/SUSPEND).

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed prop-erly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformation of the Platen Cover.

Check installation of the Platen Cover Switch. The Platen Cover Switch is installed prop-erly.Y N

Install the Platen Cover Switch properly.

Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Platen Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ727 and PJ722. PJ727 and PJ722 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ727 and PJ722 properly.

Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check conductivity (between J722-10 and J722-11) of the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n).The wire between J722-10 and J722-11 is connecting successfully when the Platen Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened.Y N

Replace the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n).

Replace the IPS PWB.

Replace the IPS PWB, and the DADF PWB in sequence.

Page 56: WCP 123_128

10-327 Fuser On Time FailStatus-indicator-raps

10-327 Fuser On Time Fail Y NRepair the open circuit or short circuit.

open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J6 hout an open circuit or short circuit.

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between without an open circuit or short circuit.

PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-35CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

• The Control Thermistor did not detect READY temperature within the specific time after the Main Lamp had turned ON during warm up.

• The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Main Lamp had turned ON during standby.

• The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Sub Lamp had turned ON during standby.

• The Control Thermistor did not detect empty rotation finishing temperature within the specified time after empty rotation had started.

• The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Main Lamp had turned ON during printing.

• The Control Thermistor did not detect specific temperature within the specific time after the Sub Lamp had turned ON during printing.

ProcedureCheck for paper wrapping on the fuser. The fuser is normal with no paper wrapping it.Y N

Remove the wrapped paper.

Check installation of fuser unit. The fuser unit is securely installed.Y N

Install the fuser unit securely.

Check contact points of Thermstat. The contact points are closed.Y N

Close the contact points.

Check the resistance of the Main Lamp. The resistance between J600-3 and J600-7 is approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the resistance of the Sub Lamp. The resistance between J600-3 and J600-1 is approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the resistance of the Center STS. The resistance between J600-5 and J600-6 is approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the resistance of the Side STS. The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J6 and J600 for anand J600 is conducting successfully witY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J401 and J523 forJ6 and J600 is conducting successfully Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n), power unit (

Page 57: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Fail.

er unit is securely installed.

ntact points are closed.

. The resistance between J600-5 and J600-6 is

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

WB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-3610-320 Over Heat Temp Fail, 10-313 Control Ther-

Status-indicator-raps

10-320 Over Heat Temp Fail• The Control Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specific value.• The Lamp Change Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specific value.

NOTE: When NVM50-19=0, U4-2 occurs and becomes NVM50-20-1. After recovery, it becomes NVM50-20=0.

ProcedureCheck resistance of Center STS. The resistance between J600-5 and J600-6 is approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check resistance of Side STS. The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J410 and J600 for a short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without a short circuit.Y N

Repair the short circuit.

Check the wire between J401 and J523 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J6 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n), power unit (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

10-313 Control Thermistor The circuit of Control Thermistor is opened

ProcedureCheck installation of fuser unit. The fusY N

Install the fuser unit securely.

Check contact points of Thermstat. The coY N

Close the contact points.

Check the resistance of the Center STSapprox. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J410 and J600 forJ410 and J600 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PLn.n) and MCU P

Page 58: WCP 123_128

il, 10-318 Hot-Sagging recovery Status-indicator-raps

10-314 Side STS Fail 10-318 Hot-Sagging recovery Failected that the machine does not recover from Hot-

fuser is normal with no paper wrapping it.

er unit is securely installed.

Execute DCnnn[nnn-nnn]. Running sound of the

The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-37CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 10-314 Side STS Fa

2nd Draft

ProcedureCheck installation of fuser unit. The fuser unit is securely installed.Y N

Install the fuser unit securely.

Check contact points of Thermstat. The contact points are closed.Y N

Close the contact points.

Check the resistance of the Side STS. The resistance between J600-2 and J600-4 is approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J410 and J600 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

The Control Thermistor (SideSTS/FS2) detSagging after the specific time.

ProcedureCheck for paper wrapping on the fuser. TheY N

Remove the wrapped paper.

Check installation of fuser unit. The fusY N

Install the fuser unit securely.

Close the LH Cover and IOT Front Cover. Main Motor can be heard.Y N

Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP.

Check the resistance of the Side STS. approx. OO Ohm and below.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J410 and J600 forJ410 and J600 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the fuser unit (PLn.n), power unit (

Page 59: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-3810-398 Fuser Fan FailStatus-indicator-raps

10-398 Fuser Fan FailThe Fuser Fan has a failure.

ProcedureTurn ON the power.Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan (PLn.n). The Fuser Fan (PLn.n) is rotating.Y N

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J40B-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J214-13 and J40B-2 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J214-13 and J40B-2 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Drive PWB 3 pin (+) and 2 pin (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Drive PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J40B-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 0VDC.Y N

Measure the voltage between the Drive PWB 3 pin (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Fuser Fan (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J214-14 and J40B-1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J214-14 and J40B-1 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Drive PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 60: WCP 123_128

sher H-X'port Ent. SNR ON JAMStatus-indicator-raps

12-112 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR ON JAM Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8379 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

r H-X'port Motor (PLn.n) (between J8379-XX and .

tor (PLn.n).

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and he voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

Ln.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-39CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-112 Fini

2nd Draft

The Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after Engine Exit SNR 1 had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[12-28][12-190]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8380 and PJ8390. PJ8380 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8380 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.

short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the FinisheJ8379-XX). The resistance is **OhmY N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Mo

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). TY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Motor (P

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 61: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire cting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

r H-X'port Motor (PLn.n) (between J8379-XX and .

tor (PLn.n).

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and he voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

Ln.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-4012-111 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR OFF JAM

Status-indicator-raps

12-111 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR OFF JAMThe Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[12-28][12-190]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8380 and PJ8390. PJ8380 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8380 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8379 and Jbetween J8379 and J8390 is condushort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the FinisheJ8379-XX). The resistance is **OhmY N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Mo

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). TY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Motor (P

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 62: WCP 123_128

sher H-X'port Exit SNR ON JAMStatus-indicator-raps

12-122 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR ON JAM Check the wire between J8379 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8379 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

r H-X'port Motor (PLn.n) (between J8379-XX and .

tor (PLn.n).

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and he voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

Ln.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-41CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-122 Fini

2nd Draft

The Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[12-29][12-191]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Exit. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8381 and PJ8390. PJ8381 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8381 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8381 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.

short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the FinisheJ8379-XX). The resistance is **OhmY N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Mo

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). TY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Motor (P

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 63: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire cting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

r H-X'port Motor (PLn.n) (between J8379-XX and .

tor (PLn.n).

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8390-9 (+) and GND (-), and he voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

Ln.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-4212-121 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR OFF JAM

Status-indicator-raps

12-121 Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR OFF JAMThe Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[12-29][12-191]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Exit. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8381 and PJ8390. PJ8381 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8381 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8381 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8381 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-1][12-90]. Running sound of the Finisher H-X'Port Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8379 and PJ8390. PJ8379 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8379 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8379 and Jbetween J8379 and J8390 is condushort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the resistance of the FinisheJ8379-XX). The resistance is **OhmY N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Mo

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8390-10 (+) and GND (-). TY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Motor (P

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 64: WCP 123_128

sher Compile Exit SNR ON JAMStatus-indicator-raps

12-152 Finisher Compile Exit SNR ON JAM Check the wire between J8800 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8800 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8846-5 (+) and GND (-), and e voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

(PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-43CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-152 Fini

2nd Draft

The Finisher Compile Exit SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Finisher H-X'port Exit SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[12-34][12-150]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850. PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 properly.

Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-3][12-1]. Running sound of the Finisher Transport Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8800 and PJ8846. PJ8800 and PJ8846 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8800 and PJ8846 properly.

short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8846-7 (+) and GND (-). ThY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Finisher Transport Motor

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 65: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8846-5 (+) and GND (-), and e voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

(PLn.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-4412-151 Finisher Compile Exit SNR OFF JAM

Status-indicator-raps

12-151 Finisher Compile Exit SNR OFF JAMThe Finisher Compile Exit SNR did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Finisher Compile Exit SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[12-34][12-150]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850. PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 properly.

Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-3][12-1]. Running sound of the Finisher Transport Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8800 and PJ8846. PJ8800 and PJ8846 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8800 and PJ8846 properly.

Check the wire between J8800 and J8between J8800 and J8846 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8846-7 (+) and GND (-). ThY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Finisher Transport Motor

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 66: WCP 123_128

61 Finisher Set Eject JAM (TBD)Status-indicator-raps

12-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM (TBD) Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

he Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-45CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-1

2nd Draft

The Finisher Compile Paper SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Eject Motor had turned ON.

ProcedureExecute DC330[12-35][12-151]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Paper SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8806 and PJ8848. PJ8806 and PJ8848 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8806 and PJ8848 properly.

Check the wire between J8806 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8806 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Paper SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher Compile Paper SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][12-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8801 and PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 properly.

Check the wire between J8801 and J8846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8801 and J8846 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PLn.n) (between J8801-XX and J8801-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n).

Y NReplace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and t

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 67: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

it SNR Static JAMNR.

aper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Exit. SNR

PJ8390. PJ8381 and PJ8390 are connected

perly.

390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8390-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

sher PWB P8390-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper R. The voltage has changed from approx.

t. SNR (PLn.n).

12/052-4612-901 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR Static JAM, 12-902

Status-indicator-raps

12-901 Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR Static JAMPaper remains on the Finisher H-'port Ent. SNR.

ProcedureExecute DC330[12-28][12-190]. Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8380 and PJ8390. PJ8380 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8380 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8380 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8380 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-13 (+) and GND (-).Place paper in front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

12-902 Finisher H-X'port ExPaper remains on the Finisher H-'port Exit S

ProcedureExecute DC330[12-29][12-191]. Place p(PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8381 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8381 and PJ8390 pro

Check the wire between J8381 and J8between J8381 and J8390 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the Finiin front of the Finisher H-X'port Ent. SN5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port En

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Page 68: WCP 123_128

ompile Exit SNR Static JAM, 12-Status-indicator-raps

12-904 Finisher Compile Exit SNR Static JAM 12-905 Finisher Compile paper SNR Static JAMer SNR.

per in front of the Finisher Compile Paper SNR

PJ8848. PJ8806 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8848-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

her PWB P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in R. The voltage has changed from approx.

per SNR (PLn.n).

12/052-47CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-904 Finisher C

2nd Draft

Paper remains on the Finisher Compile Exit SNR.

ProcedureExecute DC330[12-34][12-150]. Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850. PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8814, PJ8825 and PJ8850 properly.

Check the wire between J8814 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8814 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Finisher Compile Exit SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher Compile Exit SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Paper remains on the Finisher Compile Pap

ProcedureExecute DC330[12-35][12-151]. Place pa(PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8806 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8806 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8806 and J8between J8806 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the Finisfront of the Finisher Compile Paper SN5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher Compile Pa

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Page 69: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Limit Failmained ON when the Stacker Tray had started

12/052-4812-211 Stacker Tray Fail, 12-212 Stacker Tray Upper

Status-indicator-raps

12-211 Stacker Tray FailThe Stacker Height Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Stacker Tray had started ascending.

Procedure

12-212 Stacker Tray Upper The Stacker Tray Upper Limit Sensor redescending.

Procedure

Page 70: WCP 123_128

y Lower Limit Fail, 12-221 Front Status-indicator-raps

12-212 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail 12-221 Front Tamper Home SNR ON FailN within 800ms after the Front Tamper had started

The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.

ions.

Front Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8848. PJ8807 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8848-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8848-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

SNR.

3-23] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor

PJ8848. PJ8823 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

12/052-49CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-212 Stacker Tra

2nd Draft

The Stacker Tray Full Stack detection remained ON when the Stacker Tray had started ascend-ing.

[Full Stack is detected based on the combination of ON/OFF of the Stacker Stack A Sensor and Stacker Stack B Sensor]

Procedure

The Front Tamper Home SNR did not turn Omoving to the home position.

ProcedureOperate the Tamper mechanism manually. Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[13-39][12-220]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8807 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8807 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8807 and J8between J8807 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinFront Tamper Home SNR receiver with5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Front Tamper Home

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-11][13-20] and [13-14][1(PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8823 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8823 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8823 and J8between J8823 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 71: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

SNR ON FailN within 800ms after the Rear Tamper had started

The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.

ions.

Rear Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8848. PJ8805 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8848-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8848-8 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

SNR.

3-29] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor

PJ8848. PJ8824 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

A B

12/052-5012-221 Front Tamper Home SNR ON Fail, 12-222 Rear

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8823-XX and J8823-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-8 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-11 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

12-222 Rear Tamper Home The Rear Tamper Home SNR did not turn Omoving to the home position.

ProcedureOperate the Tamper mechanism manually. Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[13-40][12-221]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8805 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8805 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8805 and J8between J8805 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinRear Tamper Home SNR receiver with5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Rear Tamper Home

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-17][13-26] and [13-20][1(PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8824 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8824 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8824 and J8between J8824 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 72: WCP 123_128

per Home SNR ON Fail, 12-223 Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8824-XX and J8824-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.

12-223 Front Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail OFF within the specified time after move from the

The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.

ions.

Front Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8848. PJ8807 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8848-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8848-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

SNR.

3-23] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor

PJ8848. PJ8823 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

A B

12/052-51CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-222 Rear Tam

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-2 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

The Front Tamper Home SNR did not turnFront Tamper Home position has started.

ProcedureOperate the Tamper mechanism manually. Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[13-39][12-220]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8807 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8807 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8807 and J8between J8807 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinFront Tamper Home SNR receiver with5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Front Tamper Home

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-11][13-20] and [13-14][1(PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8823 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8823 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8823 and J8between J8823 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 73: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

SNR OFF Fail OFF within the specified time after move from the

The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.

ions.

Rear Tamper Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8848. PJ8805 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8848-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8848-8 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

SNR.

3-29] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor

PJ8848. PJ8824 and PJ8848 are connected

perly.

848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

A B

12/052-5212-223 Front Tamper Home SNR OFF Fail, 12-224

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8823-XX and J8823-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-8 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-11 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

12-224 Rear Tamper Home The Rear Tamper Home SNR did not turnRear Tamper Home position had started.

ProcedureOperate the Tamper mechanism manually. Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[13-40][12-221]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8805 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8805 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8805 and J8between J8805 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinRear Tamper Home SNR receiver with5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Rear Tamper Home

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-17][13-26] and [13-20][1(PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8824 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8824 and PJ8848 pro

Check the wire between J8824 and J8between J8824 and J8848 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 74: WCP 123_128

per Home SNR OFF Fail, 12-281 Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) (between J8824-XX and J8824-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.

12-281 Eject Clamp Home SNR ON FailN within 500ms after the Eject Clamp had started

ally. The Eject Clamp mechanism moves

ions.

Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8849. PJ8803 and PJ8849 are connected

perly.

849 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8849-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

NR.

2-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts

PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected

perly.

846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

A B

12/052-53CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-224 Rear Tam

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-2 (+) and GND (-), and between P8848-5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

The Eject Clamp Home SNR did not turn Oascending.

ProcedureOperate the Eject Clamp mechanism manusmoothly.Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[12-38][12-250]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8803 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8803 and PJ8849 pro

Check the wire between J8803 and J8between J8803 and J8849 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinEject Clamp Home SNR receiver with 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Eject Clamp Home S

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][1running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8801 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 pro

Check the wire between J8801 and J8between J8801 and J8846 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 75: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

NR OFF FailFF within 200ms after the Eject Clamp had started

ally. The Eject Clamp mechanism moves

ions.

Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8849. PJ8803 and PJ8849 are connected

perly.

849 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8849-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

NR.

2-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts

PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected

perly.

846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

A B

12/052-5412-281 Eject Clamp Home SNR ON Fail, 12-282 Eject

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PLn.n) (between J8801-XX and J8801-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

12-282 Eject Clamp Home SThe Eject Clamp Home SNR did not turn Odescending.

ProcedureOperate the Eject Clamp mechanism manusmoothly.Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[12-38][12-250]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8803 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8803 and PJ8849 pro

Check the wire between J8803 and J8between J8803 and J8849 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinEject Clamp Home SNR receiver with 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Eject Clamp Home S

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][1running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8801 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 pro

Check the wire between J8801 and J8between J8801 and J8846 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 76: WCP 123_128

Home SNR OFF Fail, 12-283 Set Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PLn.n) (between J8801-XX and J8801-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.

12-283 Set Clamp Home SNR ON Fail ON within 200ms after the Set Clamp had started

ally. The Eject Clamp mechanism moves

ions.

Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8849. PJ8803 and PJ8849 are connected

perly.

849 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8849-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

NR.

2-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts

PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected

perly.

846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

A B

12/052-55CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-282 Eject Clamp

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the Eject Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

The Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turnoperation.

ProcedureOperate the Eject Clamp mechanism manusmoothly.Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[12-38][12-250]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8803 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8803 and PJ8849 pro

Check the wire between J8803 and J8between J8803 and J8849 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinEject Clamp Home SNR receiver with 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Eject Clamp Home S

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][1running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8801 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 pro

Check the wire between J8801 and J8between J8801 and J8846 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 77: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

R OFF Fail OFF within the specified time after the Set Clamp

ally. The Eject Clamp mechanism moves

ions.

Eject Clamp Home SNR receiver with paper. The

PJ8849. PJ8803 and PJ8849 are connected

perly.

849 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8849-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

isher PWB P8849-5 (+) and GND (-). Block the paper. The voltage has changed from approx.

NR.

2-82] alternately. The Eject Motor (PLn.n) starts

PJ8846. PJ8801 and PJ8846 are connected

perly.

846 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

A B

12/052-5612-283 Set Clamp Home SNR ON Fail, 12-284 Set

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PLn.n) (between J8801-XX and J8801-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[12-46][12-86]. The Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) starts operating.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8822 and PJ8848. PJ8822 and PJ8848 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8822 and PJ8848 properly.

Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8822 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) (between J8822-XX and J8822-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

12-284 Set Clamp Home SNThe Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turnhad completed operation.

ProcedureOperate the Eject Clamp mechanism manusmoothly.Y N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[12-38][12-250]. Block the display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8803 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8803 and PJ8849 pro

Check the wire between J8803 and J8between J8803 and J8849 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the FinEject Clamp Home SNR receiver with 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Eject Clamp Home S

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[12-41][12-81] and [12-42][1running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8801 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8801 and PJ8846 pro

Check the wire between J8801 and J8between J8801 and J8846 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 78: WCP 123_128

ome SNR OFF Fail, 12-291 Sta-Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PLn.n) (between J8801-XX and J8801-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.

12-291 Stapler Failome SNR has switched from OFF to ON within the ad turned ON (Forward rotation).N within the specified time after the Stapler Motor

3-47] alternately. Running sound of the Stapler

PJ8847. PJ8819 and PJ8847 are connected

perly.

847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

C330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][13-47] alternately.

PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected

perly.

852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-57CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-284 Set Clamp H

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the Eject Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-6 (+) and GND (-), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[12-46][12-86]. The Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) starts operating.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8822 and PJ8848. PJ8822 and PJ8848 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8822 and PJ8848 properly.

Check the wire between J8822 and J8848 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8822 and J8848 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n) (between J8822-XX and J8822-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Clamp Clutch (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) P8848-10 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Eject Motor (PLn.n) and the Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

• The system did not detect the Staple Hspecified time after the Stapler Motor h

• The Staple Home SNR did not turn Ohad turned ON (Reverse rotation).

ProcedureExecute DC330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][1Motor can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8819 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8819 and PJ8847 pro

Check the wire between J8819 and J8between J8819 and J8847 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the Staple Head and Finisher

Execute DC330[13-45][12-244]. Execute DThe display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8818 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 pro

Check the wire between J8818 and J8between J8818 and J8852 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Replace the Staple Head and Finisher

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Page 79: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and e voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-5812-293 Stapler Front corner SNR ON Fail

Status-indicator-raps

12-293 Stapler Front corner SNR ON Fail• The Stapler Front Corner SNR did not turn ON within 2sec after move to front corner had

started.• The Stapler Front Corner SNR remained ON when move from front corner had started.ProcedureExecute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Stapler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8813 and PJ8850. PJ8813 and PJ8850 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8813 and PJ8850 properly.

Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8813 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the Sta-pler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Stapler Front Corner SNR.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly.

Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). ThY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 80: WCP 123_128

pler Front corner SNR OFF FailStatus-indicator-raps

12-294 Stapler Front corner SNR OFF Fail Y NReplace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n).

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and e voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A

12/052-59CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-294 Sta

2nd Draft

• The Stapler Front Corner SNR did not turn OFF when move from front corner had com-pleted.

• The Stapler Front Corner SNR did not turn OFF within 200ms after move from front corner had started.

ProcedureExecute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Stapler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8813 and PJ8850. PJ8813 and PJ8850 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8813 and PJ8850 properly.

Check the wire between J8813 and J8850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8813 and J8850 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the Sta-pler Front Corner SNR receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Stapler Front Corner SNR.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly.

Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). ThY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 81: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and e voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-6012-295 Stapler Move SNR ON Fail

Status-indicator-raps

12-295 Stapler Move SNR ON Fail• The Staple Move Sensor did not turn ON within 2sec after move to the Staple position had

started and the Staple Move Sensor had turned OFF.• The Staple Move Sensor did not turn ON after move to the Staple position had completed.ProcedureExecute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Staple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8817 and PJ8852. PJ8817 and PJ8852 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8817 and PJ8852 properly.

Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8817 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-8 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-7 (+) and GND (-). Block the Sta-ple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Staple Home SNR.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly.

Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). ThY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 82: WCP 123_128

-296 Stapler Move SNR OFF FailStatus-indicator-raps

12-296 Stapler Move SNR OFF Fail Y NReplace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n).

isher PWB (PLn.n) P8847-3 (+) and GND (-), and e voltage is approx. +24VDC.

n).

.n) and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A

12/052-61CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12

2nd Draft

• The Staple Move Sensor did not turn OFF within 500ms after move to the Staple position had started and the Staple Move Sensor had turned OFF.

• The STAPLE MOVE SENSOR turned OFF after STAPLE POSITION has been fixed.• The Staple Move Sensor did not turn OFF within 500ms after it had turned ON when

paper passed through the Dual Staple 1 while moving to the Rear Staple position.ProcedureExecute DC330[13-42][12-241]. Block the Staple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8817 and PJ8852. PJ8817 and PJ8852 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8817 and PJ8852 properly.

Check the wire between J8817 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8817 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-8 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-7 (+) and GND (-). Block the Sta-ple Move Sensor receiver with paper. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Staple Home SNR.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-25][13-42] and [13-28][13-45] alternately. The Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8820 and PJ8847. PJ8820 and PJ8847 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8820 and PJ8847 properly.

Check the wire between J8820 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8820 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Stapler Move Motor (PLn.n) (between J8820-XX and J8820-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.

Measure the voltage between the Finbetween P8847-4 (+) and GND (-). ThY N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PLn

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 83: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Mix size): Finisher

12/052-6212-960 Stacker Tray FULL (No Mix): Finisher, 12-961

Status-indicator-raps

12-960 Stacker Tray FULL (No Mix): Finisher

Procedure

12-961 Stacker Tray FULL (

Procedure

Page 84: WCP 123_128

in Empty, 12-910 Staple Pin Not Status-indicator-raps

12-945 Staple Pin Empty 12-910 Staple Pin Not Readyy position.

move the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display has

tion part for failure and foreign substances. The ilure or foreign substances.

foreign substances.

PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected

perly.

852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

her PWB P8852-3 (+) and GND (-). Install/remove has changed from approx. 5VDC to 0VDC.

PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-63CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-945 Staple P

2nd Draft

• The Staple Pin is nearly empty.• The cartridge has not been installed.ProcedureExecute DC330[13-43][12-242]. Install/remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display has changed.Y N

Check the Staple Pin Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installation part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the connections of PJ8818 and PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 properly.

Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-4 (+) and GND (-). Install/remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to 0VDC.Y N

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

The Staple Pin has not reached to the Read

ProcedureExecute DC330[13-XX][12-XXX]. Install/rechanged.Y N

Check the Staple Pin Cartridge installainstallation part is normal without faY N

Repair the failure and remove the

Check the connections of PJ8818 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 pro

Check the wire between J8818 and J8between J8818 and J8852 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Measure the voltage between the Finisthe Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltageY N

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Replace the Staple Head and Finisher

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Page 85: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

: FinisherN within the specified time after the Stacker Motor

FF within the specified time after the Stacker Motor

deformation. Foreign substances or deforma-

tion, and paper powder.

er in front of the Stacker Height SNR receiver. The

825, and PJ8850. PJ8815, PJ8825, and PJ8850

J8850 properly.

850 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

sher PWB P8850-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage

n).

her PWB P8850-2 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in er. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC

3-61] alternately. The Stacker Motor (PLn.n)

PJ8847. PJ8827 and PJ8847 are connected

perly.

r Motor (PLn.n) (between J8827-1 and J8827-2).

n).

12/052-6412-916 Staple NG: Finisher, 12-925 Stacker Lower

Status-indicator-raps

12-916 Staple NG: Finisher• The system did not detect the Staple Home SNR has switched from OFF to ON within the

specified time after the Stapler Motor had turned ON (Forward rotation).• The Staple Home SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Stapler Motor

had turned ON (Reverse rotation).ProcedureExecute DC330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][13-47] alternately. Running sound of the Stapler Motor can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8819 and PJ8847. PJ8819 and PJ8847 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8819 and PJ8847 properly.

Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[13-45][12-244]. Execute DC330[13-29][13-46] and [13-30][13-47] alternately.The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8818 and PJ8852. PJ8818 and PJ8852 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8818 and PJ8852 properly.

Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Replace the Staple Head and Finisher PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

12-925 Stacker Lower Safty• The Stacker Height SNR did not turn O

had turned ON (descending).• The Stacker Height SNR did not turn O

had turned ON (descending).ProcedureCheck the guide for foreign substances andtion is found in the Guide.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deforma

Execute DC330[13-56][12-267]. Place papdisplay has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8815, PJ8are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8815, PJ8825, and P

Check the wire between J8815 and J8between J8815 and J8850 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Finiis approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.

Measure the voltage between the Finisfront of the Stacker Height SNR receivto approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[13-31][13-60] and [13-32][1starts running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8827 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8827 and PJ8847 pro

Measure the resistance of the StackeThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Stacker Motor (PLn.

A B

Page 86: WCP 123_128

er Safty: Finisher, 12-944 Stack-Status-indicator-raps

Check the wire between J8827 and J8847 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8827 and J8847 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or

12-944 Stacker Set Over Count: Finishere capacity of the Stacker Tray.

B connector. The connectors are connected

ccurred again.

A B

12/052-65CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-925 Stacker Low

2nd Draft

short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

The number of stapled copies exceeded th

ProcedureCheck the connection of each Finisher PWproperly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [12-944] has oY N

End

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

Page 87: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

r Open

t Cover. The Finisher Front Cover can be

ly and correct its deformation.

er Switch. The Finisher Front Cover Switch is

properly.

e the Finisher Front Cover. The display has

PJ8851. PJ8809 and PJ8851 are connected

perly.

851 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

and J8809-4) of the Finisher Front Cover Switch and J8809-4 is connecting successfully when

and is insulated when opened.

r Switch (PLn.n).

12/052-6612-967 Scratch Sheet Compile: Finisher , 12-302 Fin-

Status-indicator-raps

12-967 Scratch Sheet Compile: Finisher Scratch sheet (abnormal paper) was output to the Finisher Compiler Tray.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [12-976] has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the Finisher PWB (PLn.n).

12-302 Finisher Front CoveThe Finisher Front Cover is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Finisher Fronopened/closed properly.Y N

Install the Finisher Front Cover proper

Check installation of the Finisher Front Covinstalled properly.Y N

Install the Finisher Front Cover Switch

Execute DC330[13-54][12-302]. Open/closchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8809 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8809 and PJ8851 pro

Check the wire between J8809 and J8between J8809 and J8851 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Check conductivity (between J8809-3(PLn.n). The wire between J8809-3 the Finisher Front Cover is closed, Y N

Replace the Finisher Front Cove

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Page 88: WCP 123_128

-X'port Cover Open, 12-301 Fin-Status-indicator-raps

12-303 Finisher H-X'port Cover Open 12-301 Finisher TOP Cover Open

over. The Finisher Top Cover can be opened/

and correct its deformation.

r Switch. The Finisher Top Cover Switch is

roperly.

e the Finisher Top Cover. The display has

PJ8851. PJ8808 and PJ8851 are connected

perly.

851 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

and J8808-4) of the Finisher Top Cover Switch and J8808-4 is connecting successfully when d is insulated when opened.

witch (PLn.n).

12/052-67CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 12-303 Finisher H

2nd Draft

The Finisher H-X'port Cover is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Finisher H-X'port Cover. The Finisher H-X'port Cover can be opened/closed properly.Y N

Install the Finisher H-X'port Cover properly and correct its deformation.

Check installation of the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor. The Finisher H-X'port Cover Sen-sor is installed properly.Y N

Install the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor properly.

Execute DC330[13-53][12-303]. Open/close the Finisher H-X'port Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8382 and PJ8390. PJ8382 and PJ8390 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ8382 and PJ8390 properly.

Check the wire between J8382 and J8390 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J8382 and J8390 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8390-8 (+) and GND (-). Open/close the Finisher H-X'port Cover. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Finisher H-X'port Cover Sensor (PLn.n).

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

Replace the FINISHER PWB.

The Finisher Top Cover is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Finisher Top Cclosed properly.Y N

Install the Finisher Top Cover properly

Check installation of the Finisher Top Coveinstalled properly.Y N

Install the Finisher Top Cover Switch p

Execute DC330[13-55][12-301]. Open/closchanged.Y N

Check the connections of PJ8808 andproperly.Y N

Connect PJ8808 and PJ8851 pro

Check the wire between J8808 and J8between J8808 and J8851 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Check conductivity (between J8808-3(PLn.n). The wire between J8808-3 the Finisher Top Cover is closed, anY N

Replace the Finisher Top Cover S

Replace the Finisher PWB.

Replace the Finisher PWB.

Page 89: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-6812-303 Finisher H-X'port Cover Open, 12-301 Finisher Status-indicator-raps

Page 90: WCP 123_128

d/Write Check Fail, 41-363 NVM Status-indicator-raps

41-340 RAM Read/Write Check Fail 41-363 NVM Data DefectWB.

onnector. The connectors are connected prop-

e has occurred again.

in. Turn on the power again. The same trouble

PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-69CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 41-340 RAM Rea

2nd Draft

The MCU PWB RAM has failed in the Read/Write operation.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

NVM data error has occurred in the MCU P

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB cerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. The same troublY N

End

Remove the NVM (PLn.n) and install it agahas occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the NVM (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (

Page 91: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ss NVM Is Not Enough the data write operation.

Version. The ROM Version is the latest.

PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-7041-362 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be Executed, 41-364

Status-indicator-raps

41-362 NVM Read/Write Cannot Be ExecutedThe MCU PWB NVM has failed in the Read/Write operation.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again.Y N

End

Remove the NVM (PLn.n) and install it again. Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the NVM (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

41-364 CPU Power To AcceThe MCU PWB NVM has failed internally in

ProcedureExecute DCnnn[nnn-nnn] to check the ROMY N

Replace with the latest ROM (PLn.n).

Replace the NVM (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (

Page 92: WCP 123_128

C Fail, 41-210 Tray Module NVM Status-indicator-raps

41-366 CRUM ASIC Fail 41-210 Tray Module NVM Out-Of-Order PWB.M PWB.

onnector. The connectors are connected prop-

TTM PWB connector. The connectors are con-

ed again.

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

B P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

B(PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-71CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 41-366 CRUM ASI

2nd Draft

The CRUM Control ASIC has a failure.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again.Y N

End

Remove the NVM (PLn.n) and install it again. Turn on the power again. The same trouble has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

• NVM data error has occurred in the TM• NVM data error has occurred in the 2TProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB cerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each 2TM PWB ornected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. H7-3 has occurrY N

End

Check the wire between J541 and J413 forJ541 and J413 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the 2TM PWB (PLn.n) or TTM PW

Page 93: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-7241-211Tray Module NVM R/W ErrorStatus-indicator-raps

41-211Tray Module NVM R/W Error• The TM PWB NVM has failed in the Read/Write operation.• The 2TM PWB NVM has failed in the Read/Write operation.ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are con-nected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. H7-4 has occurred again.Y N

End

Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the 2TM PWB (PLn.n) or TTM PWB(PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Page 94: WCP 123_128

42-325 Main Motor FailStatus-indicator-raps

42-325 Main Motor Fail Rotate the rotor of Main Motor manually. It rotates smoothly without abnormal load.Y N

rfere operation and installation failure. Foreign found.

n.n).

terfere operation and correct the installation failure.

CU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A

12/052-73CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

The Main Motor does not rotate at the specified speed.

ProcedureClose the LH Cover and IOT Front Cover.Execute DC330[8-1][71-36]. Running sound of the Main Motor can be heard.Y N

Execute DC330[8-4][71-37]. Running sound of the Drum Motor can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ408 and PJ214. PJ408 and PJ214 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ408 and PJ214 properly.

Check the wire between J408 and J214 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408 and J214 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and GND (-), and between P408-14 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and GND (-). The volt-age is approx. +5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Check the wire between J408-3 and J214-12, J408-4 and J214-11, J408-8 and J214-7, and J408-9 and J214-6 for an open circuit or short circuit. Each pin is conducting suc-cessfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Check installation of the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n). The Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) is installed properly.Y N

Install the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) properly.

Check the wire between J408-9 and J214-6 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408-9 and J214-6 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check for foreign substances that intesubstances or installation failure isY N

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PL

Remove the foreign substances that in

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and M

A

Page 95: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

rotates smoothly without abnormal load.

rfere operation and installation failure. Foreign found.

n.n).

terfere operation and correct the installation failure.

CU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A

12/052-7442-323 Drum Motor Fail

Status-indicator-raps

42-323 Drum Motor FailThe Drum Motor does not rotate at the specified speed.

ProcedureClose the LH Cover and IOT Front Cover. Execute DC330[8-4][71-37]. Running sound of the Drum Motor can be heard.Y N

Execute DC330[8-1][71-36]. Running sound of the Main Motor can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ408 and PJ214. PJ408 and PJ214 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ408 and PJ214 properly.

Check the wire between J408 and J214 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408 and J214 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and GND (-), and between P408-14 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and GND (-). The volt-age is approx. +5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Check the wire between J408-5 and J214-10, J408-6 and J214-9, and J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit and short circuit. Each pin is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Check installation of the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n). The Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) is installed properly.Y N

Install the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) properly.

Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J408-7 and J214-8 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Rotate the rotor of Main Motor manually. It Y N

Check for foreign substances that intesubstances or installation failure isY N

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PL

Remove the foreign substances that in

Replace the Main Drive Assy (PLn.n) and M

A

Page 96: WCP 123_128

le Communication Fail , 47-211 Status-indicator-raps

47-311 Dup Module Communication Fail 47-211 OCT1 Fail turn ON within the specified time after the OCT1

e offset mechanism moves smoothly.

ions.

OCT1 Home Position Sensor receiver with paper.

3, and PJ117. PJ432, PJ613, and PJ117 are con-

7 properly.

7 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P432-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

it PWB P432-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the OCT1 aper. The voltage has changed from approx.

n Sensor.

] alternately. The OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n) starts run-

J206. PJ432 and PJ206 are connected prop-

rly.

6 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

12/052-75CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 47-311 Dup Modu

2nd Draft

Communication error between the MCU PWB and the Dup Module.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each DUP Module PWB Connector. The connectors are connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417A-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

The OCT1 Home Position Sensor did notMotor had turned ON.

ProcedureOperate the offset mechanism manually. ThY N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[7-33][47-205]. Block the The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ432, PJ61nected properly.Y N

Connect PJ432, PJ613, and PJ11

Check the wire between J432 and J11between J432 and J117 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Exitapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the ExHome Position Sensor receiver with p5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the OCT1 Home Positio

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[10-6][47-1] and [10-7][47-5ning.Y N

Check the connections of PJ432 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ432 and PJ206 prope

Check the wire between J432 and J20between J432 and J206 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 97: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

turn ON within the specified time after the OCT2

e offset mechanism moves smoothly.

ions.

OCT2 Home Position Sensor receiver with paper.

6, PJ111, and SJ1. PJ434, PJ606, PJ111, and

nd SJ1 properly.

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P434-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

it PWB P432-2 (+) and GND (-). Block the OCT2 aper. The voltage has changed from approx.

n Sensor.

-4] alternately. The OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n) starts

6, and PJ207. PJ433, PJ606, and PJ207 are

07 properly.

7 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ng successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

A B

12/052-7647-211 OCT1 Fail, 47-212 OCT2 Fail

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n) (between J206-XX and J206-XX).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB (PLn.n) P432-7 (+) and GND (-). The volt-age is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the OCT Motor 1 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

47-212 OCT2 FailThe OCT2 Home Position Sensor did notMotor had turned ON.

ProcedureOperate the offset mechanism manually. ThY N

Replace the parts that interfere operat

Execute DC330[7-34][47-206]. Block the The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ434, PJ60SJ1 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ434, PJ606, PJ111, a

Check the wire between J111 and J43between J111 and J434 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the Exitapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the ExHome Position Sensor receiver with p5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the OCT2 Home Positio

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[10-24][47-3] and [10-25][47running.Y N

Check the connections of PJ433, PJ60connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ433, PJ606, and PJ2

Check the wire between J433 and P20between J433 and P207 is conducticircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 98: WCP 123_128

7-312 Exit Module Communica-Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n) (between J207-XX and J207-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.

47-312 Exit Module Communication FailB and the Exit PWB.

onnector. The connectors are connected prop-

nnector. The connectors are connected prop-

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

526. PJ526 is connected properly.

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

P430-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx.

B (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-77CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 47-212 OCT2 Fail, 4

2nd Draft

Y NReplace the OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB (PLn.n) P433-1 (+) and GND (-). The volt-age is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the OCT Motor 2 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Communication error between the MCU PW

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB cerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each Exit PWB coerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J421 and J431 forJ421 and J431 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the connection of the Power Unit PJY N

Connect PJ526 properly.

Check the wire between J430 and J526 forJ430 and J526 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB5VDC.Y N

Replace the Power Unit (PLn.n).

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n) and MCU PW

Page 99: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

d.

is connected properly.

onnector. The connectors are connected prop-

B connector. The connectors are connected

r an open circuit or short circuit. The wire uccessfully without an open circuit or short cir-

B P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

(PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-7847-310 Finisher Communication Fail, 47-213 Finisher

Status-indicator-raps

47-310 Finisher Communication FailCommunication error between the MCU PWB and the Finisher.

ProcedureCheck the connection of the inlet. The inlet is connected properly.Y N

Connect the inlet properly.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J416 and J8843 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short cir-cuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

47-213 Finisher Type FailA finisher with invalid specification was foun

ProcedureCheck the connection of the inlet. The inletY N

Connect the inlet properly.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB cerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each Finisher PWproperly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J416 and J8843 fobetween J416 and J8843 is conducting scuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Finisher PWB and MCU PWB

Page 100: WCP 123_128

ray Module Communication FailStatus-indicator-raps

47-313 Tray Module Communication Fail

12/052-79CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 47-313 T

2nd Draft

• Communication error between the MCU PWB and the TTM PWB.• Communication error between the MCU PWB and the 2TM PWB.ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are con-nected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. H7-7 has occurred again.Y N

End

Check the wire between J541 and J413 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the 2TM PWB (PLn.n) or TTM PWB(PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Page 101: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-8047-313 Tray Module Communication FailStatus-indicator-raps

Page 102: WCP 123_128

wer Fail, 61-321 ROS Motor FailStatus-indicator-raps

61-315 Laser Power Fail 61-321 ROS Motor Failot reach the specifid value within the specified time ng. reach the specified value.

. PJ406 and PJ140 are connected properly.

. PJ130 and PJ620 are connected properly.

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

d of the ROS Motor can be heard.

ween the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and GND (-) is

between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-)

tween the Power Unit P526-1 (+) and GND (-) is

it (PLn.n).

een J526 and J400.

CU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

B P406-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is +5VDC.

WB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-81CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 61-315 Laser Po

2nd Draft

The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value.

ProcedureCheck the connections of PJ406 and PJ140. PJ406 and PJ140 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ406 and PJ140 properly.

Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Install the Drum Cartridge securely. The voltage measured between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-) is +5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the ROS Assy (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

• The ROS Motor rotation speed does nafter the ROS Motor had started rotati

• The light intensity of the LD1 does notProcedureCheck the connections of PJ406 and PJ140Y N

Connect PJ406 and PJ140 properly.

Check the connections of PJ130 and PJ620Y N

Connect PJ130 and PJ620 properly.

Check the wire between J406 and J140 forJ406 and J140 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J406 and J130 forJ406 and J130 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute DC330[6-15][61-1]. Running sounY N

The voltage between measured bet+24VDC.Y N

The voltage between measuredis +24VDC.Y N

The voltage measured be+24VDC.Y N

Replace the Power Un

Repair the open circuit betw

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the ROS Assy (PLn.n) and M

Install the Drum Cartridge securely.Measure the voltage between the MCU PWY N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the ROS Assy (PLn.n) and MCU P

Page 103: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-8261-333 ROS Fan DefectStatus-indicator-raps

61-333 ROS Fan Defect

Procedure

Page 104: WCP 123_128

ommunication Fail, 62-310 IPS-Status-indicator-raps

62-277 IPS-DADF Communication Fail 62-310 IPS-Controller Communication Fail and the ESS PWB.

nnector. The connectors are connected prop-

nnector. The connectors are connected prop-

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

B (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-83CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 62-277 IPS-DADF C

2nd Draft

Communication error between the IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J751 and J750, and between J752 and J750 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wires between P/J751 and J750, and between P/J752 and J750 are con-ducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n) and DADF PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Communication error between the IPS PWB

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB coerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each ESS PWB coerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J719 and J320 forJ719 and J320 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n) and ESS PW

Page 105: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

rite operation.

nnector. The connectors are connected prop-

occurred again.

12/052-8462-210 IIT Hot Line Fail, 62-345 IPS EEPROM Fail

Status-indicator-raps

62-210 IIT Hot Line FailAn open circuit of the cable between the IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J719 and J320 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J719 and J320 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n) and ESS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

62-345 IPS EEPROM FailThe IPS EEPROM has failed in the Read/W

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB coerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [062-345] has Y N

End

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 106: WCP 123_128

Fail (Local), 62-360 CARRIDGE Status-indicator-raps

62-211 IPS EEPROM Fail (Local) 62-360 CARRIDGE Position Fail he pulses of the Carridge Motor.ithin the specified time after the Carridge Motor had

ces and deformation. Foreign substances or l.

rmation.

ront of the IIT Regi Sensor (PLn.n). The display

J722. PJ728 and PJ722 are connected prop-

rly.

2 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P722-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

PWB P722-5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front oltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to

n.n).

ernately. The Scan Motor (PLn.n) starts running.

J721. PJ722 and PJ721 are connected prop-

rly.

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

12/052-85CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 62-211 IPS EEPROM

2nd Draft

The IPS EEPROM has failed in the Read/Write operation. (Local)

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [062-345] has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

• An error has occurred while counting t• The IIT Regi Sensor did not turn ON w

turned ON.ProcedureCheck the Carriage Rail for foreign substandeformation is found in the Carridge RaiY N

Clean the foreign substances and defo

Execute DC330[062-212]. Place paper in fhas changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ728 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ728 and PJ722 prope

Check the wire between J728 and J72between J728 and J722 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the IPSapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the IPSof the IIT Regi Sensor (PLn.n). The vapprox. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the IIT Regi Sensor (PL

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[062-005] and [062-005] altY N

Check the connections of PJ722 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ722 and PJ721 prope

Check the wire between J722 and J72between J722 and J721 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

A B

Page 107: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ailnt light intensity is not enough for the CCD.

recting plate for abnormality such as contamination ontamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, .

e correcting plate, etc.

n) lights up.

2, and PJ723. PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723 are

23 properly.

3 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

PS PWB (PLn.n) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and voltage is approx. +24VDC.

.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

710. PJ700 and PJ710 are connected properly.

B (PLn.n) in sequence.

A B

12/052-8662-360 CARRIDGE Position Fail , 62-371 Lamp Illumi-

Status-indicator-raps

Measure the resistance of the Scan Motor (PLn.n) (between J721-XX and J721-XX). The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Scan Motor (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the IPS PWB (PLn.n) P722-16 (+) and GND (-), and between P722-17 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Scan Motor (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

62-371 Lamp Illumination FWhen scanning has started, the lamp incide

ProcedureCheck the lamp, lens, mirror, and white corand deterioration. Abnormality such as cmirror, or white correcting plate is foundY N

Replace the lamp, lens, mirror, or whit

Execute DC330[062-002]. The lamp (PLn.Y N

Check the connections of PJ703, PJ70connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ703, PJ702, and PJ7

Check the wire between J702 and J72between J702 and J723 is conductincircuit.Y N

Replace the FFC (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the Ibetween P723-2 (+) and GND (-). TheY N

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the lamp (PLn.n), PSFL (PLn

Check the connections of PJ700 and PJY N

Connect PJ700 and PJ710 properly.

Replace the CCD PWB (PLn.n) and IPS PW

Page 108: WCP 123_128

E Over Run Fail, 62-362 X Hard Status-indicator-raps

62-389 CARRIDGE Over Run Fail 62-362 X Hard Fail

nnector. The connectors are connected prop-

curred again.

12/052-87CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 62-389 CARRIDG

2nd Draft

The cartridge has overrun.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [062-389] has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Document detection function has failed.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB coerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [062-362] has ocY N

End

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Page 109: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

cuting AOC.

nnector. The connectors are connected prop-

curred again.

B (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-8862-380 AGC Fail, 62-386 AOC Fail

Status-indicator-raps

62-380 AGC FailWhen adjusting CCD outputs, the lamp incident light intensity is not enough for the CCD.

ProcedureCheck the lamp, lens, mirror, and white correcting plate for abnormality such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, mirror, and white correcting plate is found.Y N

Replace the lamp, lens, mirror, or white correcting plate, etc.

Execute DC330[062-002]. The lamp (PLn.n) lights up.Y N

Check the connections of PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723. PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ703, PJ702, and PJ723 properly.

Check the wire between J702 and J723 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J702 and J723 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Replace the FFC (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the IPS PWB (PLn.n) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P723-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the lamp (PLn.n), PSFL (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Check the connections of PJ700 and PJ710. PJ700 and PJ710 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ700 and PJ710 properly.

Replace the CCD PWB (PLn.n) and IPS PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

62-386 AOC FailA CCD output error was detected when exe

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB coerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [062-386] has ocY N

End

Replace the CCD PWB (PLn.n) and IPS PW

Page 110: WCP 123_128

il , 62-790 Pre IPS X Recognition Status-indicator-raps

62-392 IPS PWB Fail 62-790 Pre IPS X Recognition Failplaced on the platen.

ument was placed on the platen.

nnector. The connectors are connected prop-

curred again.

12/052-89CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 62-392 IPS PWB Fa

2nd Draft

• The IPS PWB RAM has failed in the Read/Write operation.• The Shading Memory has failed in the Read/Write operation.• The Gap Memory has failed in the Read/Write operation.• The ASIC does not operate properly.ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [062-392] has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

A document inappropriate for copying was

ProcedureCheck the document. An appropriate docY N

Place an appropriate document.

Check the connection of each IPS PWB coerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [062-790] has ocY N

End

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Page 111: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-9062-300 Platen I/L OpenStatus-indicator-raps

62-300 Platen I/L OpenThe Platen Interlock is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed prop-erly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformation of the Platen Cover.

Check installation of the Platen Cover Switch. The Platen Cover Switch is installed prop-erly.Y N

Install the Platen Cover Switch properly.

Execute DC330[][]. Open/close the Platen Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ727 and PJ722. PJ727 and PJ722 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ727 and PJ722 properly.

Check the wire between J727 and J722 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J727 and J722 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check conductivity (between J722-10 and J722-11) of the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n).The wire between J722-10 and J722-11 is connecting successfully when the Platen Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened.Y N

Replace the Platen Cover Switch (PLn.n).

Replace the IPS PWB.

Replace the IPS PWB, and the DADF PWB in sequence.

Page 112: WCP 123_128

63-310 Extension EEPROM FailStatus-indicator-raps

63-310 Extension EEPROM Fail

12/052-91CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

The Extension-EEPROM has failed in the Read/Write operation.

Procedure

Page 113: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-9263-310 Extension EEPROM FailStatus-indicator-raps

Page 114: WCP 123_128

65-312 Shading Data FailStatus-indicator-raps

65-312 Shading Data Fail

12/052-93CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

The data read from the white reference board is out of the specification.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each IPS PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. [065-312] has occurred again.Y N

End

Replace the IPS PWB (PLn.n).

Page 115: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-9465-312 Shading Data FailStatus-indicator-raps

Page 116: WCP 123_128

Regi SNR On Jam (Tray1 Feed)Status-indicator-raps

71-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray1 Feed) Y NRestore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between

t or short circuit. The wire between J201 and ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 1 Feed Motor.

A

12/052-95CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 71-105

2nd Draft

The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 1 Feed Motor had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Feed Roll. The Feed Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check connections of PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409. PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 are con-nected properly.Y N

Connect PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 properly.

Remove the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 2 Feed Motor. Install the Tray 2 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 1 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

J201 and J409 for an open circuiJ409 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 117: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

9 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P409-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

U PWB P409-9 (+) and GND (-). Operate the actu-). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC

(PLn.n).

A B

12/052-9671-210 Tray1 Lift Up /No Tray Fail

Status-indicator-raps

71-210 Tray1 Lift Up /No Tray Fail• The Tray 1 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 1 Feed

Motor had turned ON.• The Tray 1 Size Sensor detected no tray.ProcedureDraw out the tray and then install it again. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor can be heard.Y N

Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check connections of PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409. PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ201, PJ601, and PJ409 properly.

Remove the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 2 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 1 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-12][71-7]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Restore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the original position.Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 2 Feed Motor to the original position. Replace the Tray 1 Feed Motor.

Go to the SIZE SWITCH FIP.

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PLn.n) and operation of the actuator. Both the installation and operation are normal.Y N

Correct the abnormal installation and operation.

Execute DC330[7-13][71-112]. Operate the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PLn.n) manually. The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ100, PJ601, and PJ409. PJ100, PJ601, and PJ409 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ100, PJ601, and PJ409 properly.

Check the wire between J100 and J40between J100 and J409 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the MCUapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PLn.nto approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Tray 1 Level Sensor

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 118: WCP 123_128

-211 Tray 1 Size Sensor BrokenStatus-indicator-raps

71-211 Tray 1 Size Sensor Broken

12/052-97CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 71

2nd Draft

Procedure

Page 119: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-9871-211 Tray 1 Size Sensor BrokenStatus-indicator-raps

Page 120: WCP 123_128

/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed)Status-indicator-raps

72-101 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed) Remove the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 1 Feed Motor. Install the Tray 1 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 2 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[8-13][71-8].

otor (PLn.n) can be heard.

to the original position. Check the wire between t or short circuit. The wire between J202 and ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed Motor.

A B

12/052-99CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 72-101 F

2nd Draft

The F/O#2 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Feed Motor had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 properly.

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409. PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 properly.

Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed MY N

Restore the Tray 1 Feed Motor J202 and J409 for an open circuiJ409 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 1 Feed Motor to the

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 121: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

0 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

A B

12/052-10072-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed)

Status-indicator-raps

72-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray2 Feed)The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the F/O#2 SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. The PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-2][73-6]. Operating sound of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ204 and PJ410. PJ204 and PJ410 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ204 and PJ410 properly.

Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) (between P204-1 and P204-4).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J204 and J41between J204 and J410 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 122: WCP 123_128

p/No Tray fail, 72-211 Tray2 Size Status-indicator-raps

72-210 Tray2 Lift Up/No Tray fail 72-211 Tray2 Size Sensor Broken

12/052-101CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 72-210 Tray2 Lift U

2nd Draft

• The Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 2 Feed Motor had turned ON.

• The Tray 2 Size Sensor detected no tray.Procedure

Procedure

Page 123: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-10272-210 Tray2 Lift Up/No Tray fail, 72-211 Tray2 Size Status-indicator-raps

Page 124: WCP 123_128

/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed)Status-indicator-raps

73-101 F/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed) Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor. Install the Tray 4 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 3 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[8-14][73-9].

otor (PLn.n) can be heard.

to the original position. Check the wire between cuit or short circuit. The wire between J220B and lly without an open circuit or short circuit.

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor.

A B

12/052-103CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 73-101 F

2nd Draft

The F/O#3 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 3 Feed Motor had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-8][71-308]. Place paper in front of the F/O#3 SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ821B, PJ841B, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ821B, PJ841B, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ821B, PJ841B, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413 properly.

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the F/O#3 SNR (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the F/O#3 SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly.

Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed MY N

Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor J220B and J549B for an open cirJ549B is conducting successfuY N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 125: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

to the original position. Check the wire between cuit or short circuit. The wire between J220B and lly without an open circuit or short circuit.

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor.

A

12/052-10473-102 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed)

Status-indicator-raps

73-102 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed)The F/O#2 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after F/O#3 SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 properly.

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly.

Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 4 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 3 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][73-9]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

Y NRestore the Tray 4 Feed Motor J220B and J549B for an open cirJ549B is conducting successfuY N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 126: WCP 123_128

Regi SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed)Status-indicator-raps

73-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray3 Feed) Y NRestore the Tray 1 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between

t or short circuit. The wire between J202 and ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed Motor.

A

12/052-105CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 73-105

2nd Draft

The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the F/O#3 SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. The PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409. PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ202, PJ602, and PJ409 properly.

Remove the Tray 2 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 1 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 2 Feed Motor. Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 1 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

J202 and J409 for an open circuiJ409 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 1 Feed Motor to the

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 127: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

roken

12/052-10673-210 Tray3 Lift Up/No Tray Fail, 73-211 Tray3 Size

Status-indicator-raps

73-210 Tray3 Lift Up/No Tray Fail• The 2TM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the 2TM-Tray

3 Feed Motor had turned ON.• The 2TM-Tray 3 Size Sensor detected no tray.• The TTM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the TTM-

Tray 3 Feed Motor had turned ON.• The TTM-Tray 3 Size Sensor detected no tray.Procedure

73-211 Tray3 Size Sensor B

Procedure

Page 128: WCP 123_128

/O#4 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)Status-indicator-raps

74-101 F/O#4 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed) Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

und of the Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be

661A, PJ549A, PJ541, and PJ413. PJ220A, are connected properly.

9A, PJ541, and PJ413 properly.

n.n) and Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the f the Tray 4 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][73-ed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

the original position.nd J549A for an open circuit or short circuit. The A is conducting successfully without an open

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 4 Feed Motor.

A B

12/052-107CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 74-101 F

2nd Draft

The F/O#4 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 4 Feed Motor had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-9][71-309]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ825, PJ842, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413. The connectors are connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting successfully without an open cir-cuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB.

Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running soheard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ220A, PJPJ661A, PJ549A, PJ541, and PJ413Y N

Connect PJ220A, PJ661A, PJ54

Remove the Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLTray 3 Feed Motor in replacement o9]. Running sound of the Tray 4 FeY N

Restore the Tray 3 Feed Motor toCheck the wire between J220A awire between J220A and J549circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 3 Feed Motor to the

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 129: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

und of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be

661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, are connected properly.

9B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly.

n.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the f the Tray 3 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][73-ed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

the original position.nd J549B for an open circuit or short circuit. The B is conducting successfully without an open

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor.

A

12/052-10874-103 F/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)

Status-indicator-raps

74-103 F/O#3 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)The F/O#3 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after F/O#4 SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-8][71-308]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ821, PJ841, PJ548, PJ541, and PJ413. The connectors are connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting successfully without an open cir-cuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running soheard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ220B, PJPJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 Y N

Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ54

Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLTray 4 Feed Motor in replacement o9]. Running sound of the Tray 3 FeY N

Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor toCheck the wire between J220B awire between J220B and J549circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 130: WCP 123_128

/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)Status-indicator-raps

74-102 F/O#2 SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed) Y NRestore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the original position. Check the wire between

cuit or short circuit. The wire between J220B and lly without an open circuit or short circuit.

ort circuit.

original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed Motor.

A

12/052-109CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 74-102 F

2nd Draft

The F/O#2 SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after F/O#3 SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 properly.

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-13][71-8]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413. PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ220B, PJ661B, PJ549B, PJ541 and PJ413 properly.

Remove the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) and Tray 4 Feed Motor (PLn.n).Install the Tray 4 Feed Motor in replacement of the Tray 3 Feed Motor.Execute DC330[8-14][73-9]. Running sound of the Tray 3 Feed Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

J220B and J549B for an open cirJ549B is conducting successfuY N

Repair the open circuit or sh

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Restore the Tray 4 Feed Motor to the

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 131: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

0 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

A B

12/052-11074-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)

Status-indicator-raps

74-105 Regi SNR On Jam (Tray4 Feed)The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the F/O#2 SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. The PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-2][73-6]. Operating sound of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the connections of PJ204 and PJ410. PJ204 and PJ410 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ204 and PJ410 properly.

Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n) (between P204-1 and P204-4).The resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Takeaway Clutch (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J204 and J41between J204 and J410 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 132: WCP 123_128

/No Tray Fail, 74-211 Tray4 Size Status-indicator-raps

74-210 Tray4 Lift Up/No Tray Fail 74-211 Tray4 Size Sensor Broken

12/052-111CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 74-210 Tray4 Lift Up

2nd Draft

• The 2TM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the 2TM-Tray 4 Feed Motor had turned ON.

• The 2TM-Tray 4 Size Sensor detected no tray.• The TTM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the TTM-

Tray 4 Feed Motor had turned ON.• The TTM-Tray 4 Size Sensor detected no tray.Procedure

Procedure

Page 133: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-11274-210 Tray4 Lift Up/No Tray Fail, 74-211 Tray4 Size Status-indicator-raps

Page 134: WCP 123_128

5 Regi SNR On JAM (MSI Feed)Status-indicator-raps

75-135 Regi SNR On JAM (MSI Feed) Y NCheck the connections of PJ205 and PJ411. PJ205 and PJ411 are connected properly.

rly.

d Solenoid (PLn.n) (between P205-1 and P205-2).

(PLn.n).

1 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ng successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

12/052-113CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 75-13

2nd Draft

The Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the MSI Feed Solenoid had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck the guide. The guide is set properly.Y N

Set the guide properly.

Check installation of the MSI. The MSI is installed properly.Y N

Install the MSI properly.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[4-1][42-1]. The Main Motor (PLn.n) starts rotating and the fuser starts operating.Y N

Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP.

Execute DC330[8-17][71-12]. Operating sound of the MSI Feed Solenoid (PLn.n) can be heard.

Y NConnect PJ205 and PJ411 prope

Measure the resistance of the MSI FeeThe resistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the MSI Feed Solenoid

Check the wire between P205 and J41between P205 and J411 is conducticircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 135: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-11475-135 Regi SNR On JAM (MSI Feed)Status-indicator-raps

Page 136: WCP 123_128

Stop Error, 77-310 Image Ready Status-indicator-raps

77-329 Main Motor Stop Error 77-310 Image Ready ErrorB image-ready signal at the specified timing.

Version. The ROM version is the latest.

WB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-115CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 77-329 Main Motor

2nd Draft

The Main Motor did not stop when no paper is being fed.

ProcedureExecute DCnnn[nnn-nnn] to check the ROM version. The ROM version is the latest.Y N

Replace with the latest ROM (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PW

ProcedureExecute DCnnn[nnn-nnn] to check the ROMY N

Replace with the latest ROM (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n) and ESS P

Page 137: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

specified time after the Exit SNR 2 had turned ON.

The Exit 2 Module is installed properly.

aper powder. The Transport Roll is worn.

tion, and paper powder in the paper delivery

tion, and paper powder.

per in front of the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n). The dis-

4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

xit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

und of the Exit Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

3 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

it PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-11677-131 DUP Wait SNR On Jam, 77-113 Exit SNR2 Off

Status-indicator-raps

77-131 DUP Wait SNR On JamThe DUP Wait SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the Exit 2 MOTOR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck installation of DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed properly.Y N

Install the DUP Module properly.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-31][71-314]. Place paper in front of the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed to L.Y N

Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[8-38][73-16]. Running sound of the DUP Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DUP Motor (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n).

77-113 Exit SNR2 Off JamThe Exit SNR 2 did not turn OFF within the

ProcedureCheck installation of the Exit 2 Module. Y N

Install the Exit 2 Module properly.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and pY N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformapath. Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deforma

Execute DC330[10-52][71-319]. Place paplay has changed to L.Y N

Check the wire between J112 and J43between J112 and J434 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n) and E

Execute DC330[10-8][47-22]. Running soY N

Check the wire between J208 and J43between J208 and J433 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the Exit Motor (PLn.n) and Ex

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

Page 138: WCP 123_128

2 On Jam, 77-103 Exit SNR1 Off Status-indicator-raps

77-109 Exit SNR2 On Jam 77-103 Exit SNR1 Off Jam specified time after the Exit SNR 1 had turned ON.

installed properly.

and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-powder is found in the paper delivery path.

tion, and paper powder.

the actuator of the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) manually.

0 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

CU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

tor (PLn.n) starts rotating and the fuser starts

und of the Exit Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

3 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

it PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-117CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 77-109 Exit SNR

2nd Draft

The Exit SNR 2 did not turn ON within the specified time after the Exit SNR 1 had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed properly.Y N

Install the Exit 2 Module properly.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[10-52][71-319]. Place paper in front of the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed to L.Y N

Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[10-8][47-22]. Running sound of the Exit Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the wire between J208 and J433 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit Motor (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[10-5][47-24]. The Exit Solenoid (PLn.n) starts operating and the gates starts switching.Y N

Check the wire between J209 and J433 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J209 and J433 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit Solenoid (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

The Exit SNR 1 did not turn OFF within the

ProcedureCheck installation of the fuser. The fuser isY N

Install the fuser properly.

Check for foreign substances, deformation,eign substances, deformation, or paper Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deforma

Execute DC330[10-23][10-100]. Operate The display has changed.Y N

Check the wire between J125 and J41between J125 and J410 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) and M

Execute DC330[4-1][42-1]. The Main Mooperating.Y N

Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP.

Execute DC330[10-8][47-22]. Running soY N

Check the wire between J208 and J43between J208 and J433 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the Exit Motor (PLn.n) and Ex

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 139: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

oo Long)pecified time after the Regi CL had turned ON.

aper powder. The Transport Roll is worn.

tion, and paper powder in the paper delivery

tion, and paper powder.

r in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display

104 is connected properly.

3 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

U PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in as changed from approx. 5VDC to approx.

nd of the Regi Clutch (PLn.n) can be heard.

251 is connected properly.

utch (PLn.n) (between P215-1 and P215-2). The

12/052-11877-106 Exit SNR1 On Jam, 77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam

Status-indicator-raps

77-106 Exit SNR1 On JamThe Exit SNR 1 did not turn ON within the specified time after the Regi CL had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck installation of the fuser. The fuser is installed properly.Y N

Install the fuser properly.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[10-23][10-100]. Operate the actuator of the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) manually.The display has changed.Y N

Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Execute DC330[4-1][42-1]. The Main Motor (PLn.n) starts rotating and the fuser starts operating.Y N

Go to the Main Drive Assy FIP.

Execute DC330[9-27][91-4]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403A-5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J403 and J500 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and J500 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n), HVPS (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (TThe Regi SNR did not turn OFF within the s

ProcedureCheck the Transport Roll for wear and pY N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformapath. Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deforma

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place papehas changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJY N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J40between J104 and J403 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the MCUapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCfront of the Regi SNR. The voltage h0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-10][89-2]. Operating souY N

Check the connection of PJ251. PJY N

Connect PJ251 properly.

Measure the resistance of the Regi Clresistance is **Ohm.Y N

Replace the Regi Clutch (PLn.n).

A B

Page 140: WCP 123_128

ff Jam (Too Long), 77-101 Regi Status-indicator-raps

Check the wire between J215 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J215 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short

77-101 Regi SNR Off Jam (Too Short)pecified time after the Regi CL had turned ON.

onnector. The connectors are connected prop-

r in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display

104 is connected properly.

3 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-).The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to

A B

12/052-119CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 77-101 Regi SNR O

2nd Draft

circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

The Regi SNR did not turn OFF within the s

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB cerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place papehas changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJY N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J40between J104 and J403 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the MCUapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCUPlace paper in front of the Regi SNR. approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 141: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

UP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.A B

12/052-12077-129 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Stop Case)

Status-indicator-raps

77-129 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Stop Case)In the case when DUP feeding stops, the Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the DUP Motor had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck installation of DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed properly.Y N

Install the DUP Module properly.

Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-38][73-16]. Running sound of the DUP Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.Y N

Check the wire between J212 and J542 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DUP Motor (PLn.n) and D

Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n).

A B

Page 142: WCP 123_128

R On Jam (DUP Feed. Non-stop Status-indicator-raps

77-130 Regi SNR On Jam (DUP Feed. Non-stop Case) Y NRepair the open circuit or short circuit.

nd DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

und of the DUP Motor (PLn.n) can be heard.

2 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

UP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A

12/052-121CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 77-130 Regi SN

2nd Draft

n the case of non-stop DUP feeding, the Regi SNR did not turn ON within the specified time after the DUP Wait SNR had turned ON.

ProcedureCheck installation of DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed properly.Y N

Install the DUP Module properly.

Check for wear and paper powder in the Transport Roll. The Transport Roll is worn.Y N

Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder in the paper delivery path. For-eign substances, deformation, or paper powder is found in the paper delivery path.Y N

Clean the foreign substances, deformation, and paper powder.

Execute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[8-31][71-314]. Place paper in front of the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed to L.Y N

Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n) a

Execute DC330[8-38][73-16]. Running soY N

Check the wire between J212 and J54between J212 and J542 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the DUP Motor (PLn.n) and D

Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n).

A

Page 143: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

the actuator of the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) manually.

0 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

CU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-12277-902 Exit SNR2 Static Jam, 77-901 Exit SNR1 Static

Status-indicator-raps

77-902 Exit SNR2 Static JamPaper remains on the Exit SNR 2.

ProcedureExecute DC330[10-52][71-319]. Place paper in front of the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed to L.Y N

Check the wire between J112 and J434 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit SNR 2 (PLn.n) and Exit PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Replace the Exit PWB (PLn.n).

77-901 Exit SNR1 Static JamPaper remains on the Exit SNR 1.

ProcedureExecute DC330[10-23][10-100]. Operate The display has changed.Y N

Check the wire between J125 and J41between J125 and J410 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the Exit SNR 1 (PLn.n) and M

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 144: WCP 123_128

R Static Jam, 77-904 F/O#2 SNR Status-indicator-raps

77-900 Regi SNR Static Jam 77-904 F/O#2 SNR Static Jam

in front of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n). The dis-

8, and PJ410. PJ105, PJ608, and PJ410 are

10 properly.

0 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P410-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

U PWB P410-14 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in . The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC

PLn.n).

12/052-123CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 77-900 Regi SN

2nd Draft

Paper remains on the Regi SNR.

ProcedureExecute DC330[8-5][89-100]. Place paper in front of the Regi SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed.Y N

Check the connection of PJ104. PJ104 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ104 properly.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Regi SNR. The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Regi SNR (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Paper remains on the F/O#2 SNR.

ProcedureExecute DC330[8-6][71-306]. Place paper play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ105, PJ60connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ105, PJ608, and PJ4

Check the wire between J105 and J41between J105 and J410 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the MCUapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCfront of the Feed Out Sensor2 (PLn.n)to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor2 (

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 145: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

m

in front of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). The dis-

2, PJ548, PJ541 and PJ413. The connectors are

8 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to

PLn.n).

J413-B5 for an open circuit or short circuit. The is conducting successfully without an open cir-

ircuit.

U PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in . The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC

12/052-12477-905 F/O#3 SNR Static Jam, 77-906 F/O#4 SNR Stat-

Status-indicator-raps

77-905 F/O#3 SNR Static JamPaper remains on the F/O#3 SNR.

ProcedureExecute DC330[8-8][71-308]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The dis-play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ821, PJ841, PJ548, PJ541, and PJ413. The connectors are connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the TM PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting successfully without an open cir-cuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-). Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n). The voltage has changed from approx. 5VDC to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

77-906 F/O#4 SNR Static JaPaper remains on the F/O#4 SNR.

ProcedureExecute DC330[8-9][71-309]. Place paper play has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ825, PJ84connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J821 and J54between J825 and J548 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the TM approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the TM of the Feed Out Sensor4 (PLn.n). Theapprox. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the Feed Out Sensor4 (

Check the wire between J541-11 and wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 cuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Measure the voltage between the MCfront of the Feed Out Sensor3 (PLn.n)to approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the TM PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Page 146: WCP 123_128

NR Static Jam, 77-211 TM Type Status-indicator-raps

77-907 DUP Wait SNR Static Jam 77-211 TM Type Erroris connected.

PWB. The specifications are correct.

onnector. The connectors are connected prop-

TTM PWB connector. The connectors are con-

ed again.

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

B P413-A5 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is

B(PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

12/052-125CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 77-907 DUP Wait S

2nd Draft

Paper remains on the DUP Wait SNR.

ProcedureExecute DC330[8-31][71-314]. Place paper in front of the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n). The display has changed to L.Y N

Check the wire between J123 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the DUP Wait SNR (PLn.n) and DUP PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

DUP PWB (PLn.n)

A Tray Module with different specifications

ProcedureCheck the settings for DIP SW on the TMY N

Set the correct specifications.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB cerly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each 2TM PWB ornected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Turn on the power again. H7-8 has occurrY N

End

Check the wire between J541 and J413 forJ541 and J413 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWapprox. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the 2TM PWB (PLn.n) or TTM PW

Page 147: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

J523 and PJ300. PJ523 and PJ300 are con-

300 properly.

3 and J300 for an open circuit or short circuit. The 00 is conducting successfully without an open

or short circuit.

n the Control PWB P300-12 (+) and GND (-). The

B.

A B C D

12/052-12677-301 IOT L/H Cover Open

Status-indicator-raps

77-301 IOT L/H Cover OpenThe IOT L/H Cover is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the IOT L/H Cover. The IOT L/H Cover can be opened/closed properly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformation of the IOT L/H Cover.

Check installation of the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch. The IOT L/H Cover Open Switch is installed properly.Y N

Install the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch properly.

Execute DC330[1-1][71-300]. Open/close the IOT L/H Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ120 and PJ405. PJ120 and PJ405 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ120 and PJ405 properly.

Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J405 and J120 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check conductivity (between J405-1 and J405-2) of the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J405-1 and J405-2 is connecting successfully when the IOT L/H Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened.Y N

Replace the IOT L/H Cover Open Switch (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Check the connections of PJ526 and PJ400. PJ526 and PJ400 are con-nected properly.Y N

Connect PJ526 and PJ400 properly.

Check the wire between PJ526 and PJ400 for an open circuit or short circuit.The wire between PJ526 and PJ400 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the connections of Pnected properly.Y N

Connect PJ523 and PJ

Check the wire between J52wire between J523 and J3circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit

Measure the voltage betweevoltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the Control PW

Replace the Power Unit.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

A B C D

Page 148: WCP 123_128

over Open, 77-309 L/H-L Cover Status-indicator-raps

77-300 IOT Front Cover Open 77-309 L/H-L Cover Open

ver. The IOT L/H-L Cover can be opened/closed

n of the IOT L/H-L Cover.

pen Switch. The IOT L/H-L Cover Open Switch

ch properly.

the IOT L/H-L Cover. The display has changed.

J410. PJ106 and PJ410 are connected prop-

rly.

J410 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire ucting successfully without an open circuit or

ircuit.

and J410-12) of the IOT L/H-L Cover Open Switch and J410-12 is connecting successfully when s insulated when opened.

en Switch (PLn.n).

12/052-127CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 77-300 IOT Front C

2nd Draft

The IOT Front Cover is open.

Procedure Check opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover. The IOT Front Cover can be opened/closed properly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformation of the IOT Front Cover.

Check installation of the IOT Front Cover Open Switch. The IOT Front Cover Open Switch is installed properly.Y N

Install the IOT Front Cover Open Switch properly.

Execute DC330[1-12][71-303]. Open/close the IOT Front Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ121 and PJ405. PJ121 and PJ405 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ121 and PJ405 properly.

Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J405 and J121 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check conductivity (between J405-3 and J405-4) of the IOT Front Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J405-3 and J405-4 is connecting successfully when the IOT Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened.Y N

Replace the IOT Front Cover Open Switch (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

The L/H-L Cover is open.

Procedure Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H-L Coproperly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformatio

Check installation of the IOT L/H-L Cover Ois installed properly.Y N

Install the IOT L/H-L Cover Open Swit

Execute DC330[1-11][71-302]. Open/closeY N

Check the connections of PJ106 and Perly.Y N

Connect PJ106 and PJ410 prope

Check the wire between PJ106 and Pbetween PJ106 and PJ410 is condshort circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Check conductivity (between J410-11 (PLn.n). The wire between J410-11 the IOT L/H-L Cover is closed, and iY N

Replace the IOT L/H-L Cover Op

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Page 149: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ver. The IOT L/H-H Cover can be opened/closed

n of the IOT L/H-H Cover.

pen Switch. The IOT L/H-H Cover Open Switch

tch properly.

the IOT L/H-H Cover. The display has changed.

6, PJ606, and SJ1. The PJ434, PJ116, PJ606,

nd SJ1 properly.

6 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire g successfully without an open circuit or short

ircuit.

and J434-13) of the IOT L/H-H Cover Open Switch and J434-13 is connecting successfully when

is insulated when opened.

en Switch (PLn.n).

12/052-12877-305 TM (2TM or TTM) Cover Open, 77-308 L/H-H

Status-indicator-raps

77-305 TM (2TM or TTM) Cover Open• The 2TM Cover is open.• The TTM Cover is open.ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover. The 2TM Cover or TTM Cover can be opened/closed properly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformation of the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover.

Check installation of the 2TM Cover Switch or TTM Cover Switch. The 2TM Cover Switch or TTM Cover Switch is installed properly.Y N

Install the 2TM Cover Switch or TTM Cover Switch properly.

Execute DC330[1-10][71-301]. Open/close the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ554, FS812, and FS813. PJ554, FS812, and FS813 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ554, FS812, and FS813 properly.

Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812 and between J554-1 and FS813 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wires between J554-2 and FS812 and between J554-1 and FS813 are conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check conductivity (between FS813 and FS812) of the 2TM Cover Switch (PLn.n) or TTM Cover Switch (PLn.n). The wire between FS813 and FS812 is connecting success-fully when the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened.Y N

Replace the 2TM Cover Switch (PLn.n) or TTM Cover Switch (PLn.n).

Replace the TM PWB.

Replace the TM PWB.

77-308 L/H-H Cover OpenThe L/H-H Cover is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Coproperly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformatio

Check installation of the IOT L/H-H Cover Ois installed properly.Y N

Install the IOT L/H-H Cover Open Swi

Execute DC330[1-13][71-304]. Open/closeY N

Check the connections of PJ434, PJ11and SJ1 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ434, PJ116, PJ606, a

Check the wire between J434 and J11between J434 and J116 is conductincircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Check conductivity (between J434-12(PLn.n). The wire between J434-12 the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and Y N

Replace the IOT L/H-H Cover Op

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Page 150: WCP 123_128

77-307 DUP Cover OpenStatus-indicator-raps

77-307 DUP Cover Open

12/052-129CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

The DUP Cover is open.

ProcedureCheck opening/closing of the DUP Cover. The DUP Cover can be opened/closed properly.Y N

Correct the installation and deformation of the DUP Cover.

Check installation of the DUP Cover Open Switch. The DUP Cover Open Switch is installed properly.Y N

Install the DUP Cover Open Switch properly.

Execute DC330[8-33][71-315]. Open/close the DUP Cover. The display has changed.Y N

Check the connections of PJ124 and PJ541. PJ124 and PJ541 are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ124 and PJ541 properly.

Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J124 and J541 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check conductivity (between J541-4 and J541-5) of the DUP Cover Open Switch (PLn.n). The wire between J541-4and J541-5 is connecting successfully when the DUP Cover is closed, and is insulated when opened.Y N

Replace the DUP Cover Open Switch (PLn.n).

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Page 151: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-13077-307 DUP Cover OpenStatus-indicator-raps

Page 152: WCP 123_128

91-912 Drum Cartridge Set FailStatus-indicator-raps

91-912 Drum Cartridge Set Fail Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.

A B

12/052-131CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

The Drum Cartridge unit is not installed.

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Execute DC330[9-2][91-200]. Install the Drum Cartridge. The display has changed to L.Y N

Check the connections of PJ404, PJ403, and PJ400. PJ404, PJ403, and PJ400 are connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ404, PJ403, and PJ400 properly.

Check conductivity (between J404-1 and J404-3) of the Xero Interlock Switch (PLn.n).The wire between J404-1 and J404-3 is connecting successfully when the Drum Cartridge is installed, and is insulated when removed.Y N

Replace the Xero Interlock Switch (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J403 and J404 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and J404 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check connectivity (between J610-3 and J610-7) of the loop circuit of the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n). The wire between J610-3 and J610-7 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Replace the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413B-11 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P404-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB.

Check the wire between J400 and J526 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J400 and J526 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Y NReplace the Power Unit.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB.

A B

Page 153: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

M Communication Failnd CRUM ASIC PWB in the Drum Cartridge.

or failure and foreign substances. The installa-ign substances.

ign substances.

ler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is

properly.

419. PJ419 is connected properly.

oupler PWB PJ126. PJ126 is connected prop-

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

B J419-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx.

Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in

12/052-13291-913 Drum Cartridge Life Over, 91-914 Drum car-

Status-indicator-raps

91-913 Drum Cartridge Life OverIt is time to replace the Drum Cartridge.

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check installation of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB properly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB PJ126. PJ126 is connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ126 properly.

Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Drum Cartridge, Drum CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

91-914 Drum cartridge CRUCommunication error between the CRUM a

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part ftion part is normal without failure or foreY N

Repair the failure and remove the fore

Check installation of the Drum CRUM Coupinstalled properly.Y N

Install the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJY N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Drum CRUM Cerly.Y N

Connect PJ126 properly.

Check the wire between P126 and J419 forP126 and J419 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PW5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Drum Cartridge, Drum CRUMsequence.

Page 154: WCP 123_128

ridge CRUM Data Write Fail, 91-Status-indicator-raps

91-915 Drum Cartridge CRUM Data Write Fail 91-916 Drum Cartridge CRUM ID Fail was installed.

or failure and foreign substances. The installa-ign substances.

ign substances.

ler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is

properly.

419. PJ419 is connected properly.

oupler PWB PJ126. PJ126 is connected prop-

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

B J419-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx.

Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in

12/052-133CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 91-915 Drum Cart

2nd Draft

Data write error of the CRUM in the Drum Cartridge.

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check installation of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB properly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB PJ126. PJ126 is connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ126 properly.

Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Drum Cartridge, Drum CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A Drum Cartridge with invalid specification

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part ftion part is normal without failure or foreY N

Repair the failure and remove the fore

Check installation of the Drum CRUM Coupinstalled properly.Y N

Install the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJY N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Drum CRUM Cerly.Y N

Connect PJ126 properly.

Check the wire between P126 and J419 forP126 and J419 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PW5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Drum Cartridge, Drum CRUMsequence.

Page 155: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-13491-401 Drum Life Was Near To EndStatus-indicator-raps

91-401 Drum Life Was Near To EndThe Drum Cartridge needs to be replaced soon.

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check installation of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB properly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Drum CRUM Coupler PWB PJ126. PJ126 is connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ126 properly.

Check the wire between P126 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P126 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Drum Cartridge, Drum CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Page 156: WCP 123_128

SNR Fail, 92-660 ATC SNR FailStatus-indicator-raps

92-910 ATC SNR Fail 92-660 ATC SNR Failf range.

12/052-135CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 92-910 ATC

2nd Draft

The ATC Sensor has a failure.

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the read data of the ATC Sensor with NVM. The NVM value is 0.Y N

Check the connection of PJ403. PJ403 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ403 properly.

Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and P610 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the Drum Cartridge.

Check the read data of the ATC Sensor with NVM. The NVM value is 200 or less.Y N

Check the Drum Cartridge Seals. Are the seals removed?Y N

Remove the Drum Cartridge Seals.

Replace the MCU PWB.

Replace the Drum Cartridge and MCU PWB in sequence.

The output value of the ATC Sensor is out o

(Hidden Failure)

Procedure

Page 157: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

lr humidity detection part is out of range.

12/052-136Warning Temperature SNR Fail, Warning Humidity

Status-indicator-raps

Warning Temperature SNR FailThe output value of the Hum & Temp Sensor temperature detection part is out of range.

(Hidden Failure)

Procedure

Warning Humidity SNR FaiThe output value of the Hum & Temp Senso

(Hidden Failure)

Procedure

Page 158: WCP 123_128

cker Tray FULL(No Mix) :Finish-Status-indicator-raps

Warning 12-961 Stacker Tray FULL(No Mix) :Finisher Warning 12-960 Stacker Tray FULL(Mix Size) :Finisher er Tray reaches the specified capacity (for mixed

12/052-137CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Warning 12-961 Sta

2nd Draft

The paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches the specified capacity (for the same paper size only).

Procedure

The paper stacked on the Finisher Stackpaper size).

Procedure

Page 159: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-13892-661 Temperature SNR Fail, 92-662 Humidity SNR Status-indicator-raps

92-661 Temperature SNR Fail

Procedure

92-662 Humidity SNR Fail

Procedure

Page 160: WCP 123_128

pense Motor Fail, 93-912 Toner Status-indicator-raps

93-312 Toner Dispense Motor Fail 93-912 Toner Cartridge Empty Failn consumed.

for failure and foreign substances. The installa-ign substances.

ign substances.

ler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is

properly.

419. PJ419 is connected properly.

oupler PWB PJ127. PJ127 is connected prop-

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

B J419-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx.

Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in

12/052-139CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 93-312 Toner Dis

2nd Draft

The toner density in the Drum Cartridge did not rise after the Toner Dispense Motor had been turned ON for the specified time.

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge Seals. Are the seals removed?Y N

Remove the Drum Cartridge Seals.

Execute DC330[15-63][93-1]. Running sound of the Toner Dispense Motor can be heard.Y N

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Execute DC330[15-63][93-1]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J420-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 0VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Check the wire between J420 and J216 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J214-14 and J40B-1 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Dispense Motor (PLn.n).

Check the Transport Pipe. The Transport Pipe is normal without blockage.Y N

Clear the blockage.

Replace the Drum Cartridge (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

All the toner in the Toner Cartridge has bee

ProcedureCheck the Toner Cartridge installation part tion part is normal without failure or foreY N

Repair the failure and remove the fore

Check installation of the Toner CRUM Coupinstalled properly.Y N

Install the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJY N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Toner CRUM Cerly.Y N

Connect PJ127 properly.

Check the wire between P127 and J419 forP127 and J419 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PW5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Toner Cartridge, Toner CRUMsequence.

Page 161: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e CRUM Data Write Failartridge.

for failure and foreign substances. The installa-ign substances.

ign substances.

ler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is

properly.

419. PJ419 is connected properly.

oupler PWB PJ127. PJ127 is connected prop-

an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between ly without an open circuit or short circuit.

B J419-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx.

Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in

12/052-14093-924 Toner cartridge CRUM Communication Fail,

Status-indicator-raps

93-924 Toner cartridge CRUM Communication FailCommunication error between the CRUM and CRUM ASIC PWB in the Toner Cartridge.

ProcedureCheck the Toner Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check installation of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB properly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB PJ127. PJ127 is connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ127 properly.

Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Toner Cartridge, Toner CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

93-925 MCU Toner CartridgData write error of the CRUM in the Toner C

ProcedureCheck the Toner Cartridge installation part tion part is normal without failure or foreY N

Repair the failure and remove the fore

Check installation of the Toner CRUM Coupinstalled properly.Y N

Install the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJY N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Toner CRUM Cerly.Y N

Connect PJ127 properly.

Check the wire between P127 and J419 forP127 and J419 is conducting successfulY N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PW5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Toner Cartridge, Toner CRUMsequence.

Page 162: WCP 123_128

dge CRUM ID Fail, 93-400 Toner Status-indicator-raps

93-926 Toner Cartridge CRUM ID Fail 93-400 Toner Cartridge Was NEAR Empty It is time to replace it.

12/052-141CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 93-926 Toner Cartri

2nd Draft

A Toner Cartridge with invalid specification was installed.

ProcedureCheck the Toner Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check installation of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB properly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB PJ127. PJ127 is connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ127 properly.

Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Toner Cartridge, Toner CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Toner in the Toner Cartridge is running low.

Procedure

Page 163: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ge, Toner CRUM Coupler PWB (PLn.n), and MCU A

12/052-14293-406 Toner Cartridge Was PRENEAR Empty

Status-indicator-raps

93-406 Toner Cartridge Was PRENEAR EmptyToner in the Toner Cartridge is running low. However, it can be still used.

ProcedureCheck the Drum Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the connection of PJ403. PJ403 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ403 properly.

Check the wire between J403 and P610 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J403 and P610 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB.

Check the Toner Cartridge installation part for failure and foreign substances. The installa-tion part is normal without failure or foreign substances.Y N

Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check installation of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB. The Drum CRUM Coupler PWB is installed properly.Y N

Install the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB properly.

Check the connection of the MCU PWB PJ419. PJ419 is connected properly.Y N

Connect PJ419 properly.

Check the connection of the Toner CRUM Coupler PWB PJ127. PJ127 is connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect PJ127 properly.

Check the wire between P127 and J419 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between P127 and J419 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the Drum Cartridge, Toner CartridPWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

A

Page 164: WCP 123_128

H2-8 DUP MODULE Type Fail Status-indicator-raps

H2-8 DUP MODULE Type Fail

12/052-143CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

A DUP Module with invalid specification was installed.

ProcedureCheck the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected prop-erly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the connection of each DUP Module PWB connector. The connectors are connected properly.Y N

Connect the connectors properly.

Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or short circuit. The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting successfully without an open circuit or short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417A-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. 5VDC.Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PLn.n).

Replace the DUP PWB (PLn.n) and MCU PWB (PLn.n) in sequence.

Page 165: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

2-144H2-8 DUP MODULE Type Fail Status-indicator-raps

Page 166: WCP 123_128

Image Quality

3 Image Quality

12/053-1CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Image Quality RAPsIQ1IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.................................................................................... 3IQ2IIT Image Quality Entry RAP ..................................................................................... 3IQ3Low Image Density RAP............................................................................................ 4IQ4Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................. 4IQ5Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP ............................................................................... 5IQ6Background RAP....................................................................................................... 5IQ7Deletion RAP............................................................................................................. 6IQ8Skew/Misregistration RAP......................................................................................... 6IQ9Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP ................................................ 7IQ10Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ............................................................................ 8IQ11Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP............................................... 8IQ12Mottle RAP .............................................................................................................. 9IQ13Spots RAP............................................................................................................... 9IQ14Black Prints RAP ..................................................................................................... 10IQ15Blank Image RAP .................................................................................................... 10Image Quality Specifications ........................................................................................... 11

Defect SamplesImage Defect Samples .................................................................................................... 13

Page 167: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

3-2Image Quality

Page 168: WCP 123_128

IQ1, IQ2Image Quality

AP

.

t RAP.

ble 1 Symptoms RAP

f images. IQ3 RAPar on the whole or part of the page. r as extremely bright gray stains.

IQ6 RAP

r white streaks running in the direc-ntation.

IQ9 RAP

or white streaks running in the r orientation.

IQ11 RAP

ad irregularly over the whole page. IQ13 RAPpletely black. IQ14 RAP

12/053-3CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

IQ1IOT Image Quality Entry RAPInitial ActionsDetermine whether the problem occurs in Copy Mode or Printer Mode. If the problem occurs in Copy Mode, go to IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.

ProcedureDetermine the problem and go to the relevant RAP.

IQ2IIT Image Quality Entry RInitial ActionsClean the Platen Glass.

Clean the mirrors and lens with lint-free cloth

Procedure Determine the problem and go to the relevan

Table 1 Problem Symptoms RAP

Low Image Density Overall low density of images. IQ3RAPWrinkled Image The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn. IQ4 RAPResidual Image (Ghosting)

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.

IQ5 RAP

Background Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.

IQ6 RAP

Deletion Part of the image is missing. IQ7 RAPSkew/Misregistration Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ8 RAPProcess Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direc-tion of the paper orientation.

IQ9 RAP

Unfused Copy/Toner Offset

Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed.

IQ10 RAP

Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears

Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

IQ11 RAP

Mottle Uneven printed image density. IQ12 RAPSpots Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page. IQ13 RAPBlack Prints Paper is printed completely black. IQ14 RAPBlank Image Paper is printed completely white. IQ15 RAP

TaProblem

Low Image Density Overall low density oBackground Toner smudges appe

The smudges appeaProcess Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears

Vertical black lines otion of the paper orie

Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears

Horizontal black linesdirection of the pape

Spots Toner spots are spreBlack Prints Paper is printed com

Page 169: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

.

n specifications.

he problem reoccurs.

ll. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem

s in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign elivery path.

orrect the distortion.

12/053-4IQ3, IQ4

Image Quality

IQ3Low Image Density RAPOverall low density of images.

ProcedureCheck for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.Y N

Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass.

Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean and there is no distortion.Y N

Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (ie. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum.There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum. Y N

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Replace the BTR followed by the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

IQ4Wrinkled Image RAPThe printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn

ProcedureCheck the paper type. Paper used is withiY N

Use paper within specifications.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. TY N

End

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstareoccurs.Y N

End

Check for foreign substances and distortionsubstances or distortions in the paper dY N

Remove the foreign substances and c

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Page 170: WCP 123_128

IQ5, IQ6Image Quality

IQ5Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP IQ6Background RAPrt of the page. The smudges appear as extremely

ten Glass is clean.

ubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).

and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The

Turn the power off/on and print. The problem

istortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and

place the BTR (PL 2.6).

ower off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.

y the HVPS and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

12/053-5CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.

ProcedureRemove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean.Y N

Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1)

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.1).

Toner smudges appear on the whole or pabright gray stains.

ProcedureCheck for dirt on the Platen Glass. The PlaY N

Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a st

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1).reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and dthere is no distortion.Y N

Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, re

Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the pY N

End

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed b

Page 171: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

AP of the paper.

stalled. The machine is installed on a stable hor-

tal surface.

and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The

. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed.

th. There is no distortion in the paper delivery

storted part.

y the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

12/053-6IQ7, IQ8

Image Quality

IQ7Deletion RAPPart of the image is missing.

ProcedureCheck the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.Y N

Use paper within specifications.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the BTR.Y N

Replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

IQ8Skew/Misregistration RPrinted images are not parallel to the edges

ProcedureCheck the location where the machine is inizontal surface.Y N

Install the machine on a stable horizon

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the installation of the Paper CassetteY N

Install the Paper Cassette correctly.

Check for distortion in the paper delivery papath.Y N

Correct the distortion or replace the di

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed b

Page 172: WCP 123_128

IQ9Image Quality

IQ9Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP Y NClean the ROS Window. If there is a scratch, replace the ROS Window.

the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

A

12/053-7CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.

ProcedureCheck the IIT Carriage Mirrors for scratches and dirt. There are no scratches or dirt on the mirrors.Y N

Clean the mirrors. If there is a scratch or stubborn stain, replace the No.1/No.2/No.3 Mir-ror (PL 11.6).

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion.Y N

Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.Y N

Clean the paper delivery path.

Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.Y N

Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean.Y N

Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion.Y N

Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.Y N

Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.

Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there are no scratches.

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by

A

Page 173: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

aks, Spots and Smears RAPing in the direction of the paper orientation.

for foreign substances and distortion. There are e parts.

re is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft e parts accordingly.

and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The

Turn the power off/on and print. The problem

istortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and

place the BTR (PL 2.6).

ks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are Heat Roll).

lty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL

the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

12/053-8IQ10, IQ11

Image Quality

IQ10Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAPPrinted images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed.

ProcedureCheck the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.Y N

Use paper within specifications.

Use paper stored under room conditions. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the power supply voltage. The voltage is within the specified range.Y N

Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range.

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the fusing temperature using the Diagnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set.Y N

Set a normal fusing temperature.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

IQ11Repeating Bands, StreHorizontal black lines or white streaks runn

ProcedureCheck the moving parts of the IIT Carriage no foreign substances or distortion of thY N

Remove the foreign substances. If theor Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace th

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1).reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and dthere is no distortion.Y N

Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, re

Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanapprox.78mm (the circumference of the Y N

Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficu5.1).

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followed by

Page 174: WCP 123_128

IQ12, IQ13Image Quality

IQ12Mottle RAP IQ13Spots RAPwhole page.

ten Glass is clean.

ubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).

and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The

Turn the power off/on and print. The problem

istortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and

place the BTR (PL 2.6).

e paper delivery path is clean.

dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface

lty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL

n specifications.

he problem reoccurs.

y the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

12/053-9CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Uneven printed image density.

ProcedureCheck the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.Y N

Use paper within specifications.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion.Y N

Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Toner spots are spread irregularly over the

ProcedureCheck for dirt on the Platen Glass. The PlaY N

Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a st

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1).reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and dthere is no distortion.Y N

Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, re

Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. ThY N

Clean the paper delivery path.

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check forof the Heat Roll is clean.Y N

Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficu5.1).

Check the paper type. Paper used is withiY N

Use paper within specifications.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. TY N

End

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) followed b

Page 175: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ROS Unit is installed correctly.

rt and distortion. The drum ground contact point

nd correct the distortion.

and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The

Turn the power off/on and print. The problem

cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is hrough copying). Check the surface of the drum. left on the surface of the drum.

P/J406. The connectors are connected cor-

. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.

ectly.

P/J406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.

P/J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The s conducting without an open circuit or a short

ircuit.

d by the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

d the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

12/053-10IQ14, IQ15

Image Quality

IQ14Black Prints RAPPaper is printed completely black.

ProcedureCheck the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign substances or distortion of the parts.Y N

Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power off/on and print. The problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Check the connections of PJ500 and PJ406. The connectors are connected correctly.Y N

Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between P/J500-4 and P/J403A-12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between P/J500-4 and P/J403A-12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wires between P/J160 and P/J311 and between P/J170 and P/J311for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wires between P/J160 and P/J311 and between P/J170 and P/J311 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the HVPS followed by the ROS Unit (PL 3.1), the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

IQ15Blank Image RAPPaper is printed completely white.

ProcedureCheck the installation of the ROS Unit. TheY N

Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.

Check the drum ground contact point for diis clean and there is no distortion.Y N

Clean the drum ground contact point a

Remove the Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1) problem reoccurs.Y N

End

Install a new Xero/Deve Cartridge (PL 4.1).reoccurs.Y N

End

Set to print a black copy. During the print heard (ie. terminate processing midway tThere is a considerable amount of tonerY N

Check the connections of P/J140 andrectly.Y N

Connect the connectors.

Check the installation of the ROS UnitY N

Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) corr

Measure the voltage of the MCU PWBY N

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between P/J140 and wire between P/J140 and P/J406 icircuit.Y N

Repair the open circuit or short c

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) followe

Replace the BTR followed by the HVPS an

Page 176: WCP 123_128

Image Quality

Image Quality Specifications

12/053-11CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

TBD

Page 177: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

3-12Image Quality

Page 178: WCP 123_128

Image Quality

Image Defect Samples

12/053-13CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

TBD

Page 179: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

3-14Image Quality

Page 180: WCP 123_128

Chihiro2nd Draft

Repairs & Adjustments........................................................................ 73........................................................................ 74........................................................................ 76........................................................................ 79........................................................................ 81........................................................................ 82

........................................................................ 84

........................................................................ 86

........................................................................ 87

........................................................................ 89

........................................................................ 91

........................................................................ 92

........................................................................ 93

........................................................................ 95

........................................................................ 96

........................................................................ 99

........................................................................ 106

........................................................................ 107

........................................................................ 110bly .................................................................. 113........................................................................ 114........................................................................ 119........................................................................ 120........................................................................ 121........................................................................ 125........................................................................ 129........................................................................ 131........................................................................ 133........................................................................ 135........................................................................ 136........................................................................ 138

istration ........................................................... 140........................................................................ 141

gistration ........................................................ 142........................................................................ 143tion Adjustment ............................................... 144

................................................................................. 148ction (DC527: Size Detection Auto-Correction Function)150inal Customized Registration Function.................. 151

12/054-1

Repairs/Adjustments

4 1. DRIVEREP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly .................................................................................... 3

2. PAPER TRANSPORTREP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly....................................................................................... 8REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly....................................................................................... 9REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll...................................................................... 11REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit ........................................................................................... 13REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll .............................................................................................. 14REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll ....................................................................................................... 16REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit ................................................................................... 17

3. ROSREP 3.1.1 ROS Unit....................................................................................................... 20

4. XERO/DEVEREP 4.2.1Dispense Motor............................................................................................... 24

5. FUSERREP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit ..................................................................................................... 28

6. EXITREP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2 ................................................................................................ 30

7. MSIREP 7.1.1 MSI Assembly............................................................................................... 32REP 7.2.1 MSI Feed Roll/Retard Pad............................................................................ 33

9. ELECTRICALREP 9.1.1 EVE PWB ..................................................................................................... 38

11. IITREP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion ........................................................................................... 40REP 11.2.1 Control Panel .............................................................................................. 41REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass ............................................................................................... 42REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB................................................................................................ 44REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly ...................................................................................... 46REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable............................................................................................ 50REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor............................................................................................ 55REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp........................................................................................... 56REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness .................................................................................... 57

12. TRAY MODULE - 2TREP 12.1.1 Tray 3 Feeder ............................................................................................. 64REP 12.1.2 Tray 4 Feeder ............................................................................................. 66REP 12.3.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll ............................................................................ 69REP 12.6.12TM PWB ..................................................................................................... 70

13. Tray Module - TTREP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly ......................................................................................... 72

REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly .................REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable ........REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder .....................REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder .....................REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll ....REP 13.8.1TTM PWB .............................

15. DADFREP 15.1.1 DADF ..................................REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion.........REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray ........REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly .....REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB........................REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance ..........REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance........REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll ..........................REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll .......REP 15.8.1 Regi Roll .............................

16. FINISHERREP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly ........REP 16.3.1 H-Transport Belt .................REP 16.4.1 Finisher Assembly ..............REP 16.5.1 Stack Height Sensor AssemREP 16.5.2 Eject Roll Assembly ............REP 16.6.1 Decurler Roll .......................REP 16.6.2 Finisher Drive Motor ...........REP 16.7.1 Belt......................................REP 16.8.1 Rail......................................REP 16.8.2 Staple Assembly .................REP 16.9.1 Compiler Tray Assembly.....REP 16.10.1 Stacker Motor Assembly...REP 16.10.2 Elevator Belt Assembly.....REP 16.11.1 Paddle Gear Shaft ...........REP 16.12.1 Finisher PWB....................

9. ELECTRICALADJ 9.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge RegADJ 9.2 Edge Erase Value Adjustment .

11. IITADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge ReADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge AdjustmentADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Posi

15.ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Registration ...........ADJ 15.1.2 DADF Original Detection CorreADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Orig

Page 181: WCP 123_128

Repairs/Adjustments

ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration .................................................................................. 153ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment.......................................................................................... 156

12/054-2Chihiro

2nd Draft

ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position Adjustment ....................................................................................... 157

Page 182: WCP 123_128

REP 1.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly

e belt and connector (j0st40101)

12/054-2CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 1.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 10.2)2. Open the Left Upper Chute.3. Disconnect the belt and connector. (Figure 1)

1. Remove the flange.2. Remove the belt.3. Remove the pulley.4. Disconnect CN102.5. Disconnect CN101.

Figure 1 Disconnecting th

4. Remove the bracket. (Figure 2)1. Remove the E-Clip.2. Remove the screws (x2).3. Remove the bracket.

Page 183: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ain Drive Assembly (j0st40103)

in reverse order.

12/054-3REP 1.1.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the bracket (j0st40102)

5. Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 3)1. Remove the screws (x4).2. Remove the Main Drive Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the M

Replacement1. To install, carry out the removal steps

Page 184: WCP 123_128

REP 2.1.1 Repairs/Adjustments

REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly

e Gear Assembly (j0st40201)

gure 2)

he clamps (x2).

12/054-4CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 2.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.1.1 )2.Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)3.Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x3).2. Remove the Gear Assembly.3. Disconnect the connector.

Figure 1 Removing th

4.Remove Tray 1.5.Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Fi1. Disconnect P/J601.2. Release the Wire Harness from t3. Remove the screws (x2).4. Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly.

Page 185: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

bly

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.1.1 )

1)

12/054-5REP 2.1.1 , REP 2.1.2

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly (j0st40204)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 AssemParts List on PL 2.1Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.2.Open the L/H Lower Cover.3.Remove Tray 2.4.Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure1. Remove the screws (x3).2. Remove the Gear Assembly.3. Disconnect the connector.

Page 186: WCP 123_128

REP 2.1.2Repairs/Adjustments

Feeder 2 Assembly (j0st40208)

s in reverse order.

12/054-6CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly (j0st40201)

5.Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly. (Figure 2)1. Disconnect P/J602.2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.3. Remove the screws (x2).4. Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 187: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

uide to the front (j0st40205)

ll. (Figure 2) Roll.

12/054-7REP 2.3.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard RollParts List on PL 2.3RemovalNOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is described here. Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll replacement is the same as for Tray 1.

NOTE: When replacing the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter Diag. mode and clear the counter for the Tray 1 Feed counter (sheets). [741/511] (For Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll: [741/512])

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

NOTE: The Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time.

1.Remove Tray 1.2.Slide the guide to the front. (Figure 1)1. Slide the guide.

Figure 1 Sliding the g

3.Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Ro1. Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard

Page 188: WCP 123_128

REP 2.3.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit

12/054-8CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll (j0st40206)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Page 189: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

he Regi. Assenbly (j0st40212)

2)

e clamp.

12/054-9REP 2.4.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Parts List on PL 2.4Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the L/H Upper Chute Unit. (REP 2.6.2)2.Free the Regi. Assenbly. (Figure 1)

NOTE: The connectors are connected on the inner side of the Regi. Assenbly.1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Slide the Regi. Assenbly to the rear.3. Slightly lift up the Regi. Assenbly and remove it.

Figure 1 Setting free t

3.Remove the registration unit. (Figure1. Turn over the registration unit.2. Disconnect P/J215.3. Disconnect P/J104.4. Release the Wire Harness from th5. Remove the registration unit.

Page 190: WCP 123_128

REP 2.4.1 , REP 2.5.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.1.1 )

1)

12/054-10CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Regi. Assenbly (j0st40213)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 2.5Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.2.Open the Left Lower Chute.3.Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure1. Remove the screws (x3).2. Remove the Gear Assembly.3. Disconnect the connector.

Page 191: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ng the chute (j0st40202)

3)

12/054-11REP 2.5.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly (j0st40201)

4.Remove the chute. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the chute.

Figure 2 Removi

5.Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure1. Remove the KL-Clip.2. Slide out the Takeaway Roll.

Page 192: WCP 123_128

REP 2.5.1, REP 2.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

2.6)

front.

12/054-12CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 3 Removing the Takeaway Roll (j0st40209)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 2.6Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Open the L/H Upper Cover.2.Remove the BTR Roll Assembly. (PL3.Remove the BTR Roll. (Figure 1)

NOTE: Do not remove the cover at the

1. Remove the cover at the rear.2. Remove the BTR Roll.

Page 193: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

r Unit

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

Figure 1)

12/054-13REP 2.6.1, REP 2.6.2

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the BTR Roll (j0st40210)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper CoveParts List on PL 2.6Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the MSI. (REP 7.1.1 )2.Open the L/H Upper Cover.3.Hold the cover and pull out the pin. (1. Remove the E-Clip.2. Pull out the pin.

Page 194: WCP 123_128

REP 2.6.2Repairs/Adjustments

/H Upper Cover Unit (j0st40215)

s in reverse order.

12/054-14CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Pulling out the pin (j0st40214)

4.Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (Figure 2)1. Open the L/H Upper Cover Unit until it becomes horizontal.2. Lift up the unit and remove it.

Figure 2 Removing the L

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 195: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-17Repairs/Adjustments

Page 196: WCP 123_128

REP 3.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit

ng the connector (j0st40301)

12/054-18CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 3.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1. Remove the following parts:

• CRU (PL 4.1)• Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1)• Front Left Cover (PL 10.1)• Top Cover (PL 10.1)

2. Remove the Front Door and the Inner Cover. (PL 10.1)3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)

1. Disconnect P/J127.2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.3. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.

Figure 1 Disconnecti

4. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 2)1. Loosen the screws (x2).2. Remove the screw on the hose.3. Remove the Toner Box.

Page 197: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

he clamp.

ROS connectors (x4) (j0st40303)

12/054-19REP 3.1.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302)

5. Disconnect the ROS connectors (x4). (Figure 3)1. Disconnect P/J170.2. Disconnect P/J160.

3. Disconnect P/J620.4. Disconnect P/J140.5. Release the Wire Harness from t

Figure 3 Disconnecting the

6. Remove the ROS. (Figure 4)1. Remove the screws (x5).2. Remove the ROS.

Page 198: WCP 123_128

REP 3.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

12/05

4-20CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 4 Removing the ROS (j0st40304)

Replacement1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Page 199: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-21REP 3.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

Page 200: WCP 123_128

REP 4.2.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 4.2.1Dispense Motor

ng the connector (j0st40301)

12/054-22CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 4.2Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1. Remove the following parts:

• CRU (PL 4.1)• Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1)• Front Left Cover (PL 10.1)• Top Cover (PL 10.1)

2. Remove the Front Door and the Inner Cover. (PL 10.1)3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)

1. Disconnect the connector.2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.3. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.

Figure 1 Disconnecti

4. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 2)1. Loosen the screws (x2).2. Remove the screw on the hose.3. Remove the Toner Box.

Page 201: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Dispense Motor (j0st40401)

in reverse order.

12/054-23REP 4.2.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302)

5. Remove the Dispense Motor. (Figure 3)1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove the screws (x3).3. Remove the Dispense Motor.

Figure 3 Removing th

Replacement1. To install, carry out the removal steps

Page 202: WCP 123_128

12/054-24CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) REP 5.1.1

Repairs/Adjustments2nd Draft

REP 5.1.1 Fuser UnitParts List on PL 5.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

CAUTIONDo not work on the fuser that is hot until it is cool enough.1.Open the L/H Upper Cover.2.Remove the fuser unit. (Figure 1)1. Free the knobs (x2) by turning them.2. Hold the fuser by the handles (x2).

Figure 1 Removing the fuser unit (j0st40501)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Page 203: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-27Repairs/Adjustments

Page 204: WCP 123_128

REP 6.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2

he Exit2+OCT2 (j0st40601)

s in reverse order.

12/054-28CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 6.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Open the L/H Upper Cover.2.Remove the Exit2 + OCT2. (Figure 1)1. Lift up the front and rear levers and remove the Exit2 + OCT2.

Figure 1 Removing t

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 205: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-29Repairs/Adjustments

Page 206: WCP 123_128

REP 7.1.1 Repairs/Adjustments

REP 7.1.1 MSI Assembly

t the connector (j0st40701)

2)

12/054-30CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 7.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the MSI Rear Cover. (PL 7.1)2.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)1. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.2. Disconnect P/J605.

Figure 1 Disconnec

3.Remove the MSI Assembly. (Figure 1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the MSI Assembly.

Page 207: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

etard Pad

l/Retard Pad, enter the Diag. mode and clear the

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

Pad must both be replaced at the same time.

1.1 )

12/054-31REP 7.1.1 , REP 7.2.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the MSI Assembly (j0st40702)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 7.2.1 MSI Feed Roll/RParts List on PL 7.2RemovalNOTE: When replacing the MSI Feed Rolcounter for MSI Feed. [741/516]

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di

NOTE: The MSI Feed Roll and MSI Retard

1.Remove the MSI Assembly. (REP 7.2.Remove the plate. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the plate.

Page 208: WCP 123_128

REP 7.2.1Repairs/Adjustments

e MSI Feed Roll (j0st40704)

e 3)

12/054-32CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Removing the plate (j0st40703)

3.Remove the MSI Feed Roll. (Figure 2)1. Remove the tips of the roll and slide it out.2. Remove the tips of the roll and slide it out.3. Slide the MSI Feed Roll to the front and remove it.

Figure 2 Removing th

4.Remove the MSI Retard Pad. (Figur1. Remove the springs (x2).2. Remove the MSI Retard Pad.3. Pull out the shaft.

Page 209: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-33REP 7.2.1Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 3 Removing the MSI Retard Pad (j0st40105)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Page 210: WCP 123_128

12/054-34CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) REP 9.1.1

Repairs/Adjustments2nd Draft

REP 9.1.1 EVE PWBParts List on PL 9.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

CAUTIONStatic electricity may damage electrical parts.Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is notavailable, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.1.TBD

Page 211: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-37Repairs/Adjustments

Page 212: WCP 123_128

REP 11.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion

e Platen Cushion (j0st41101)

Platen Cushion after the Platen Cushion has been

)

e arrow.essing on the Platen Cushion.

12/054-38CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 11.1 Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Platen Cushion. (Figure 1)1. Remove the Platen Cushion.

Figure 1 Removing th

ReplacementNOTE: Remove all remaining tapes on theremoved.

1.Install the Platen Cushion. (Figure 21. Remove the seal.2. Press gently in the direction of th3. Slowly lower the Platen Cover pr

Page 213: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.)

12/054-39REP 11.1.1, REP 11.2.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Installing the Platen Cushion (j0st41102)

REP 11.2.1 Control PanelParts List on PL 11.2Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the Control Panel. (Figure 11. Remove the screws (x4).2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the Control Panel.

Page 214: WCP 123_128

REP 11.2.1, REP 11.3.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.)

12/054-40CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Removing the Control Panel (j0st41103)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 11.3Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 11. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the plate.3. Remove the Platen Glass.

Page 215: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

s in reverse order taking note of the following:

sh the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and igure 2)

he Platen Glass (j0st41105)

12/054-41REP 11.3.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Glass (j0st41104)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

NOTE: To install the Platen Glass, puthe plate in the direction of arrow B. (F

Figure 2 Installing t

Page 216: WCP 123_128

REP 11.3.2Repairs/Adjustments

REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB

ng the connector (j0st41106)

)

12/054-42CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 11.3Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the following parts:•Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)•IPS Cover (PL 11.3)2.Disconnect the cable (IIT-DADF).3.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)1. Disconnect the connectors (x5).

Figure 1 Disconnecti

4.Remove the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 21. Remove the screws (x6).2. Remove the screws (x2).3. Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.

Page 217: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

NVM List (IIT).

12/054-43REP 11.3.2

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the IIT/IPS PWB (j0st41107)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.2.Input the Chain/Function code */*, and press the [Start] button.

3.Input the NVM value recorded in the

Page 218: WCP 123_128

REP 11.4.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly

the APS Sensor (j0st41108)

ure 2)

12/054-44CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 11.4Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1)2.Remove the APS Sensor. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screw.2. Remove the APS Sensor.

Figure 1 Removing

3.Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 11.4)4.Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable. (Fig1. Take off the hook.2. Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable.

Page 219: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Lens Kit Assembly (j0st41110)

12/054-45REP 11.4.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Disconnecting the CCD Flat Cable (j0st41109)

5.Replace the Lens Kit Assembly. (Figure 3)1. Remove the screws (x4).2. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the

Page 220: WCP 123_128

REP 11.4.1Repairs/Adjustments

6.Connect the CCD Flat Cable and install the Lens Cover.

e aluminimum (j0st41111)

12/054-46CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

NOTE: When installing the Lens Cover, tighten the screws (x6) in the order of the numbers engraved on the Lens Cover surface.

7.Install the Platen Glass. (No need to install the Glass Press Guide.)8.Make a copy of the Test chart onto A3 paper. Check Lead/Tail Edges and both sides.9.Reinstall the parts removed if no problems are found.If any problems are found in images (especially alignment), go to Step 10.

NOTE: In the following steps, the environment which is as free from incoming outside light as possible is desirable. In the environment where the worksite is located right below the fluorescent light, perform the servicing with the Platen Cover (or DADF) closed somewhat to shut down the outside light.

10.Connect the PSW to the machine and start PC-Diag.11.Enter DC945.12.Select [Light Axis Fluctuation Correction] from [Execute].13.Follow the instructions shown in the screen. Open the Platen Cover and select [OK].The Lamp Carriage moves and the lamp is exposed.14.Check the following items on the PSW screen. (Scroll down the screen since the following items are found at the very bottom of the screen.)

Light Axis Correction Judgement: Displays OK/NG. If OK, no further adjustments are needed. If NG, more adjustments are needed.Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle: Shows a combination of +/- with a numeral.•Front Nut items indicate Front Nut items on the Lens Kit Assembly.•Rear Nut items indicate Rear Nut items on the Lens Kit Assembly.•+: Means right rotation.•-: Means left rotation.•Numbers: Means angle. (Unit: deg.)

Using the content of the above table as an example:The Front Nut must be rotated 90 deg. to the left.The Rear Nut must be rotated 555 deg. to the left.

NOTE: If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the Platen Glass and the mirror, etc. and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked.

15.Carry out the steps above using the information on the PSW screen.16.Peel off the two aluminum seals from the Lens Cover. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Peeling th

ê} 1 Light Axis Fluctuation Correction

Light Axis Correction Judgement NG

Front Nut Correction Angle -: left rotation -90

Rear Nut Correction Angle None: right rotation -555

Page 221: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ht Axis Fluctuation Correction) again.til the results are OK.

eration can be completed even if the number of

minum seal from the kit.

12/054-47REP 11.4.1

Repairs/Adjustments

17.Rotate the nut. (Figure 5)

NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, draw a line on the paper to make a mark at the tip of the Box Driver using tape as shown in the figure below.

Figure 5 Making the mark (j0st41112)

18.After adjusting, execute DC*** (Lig19.Perform the above Step 12 ~ 18 un

NOTE: If the results are OK, the oprotations appears.

20.Fill the adjustment hole with the alu21.Reinstall all the parts removed.

Page 222: WCP 123_128

REP 11.5.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable

Full Rate Carriage (j0st41113)

2)e..

12/054-48CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 11.5RemovalNOTE: Only the replacement procedures for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here. The replacement procedures for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage Cable.

NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the following parts:•Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)•Control Panel (REP 11.2.1)•Platen Cover (PL 11.1) or DADF Assembly (REP 15.1.1)•DADF Platen Glass (PL 11.3)2.Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x2).

Figure 1 Unfastening the

3.Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure1. Remove the spring from the fram2. Detach the cable from the spring

Page 223: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Cable around the pulley. 1/3 (j0st41115)

12/054-49REP 11.5.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the spring (j0st41114)

Replacement1.Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5)1. Insert the Carriage Cable ball into the ditch of the pulley.2. Wind the spring end of the cable around the pulley for 1.5 rounds.3. Fix the cable at the spring end on the frame with tape.4. Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds.5. Fix the cable on the pulley with tape to prevent it from moving.

Figure 3 Winding the Carriage

Page 224: WCP 123_128

REP 11.5.1Repairs/Adjustments

Cable around the pulley. 3/3 (j0st41117)

12/054-50CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 4 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 2/3 (j0st41116) Figure 5 Winding the Carriage

Page 225: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Carriage Cable (j0st41119)

Cable. (Figure 8)age Cable along the frame and on the pulley.rear of the Half Rate Carriage.Cable and route the cable along the frame as

Carriage Cable.

12/054-51REP 11.5.1

Repairs/Adjustments

NOTE: Indicates the number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 The number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear (j0st41118)

2.Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 7)1. Route the Carriage Cable on the pulley in front of it.2. Hang the ball on the notch of the frame.

Figure 7 Installing th

3.Install the spring end of the Carriage1. Route the spring end of the Carri2.Route the cable on the pulley at the 3.Attach the spring to the Carriage indicated.4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the

Page 226: WCP 123_128

REP 11.5.1Repairs/Adjustments

NOTE: Indicates the winding made by Carriage Cable at the front. (Figure 9)

n the cable.

iage Cable at the front (j0st41121)

he cable in place.Rate Carriages. (ADJ 11.6.1)e to ensure that it moves smoothly.

12/054-52CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 8 Installing the spring (j0st41120)

a. Stop the Full Rate Carriage Cable o

Figure 9 Installing the Carr

4.Remove the tape used for keeping t5.Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half 6.Manually move the Full Rate Carriag

Page 227: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ng the connector (j0st41122)

2)

12/054-53REP 11.5.2

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 11.5.2 Carriage MotorParts List on PL 11.5Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 10.2)2.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)1. Remove the spring.2. Disconnect the connector.

Figure 1 Disconnecti

3.Remove the Carriage Motor. (Figure1. Remove the screws (x3).2. Remove the Carriage Motor.

Page 228: WCP 123_128

REP 11.5.2, REP 11.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

1.1)rame notch.e 1)

12/054-54CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Carriage Motor (j0st41123)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 11.6Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Open the Platen Cover or DADF.2.Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.Move the Full Rate Carriage to the f4.Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figur1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove the screw.3. Remove the Exposure Lamp.

Page 229: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ness

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

1.1)

p Wire Harness. (Figure 1)

.ook.

12/054-55REP 11.6.1, REP 11.6.2

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the Exposure Lamp (j0st41124)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire HarParts List on PL 11.6Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)2.Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.Remove the IPS Cover. (PL 11.3)4.Disconnect the connector of the Lam1. Disconnect the connector.2. Pull the connector out of the hole3. Release the connector from the h

Page 230: WCP 123_128

REP 11.6.2Repairs/Adjustments

Full Rate Carriage (j0st41126)

m the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 3)

.

12/054-56CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41125)

5.Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the Full Rate Carriage.

Figure 2 Removing the

6.Remove the Lamp Wire Harness fro1. Turn over the Full Rate Carriage.2. Remove the screw.3. Remove the guide.4. Disconnect the connector.5. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness

Page 231: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-57REP 11.6.2Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 3 Removing the Lamp Wire Harness (j0st41127)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

NOTE: Adjust the positions of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages after installation. (ADJ 11.6.1)

Page 232: WCP 123_128

REP 12.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 12.1.1 Tray 3 Feeder

g the bracket (j0st41201)

e 2).

12/054-58CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 12.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

1.Pull out Tray 3.2.Remove the Left Lower Cover. (PL 12.7)3.Open the Left Cover Assembly.4.Remove the bracket. (Figure 1)

1. Remove the screw.2. Remove the screw.3. Remove the bracket.

Figure 1 Removin

5.Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figur1. Remove the Feed Out Chute

Page 233: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ng the connector (j0st41203)

4)

12/054-59REP 12.1.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41202)

6.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)1. Disconnect the connector.2. Release the clamp to remove the wire.

Figure 3 Disconnecti

7.Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder.

Page 234: WCP 123_128

REP 12.1.1, REP 12.1.2Repairs/Adjustments

REP 12.1.2 Tray 4 Feeder

ARNINGine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONed off, please note the following.

not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure

ed on the Control Panel display.

2.7)

12/054-60CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 4 Removing the Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41204)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.

Tray 3 "Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter [Tray3-1]"

Parts List on PL 12.1Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power is turn[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp isthat there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is display

1.Pull out Tray 4.2.Remove the Left Lower Cover. (PL 13.Open the Left Cover Assembly.4.Remove the screws. (Figure 1)

1. Remove the screws (x2).

Page 235: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Feed Out Chute (j0st41206)

e the wire.

12/054-61REP 12.1.2

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the screws (j0st41205)

5.Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 2)1. Remove the Feed Out Chute.

Figure 2 Removing th

6.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)1. Disconnect the connector.2. Release the clamp to remov

Page 236: WCP 123_128

REP 12.1.2Repairs/Adjustments

e Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41208)

s in reverse order.lear the [DCxxx NVM Read/Write] counter.

Feed Counter [Tray4-1]"

12/054-62CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41207)

7.Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 4)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder.

Figure 4 Removing th

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. C

Tray 4 "Chain Link:954-803 Tray

Page 237: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Front Chute (j0st41209)

ll. (Figure 2)move the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll.

12/054-63REP 12.3.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 12.3.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger RollParts List on PL 12.3Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

CAUTIONThe Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.

1.Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder.•Tray 3 Feeder (REP 12.1.1)•Tray 4 Feeder (REP 12.1.2)

2.Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)1. Remove the Front Chute.

Figure 1 Moving th

3.Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Ro1. Release the hooks (x3) to re

Page 238: WCP 123_128

REP 12.3.1, REP 12.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 12.6.12TM PWB

12/054-64CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.

Tray 3 "Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter [Tray3-1]"Tray 4 "Chain Link:954-803 Tray Feed Counter [Tray4-1]"

Parts List on PL 12.6Removal

Page 239: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-67Repairs/Adjustments

Page 240: WCP 123_128

REP 13.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly

Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41301)

s in reverse order.

12/054-68CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 13.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Pull out Tray 3.2.Remove the paper from Tray 3.3.Open the Left Cover Assembly.4.Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screw.2. Slide the stopper.3. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 241: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Tray 4 Assembly (j0st41302)

s in reverse order.

12/054-69REP 13.1.2

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 AssemblyParts List on PL 13.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Pull out Tray 4.2.Remove the paper from Tray 4.3.Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Push in Tray 4 Transport Assembly.3. Remove the screw.4. Remove the stopper.5. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 242: WCP 123_128

REP 13.3.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable

he Tray 4 Cover (j0st41303)

Figure 3)

e Front Tray Cable is described here. Remove the

12/054-70CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 13.3Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)2.Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x4).2. Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.

Figure 1 Removing t

3.Remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 2) (

NOTE: Only the method to remove thRear Tray Cable in the same way.

1. Remove the E-Clip.2. Remove the Cable Guide.3. Remove the Tray Cable.4. Remove the E-Clip.5. Remove the Cable Guide.6. Remove the Tray Cable.

Page 243: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

the Tray Cable (j0st41305)

s in reverse order.

12/054-71REP 13.3.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the Tray Cable (j0st41304)

7. Remove the E-Clip.8. Slide the bearings (x2).9. Remove the Lift Shaft Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 244: WCP 123_128

REP 13.4.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder

4 Transport Assembly (j0st41312)

)

12/054-72CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 13.4Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)2.Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)3.Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)1. Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray

4.Remove the Stud Bracket. (Figure 21. Remove the screw.2. Remove the Stud Bracket.

Page 245: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ay 4 Feeder Assembly (j0st41307)

4) (Figure 5)

12/054-73REP 13.4.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the Stud Bracket (j0st41306)

5.Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)1. Disconnect the connectors (x2).2. Remove the screws (x2).3. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Tr

6.Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the Upper Chute.

Page 246: WCP 123_128

REP 13.4.1Repairs/Adjustments

3. Remove the screws (x2).

he Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41309)

s in reverse order.lear the [DC******] counter.

12/054-74CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

4. Remove the Lower Chute.

Figure 4 Removing the Lower Chute (j0st41308)

5. Remove the screws (x2).6. Remove the bracket.7. Remove the screw.8. Remove the bracket.9. Remove the screw.10.Remove the bracket.

Figure 5 Removing t

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. CChain Link: *****

Page 247: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

pper/Lower Chute (j0st41313)

ly. (Figure 2)

he clamp.

12/054-75REP 13.5.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 FeederParts List on PL 13.5Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Pull out Tray 3.2.Open the Left Cover.3.Remove the Upper/Lower Chute. (Figure 1)1. Remove the Upper Chute.2. Remove the Lower Chute.

Figure 1 Removing the U

4.Remove the Tray 3 Feeder Assemb1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Release the Wire Harness from t3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the screw.5. Remove the screws (x2).6. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.

Page 248: WCP 123_128

REP 13.5.1Repairs/Adjustments

he Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41311)

s in reverse order.lear the counter.

12/054-76CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41310)

5.Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 3)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the bracket.

Figure 3 Removing t

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. CChain Link: 954-802

Page 249: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Front Chute (j0st41209)

ll. (Figure 2)e the Feed Roll/Retard/Nudger Roll.

12/054-77REP 13.6.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger RollParts List on PL 13.6Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

NOTE: The Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.

1.Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder.•Tray 3 Feeder (REP 13.1.1)•Tray 4 Feeder (REP 13.1.2)2.Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)1. Remove the Front Chute.

Figure 1 Moving th

3.Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Ro1. Release the hooks (x3) to remov

Page 250: WCP 123_128

REP 13.6.1 , REP 13.8.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 13.8.1TTM PWB

12/054-78CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.2.When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.Tray 3 "Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter [Tray3-1]"

Parts List on PL 13.8Removal

Page 251: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-79Repairs/Adjustments

Page 252: WCP 123_128

REP 15.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 15.1.1 DADF

ng the connector (j0st41501)

12/054-80CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 15.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

CAUTIONThe DADF weighs *kg. Take care when lifting the DADF.1.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)1. Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.

Figure 1 Disconnecti

2.Remove the DADF. (Figure 2)1. Remove the Knob Screws (x2).2. Remove the DADF.

Page 253: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

g the DADF (j0st41528)

12/054-81REP 15.1.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the DADF (j0st41502)

Replacement1.When installing the DADF, push the DADF to the front then secure. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Installin

Page 254: WCP 123_128

REP 15.1.2Repairs/Adjustments

REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion

ADF Platen Cushion (j0st41503)

gure 2)on the Platen Glass. Guide and Platen Guide.s on to the Platen Cushion.

12/054-82CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 15.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.

NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion pasted on with Velcro Fastening.

1.Remove the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1)1. Remove the DADF Platen Cushion.

Figure 1 Removing the D

2.Paste the DADF Platen Cushion. (Fi1. Place the DADF Platen Cushion 2. Set up the gap between the Regi3. Slowly lower the DADF and pres

Page 255: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

nt Tray

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

)

lver).

12/054-83REP 15.1.2, REP 15.2.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Installing the DADF Platen Cushion (j0st41504)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 15.2.1 DADF DocumeParts List on PL 15.2Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the following parts:•DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2)•DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2)2.Open the Top Cover.3.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 11. Remove the clamp.2. Disconnect P/J760.3. Disconnect P/J759.4. Disconnect the screws (M3x6: Si5. Remove the Earth Wire.6. Unhook the Wire Harness (x2).

Page 256: WCP 123_128

REP 15.2.1Repairs/Adjustments

ADF Document Tray (j0st41506)

s in reverse order.

12/054-84CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connectors (j0st41505)

4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. (Figure 2)1. Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8: Silver).2. Remove the Tray Holder.3. Remove the DADF Document Tray.4. Pull out the Wire Harness.

Figure 2 Removing the D

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 257: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ADF PWB connectors (j0st41507)

. (Figure 2)e the disk.

e lever.

he clamps (x3).

12/054-85REP 15.2.2

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder AssemblyParts List on PL 15.2Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)2.Remove the following covers.•DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2)•DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2)3.Open the Top Cover.4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)5.Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1)1. Disconnect the connectors (x6).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the D

6.Remove the lever and Wire Harness1. Loosen the Set Screw and remov2. Release the hook and remove th3. Remove the screw (Gold). 4. Move the DADF Interlock Switch.5. Disconnect the connector.6. Disconnect the connector.7. Remove the Wire Harness from t

Page 258: WCP 123_128

REP 15.2.2Repairs/Adjustments

DF Feeder Assembly (j0st41509)

s in reverse order.

12/054-86CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Lever and Wire Harness (j0st41508)

7.Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)1. Remove the screws (M4x8).2. Remove the Tapping Screws (4x8:6).3. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly.4. Remove the plunger.5. When installing: Align the boss with the boss hole.

Figure 3 Removing the DA

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 259: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ADF PWB connectors (j0st41510)

:4).

12/054-87REP 15.3.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 15.3.1 DADF PWBParts List on PL 15.3Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 15.2)2.Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1)1. Disconnect the connectors (x13).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the D

3.Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screws (M3x6).2. Remove the Tapping Screws (3x83. Remove the Earth Wires (x2).4. Remove the DADF PWB.

Page 260: WCP 123_128

REP 15.3.1, REP 15.3.2Repairs/Adjustments

REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

fied by Compression Spring pressure.pring pressure strongg pressure weak

(REP 15.2.1)y. (REP 15.2.2)Figure 1)2:4).

e.

12/054-88CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the DADF PWB (j0st41511)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 16.6Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di

NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identiLeft Counter Balance: Compression S

Right Counter Balance: Compression Sprin

1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)2.Remove the following covers.•DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2)•DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2)3.Open the Top Cover.4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. 5.Remove the DADF Feeder Assembl6.Remove the Left Counter Balance. (1. Remove the Tapping Screws (4x12. Remove the Left Counter Balanc

Page 261: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Balance

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

fied by Compression Spring pressure.pring pressure strongg pressure weak

15.2)Right Counter Balance. (Figure 1)

2:4).

12/054-89REP 15.3.2, REP 15.3.3

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the Left Counter Balance (j0st41512)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Parts List on PL 15.3Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di

NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identiLeft Counter Balance: Compression S

Right Counter Balance: Compression Sprin

1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)2.Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL3.Remove the screw that secures the 1. Insert the mark-off line.2. Remove the screws (M4 x 8).3. Remove the Tapping Screws (4x1

Page 262: WCP 123_128

REP 15.3.3Repairs/Adjustments

ight Counter Balance (j0st41514)

s in reverse order.

12/054-90CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Unfastening the Right Counter Balance (j0st41513)

4.Remove the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 2)a.To remove, slide the Right Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow.b.Precautions during Installation:

A. SlotB. BossC. Cutout

Figure 2 Removing the R

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 263: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Retard Roll Holder (j0st41515)

12/054-91REP 15.4.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 15.4.1 Retard RollParts List on PL 15.4Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Open the Top Cover.2.Open the chute.3.Remove the Retard Roll Holder. (Figure 1)1. Remove the clip.2. Bend the boss in the direction of the arrow to remove the Retard Roll Holder.

Figure 1 Removing the

4.Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 2)1. Remove the shaft.2. Remove the Retard Roll.3. Remove the Torque Limiter.

Page 264: WCP 123_128

REP 15.4.1, REP 15.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

ure 1)

roove.lot.

12/054-92CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Retard Roll (j0st41516)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 15.1Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Open the Top Cover.2.Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figa.Remove the screws (M3x6).b.Remove the Feed Upper Chute.c.Precautions during Installation:

A. Insert the Boss into the U-gB. Insert the Tab into the Tab S

Page 265: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

arrow to remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly.

hung

ger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0st41518)

12/054-93REP 15.6.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute (j0st41517)

3.Remove the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly. (Figure 2)a.Remove the KL-Clip.b.Remove the bearing.

c.Move the shaft in the direction of thed.Remove the spring.e.Precautions during Installation:

A. Location where the spring isB. Engaging teeth of gear

Figure 2 Removing the Nud

Page 266: WCP 123_128

REP 15.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

4.Remove the Nudger Roll and Feed Roll. (Figure 3)

ger Roll and Feed Roll (j0st41519)

12/054-94CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

a.Remove the E-clips (x2).b.Remove the Set Gate.c.Remove the shaft.d.Remove the Nudger Roll (large).e.Remove the gear (large).

When installing: Align the groove of gear with the direction of pin.f.Remove the pin.g.Remove the shaft.

When installing: Gear is facing upwards.h.Remove the spring.i.Remove the Feed Roll (small).j.Remove the gear (small).

When installing: Align the ditch of gear with the direction of pin.

Figure 3 Removing the Nud

Page 267: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

(REP 15.2.1)y. (REP 15.2.2)Motor. (Figure 1)

12/054-95REP 15.6.1, REP 15.8.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Replacement1.When installing the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly, pay attention to the following. (Figure 4)It is easier to temporarily remove the Set Gate, install the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly and then reinstall the Set Gate.Check that the gear teeth are engaged.Location of the spring.After installation, check that the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly moves up and down smoothly.

Figure 4 Installing the Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (j0st41520)

REP 15.8.1 Regi RollParts List on PL 15.1Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)2.Remove the following covers.•DADF Front Cover (PL 15.2)•DADF Rear Cover (PL 15.2)3.Open the Top Cover.4.Remove the DADF Document Tray. 5.Remove the DADF Feeder Assembl6.Loosen the belt tension on the Regi 1. Remove the spring.2. Loosen the screws (x2).

Page 268: WCP 123_128

REP 15.8.1Repairs/Adjustments

he motor unit (j0st41522)

12/054-96CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Loosening the belt tension (j0st41521)

7.Move the motor unit. (Figure 2)1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove the screws (M3x6:2).3. Move the motor unit.4. Remove the belt.

Figure 2 Moving t

8.Open the chute.

Page 269: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

he sensor holder (j0st41524)

12/054-97REP 15.8.1

Repairs/Adjustments

9.Remove the Feed Guide. (Figure 3)1. Remove the screws (M3x8:2).2. Remove the Feed Guide.

Figure 3 Removing the Feed Guide (j0st41523)

10.Remove the sensor holder. (Figure 4)1. Remove the Tapping Screws (3x8:2).2. Remove the sensor holder.

Figure 4 Removing t

11.Loosen the belt tension. (Figure 5)1. Remove the spring.2. Loosen the screw.3. Loosen the belt tension.4. Remove the KL-Clip.5. Remove the gear.

Page 270: WCP 123_128

REP 15.8.1Repairs/Adjustments

the Regi Roll (j0st41526)

he Wire Harness as shown in Fig. 7. (Figure 7)

12/054-98CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 5 Loosening the belt tension (j0st41525)

12.Remove the Regi Roll. (Figure 6)1. Remove the KL-Clip.2. Remove the bearings (x2).3. Remove the Regi Roll.

Figure 6 Removing

Replacement1.When installing the motor unit, pull t

Page 271: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-99REP 15.8.1Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 7 Pulling the Wire Harness (j0st41527)

Page 272: WCP 123_128

REP 16.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly

-Transport Assembly (j0st41601)

s in reverse order.

12/054-100CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 16.1Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the following parts:•Finisher Assembly (REP 16.4.1)2.Move the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the H-Transport Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the H

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 273: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Transport Rear Cover (j0st41602)

12/054-101REP 16.3.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.3.1 H-Transport BeltParts List on PL 16.3Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (REP 16.1.1)2.Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the H-

3.Remove the belt. (Figure 2)1. Remove the E-Clip.2. Remove the belt.3. Remove the pulley and bearing.

Page 274: WCP 123_128

REP 16.3.1Repairs/Adjustments

e Transport Roll (j0st41604)

12/054-102CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the belt (j0st41603)

4.Remove the Transport Roll. (Figure 3)1. Remove the E-Clip and bearing.2. Remove the Transport Roll.

Figure 3 Removing th

5.Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)1. Remove the screw.2. Remove the bracket.

Page 275: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

H-Transport Belt (j0st41606)

s in reverse order.

12/054-103REP 16.3.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 4 Removing the bracket (j0st41605)

6.Remove the H-Transport Belt. (Figure 5)1. Remove the rollers (x2).2. Remove the H-Transport Belts (x2).

Figure 5 Removing the

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 276: WCP 123_128

REP 16.4.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.4.1 Finisher Assembly

ng the Cover (j0st41607)

12/054-104CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 16.4Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the following parts:•Staple Assembly (REP 16.8.2)•Right Cover (PL 16.1)•Cover (PL 16.1)2.Remove the Cover. (Figure 1)1. Remove the Cover.

Figure 1 Removi

3.Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 2)1. Remove the Left Panel.

Page 277: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

cables and connectors (j0st41609)

)

12/054-105REP 16.4.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Removing the Left Panel (j0st41608)

4.Disconnect the cables and connectors. (Figure 3)1. Disconnect the connectors (x2).2. Disconnect the cable.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the

5.Remove the Knob Screws. (Figure 41. Remove the Knob Screws (x2).

Page 278: WCP 123_128

REP 16.4.1Repairs/Adjustments

Finisher Assembly (j0st41611)

s in reverse order.

12/054-106CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 4 Removing the Knob Screws (j0st41610)

6.Move the Finisher Assembly to the left and lower it down from the rack. (Figure 5)1. Remove the Finisher Assembly.

Figure 5 Removing the

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 279: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ing the link (j0st41612)

sembly. (Figure 2)

Assembly.

12/054-107REP 16.5.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.5.1 Stack Height Sensor AssemblyParts List on PL 16.5Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the link from the Top Open Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1)1. Lift up the Top Open Cover Assembly.2. Remove the screws on both sides.3. Remove the links on both sides.

Figure 1 Remov

2.Remove the Stack Height Sensor As1. Remove the screw.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the Stack Height Sensor

Page 280: WCP 123_128

REP 16.5.1, REP 16.5.2Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.5.2 Eject Roll Assembly

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

12/054-108CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Stack Height Sensor Assembly (j0st41613)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 16.5Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the following parts:•Rear Cover (PL 16.4)•Stacker Tray (PL 16.1)•Right Cover (PL 16.1)•Front Cover (PL 16.4)2.Remove the bracket. (Figure 1)1. Remove the screws (x4).2. Remove the bracket.

Page 281: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ng the connector (j0st41615)

)

12/054-109REP 16.5.2

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the bracket (j0st41614)

3.Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the plate.3. Disconnect the connector.

Figure 2 Disconnecti

4.Remove the Knob Screws. (Figure 31. Remove the Knob Screws (x2).

Page 282: WCP 123_128

REP 16.5.2Repairs/Adjustments

the Tray Guide (j0st41617)

12/054-110CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 3 Removing the Knob Screws (j0st41616)

5.Remove the Tray Guide. (Figure 4)1. Remove the screws (x4).2. Remove the rivet to remove the clamp.3. Remove the wire from the hole.4. Remove the Tray Guide.

Figure 4 Removing

6.Remove the clutch. (Figure 5)1. Remove the clamp.2. Remove the screw.

Page 283: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

the Eject Roll (j0st41619)

on both sides.

12/054-111REP 16.5.2

Repairs/Adjustments

3. Remove the spring.4. Release the hook to remove the actuator.5. Remove the clutch.

Figure 5 Removing the clutch (j0st41618)

7.Remove the Eject Roll. (Figure 6)1. Remove the KL-Clip and bearing on both sides.2. Remove the hook from the Eject Shaft.3. Remove the Eject Roll.

Figure 6 Removing

8.Remove the Eject Shaft. (Figure 7)1. Remove the KL-Clip and gear.2. Remove the KL-Clip and bearing3. Remove the Eject Shaft.

Page 284: WCP 123_128

REP 16.5.2Repairs/Adjustments

Replacements in reverse order taking note of the following:

t Roll at the same time.

ure that the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the

g the clutch (j0st41621)

12/054-112CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 7 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0st41620)

1.To install, carry out the removal step

NOTE: Replace the Exit Roll and Ejec

NOTE: When installing the clutch, ensclutch as illustrated below. (Figure 8)

Figure 8 Installin

Page 285: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ing the arm (j0st41622)

. (Figure 2)

bly.

12/054-113REP 16.6.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.6.1 Decurler RollParts List on PL 16.6Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the following parts:•Front Cover (PL 16.4)•Rear Cover (PL 16.4)•Top Cover (PL 16.4)2.Remove the arm. (Figure 1)1. Remove the spring.2. Remove the KL-Clip.3. Remove the arm.

Figure 1 Remov

3.Remove the Decurler Roll Assembly1. Remove the spring.2. Remove the KL-Clip.3. Remove the arm.4. Remove the Decurler Roll Assem

Page 286: WCP 123_128

REP 16.6.1, REP 16.6.2Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.6.2 Finisher Drive Motor

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

igure 1)

.

12/054-114CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Decurler Roll Assembly (j0st41623)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 16.6Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4)2.Remove the Finisher Drive Motor. (F1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove the screws (x4).3. Remove the Finisher Drive Motor

Page 287: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

of the arrow.

12/054-115REP 16.6.2, REP 16.7.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the Finisher Drive Motor (j0st41624)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

REP 16.7.1 BeltParts List on PL 16.7Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Model]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4)2.Turn the actuator. (Figure 1)1. Turn the actuator in the direction

Page 288: WCP 123_128

REP 16.7.1Repairs/Adjustments

g the connectors (j0st41626)

. (Figure 3)

bly.

12/054-116CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Turning the actuator (j0st41625)

3.Release the clamp to remove the wire. (Figure 2)1. Disconnect the connectors (x4).2. Release the Edge Saddle to remove the wire.

Figure 2 Disconnectin

4.Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly1. Remove the screws (x4).2. Remove the Cam Bracket Assem

Page 289: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ing the belt (j0st41628)

s in reverse order taking note of the following:

Bracket Assembly is inserted into the hole. (Figure

he roller.

12/054-117REP 16.7.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 3 Removing the Cam Bracket Assembly (j0st41627)

5.Remove the belt. (Figure 4)1. Remove the E-Clip to remove the gear.2. Remove the E-Clip to remove the pulley.3. Remove the belt.

Figure 4 Remov

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

NOTE: Make sure the stud of the Cam5)

1. Lift up the Upper Cover to lift up t2. Insert the stud into the hole.

Page 290: WCP 123_128

REP 16.7.1Repairs/Adjustments

NOTE: When installing the clutch, ensure the stopper is inserted into the ditch of the clutch as illustrated below. (Figure 6)

g the clutch (j0st41621)

12/054-118CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 5 Installing the Cam Bracket Assembly (j0st41629)

Figure 6 Installin

Page 291: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

g the connectors (j0st41630)

on of the arrow. (Figure 2)

e connector still connected.

12/054-119REP 16.8.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.8.1 RailParts List on PL 16.8Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the following parts:•Staple Assembly (REP 16.8.2)•Front Cover (PL 16.4)•Rear Cover (PL 16.4)2.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1)1. Disconnect the connectors (x5).2. Release the Edge Saddles (x4) to remove the wire.3. Remove the screw to remove the Earth Wire.

Figure 1 Disconnectin

3.Move the PWB Bracket in the directi1. Loosen the screw.2. Remove the screws (x2).3. Remove the PWB Bracket with th

Page 292: WCP 123_128

REP 16.8.1Repairs/Adjustments

he Wire Harness (j0st41632)

12/054-120CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Moving the PWB Bracket (j0st41631)

4.Pull out the Wire Harness. (Figure 3)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Pull out the Wire Harness.

Figure 3 Pulling out t

5.Remove the screws. (Figure 4)1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove the screws (x2).

Page 293: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Rail Assembly (j0st41634)

ove it in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 6)

12/054-121REP 16.8.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 4 Removing the screws (j0st41633)

6.Remove the Rail Assembly. (Figure 5)1. Remove the Rail Assembly.

Figure 5 Removing th

7.To remove the Carriage Assembly, m1. Remove the Carriage Assembly.

Page 294: WCP 123_128

REP 16.8.1Repairs/Adjustments

ing the rail (j0st41636)

s in reverse order.

12/054-122CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 6 Removing the Carriage Assembly (j0st41635)

8.Remove the rail. (Figure 7)1. Remove the screws (x5).2. Remove the rail.

Figure 7 Remov

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 295: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

g the connectors (j0st41637)

re 2)

Earth Wire.

12/054-123REP 16.8.2

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.8.2 Staple AssemblyParts List on PL 16.8Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Open the Front Cover.2.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1)1. Disconnect the connectors (x2).

Figure 1 Disconnectin

3.Remove the Staple Assembly. (Figu1. Remove the screw.2. Remove the screw to remove the3. Remove the Staple Assembly.

Page 296: WCP 123_128

REP 16.8.2Repairs/Adjustments

Replacements in reverse order taking note of the following:

Assembly is inserted into the hole in the bracket.

Staple Assembly (j0st41639)

12/054-124CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Staple Assembly (j0st41638)

1.To install, carry out the removal step

NOTE: Ensure the tip of the Staple (Figure 3)

Figure 3 Installing the

Page 297: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

g the connectors (j0st41640)

12/054-125REP 16.9.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.9.1 Compiler Tray AssemblyParts List on PL 16.9Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Tray Guide. (Perform REP 16.5.2 up to Step 5.)2.Release the clamp to remove the wire. (Figure 1)1. Disconnect the connectors (x2).2. Release the Edge Saddles (x2) to remove the wire.

Figure 1 Disconnectin

3.Remove the screws. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screws (x2).

Page 298: WCP 123_128

REP 16.9.1Repairs/Adjustments

Compiler Assembly (j0st41642)

s in reverse order.

12/054-126CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the screws (j0st41641)

4.Remove the Compiler Assembly. (Figure 3)1. Remove the Compiler Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 299: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

g the gear (j0st41643)

12/054-127REP 16.10.1

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.10.1 Stacker Motor AssemblyParts List on PL 16.10Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4)2.Slide the gear to lower down the Stacker Tray. (Figure 1)1. Slide the gear to disengage the teeth of Cam.

Figure 1 Movin

3.Remove the screws. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Loosen the screw.

Page 300: WCP 123_128

REP 16.10.1Repairs/Adjustments

aple Motor Assembly (j0st41645)

s in reverse order.

12/054-128CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the screws (j0st41644)

4.Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)1. Remove the screws (x3) while sliding the PWB Bracket upwards.2. Slide the gear.3. Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the St

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

Page 301: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e PWB Bracket (j0st41646)

. (Figure 2)

bly.

12/054-129REP 16.10.2

Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.10.2 Elevator Belt AssemblyParts List on PL 16.10Removal

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is displayed on the Control Panel display.1.Remove the Tray Guide. (Perform REP 16.5.2 up to Step 5.)2.Slide the PWB Bracket sideways. (Figure 1)1. Disconnect the connectors (x2).2. Release the clamps (x2) to remove the wire.3. Remove the clamp.4. Remove the screws (x2).5. Loosen the screw.6. Slide the PWB Bracket in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 1 Moving th

3.Remove the Elevator Belt Assembly1. Remove the screws (x3).2. Remove the Elevator Belt Assem

Page 302: WCP 123_128

REP 16.10.2, REP 16.11.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.11.1 Paddle Gear Shaft

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

. (Perform REP 16.7.1 up to Step 4.)

12/054-130CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 2 Removing the Elevator Belt Assembly (j0st41647)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 16.11Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4)2.Remove the Cam Bracket Assembly3.Remove the bearing. (Figure 1)1. Remove the E-Clip.2. Remove the gear.3. Remove the bearing.

Page 303: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ng the screw (j0st41649)

ure 3)

12/054-131REP 16.11.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Removing the bearing (j0st41648)

4.Remove the screw securing the Paddle Gear Shaft. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screw.

Figure 2 Removi

5.Remove the Paddle Gear Shaft. (Fig1. Remove the Paddle Gear Shaft.

Page 304: WCP 123_128

REP 16.11.1, REP 16.12.1Repairs/Adjustments

REP 16.12.1 Finisher PWB

ARNINGchine is fully turned off before performing repairs or

AUTIONs turned off, please note the following.

mp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ss.

splayed on the Control Panel display.

)

remove the wire.

12/054-132CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 3 Removing the Paddle Gear Shaft (j0st41650)

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Parts List on PL 16.12Removal

WTo avoid personal injury, ensure the maadjustments.

CTo prevent data loss when the power i[FAX Models]Check that the “Stored Documents” laensure that there are no jobs in progre[Printer Models]Check that “Ready to Print/Send” is di1.Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 16.4)2.Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 11. Disconnect the connectors (x10).2. Release the Edge Saddles (x4) to

Page 305: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Finisher PWB (j0st41652)

s in reverse order taking note of the following:

shown in Fig. 2 inside the box.

12/054-133REP 16.12.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connectors (j0st41651)

3.Remove the Finisher PWB. (Figure 2)1. Remove the screws (x5).2. Remove the Finisher PWB.

Figure 2 Removing th

Replacement1.To install, carry out the removal step

NOTE: When installing, keep the core

Page 306: WCP 123_128

ADJ 9.1Repairs/Adjustments

ADJ 9.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration 4. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within specifications of the supporting mode.

Read/Write).d and Side Edges using the following NVM so that

ecifications of the respective supporting modes.maller value.rger value.

SpecificationDuplex MSI

10±1.7mm 10±2.0mm148.5±2.2mm 148.5±2.5mm

Table 2

Min Initial Max Count

ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

JUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

JUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

JUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

JUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

STMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

REGI 1 50 99 0.254mm

GI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

GI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

GI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

GI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

DJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm

LL TRAY 0 33 66 0.2175mm

D REGI 0 33 66 0.2175mm

12/054-136CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeTo align the image on the drum with the Lead/Side Edge of the paper.

Check1. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC612 (Test Pattern Print).2. The following pattern is printed:

Pattern No. 51: Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment pattern3. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern.

Lead Edge: Part A of the patternSide Edge: Part B of the pattern

Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0st40950)

Adjustment1. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM2. Adjust the measured values of the Lea

the measured values fall within the spIf the measured value is short: Set a sIf the measured value is long: Set a la

Table 1Item Simplex

Lead Edge (A) 10±1.3mmSide Edge (B) 148.5±1.8mm

Chain

Link Name

749 1 ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI

749 2 TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI AD

749 3 TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI AD

749 4 TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI AD

749 5 TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI AD

749 7 MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJU

749 9 DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE ADJUSTMENT

749 10 DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE RE

749 11 DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE RE

749 12 DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE RE

749 13 DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE RE

749 15 DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI A

742 27 LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - A

760 16 TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAADJUSTMENT

Page 307: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Adjustment

e Edge (rear/front) erase values.

istration must be adjusted.

Read/Write).rea) to 0.riginals and leaving the Platen Cover open.ad, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm.

Read/Write).e following NVM so that the measured values are

ase value increases.

copy without using any originals and leaving the

ections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are within

Table 1

Min Initial MaxIncrement

TMENT 0 8 16 0.254mm

MENT 0 9 18 0.217mm

EGI 0 9 18 0.217mm

12/054-137ADJ 9.1, ADJ 9.2

Repairs/Adjustments

3. After adjustment, print the test pattern in the same mode and measure the Lead and Side Edge values. Repeat this procedure until the values are within the specified range.

ADJ 9.2 Edge Erase Value PurposeTo correct the Lead, Tail Edge and both Sid

NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Reg

Check1. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM2. Set Chain-Link No. 749-513 (Image A3. Make a black copy without using any o4. Check that the white sections of the LeAdjustment1. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM2. Adjust the measured values using th

within the specifications (2mm).If the setting value is increased, the er

3. After adjustment, make another blackPlaten Cover open.

4. Repeat the procedure until the white sthe specified range (2mm).

760 17 TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 18 TRAY2-4 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 19 TRAY2-4 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 20 SMH for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 21 SMH for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 22 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 23 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 1 TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 2 TRAY2-4 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 3 SMH for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 5 DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 13 DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0 10 16 0.2175mm

760 14 DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0 10 16 0.2175mm

760 15 DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0 10 16 0.2175mm

760 31 TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 32 TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 33 SMH for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

760 34 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT

0 33 66 0.2175mm

Table 2 Chain

Link Name Min Initial Max Count

ChainLink Name

749 523 SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUS

749 524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUST

749 527 END NORMAL ERASE SIDE RADJUSTMENT

Page 308: WCP 123_128

ADJ 11.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration 3. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) satisfy the specifications of the supporting mode.

Read/Write).d Edge and Side Edge using the following NVM so e specifications.mall value.rge value.

E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear y of the Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper.ured values of the Lead Edge and Side Edge are

SpecificationDuplex MSI

10±2.0mm 10±2.2mm10±2.5mm 10±3.0mm

Table 2

Min Initial MaxIncrement

gi Correction 16 100 184 0.036mm

gi Correction 0 120 240 T.B.D

12/054-138CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeTo set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) direction.

NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.

Check1. Place the Test Chart 82E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction (portrait) so

that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make a 100% copy of the Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper.

2. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the copy.Lead Edge: Part A of the patternSide Edge: Part B of the pattern

Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0st41151)

Adjustment1. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM2. Adjust the measured values of the Lea

that the measured values are within thIf the measured value is short: Set a sIf the measured value is long: Set a la

3. After adjusting, place the Test Chart 82(vertical length) so that there is no gapof the Platen. Make another 100% cop

4. Repeat the procedure until the measwithin the specifications.

Table 1Item Simplex

Lead Edge (A) 10±1.6mmSide Edge (B) 10±2.1mm

Chain

Link Name

715 050 Platen Slow Scan Direction ReValue

715 053 Platen Fast Scan Direction ReValue

Page 309: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ence points in the second copy using the following nce between the same points in the Test Chart.

orter than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set

nger than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set

E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction een the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the e Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper.ce between the reference points in the copy is the

e points in the Test Chart.egistration.

Table 1

Min Initial MaxIncrement

tment 44 50 56 0.1%justment 0 50 100 0.1%

12/054-139ADJ 11.2.1

Repairs/Adjustments

ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge AdjustmentPurposeTo obtain the correct Reduce/Enlarge ratio in Slow and Fast Scan Direction for 100% copy.

Check1. Place the Test Chart 82E2010 (A4) or 82E2020 (Letter) in the LEF direction (Portrait) so

that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make 2 100% copies of the Test Chart on A4LEF or Letter LEF paper.

2. Check that the distance between the reference points in the second copy is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.

Figure 1 Magnifications (j0st41152)

Adjustment1. Enter Diag. mode. Select dC131 (NVM Read/Write).

2. Adjust the distance between the referNVM so that it is the same as the distaIf the measured value in the copy is sha larger value.If the measured value in the copy is loa smaller value.

3. After adjusting, place the Test Chart 82(Portrait) so that there is no gap betwPlaten. Make another 100% copy of th

4. Repeat the procedure until the distansame as the distance between the sam

5. Adjust the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge R

Chain Link Name

715 051 Platen SS Magnification Adjus715 702 PLTN/Belt FS Magnification Ad

Page 310: WCP 123_128

ADJ 11.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment

ut the tools (j0st41128)

arriage with the tool hole of the rail (Front/Rear).

12/054-140CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Parts List on PL 11.6PurposeTo adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.

AdjustmentWARNING

To avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.

[FAX Models]

Check that the "Stored Documents" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.

[Printer Models]

Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

NOTE: Adjust the position of the Front and Rear Full/Half Rate Carriage separately.

Procedure1. Remove the DADF or Platen Cover.2. Remove the Platen Glass.(REP 11.3.1)3. Prepare the tools (x2) for determining the position. (Figure 1)

1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Take out the tools (x2).

Figure 1 Taking o

4. Align the tool hole in the Half Rate C(Figure 2)

Page 311: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

lf Rate Carriage. 2/3 (j0st41130)

y can be changed if the tool holes of the Half Rate nd the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 4)

move the pulley to align the tool holes.

12/054-141ADJ 11.6.1

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Installing the Half Rate Carriage. 1/3 (j0st41129)

5. Fix the tool to the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 3)1. Fix the tool. (Front/Rear)2. Secure it with a screw.

Figure 3 Installing the Ha

NOTE: The fixing position of the pulleCarriage and the rail are not aligned a

1. Loosen the Set Screws (x2) and

Page 312: WCP 123_128

ADJ 11.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

ll Rate Carriage. 1/2 (j0st41132)

he Carriage Cable and align the tool holes if the tool arriage are not aligned, and the tool is not fixed in

Full Rate Carriage to align the tool holes. (Front/

12/054-142CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 4 Installing the Half Rate Carriage. 3/3 (j0st41131)

6. Fix the tool to the tool hole on the frame and check the tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage. (Front/Rear) (Figure 5)1. Fix the tool. (Front/Rear)2. Secure it with a screw.

Figure 5 Installing the Fu

NOTE: Loosen the securing screw of tholes of the frame and the Full Rate Cplace. (Front/Rear) (Figure 6)

1. Loosen the screw and move theRear)

Page 313: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

4-143ADJ 11.6.1Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 6 Installing the Full Rate Carriage. 2/2 (j0st41133)

Page 314: WCP 123_128

ADJ 15.1.1Repairs/Adjustments

ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Registration

Side Edge to the reference value in the second al (j0st41551)

0mm. If it is not within the specified range, carry out

own on the DADF.gs in Copy mode.

dge to the reference value in the second copy. Take

12/054-144CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeTo adjust the original to the proper position (Drum Shaft direction) on the Platen.

NOTE: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.• IOT Side Registration (ADJ 9.1)• IIT Side Registration (ADJ 11.1.1)• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5)• DADF Position Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)

NOTE: DADF Side Registration is adjusted using the NVM for every paper width.

Check1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) so that there is no gap between the chart and the DADF

Guide.2. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. Take this copy as the original.

• 1 → 1 Sided mode• Paper Tray: "A3"• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"• Number of copies: "2"

3. Mark the output originals 1 and 2 in the order of their output.4. Measure the distance from the Side Edge to the reference value in the second original.

Take this measurement as A. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Measuring the distance from theorigin

5. Check that measurement A is 10.0±2.the following procedure.

6. Place the Test Chart (499T283) face d7. Make a copy using the following settin

• 2 → 1 Sided mode• Paper Tray: "A3"• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"• Number of copies: "1"

8. Measure the distance from the Side Ethis measurement as B. (Figure 2)

Page 315: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

NVM value.NVM value.

tment Steps 1 to 2 until the measurement is within

ke copies using the following settings for 2 Sided for 2 Sided copies.

ith the above-mentioned items in "Check".1. Adjust for every paper width in the paper trays

A4SEF, A5LEF

Letter SEF, Legal SEF

B4SEF, B5LEF

Letter LEF

A4LEF, A3SEF

Sided Copy

Paper Size

A5SEF

B5SEF

A4SEF, A5LEF

Letter SEF, Legal SEF

B4SEF, B5LEF

Sided Copy

Paper Size

12/054-145ADJ 15.1.1, ADJ 15.1.2

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 2 Measuring the distance from the Side Edge to the reference value in the second copy (j0st41552)

9. Check that measurement B is 10.0±2.4mm. If it is not within the specified range, carry out the following procedure.

AdjustmentSide 1 Adjustment

1. Enter dC131. Adjust for every paper width in the paper trays using the following NVM.

2. If measurement A in Step 4 is• 12.0mm and above, increase the• 8.0mm and below, decrease the (NVM 1 increment=0.04mm)

3. Repeat Check Steps 1 to 5 and Adjusthe specified range (A=10±2.0mm).

Side 2 Adjustment

1. After adjusting for 1 Sided copies, macopies to check the Side Registration • Paper Tray: "A3"• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"• Number of copies: "1"• 2 Sided: 2 → 1 Sided

2. Check the Side Regi of the 2 copies w3. If adjustment is required, enter dC13

using the following NVM.

For 1 Sided Copy

NVM Paper Width Paper Size

1 715-056 139.7~148mm A5SEF

2 715-058 182~194mm B5SEF

3 715-060 203.2mm

4 715-062 210mm

5 715-064 214.9~215.9mm

6 715-066 254~257mm

7 715-068 266.7~267mm

8 715-070 279.4mm

9 715-072 297mm

For 2

NVM Paper Width

1 715-057 139.7~148mm

2 715-059 182~194mm

3 715-061 203.2mm

4 715-063 210mm

5 715-065 214.9~215.9mm

6 715-067 254~257mm

7 715-069 266.7~267mm

For 1

NVM Paper Width

Page 316: WCP 123_128

ADJ 15.1.2, ADJ 15.1.3Repairs/Adjustments

ADJ 15.1.2 DADF Original Detection Correction (DC527: tion Function)

ing DADF scan to the desired original size.

following operations/events.

ing the Regi Roll, Feed Roll and Retard Roll.

inals. The NVM Data is automatically corrected Scan Length and the reference value detected by

is "Size Correction Value for Slow Scan Originals in

arket as follows:

Accuracy (210.0mm±0.7mm))ccuracy (215.9mm±0.7mm))

F.cording to the market.ength Accuracy (210.0mm±0.7mm))gth Accuracy (215.9mm±0.7mm))e DADF will start to lay the originals and calculate

ill be displayed. reset. After the operation, the PSW screen will be

NG, the NVM Data will not be reset and a message l be displayed.utton is pressed.

For 2 Sided Copy

12/054-146CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Size Detection Auto-CorrecPurposeTo automatically adjust the original size dur

Proceed with this adjustment only after the

• The DADF Assy is replaced.• An abnormality is detected after replac• A size detection error occurs.[Outline]

Using the DADF, continuously scan 3 origbased on the comparison between the Slowthe DADF. The NVM Data that is correctedNon CVT Mode" (Chain Link No. 710-552).

Scanned originals differ according to the m

FX, XE/AP: A4LEF (Slow Scan LengthXC: 8.5"x11"LEF (Slow Scan Length A

Adjustment1. Enter dC527.2. Set three originals to be fed in the DAD

* The size of the fed original differs acFX, XE/AP: A4LEF (Slow Scan LXC: 8.5"x11"LEF (Slow Scan Len

3. When the [Start] button is pressed, ththe correction value.4.During this time, [Job in Progress] w

5. The applicable NVM Data will then bedisplayed.However, if this operation results in anindicating that an NG has occurred wil

6. The operation ends when the [Stop] bStatus Confirmation Specifications

8 715-071 279.4mm Letter LEF

9 715-073 297mm A4LEF, A3SEF

NVM Paper Width Paper Size

Page 317: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

dard Sized Original unction

e fed as standard sized originals by registering orig-dard sizes) by the DADF. This enables the feeding rs.

omized registered data. The DADF then processes ustomized registration is limited to only 1 entry. If

e is detected based on the priorities in the detection

o be registered from the customer.) the customer wants to process the original using

n the customer wants the copy.can Direction Length (X) and Slow Scan Direction le.

.ized registration detection.

ast Scan Direction Min Value = 200 (within 20mm)

low Scan Direction Min Value = 200 (within 20mm)

tection by the Size Sensor, the following sizes can-

290910

ed in the preparation:ustomized registration is valid.) the data for 710-559. (Fast Scan Direction Max

the data for 710-560. (Fast Scan Direction Max

the data for 710-561. (Slow Scan Direction Max

e data for 710-562. (Slow Scan Direction Min Value

er the data for a paper size selected from the table d by the customer.)

12/054-147ADJ 15.1.3

Repairs/Adjustments

You may check the following status by using NVM Read after operations.

<Restrictions>

• This operation cannot be terminated (or aborted) halfway through the process and has to be completed from start to finish regardless of any abnormalities that occur.

• In cases where more than 4 originals are fed into the DADF, this operation will not lay the originals that are fed after the fourth sheet.

NOTE: If there is an NG after adjustment, repeat the procedure.

ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-StanCustomized Registration FPurposeTo enable non-standard sized originals to binal sizes that cannot be detected (non-stanof customized original sizes for different use

[Outline]

Original size detection is based on the custthe original in the specified original size. Cthe registration data is valid, the original siztable.

Preparation

1. Borrow a non-standard sized original t2. Check in which direction (LEF or SEF

the DADF.3. Check in which paper size and directio4. Check and make a note of the Fast S

Length (Y) of the original using the scaAdjustment1. Enter dC131. Select NVM Read/Write2. Set the following NVM Data for custom

NOTE: Fast Scan Direction Max </= F

NOTE: Slow Scan Direction Max </= S

NOTE: In order to prevent incorrect denot be entered.• Fast Scan Direction Max: 2190~2• Fast Scan Direction Min: 2810~2

For the measurements X and Y obtain• Set the data for 710-565 to 1. (C• Set (X+10)x10 to be resident in

Value Setting)• Set (X-10)x10 to be resident in

Value Setting)• Set (Y+10)x10 to be resident in

Value Setting)• Set (Y-10)x10 to be resident in th

Setting)• Enter the data for 710-563. (Ent

below based on the size specifie

Chain-Link Display Data Name Remarks

710-552 Size Correction Value for Slow Scan Originals in Non CVT Mode

Setting Range=144~256(Equivalent to ±56 increments [±10mm] ¬0.18mm/increment)Initial Value: 200 (However, there is an adjusted value set against the Initial Value at ex-factory.)

Page 318: WCP 123_128

ADJ 15.1.4Repairs/Adjustments

• Enter the data for 710-564. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table below based on the size specified by the customer.)

ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration

(original feed direction) on the Platen.

made before carrying out checking and adjustment.

)6)

ge for non-standard sizes after Regi adjustment of t the Tail Edge using 711-142 (Side 1) and 711-143

t there is no gap between the chart and the DADF

gs in Copy mode.

Lead Edge and the reference value of the second the specified range, adjust to the specified range 1)

12/054-148CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

The information that is related to the NVM to be entered is as follows.

3. Check the NVM Data setting.4. Feed the customized original registered in the Size Detection Table into the DADF.

→ Check that the original size is detected according to the settings.

NOTE: As non-standard sized originals are handled as standard sized originals, there may be problems such as image loss in the scan data.

PurposeTo adjust the original to the proper position

NOTE: The following adjustments must be • IOT Lead Registration (ADJ 9.1)• IIT Lead Registration (ADJ 11.1.1)• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5• DADF Position Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.

NOTE: If there is a black line at the Tail Edthe Lead Edge for Side 1 and Side 2, adjus(Side 2).

Check(1 Sided mode)

1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) so thaGate.

2. Make a copy using the following settin• Paper Tray: "A3"• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"• Number of copies: "2"

3. Check that the distance between the copy is 10±1.5mm. If it is not withinusing the following procedure. (Figure

Chain-Link Display Data Name Remarks

710-559 Fast Scan Direction Max Value Note 1)

Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)

710-560 Fast Scan Direction Min Value Note 1)

Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)

710-561 Slow Scan Direction Max Value Note 2)

Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100)

710-562 Slow Scan Direction Min Value Note 2)

Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100)

710-563 Specified Paper Code for Customized Registration

03: 5.5"x 8.5"04: A505: B508: A409: 8"x10"10: 8.5"x11"11: 8.5"x12.4"12: 8.5"x13"13: 8.5"x14"14: B415: A316: 11"x17"17: 8K20: ILLEGAL SIZE (Initial Value=08)

710-564 Feed Direction for Original Size

0: LEF, 1: SEF (Initial Value=0)

710-565 Specified Customized Registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table

Do not use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 0Use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 1(Initial Value=0)

Page 319: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ts. After adjustment in 1 Sided mode, place the ke a 2-Sided copy on A4S paper.

e DADF and make a copy using the following set-

Lead Edge and the reference value in the second the specified range, adjust to the specified range 2)

e Lead Edge to the reference value in the sec-py (j0st41554)

12/054-149ADJ 15.1.4

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 1 Measuring the distance from the Lead Edge to the reference value in the sec-ond copy (j0st41553)

4. Place the two copies taken in Step 2 on the DADF so that the second copy is placed below the first and both copies are fed from the Tail Edge into the DADF.

5. Check that the difference between the distance from the Lead Edge to the reference value in the two copies taken in Steps 2 and 4 is within ±1.5mm.

Adjustment Procedure (1 Sided mode)

1. Enter dC131[711-140].2. If the specified value is

• 11.5mm and above, decrease the NVM value.• 8.5mm and below, increase the NVM value.(NVM 1 increment=0.2mm)

3. Repeat the procedure until the value is within the specified range (10±1.5mm).

Check (2 Sided mode)

1. Make a copy for taking measuremenChart (499T283) on the Platen and ma

2. Place the copy made in Step 1 on thtings.• Paper Tray: "A4S"• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"• Number of copies: "1"• Mode: "2 → 1 Sided"

3. Check that the distance between the copy is 10±2.0mm. If it is not withinusing the following procedure. (Figure

Figure 2 Measuring the distance from thond co

Page 320: WCP 123_128

ADJ 15.1.5Repairs/Adjustments

NOTE: As there will be differences in the Regi according to the ratio, adjust the following NVM. ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment

sting the height of the DADF.

aten Guide tips (3) and the Platen Glass or DADF

e rear are touching the DADF Platen Glass.t the front are touching the Platen Glass.

he DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass st41555)

12/054-150CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

• dC131[711-004: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 300.1~400%)• dC131[711-005: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 200.1~300%)• dC131[711-007: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 150.1~200%)• DC131[711-008: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 100.1~150%)• DC131[711-009: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side1) (B/W mode: 25~100%)

Adjustment Procedure (2 Sided mode)

1. Enter dC131[711-141].2. Adjust to the specified range (10±2.0mm).

If the distance between the Lead Edge and the reference value is• 12.0mm and above, decrease the NVM value.• 8.0mm and below, increase the NVM value.(NVM 1 increment=0.2mm)

3. Repeat the procedure until the value is within the specified range (10±2.0mm).

NOTE: As there will be differences in the Regi according to the ratio, adjust the following NVM.• dC131[711-018: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 300.1~400%)• dC131[711-019: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 200.1~300%)• dC131[711-021: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 150.1~200%)• dC131[711-022: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 100.1~150%)• dC131[711-023: Initial Value 214]: DADF Lead Reg. (Side2) (B/W mode: 25~100%)

Parts List on PL 15.1PurposeTo correct the feeding of the original by adju

Check1. Check the gap between the DADF Pl

Platen Glass. (Figure 1)1. The DADF Platen Guide tips at th2. The DADF Platen Guide tips (2) a

Figure 1 Checking the gap between t(j0

Page 321: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Adjustment

justing the height of the DADF. (DADF Lead Skew,

DADF.gs in Copy mode.

ce (A and B) between the side and the Edges in the )

12/054-151ADJ 15.1.5, ADJ 15.1.6

Repairs/Adjustments

AdjustmentNOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance. In cases where such adjustment is not possible, adjustment is carried out using the Right Counter Balance.

1. Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height and slant of the DADF. (Figure 2)• Turning the screw in direction A will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear

to fall. (Direction of arrow A)• Turning the screw in direction B will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear

to rise. (Direction of arrow B)

Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Height (j0st41556)

NOTE: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.

ADJ 15.1.6 DADF PositionParts List on PL 15.1PurposeTo correct the feeding of the original by adOrthogonality)

Check1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the2. Make a copy using the following settin

• Paper Tray: "A3"• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"• Number of copies: "3"

3. Check that the difference in the distan3 copies is within 0±0.5mm. (Figure 1

Page 322: WCP 123_128

ADJ 15.1.6Repairs/Adjustments

e DADF Position (j0st41558)

Figure 3)

12/054-152CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Checking the Lead Skew in the original (j0st41557)

Adjustment1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL15.2)2. Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2)

1. Loosen the screws (x5).2. Move the DADF in direction A or B.3. Tighten the screws (x5).

Figure 2 Adjusting th

• The DADF moved in direction A (

Page 323: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

after adjustment (j0st41560)

12/054-153ADJ 15.1.6

Repairs/Adjustments

Figure 3 Output copy after adjustment (j0st41559)

• The DADF moved in direction B (Figure 4)

Figure 4 Output copy

3. Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.

Page 324: WCP 123_128

Parts-list

5 Parts List

........................................................................ 33

........................................................................ 34

........................................................................ 35

........................................................................ 36

........................................................................ 37

........................................................................ 38

........................................................................ 39

........................................................................ 40

........................................................................ 41

........................................................................ 42

........................................................................ 43

........................................................................ 44

........................................................................ 45

........................................................................ 46

........................................................................ 47

........................................................................ 48

........................................................................ 49

........................................................................ 50

........................................................................ 51

........................................................................ 52

........................................................................ 53

........................................................................ 54

........................................................................ 55

........................................................................ 56

........................................................................ 57

........................................................................ 58

........................................................................ 59

........................................................................ 60

........................................................................ 61

........................................................................ 62dger/Feed Roll................................................ 63........................................................................ 64........................................................................ 65........................................................................ 66........................................................................ 67

........................................................................ 68

12/055-1CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

OverviewIntroduction...................................................................................................................... 3Subsystem Information.................................................................................................... 4Symbology....................................................................................................................... 5

Parts Lists

DrivePL 1.1 Main Drive ......................................................................................................................... 7

Paper TransportPL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly ................................................................................................ 8PL 2.2 Tray 1/2 .............................................................................................................................. 9PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly.......................................................................................................... 10PL 2.4 Registration ........................................................................................................................ 11PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover.................................................................................................... 12PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly .................................................................................................. 13PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly............................................................................................... 14PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly............................................................................................... 15

ROSPL 3.1 ROS .................................................................................................................................... 16

XERO/DEVEPL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge ........................................................................................................ 17PL 4.2 Toner System ..................................................................................................................... 18

FuserPL 5.1 Fuser Unit........................................................................................................................... 19

ExitPL 6.1 Exit ..................................................................................................................................... 20PL 6.2 Exit 1 .................................................................................................................................. 21PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly............................................................................................... 22PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly ........................................................................................................ 23

MSIPL 7.1 MSI Assembly.................................................................................................................... 24PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly ..................................................................................................... 25PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly ........................................................................................................... 26

DuplexPL 8.1 Duplex Unit ........................................................................................................................ 27PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly........................................................................................................ 28

ElectricalPL 9.1 Electrical ............................................................................................................................ 29PL 9.2 ESS..................................................................................................................................... 30PL 9.3 FAX Unit............................................................................................................................ 31PL 9.4 Wire Harness ...................................................................................................................... 32

CoverPL 10.1Cover-Front, Left .......................................PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right ....................................

DrivePL 11.1 Platen/Cover.............................................PL 11.2 Control Panel............................................PL 11.3 Platen Glass..............................................PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor ...................................PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor...............................PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage ............................

Tray Module - 2TPL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2T.......................PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2T .............................PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder-2T ..................................PL 12.4 Left Cover-2T...........................................PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2T....................................PL 12.6 Electrical-2T.............................................PL 12.7 Cover-2T ..................................................

Tray Module - TTPL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-TT.............................PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-TT................................PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-TT................................PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-TT.................................PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-TT.................................PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-TT..................................PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-TT .........................PL 13.8 Electrical-TT ............................................PL 13.9 Cover-TT..................................................

Mobile StandPL 14.1 Mobile Stand ............................................

DADFPL 15.1 DADF Accessory .....................................PL 15.2 DADF Component, Cover .......................PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover Component................PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component .......................PL 15.5 Top Cover Component.............................PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, NuPL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute ................................PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll...................................PL 15.9 Motor Unit................................................PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray...........................

FinisherPL 16.1 Finisher Unit ............................................

Page 325: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-2Parts-list

PL 16.2 H-Transport Assembly (1/2) ............................................................................................ 69PL 16.3 H-Transport Assembly (2/2) ............................................................................................ 70PL 16.4 Cover ................................................................................................................................ 71PL 16.5 Top Open Cover and Eject Roll ....................................................................................... 72PL 16.6 Paper Transport (1/2) ....................................................................................................... 73PL 16.7 Paper Transport (2/2) ....................................................................................................... 74PL 16.8 Staple Unit........................................................................................................................ 75PL 16.9 Compiler Tray Assembly ................................................................................................. 76PL 16.10 Elevator .......................................................................................................................... 77PL 16.11 Exit ................................................................................................................................. 78PL 16.12 Electrical ........................................................................................................................ 79PL 16.13 LVPS .............................................................................................................................. 80PL 16.14 Rack................................................................................................................................ 81

Common HardwareCommon Hardware......................................................................................................................... 82Part Number Index.......................................................................................................................... 83

Page 326: WCP 123_128

IntroductionParts-list

Introduction Other Information

and the exploded view illustrations to provide e following abbreviations are used in this manual:

identified in the Symbology section.

air or adjustment procedure, the procedure number n in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)

Table 1 Meaning

4 Millimeters7 Millimeters0 Millimetersplexn Wire Gauge

agnetic Inductionte

yters Optical Drive

zone Heat Air Dirtt

n/Enlargement

rating CompaniesMeaning

s Operationserican Solutions Group - USerican Solutions Group -

urope

12/055-3CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

OverviewThe Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared subsystem components.

OrganizationParts ListsEach item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.

Electrical Connectors and FastenersThis section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.

Common HardwareThe common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise identified.

Part Number IndexThis index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found.

AbbreviationsAbbreviations are used in the parts listsinformation in a limited amount of space. Th

SymbologySymbology used in the Parts List section is

Service Procedure ReferencingIf a part or assembly has an associated repwill be listed at the end of the part descriptio

Abbreviation

A3 297 x 59A4 210 x 29A5 148 x 21AD Auto DuAWG AmericaEMI Electro MGB Giga ByKB Kilo ByteMB Mega BMM MillimeteMOD MagnetoNOHAD Noise OPL Parts LisP/O Part ofR/E Reductio

Table 2 OpeAbbreviation

AO AmericaNASG - US North AmNASG - Canada

North AmCanada

XE Xerox E

Page 327: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-4Subsystem InformationParts-list

Subsystem InformationUse of the Term “Assembly”The term “assembly” will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized parts in the part number listing. When the word “assembly” is found in the part number listing, there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a listing of the contents of the assembly.

BracketsA bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts follow the bracket.

TagThe notation “W/Tag” in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data for the name and purpose of the modification.

In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only replacement part available is listed as “W/Tag”, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.

Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate number on the Tag matrix.

Page 328: WCP 123_128

SymbologyParts-list

Symbology A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag

ithout Tag Symbol

12/055-5CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.

Figure 1 With Tag Symbol

number within the circle (Figure 2).

Figure 2 W

Page 329: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

x and having a shaded bar shows that the entire ing changed by the tag number within the circle

wing Without Tag Symbol

12/055-6Symbology

Parts-list

A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.

Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol

A tag number within a circle with no apedrawing was the configuration before be(Figure 4).

Figure 4 Entire Dra

Page 330: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-293PL 1.1Parts-list

PL 1.1 Main DriveItem Part Description

1 005E 17900 Collar2 007E 79060 Gear (21/21T)3 007E 79070 Gear (18T)4 007E 79080 Gear (28T)5 423W 13155 Belt6 007K 88580 Main Drive Unit7 – Main Drive Assembly ( REP 1.1.1)8 020E 36600 Pulley9 005E 17860 Flange

Page 331: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly

12/055-294PL 2.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 003E 58700 Stopper2 014E 44710 Spacer3 050K 49840 Tray Assembly (PL 2.2)4 110K 11680 Tray 1 Paper Size Switch– 110K 11680 Tray 2 Paper Size Switch5 849E 03590 Bracket6 054K 24090 Feed Out Chute7 – Feeder 1 Assembly (PL 2.3)(REP

2.1.1 )8 – Feeder 2 Assembly (PL 2.3)(REP

2.1.1 )9 054E 25720 Feed Out Chute

10 892E 41110 Label Tray No1– 891E 49060 Label Tray No211 892E 13370 Label Size

Page 332: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.2 Tray 1/2

12/055-295PL 2.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 059K 26950 Tray Assembly (Item5-26)2 802E 54720 Tray Cover3 892E 98770 Label (Instruction)4 892E 98780 Label (Max)5 019K 98700 Bottom Pad6 038K 87110 Front Side Guide7 TBD Slide Lock8 019E 39130 Tray Pad9 038K 26550 Rear Side Guide

10 849E 06320 Bottom Plate11 – Tray12 120E 22040 Side Guide Actuator13 120E 22080 Guide Actuator14 809E 41880 Spring15 007E 78190 Pinion Gear16 038E 26530 End Guide17 809E 47090 Spring18 120E 22050 End Guide Actuator19 012E 11090 Link20 007E 78430 Coupling Gear (13T)21 007E 78450 Gear (13T/60T)22 007E 78440 Sector Gear (60T)23 015K 60580 Bracket24 006E 78480 Lift Up Shaft25 003E 59940 Stopper 26 035E 68040 Seal

Page 333: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly

12/055-296PL 2.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 059K 26950 Feeder Assembly(Item2-40)2 127K 38170 Tray 1/2 Feed/Lift Up Motor3 015K 60680 Bracket4 014E 44770 Spacer5 807E 00080 Gear (31T)6 809E 50530 Spring7 005K 83081 Oneway Clutch8 007K 85730 Oneway Gear9 007E 62280 Gear (13T)

10 013E 92890 Bearing 11 006K 23220 Shaft 12 – Front Chute13 120E 22480 Actuator14 930W 00103 Tray 1/2 Level Sensor15 930W 00103 Tray 1/2 No Paper Sensor16 962K 18910 Wire Harness 17 007E 79390 Gear (28T/21T)18 – Gear (29T)19 – Spring20 022K 67170 Feed Roll (REP 2.3.1)21 005K 05890 Oneway Clutch22 005K 06760 Oneway Gear (22T)23 006E 78500 Shaft24 054E 23170 Chute25 – Spring26 005K 07010 Friction Clutch27 – Support Assembly28 022K 67170 Retard Roll (REP 2.3.1)29 – Spacer30 – Gear (33T)31 – Support Assembly32 022K 67170 Nudger Roll (REP 2.3.1)33 807E 00070 Gear (25T)34 – Lower Frame35 413W 01160 Bearing36 – Gear (34T)37 – Lever38 013E 92890 Bearing 39 028E 94160 Washer40 – Upper Frame41 802E 54670 Cover

Page 334: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.4 Registration

12/055-297PL 2.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 054E 23910 Chute2 013E 26760 Bearing3 054E 23940 Regi. Chute4 059E 98590 Idler Roll5 059K 31020 Regi. Roll6 121K 32660 Regi. Clutch7 130K 64270 Regi. Sensor8 849E 26210 Earth Plate9 849E 16040 Bracket11 013E 26060 Bearing12 013E 26090 Bearing13 006E 78800 Shaft14 121K 31640 Takeaway Roll Clutch(Alternate)– 121K 32730 Takeaway Roll Clutch(Alternate)

15 007E 79320 Gear (19T)16 054K 23940 Chute Assembly17 059K 26820 Regi. Assembly(Item2-8)

Page 335: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover

12/055-298PL 2.5

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 015K 61010 Gear Assembly (Item2,3,22-25)2 – Bracket Assembly3 110E 93440 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch4 029E 31600 Rivet5 054E 23930 Lower Chute6 059K 26840 Takeaway Roll (REP 2.5.1)7 003E 59840 Handle8 849E 14880 Bracket9 013E 23960 Bearing

10 013E 23970 Bearing11 059E 98370 Pinch Roller12 130K 64260 Tray2 Feed Out Sensor13 809E 42470 Spring14 809E 49920 Spring15 962K 23460 Wire Harness16 130E 85850 Earth Plate17 802E 55700 L/H Lower Cover18 809E 42480 Spring19 007E 79270 Gear (18T)20 013E 24280 Bearing21 413W 11860 Bearing22 007E 79300 Gear(21T)23 007E 79280 Gear(23T)24 007E 79290 Gear(22T)25 007E 79310 Gear(31T)

Page 336: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly

12/055-299PL 2.6

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 012K 94340 Link Assembly 2 802K 56090 BTR Roll Assembly3 011E 13280 Lever (Rear)4 011E 13290 Lever (Front)5 013E 25090 Bearing6 059K 25190 BTR Roll (REP 2.6.1)7 802E 55490 Housing8 809E 39681 Spring9 809E 42441 Spring

10 054K 24050 L/H Upper Chute Assembly (PL 2.8)

11 802K 58260 L/H Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.7)

12 826E 08440 Stud13 849E 16430 Bracket14 802K 49240 Wire Assembly15 110E 94770 L/H Cover Inter lock Switch

Page 337: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly

12/055-300PL 2.7

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 013E 23990 Bearing2 849E 24850 Earth Plate3 032E 21310 Guide4 054E 22590 L/H Chute5 105E 11680 Eliminator6 809E 39690 Spring Contact DTS7 809E 39720 Spring Chute8 059K 32930 Pinch Roll9 809E 50860 Spring

10 809E 50870 Spring11 849E 17000 Plate

Page 338: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly

12/055-301PL 2.8

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 003E 59830 Handle2 024E 03250 CRU Shutter3 032E 21670 Handle Guide4 054E 23950 L/H Cover Chute5 054K 24060 Chute Assembly6 801K 05650 Frame Assembly7 802E 55610 L/H Cover8 809E 42460 Spring9 849E 13980 Support

Page 339: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 3.1 ROS

12/055-302PL 3.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 062K 13580 ROS Unit (REP 3.1.1)2 927W 00111 ROS Fan3 849E 14210 Bracket4 913W 01206 Connector

Page 340: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge

12/055-303PL 4.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 – XERO/DEVE Cartridge2 – Toner Cartridge

Page 341: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 4.2 Toner System

12/055-304PL 4.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 014E 44730 Stopper2 026E 77760 Screw3 032K 96910 Guide Assembly4 110K 11810 XERO Interlock Switch5 130K 61530 HUM and TEMP Sensor6 815E 05030 Plate7 962K 13060 Wire Harness8 003E 59930 Stopper9 006E 79650 Shaft

10 032K 96950 Toner Box11 094K 04500 Dispense Assembly12 807E 01360 Gear (13T)13 849E 23310 Support14 127K 38040 Dispense Motor (REP 4.2.1)15 160K 95830 Toner Crum PWB16 054E 23660 Duct17 127K 37880 Fuser Fan18 802K 63950 Housing Assembly19 802K 63960 Housing Assembly20 160K 95830 XERO Crum PWB21 032K 96940 Toner Box Assembly (Item8-13)

Page 342: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 5.1 Fuser Unit

12/055-305PL 5.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 006E 78620 Shaft2 054E 23650 Exit Chute3 120E 22120 Actuator4 130E 82740 Fuser Exit Sensor5 809E 42200 Spring6 849E 14690 Bracket7 126K 16480 Fuser Unit (110/127V)(REP 5.1.1)– 126K 16490 Fuser Unit (220/240V)(REP 5.1.1)

Page 343: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 6.1 Exit

12/055-306PL 6.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 – Exit 1 (PL 6.2)2 059K 31560 Exit 2+OCT 2 (Item3,4)(REP 6.1.1)3 – L/H Upper Chute Assembly (PL

6.3)4 – Tray Guide Assembly (PL 6.4)

Page 344: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 6.2 Exit 1

12/055-307PL 6.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 036K 91600 Paper Weight Assembly2 038E 26720 Exit1 Tray Guide3 059K 31590 Exit1 Assembly (Item4-24)4 007E 78910 Gear5 007E 78920 Gear (19T)6 007E 78930 Offset Gear7 013E 22021 Bearing8 013E 25550 Bearing9 013E 25840 Bearing

10 021E 98390 Cap11 050E 19800 Eixt1 Gate12 054E 23830 Lower Chute13 054E 23840 OCT Chute14 059E 99330 Pinch Roller15 059K 26760 Exit1 Roll16 127K 37950 Offset Motor117 809E 42370 Spring18 809E 42390 Spring19 849E 25110 Earth Plate20 849E 25120 Earth Plate21 849E 29860 Bracket22 930W 00103 OCT Home Sensor123 962K 15240 Wire Harness24 – Screw25 802E 55150 Exit1 Top Cover26 849E 13720 Bracket27 105E 12210 Eliminator

Page 345: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly

12/055-308PL 6.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 054E 24380 L/H Upper Chute2 003E 60160 Latch3 050E 20010 Exit 2 Gate4 809E 50480 Spring5 054E 24370 Upper FU Chute6 003E 60180 Stopper7 802E 56860 Gear Cover8 807E 00160 Gear (52T)9 007K 89020 Gear (19T)

10 849E 26330 Earth Plate11 802E 57020 FUP Exit Cover12 849E 26320 Earth Plate13 105E 12210 Eliminator14 059E 97541 Pinch Roll15 809E 54970 Spring16 013E 25840 Bearing17 013E 25550 Bearing18 807E 00200 Gear (19T)19 059K 31240 Roll Assy20 059K 31010 Invert Roll Assy21 015K 63710 Bracket22 015K 63700 Bracket23 012E 11780 Link24 809E 37170 Spring

Page 346: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly

12/055-309PL 6.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 038E 26810 Tray Guide2 105E 12210 Eliminator3 013E 25550 Bearing4 013E 22021 Bearing Roll5 054E 24330 OCT2 Chute6 036K 91600 Paper Weight Assembly7 059K 26760 Exit2 Roll8 013E 25840 Bearing9 807E 00180 Gear (19T)

10 059E 99330 Exit Pinch Roll11 809E 42390 Spring12 003E 60170 Latch13 809E 50210 Spring14 801K 05430 Front Plate15 849E 26610 Earth Plate16 849E 26480 Earth Plate17 120E 22450 Actuator18 110E 93440 Exit2 Interlock Switch19 807E 00210 Offset Gear20 801K 05440 Rear Plate21 809E 52100 Spring22 012E 11680 Link23 121K 32370 FU Solenoid24 807E 00170 Gear (20T)25 006E 79170 Shaft26 807E 00190 Gear (19T/44T)27 809E 50170 Spring28 012E 11390 Exit Gate Link29 121K 31810 Exit2 Gate Solenoid30 127K 37950 Offset Motor31 059E 98600 Pinch Roll32 059E 98780 Actuator33 054E 24320 Lower Chute34 809E 37332 Spring Actuator35 930W 00103 Exit2 Sensor36 962K 18880 Wire Harness37 127K 38260 Exit 2 Motor38 – Screw39 930W 00103 OCT Home Sensor

Page 347: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 7.1 MSI Assembly

12/055-310PL 7.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 893E 15810 Label2 893E 15820 Label (MAX)3 001E 64530 Upper Frame4 015K 63210 Bracket Assembly5 050K 49740 MSI Tray Assembly (PL 7.3)6 962K 13120 Wire Harness7 054E 24230 Chute8 006E 79010 Shaft9 014E 44790 Spacer

10 032E 21070 Guide11 059E 98540 Pinch Roll12 809E 49940 Spring13 120E 22230 Actuator14 – Lower Frame Assembly (PL 7.2)15 809E 38160 Spring16 930W 00103 MSI No Paper Sensor17 802E 55200 MSI Front Cover18 802E 55210 MSI Rear Cover

Page 348: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly

12/055-311PL 7.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 801K 05760 Lower Frame Assembly (Item2-28)2 001E 64540 Lower Frame3 003E 52420 Stopper Lever4 005E 18090 Collar5 006E 79020 Retard Shaft6 007E 62920 Pick Up Gear7 007E 79710 Gear (18T)8 011E 15150 Gear Lever9 013E 87320 Bearing (8)

10 019E 56550 Pad11 849E 15230 Bottom Plate12 019K 98720 MSI Retard Pad (REP 7.2.1)13 032E 21060 Paper Guide14 059K 27140 Drive Roll15 121E 92780 MSI Feed Solenoid16 006K 23240 Shaft17 008E 93831 Pick Up Cam (Rear)18 008E 94270 Pick Up Cam (Front)19 059E 94960 Core20 059K 27150 Feed Roll(REP 7.2.1)21 413W 14860 Bearing22 807E 02610 Cam Gear23 809E 26400 Spring24 809E 27650 Spring25 809E 49950 Spring26 809E 54530 Spring27 849E 15240 Earth Plate28 849E 15250 Earth Plate29 054E 24240 Lower Chute

Page 349: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly

12/055-312PL 7.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 007E 79700 Pinion Gear2 007E 79720 Front Rack3 007E 79730 Rear Pack4 012E 11760 Link5 032E 21120 Side Guide6 032E 21130 Side Guide7 050E 19970 Tray MSI8 050E 19980 Tray Exit9 130K 64310 MSI Paper Size Sensor

10 802E 56300 Cover Tray11 809E 49930 Spring12 962K 13920 Wire Harness

Page 350: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 8.1 Duplex Unit

12/055-313PL 8.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 059K 31570 Duplex Unit (Item2-23)2 007E 79190 Gear (28T)3 007E 79200 Gear (33/37T)4 007E 79220 Gear (33T)5 007E 79230 Gear (42T)6 011E 14580 Latch Lever (Rear)7 011E 14590 Latch Lever (Front)8 054E 23890 Lower Chute9 110E 93440 Duplex Open Switch

10 120E 21261 Actuator11 127K 39480 Duplex Motor12 160K 94220 Duplex PWB13 802E 55170 Cover14 809E 37170 Spring15 809E 37280 Spring16 849E 13740 Bracket17 849E 16290 Latch Plate18 930W 00103 Duplex Sensor19 – Inner Chute Assembly (PL 8.2)20 962K 13170 Wire Harness21 962K 13180 Wire Harness22 962K 19010 Wire Harness23 127E 83680 Fan

Page 351: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly

12/055-314PL 8.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 003E 59810 Stopper2 003E 59820 Lock3 013E 22671 Bearing4 029E 32580 Pin5 054E 23870 Outer Chute6 054E 23880 Inner Chute7 059E 97490 Duplex Roller8 059E 98420 Duplex Roller Assembly9 059E 99210 Pinch Roller

10 809E 37140 Spring

Page 352: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 9.1 Electrical

12/055-315PL 9.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 105E 11410 HVPS-Y12 110E 11230 Main Switch3 849E 06890 Bracket4 160K 94210 Exit PWB5 160K 94200 MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1)6 – PWB Support7 849E 06860 Bracket8 105E 11370 Power Unit-B1(110/127V)– 105E 11380 Power Unit-B1H (220/240V)9 104E 94080 Choke Coil (220/240V)

10 101K 45360 CHAS Assy AC XC (Item11-16)11 826E 08750 Screw12 849E 06880 Bracket13 908W 01201GFI Breaker14 962K 18690 Wire Harness15 962K 20010 Wire Harness16 113E 23720 Outlet17 026E 40430 Screw18 849E 25240 Stopper19 849E 25200 Bracket

Page 353: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 9.2 ESS

12/055-316PL 9.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 101E 16720 Panel2 – ESS Chassis Assembly3 849E 06900 Bracket4 849E 16320 Bracket5 026E 40430 Screw6 101E 16700 Panel7 101E 16710 Panel8 160K 91660 EVE PWB9 133K 23830 DDR DIMM (128MB)– 133K 23850 DDR DIMM (256MB)

10 802K 56030 ESS Cover Assembly11 960K 01120 HDD (20GB)12 160K 94250 FMO PWB (FAX)13 101K 46110 EPSV PWB (Option)14 101K 46070 Printer PWB15 537K 68270 PS DIMM (Option)16 962K 13050 Wire Harness

Page 354: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 9.3 FAX Unit

12/055-317PL 9.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 – FAX Box Assy2 101E 16770 Panel3 130K 64230 Speaker4 160K 95900 FCB PWB (XC)– 160K 97640 FCB XE PWB (EU)– 960K 00330 FCB PWB (ARZ)5 849E 13400 Bracket6 117K 35790 USB Cable(Alternate)– 117K 36790 USB Cable(Alternate)– 117K 36500 USB Cable(Alternate)7 117K 35800 Wire Harness8 177K 95161 Data Cable9 101K 45050 FAX Box Unit(Item1-5)

Page 355: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 9.4 Wire Harness

12/055-318PL 9.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 962K 13510 Wire Harness Switch 22 962K 13080 Wire Harness ROS3 962K 13090 Wire Harness Drive4 962K 13100 Wire Harness Feeder5 962K 13110 Wire Harness PH6 962K 13140 Wire Harness Size7 962K 13200 Wire Harness Crum8 962K 13210 Wire Harness Exit9 962K 13250 Wire Harness LVPS Power

10 962K 13300 Wire Harness Fuser AC11 962K 19220 Wire Harness Interlock12 962K 23600 Wire Harness MSI13 962K 13500 Wire Harness Switch 1

Page 356: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 10.1Cover-Front, Left

12/055-319PL 10.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 55220 Left Front Cover2 802E 55390 Front Left Cover3 802E 55400 Top Rear Cover4 802E 55430 Exit Cover5 802E 55440 Left Cover6 121E 85020 Magnet7 802E 55340 Front Cover8 802E 55350 Strip9 003E 61060 Stopper

10 050E 89400 ADD Tray11 054E 23670 Duct12 802E 55190 Top Cover13 802E 55420 Panel Cover14 809E 54540 Spring15 802E 55310 Inner Cover16 802E 55320 Cap17 849E 13810 Plate18 050E 89400 Add Tray19 802K 62050 Logo Label20 110E 94770 Front Cover Interlock Switch21 849E 13850 Bracket22 017E 96810 Foot23 893E 21680 E-Star Label24 892E 99040 CRU Label

Page 357: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right

12/055-320PL 10.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 55230 Right Upper Cover2 802E 55240 Right Lower Cover3 802E 55260 ESS Right Cover4 802E 55270 Rear Middle Cover5 802E 55410 Rear Upper Cover6 802E 55280 Rear Lower Cover7 802E 55290 Cover8 – Cover9 017E 96810 Foot

10 017E 96830 Foot11 802E 55380 ESS Cover12 893E 21530 Label (110/127V)– 893E 21520 Label (220/240V)

Page 358: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 11.1 Platen/Cover

12/055-321PL 11.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802K 55690 Platen Cover Assembly (Item2, 4,

5)– 802K 59360 Platen Cover Assembly (Pocket

Type Option)(Item2-5)2 802E 54830 Platen Cover– 802E 61240 Platen Cover (Pocket Type Option)3 802E 54850 Pocket Cover (Pocket Type Option)4 036K 91511 Hinge5 121E 90620 Magnet6 004E 13450 Platen Cushion (REP 11.1.1)7 802E 54560 Top Cover8 802E 54550 Right Cover9 802E 54540 Left Cover

10 – Frame Assembly (PL 11.3,PL 11.4,PL 11.5,PL 11.6)

11 – Control Panel Assembly (PL 11.2)(REP 11.2.1)

12 802E 54880 Hinge Cover

Page 359: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 11.2 Control Panel

12/055-322PL 11.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 55520 Panel (Center)2 802K 60060 Panel (Left)(with Item4)3 802E 55530 Panel (Right)4 – Contrast PWB5 802E 55500 Panel Housing6 – Adjust Pen7 – Control Panel PWB8 160K 91630 Inverter PWB9 110K 11610 Touch Panel

10 123K 94950 Display Assembly11 849E 13860 Bracket12 160K 95930 UI PWB13 849E 03920 UI Base Frame14 802E 55550 UI Top Cover15 – UI Lower Cover16 – Wire Harness17 – Wire Harness18 – Wire Harness19 – Support20 – Wire Harness21 802K 64710 Control Panel (Item5-20)

Page 360: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 11.3 Platen Glass

12/055-323PL 11.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 090K 02331 Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)2 815E 04811 Right Side Plate3 802E 53950 IPS Cover4 160K 99810 IIT/IPS PWB (REP 11.3.2)5 117E 21630 CCD Flat Cable6 – Wire Harness7 090K 93010 Left Side Plate8 849E 17910 Platen Glass Plate9 826E 06490 Lock Screw

10 826E 09230 Screw11 117E 21640 ESS Flat Cable12 849E 22650 Support Glass13 849E 15760 Support Glass

Page 361: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor

12/055-324PL 11.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 062K 14501 Lens Kit Assembly (REP 11.4.1)2 802E 54170 Lens Cover3 815E 05330 Bracket4 130K 64150 APS Sensor5 130K 64150 APS Sensor6 110K 11960 Platen Open Switch7 130E 85970 IIT Regi. Sensor8 849E 06010 Support9 120E 22030 Actuator

10 009E 55450 Spring11 130E 85970 Platen Angle Sensor12 – Foot

Page 362: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor

12/055-325PL 11.5

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 020E 36540 Capstan Pulley2 006K 23000 Capstan Shaft3 012K 94410 Front Carriage Cable (REP 11.5.1)4 012K 94420 Rear Carriage Cable (REP 11.5.1)5 020E 37030 Pulley6 809E 41740 Spring7 063E 97330 Tape8 063E 97340 Tape9 – Frame

10 013E 23640 Bearing11 023E 21210 Belt12 020E 36530 Timing Pulley13 127K 38190 Carriage Motor Assembly

(Item14.15)(REP 11.5.2)14 – Carriage Motor15 – Bracket

Page 363: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage

12/055-326PL 11.6

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 032E 21150 Harness Guide2 041K 94470 Full Rate Carriage Assembly

(Item3-11)(ADJ 11.6.11)3 – Full Rate Carriage4 117E 21570 Lamp Wire Harness (REP 11.6.2)5 032E 21160 Guide6 062E 10800 No.1 Mirror7 809E 41680 Clip8 118E 15630 Insulator9 122K 93480 Exposure Lamp (REP 11.6.1)

10 105E 12140 Lamp Ballast PWB11 019E 56310 Pad12 041K 94440 Half Rate Carriage Assembly

(Item13-18)(ADJ 11.6.1)13 062E 10780 No.2,No.3 Mirror14 809E 41680 Clip15 – Half Rate Carriage16 020E 36510 Pulley17 020E 37030 Pulley18 019E 56310 Pad19 032E 20300 Guide

Page 364: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2T

12/055-327PL 12.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 050K 49391 Tray 3/4 Assembly (PL 12.2)2 892E 98740 Label (No.3)– 892E 98750 Label (No.4)3 110K 11680 Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch 4 014E 44710 Tray Spacer5 003E 61510 Tray Stopper6 059K 31150 Tray 3 Feeder (REP 12.1.1)7 059K 31150 Tray 4 Feeder (REP 12.1.2)8 054E 22620 Feed Out Chute9 802E 54670 Sensor Cover

10 802E 62620 Cover

Page 365: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2T

12/055-328PL 12.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 050K 49401 Tray Assembly (Item5-25)2 802E 54720 Tray Cover3 892K 98770 Label (Instruction)4 892E 98780 Label (Max)5 849E 06320 Bottom Plate6 019K 98700 Bottom Pad7 038K 87110 Front Side Guide8 019E 56510 Tray Pad9 038E 26550 Rear Side Guide

10 120E 22040 Side Guide Actuator11 120E 22080 Guide Actuator12 809E 41880 Spring13 007E 78190 Pinion Gear 14 038E 26530 End Guide15 809E 47090 Spring16 120E 22050 End Guide Actuator17 012E 11090 Link18 007E 78430 Coupling Gear (13T)19 007E 78450 Gear (13T/60T)20 007E 78440 Sector Gear (60T)21 015K 60580 Bracket22 006E 78480 Lift Up Shaft23 003E 59940 Stopper 24 035E 68040 Seal25 – Tray

Page 366: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder-2T

12/055-329PL 12.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 – Upper Frame2 127K 38170 Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor3 015K 60680 Bracket4 014E 44770 Sacer5 807E 00390 Gear (33T)6 809E 50530 Spring7 005K 83081 Oneway Clutch8 007K 85730 Oneway Gear9 007E 79380 Gear (33T)

10 013E 26530 Bearing 11 006K 23221 Shaft12 054E 23460 Front Chute13 120E 22480 Actuator14 930W 00103 Tray 3/4 Level Sensor15 930W 00103 Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor16 962K 19691 Wire Harness 17 007E 79390 Gear (28T/21T)18 007E 78900 Gear (29T)19 809E 51080 Spring20 022K 67170 Feed Roll (REP 12.3.1)21 005K 05890 Oneway Clutch22 005K 06760 Oneway Gear (22T)23 006E 78500 Shaft24 054E 23171 Chute25 809E 42530 Spring26 005K 07010 Friction Clutch27 – Support Assembly28 022K 67170 Retard Roll (REP 12.3.1)29 014E 45030 Spacer30 807E 00800 Gear (13T)31 – Support Assembly32 022K 67170 Nudger Roll (REP 12.3.1) 33 807E 00070 Gear (25T)34 413W 01160 Bearing 35 807E 00410 Gear (34T)36 011E 14770 Lever37 013E 92890 Bearing 38 028E 94160 Washer39 – Lower Frame

Page 367: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 12.4 Left Cover-2T

12/055-330PL 12.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802K 53501 Left Cover Assembly (Item 2-13)2 003E 59630 Latch3 003E 59640 Hook4 011E 14480 Handle5 802E 54661 Left Cover6 054E 23420 Chute7 120E 22060 Actuator8 809E 54500 Spring9 849E 06330 Bracket

10 809E 41830 Spring11 013E 23660 Bearing12 013E 23650 Bearing13 059E 98190 Pinch Roll14 830E 45710 Support 15 110E 10620 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock

Switch16 030K 75510 Bracket Assembly17 030K 75490 Bracket

Page 368: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2T

12/055-331PL 12.5

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 054E 23430 Chute2 802E 54670 Cover3 130K 64120 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor4 962K 18170 Wire Harness5 054E 23450 Chute6 130K 64470 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor7 962K 18900 Wire Harness8 059K 26250 Takeaway Roll Assembly9 013E 23670 Bearing

Page 369: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 12.6 Electrical-2T

12/055-332PL 12.6

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 160K 97450 2TM PWB2 121K 31530 2TM Takeaway Roll Clutch3 849E 06620 Bracket4 006B 78490 Shaft5 413W 77259 Bearing6 007E 78260 Gear (38T)7 007K 89300 2TM Takeaway Motor8 007E 78220 Gear (22T/40T)9 007E 78250 Gear (126T)

10 007E 78240 Gear (60T)11 007E 78230 Gear (37T)12 007E 78420 Gear (32T)13 962K 18160 Wire Harness14 035E 68040 Gasket

Page 370: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 12.7 Cover-2T

12/055-333PL 12.7

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 54730 Top Cover2 802E 54740 Foot Cover3 802E 54750 Right Cover4 802E 54760 Left Cover5 802E 54771 Rear Cover6 017K 93120 Caster (Stopper)7 017K 93130 Caster

Page 371: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-TT

12/055-334PL 13.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 050K 49430 Tray 3 Assembly (PL 13.2)(REP

13.1.1)(with Item2)2 892E 98740 Label (3)3 – Tray 4 Assembly (PL 13.3)(REP

13.1.2)4 – Tray 4 Stopper (P/O Item 3)5 893E 03310 Label6 892E 98750 Label (4)7 849E 06280 Tray 3 Stopper8 110K 11820 Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch9 059E 98210 Roll

10 – Shaft11 – Bracket12 059E 98210 Roll13 – Shaft

Page 372: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-TT

12/055-335PL 13.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 54780 Tray 3 Cover2 802E 54790 Handle Tray3 020E 36820 Pulley4 006K 23011 Lift Shaft Assembly5 020E 36560 Pulley6 032E 20890 Cable Guide7 020E 36830 Pulley8 032E 21250 Cable Guide9 012E 11100 Tray Cable

10 012E 11120 F/R Cable11 012E 11110 F/L Cable12 015K 60650 Bottom Plate13 019K 98700 Pad14 038K 87170 Front Side Guide15 003E 59730 Knob16 003K 13170 Knob Assembly17 809E 50670 Spring18 038K 87180 Rear Side Guide19 849E 07230 Bracket20 007E 78370 Lack Gear21 007E 78190 Pinion22 003E 49861 Stopper23 030K 75540 Brake Bracket24 014E 44870 Rail Spacer25 014E 44630 Spacer26 120E 22070 Actuator27 019E 58260 Pad 28 801K 04420 Frame Assembly

Page 373: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-TT

12/055-336PL 13.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802K 53490 Tray 4 Cover2 050K 49420 Tray 4 Transport Assembly (PL

13.4)3 801K 04400 Frame Assembly4 006K 23011 Lift Shaft Assembly5 020E 36820 Pulley6 020E 36830 Pulley7 032E 21250 Cable Guide8 012E 11130 Rear Tray Cable(REP 13.3.1)9 012E 11140 Front Tray Cable(REP 13.3.1)

10 015K 60640 Bottom Plate11 019K 98700 Pad12 038K 87130 Front Side Guide13 003E 59730 Knob14 003K 13160 Knob Assembly15 809E 50670 Spring16 030K 75530 Brake Bracket17 007E 78390 Gear18 007E 78370 Rack Gear19 007E 78190 Pinion20 849B 07230 Bracket21 059E 98200 Rail Roll22 006E 78540 Shaft23 003E 49861 Stopper24 120E 22070 Actuator25 019E 58260 Pad26 801K 04410 Frame Assembly27 038K 87140 Rear Side Guide

Page 374: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-TT

12/055-337PL 13.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 014E 44870 Spacer2 032E 20360 Guide3 059K 26340 Tray 4 Transport Assembly (Item4-

14)4 054E 23510 Upper Chute5 059K 26350 Takeaway Roll Assembly6 013E 90840 Bearing7 802E 54710 Cover8 059E 98860 Pinch Roll9 013E 23660 Bearing

10 809E 51330 Spring11 013E 23650 Bearing12 014E 44870 Spacer13 001E 64060 Transport Rail14 054K 23730 Lower Chute15 059K 31150 Tray 4 Feeder (PL 13.6)(REP

13.4.1)16 849E 06540 Bracket17 802E 54690 Cover18 930W 00202 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor19 054E 23500 Upper Chute20 054E 23490 F/O Lower Chute21 849E 06550 Bracket22 030K 75570 Stand Bracket

Page 375: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-TT

12/055-338PL 13.5

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 059K 31150 Tray 3 Feeder (PL 13.6)(REP

13.5.1)2 802E 54680 Cover3 059K 26250 Takeaway Roll Assembly4 413W 77559 Bearing5 802E 54670 Cover6 054E 23530 Chute7 962K 01870 Wire Harness8 130K 64120 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor9 054E 23480 Upper Chute

10 054E 22620 Lower Chute

Page 376: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-TT

12/055-339PL 13.6

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 – Upper Frame2 127K 38170 Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor3 015K 60680 Bracket4 014E 44770 Spacer5 807E 00390 Gear (31T)6 809E 50530 Spring7 005K 83081 Oneway Clutch8 007K 85730 Oneway Gear9 007E 79380 Gear (33T)

10 013E 26530 Bearing11 006K 23220 Shaft12 054E 23460 Front Chute13 120E 22480 Actuator14 930W 00103 Tray 3/4 Level Sensor15 930W 00103 Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor16 962K 19690 Wire Harness17 007E 79390 Gear (28T/21T)18 007E 78900 Gear (29T)19 809E 51080 Spring20 022K 67170 Feed Roll(REP 12.3.1)21 005K 05890 Oneway Clutch22 005K 06760 Oneway Gear (22T)23 006E 78501 Shaft24 054E 23170 Chute25 809E 42530 Spring26 005K 07010 Friction Clutch27 – Support Assembly28 022K 67170 Retard Roll (REP 12.3.1)29 014E 45030 Spacer30 807E 00800 Gear (13T)31 – Support Assembly32 022K 67170 Nudger Roll (REP 12.3.1)33 807E 00070 Gear (25T)34 413W 01160 Bearing35 807E 00410 Gear (34T)36 011E 14770 Lever37 013E 92890 Bearing38 028E 94160 Washer39 – Lower Frame

Page 377: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-TT

12/055-340PL 13.7

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802K 53480 Left Cover Assembly (Item2-13)2 003E 59630 Latch3 003E 59640 Hook4 011E 14480 Handle5 802E 54660 Left Cover6 054E 23420 Chute7 120E 22060 Actuator8 809E 64500 Spring9 849E 06330 Bracket

10 809E 41830 Spring11 013E 23660 Bearing12 013E 23650 Bearing13 059E 98190 Pinch Roll14 830E 45710 Support15 110E 10620 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock

Switch16 030K 75510 Bracket17 030K 75490 Bracket

Page 378: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.8 Electrical-TT

12/055-341PL 13.8

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 030K 75450 Gear Assembly (Tray 3)2 030K 75430 Gear Assembly (Tray 4)3 007K 89300 TTM Takeaway Motor4 007E 78220 Gear (22/40)5 160K 97450 TTM PWB6 849E 06220 Bracket7 121K 31530 TTM Takeaway Roll Clutch8 849K 06620 Bracket9 413W 77359 Bearing

10 007E 78260 Gear (38T)11 006E 78490 Shaft12 007E 78230 Gear (37T)13 007E 78420 Gear (32T)14 007E 78400 Gear (60T)15 007E 78240 Gear (60T)16 068K 23340 Bracket Assembly

Page 379: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 13.9 Cover-TT

12/055-342PL 13.9

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 54750 Right Cover2 802E 54740 Top Cover3 802E 54731 Foot Cover4 802E 54771 Rear Cover5 802E 54760 Left Lower Cover6 017K 93130 Caster (S)7 017K 93120 Caster

Page 380: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 14.1 Mobile Stand

12/055-343PL 14.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 048FE01760 Front Cover2 121E 85020 Magnet3 048FE01770 Left Cover4 048FE07180 Rear Cover5 048FE01790 Right Cover6 830FE04570 Bracket7 017FE00500 Caster(s)8 017FE00510 Caster9 003FK00380 Upper Hinge

10 003FK00390 Lower Hinge11 – Cover12 – Foot

Page 381: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.1 DADF Accessory

12/055-344PL 15.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 003K 91881 Knob Screw2 004K 02141 DADF Platen Cushion (REP 15.1.2)3 059K 33730 DADF (with Item4)(PL 15.2)(REP

15.1.1)

Page 382: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.2 DADF Component, Cover

12/055-345PL 15.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 – DADF Base Cover (PL 15.3) 2 – DADF Feeder Assembly (PL

15.4)(REP 15.2.2)3 050K 49710 DADF Document Tray (PL

15.10)(REP 15.2.1)4 003E 60390 Tray Holder5 021E 98500 LED Cap6 802E 57291 DADF Front Cover7 802E 57440 DADF Rear Cover8 802K 65220 Stanp Solenoid Connector Holder9 802K 65310 DADF Front Cover(Item 5,6)

10 063E 97461 Velcro Fastening11 063E 97471 Velcro Fastening

Page 383: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover

12/055-346PL 15.3

Parts-list

ComponentItem Part Description

1 001E 64881 DADF Base Cover2 019K 99090 Gate Pad3 035K 82690 Seal (Chute:Front)4 035K 82700 Seal (Chute:Rear)5 035K 82730 Seal (Out Roll)6 035K 82740 Seal (Out Roll)7 035K 82750 Cushion (Solenoid)8 035K 82710 Seal (Regi:Front)9 035K 82720 Seal (Regi:Rear)

10 121E 90620 Magnet (Interlock)(Install with the white paint on N side facing outward)

11 826E 09580 Tapping Screw12 006E 79331 Shaft 13 019E 56700 Holder14 059E 98690 Pinch Roll (Exit)15 013E 24860 Bearing16 809E 50720 Spring17 006E 79340 Shaft18 059E 98700 Pinch Roll (Regi:Plastics)19 059E 98710 Pinch Roll (Regi:Plastics)20 809E 50730 Spring(Length:20mm)(Marking for

identification)21 059K 32400 Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber)22 059K 32410 Pinch Roll (Out Roll:Rubber)23 809E 50740 Spring(Length:17mm)24 019K 99080 Pad (Sensor)25 802E 57340 Cover26 028E 94260 KL-Clip27 011E 14750 Lever (Solenoid)28 021E 98510 Cap29 036K 91550 Left Counter Balance (Panel

Pressure Strong)(REP 15.3.2)30 036K 91560 Right Counter Balance (Panel

Pressure Weak)(REP 15.3.3)31 117E 21620 IIT-DADF Cable32 920W 00016 Clamp33 160K 97871 DADF PWB (REP 15.3.1)34 849E 17250 PWB Bracket35 962K 19760 Wire Harness (Stamp)36 962K 19780 Earth Wire37 962K 19790 Wire Harness (Feeder Front)38 718W 01004 Bush39 – Stamp Solenoid (Option)

Page 384: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component

12/055-347PL 15.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 003E 60410 Stud2 030K 75910 Stud Bracket3 032E 21280 Harness Guide4 059K 31250 Top Cover (PL 15.5)5 – DADF Feeder (PL 15.7,PL 15.8)6 054E 24481 Retard Roll Chute7 802E 57370 Retard Roll Holder8 059K 31361 Retard Roll (REP 15.4.1)9 019K 98770 Torque Limiter

10 006E 79350 Shaft11 809E 50780 Spring12 019K 99061 Pad13 019K 99070 Pad (Actuator)14 035K 82760 Seal (Rear)15 005E 80250 C-Clip16 032E 21290 Guide17 893E 03360 Label18 962K 19730 Wire Harness (Sensor)19 962K 19740 Wire Harness (Regi.Motor)20 962K 19750 Wire Harness (Feed Motor)21 035K 82910 Seal (Front)22 035K 82940 Seal (Retard)

Page 385: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.5 Top Cover Component

Comm

12/055-348PL 15.5

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 57311 Top Cover2 011E 14740 Handle Lever3 120E 22360 Actuator (Feed Out)4 849E 17180 Bracket5 849E 17190 Bracket6 059K 31290 Takeaway Pinch Roll (PL 15.6)7 127K 38410 DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6)8 130E 81970 DADF Nudger Sensor9 962K 19702 Wire Harness

10 032E 01260 Harness Guide11 032E 21270 Set Guide12 059K 31263 Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly (PL

15.6)13 032E 22140 Harness Guide14 893E 17320 Label (Size)15 893E 03330 Label (Jam Clear)16 005E 18150 KL-Clip17 809E 51050 Plate Spring18 809E 50720 Spring19 120E 22350 Actuator (Set)20 054E 24450 Chute

Page 386: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger

12/055-349PL 15.6

Parts-list

Motor, Nudger/Feed RollItem Part Description

1 849E 17210 Bracket2 006E 79320 Shaft (Takeaway Pinch Roll)3 059E 98660 Roll4 059E 98670 Roll5 849E 17220 Aligner Bracket6 809E 50700 Spring7 030K 75830 Gear Bracket8 807E 00590 Gear (18T/19T)9 807E 00580 Gear (36T/19T)

10 807E 00570 Gear (36T/16T)11 127K 38420 DADF Nudger Motor12 849E 23400 Bracket13 849E 23410 Motor Bracket14 802E 57301 Housing15 807E 00520 Sector Gear16 807E 00540 Gear (Idler:36T)17 006E 79310 Shaft18 807E 00530 Gear (Nudger:34T)19 059K 31281 Nudger Roll (REP 15.6.1)20 006E 79301 Shaft (Nudger)21 003E 60380 Set Gate22 006K 23321 Shaft (Feed)23 807E 00550 Gear (Feed:26T)24 059K 31270 Feed Roll (REP 15.6.1)25 005E 80860 C-Clip26 809E 55060 Spring27 809E 50690 Spring28 013E 92890 Bearing29 007K 88751 Gear

Page 387: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute

12/055-350PL 15.7

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 054E 24460 Lower Chute2 054K 24530 Chute (Scan Position)3 809E 50770 Spring4 035K 82831 Seal5 035K 82841 Seal6 035K 82851 Seal7 – Frame (Front)8 110K 11981 DADF Interlock Switch9 801K 05612 Frame (Rear)

10 032E 21300 Sensor Guide11 849E 17281 Sensor Bracket12 130E 81970 DADF APS 1 Sensor13 130E 81970 DADF APS 2 Sensor14 130E 81970 DADF APS 3 Sensor15 130E 81970 DADF Pre Regi.Sensor16 130E 81970 DADF Invert Sensor17 130E 82650 Regi.Sensor18 054E 24491 Feeder Housing19 120E 22381 Actuator (Pre Regi.)20 120E 22391 Actuator (APS 1)21 120E 22401 Actuator (APS 2)22 120E 22411 Actuator (APS 3)23 120E 22420 Actuator (Invert)24 809E 50791 Spring25 849E 23240 Bracket (Front)26 849E 23250 Bracket (Rear)27 105E 20791 Eliminator28 105E 20801 Eliminator29 035K 82770 Seal30 035K 82780 Seal31 038E 26880 Invert Guide32 962K 19720 Wire Harness33 121K 31910 Exit Nip Release Solenoid34 160K 97600 DADF Document Set LED

Page 388: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll

12/055-351PL 15.8

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 059K 31320 Regi.Roll (REP 15.8.1)2 059K 31341 Out Roll3 059K 31350 Exit Roll4 059K 31330 Takeaway Roll5 013E 24670 Ball Bearing6 013E 24880 Bearing (L:10mm)7 013E 24870 Bearing (L:6mm)8 020E 36880 Pulley (Regi.)9 020E 36870 Pulley (Out)

10 020E 36890 Pulley (Exit)11 807E 00640 Gear (Takeaway)12 020E 37400 Pulley (Out)13 423W 08654 Belt (Alternate)– 423W 08655 Belt (Alternate)

14 020E 37390 Handle Pulley15 – Motor Unit (PL 15.9)16 030K 75730 Tension Bracket17 059E 98730 Tension Roll18 809E 50761 Spring19 020E 36901 Pulley20 023E 21350 Belt21 130E 81970 DADF Document Set Sensor22 028E 94110 KL-Clip23 028E 94260 KL-Clip24 423W 09354 Belt (Alternate)– 423W 09355 Belt (Alternate)

25 004E 13830 Disk26 023E 21340 Belt

Page 389: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.9 Motor Unit

12/055-352PL 15.9

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 030K 76232 Motor Bracket2 020E 36910 Gear Pulley (20/50)3 020E 36851 Gear Pulley (14/32/37)4 127K 38440 DADF Feed Motor5 130E 81970 DADF Feed Out Sensor6 809E 50750 Spring7 423W 08055 Takeaway Belt

(Width:4mm)(Alternate)– 423W 08054 Takeaway Belt

(Width:4mm)(Alternate)8 423W 29955 Feed Belt (Width:6mm)(Alternate)– 423W 29954 Feed Belt (Width:6mm)(Alternate)9 127K 38460 DADF Regi.Motor

10 809E 55710 Spring

Page 390: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray

12/055-353PL 15.10

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 050E 20050 Hinge Tray2 038E 26841 Side Guide (Rear)3 038E 26850 Side Guide (Front)4 807E 00600 Rack Gear5 807E 01500 Pinion Gear6 120E 22370 Rack Gear And Actuator7 809E 51860 Rack Spring8 802E 57320 Tray Upper Cover9 849E 17230 Sensor Bracket

10 809E 50710 Tray Spring11 059E 98680 Roll12 130E 81970 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 113 130E 81970 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 214 130E 81970 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 315 130E 84140 DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor16 130E 84140 DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor17 105E 06910 Eliminator18 849E 17240 Earth Bracket19 893E 03340 Label (Inst.)20 893E 03351 Label (Max) 21 962K 19710 Tray Wire Harness22 802E 57330 Tray Lower Cover23 032E 22150 Harness Guide

Page 391: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.1 Finisher Unit

12/055-354PL 16.1

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 64410 Cover2 022K 67720 H-Transport Assembly (PL 16.2,PL

16.3)(REP 16.1.1)3 801K 15530 Staple Finisher (PL 16.4, PL 16.5,

PL 16.6, PL 16.7, PL 16.8, PL 16.9, PL 16.10, PL 16.11, PL 16.12, PL 16.13)

4 003K 91881 Screw5 – Rack Assembly (PL 16.14)6 802E 30230 Right Cover7 050E 19620 Stacker Tray8 026E 93560 Screw9 849E 31410 Bracket

Page 392: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.2 H-Transport Assembly (1/2)

12/055-355PL 16.2

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 64420 Top Door2 003K 13490 Hinge Assembly (Left)3 003K 13480 Hinge Assembly (Right)4 849E 31420 Bracket5 809E 55340 Spring6 022E 27660 Pinch Roll7 809E 55330 Spring8 054E 26210 Upper Chute9 – Label

10 054K 26680 Upper Chute Assembly (Item6-8)

Page 393: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.3 H-Transport Assembly (2/2)

12/055-356PL 16.3

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 64440 Rear Cover2 023E 21480 Belt3 020E 37420 Pulley4 413W 75959 Bearing5 849E 31430 Bracket6 802E 69250 Cover7 127K 39900 H-Transport Motor8 802E 64430 Top Cover9 038E 31190 Paper Guide

10 013E 26590 Bearing11 013E 26560 Bearing12 023E 20020 Belt13 022E 27660 Roll14 022K 67730 Shaft Assembly (Right)15 022K 67740 Shaft Assembly (Left)16 849E 31440 Bracket17 802E 69260 Cover18 121E 92720 Magnet19 130E 82540 T-Transport Interlock Sensor20 849E 31450 Bracket21 130K 63280 H-Transport Exit Sensor22 849E 31460 Bracket23 130K 61250 H-Transport Entrance Sensor24 849E 31470 Bracket25 054E 25850 Lower Chute26 962K 24360 Wire Harness

Page 394: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.4 Cover

12/055-357PL 16.4

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 802E 28560 Front Cover2 802E 64390 Rear Cover3 802E 64400 Top Cover4 802K 65090 Left Cover5 802E 28550 Front Door6 802E 64450 Left Panel7 – Hinge8 121E 88470 Magnet9 – Label

10 – Label

Page 395: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.5 Top Open Cover and Eject

12/055-358PL 16.5

Parts-list

RollItem Part Description

1 802K 28570 Top Open Cover Assembly2 – Arm Assembly3 – Bearing4 – Bracket5 – Spring6 830E 81670 Support7 – Bracket8 – Shaft9 022K 61480 Eject Pinch Roll

10 054E 19340 Eject Chute (Item20)11 130K 61920 Stack Height Sensor Assembly

(Item12-14)(REP 16.5.1)12 – Actuator13 – Bracket14 130E 82530 Stack Height Sensor15 – Shaft16 – Link17 120E 23990 Actuator18 121K 34190 Set Clamp Clutor19 – Bearing20 – Collar21 – Eject Roll22 007K 86910 Gear(20T)23 013E 20240 Bearing24 – Eject Shaft25 006K 23710 Eject Roll Assembly

(Item21,24)(REP 16.5.2)26 – Link27 – Eliminator

Page 396: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.6 Paper Transport (1/2)

12/055-359PL 16.6

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 031E 94030 Arm2 022K 67450 Decurler Roll Assembly (REP

16.6.1)3 007E 67740 Gear (40/20T)4 – Spring5 007E 72090 Gear (18/21T)6 006E 78240 Shaft7 013E 26580 Bearing8 007E 67730 Gear (23/52T)9 023E 20160 Belt

10 423W 29655 Belt11 127K 32840 Finisher Drive Motor (REP 16.6.2)12 – Bracket13 – Collar

Page 397: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.7 Paper Transport (2/2)

12/055-360PL 16.7

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 015K 65440 Cam Bracket Assembly (Item2-12)2 020E 34970 Pulley3 007E 67780 Gear (15T)4 423W 28054 Belt(REP 16.7.1)5 007E 67810 Gear (30T)6 – Collar7 007E 76940 Gear Pulley8 127K 39930 Eject Motor9 007E 67800 Cam Gear

10 130E 82540 Set Clamp Home Sensor11 – Stopper12 – Bracket13 – Wire Harness14 007E 67770 Gear (42/27T)15 – Plate16 130E 82540 Eject Clamp Home Sensor17 – Bracket18 – Bracket19 003E 61420 Spring

Page 398: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.8 Staple Unit

12/055-361PL 16.8

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 041K 94260 Carriage Assembly (Item2-6)2 – Bracket Assembly3 127K 32860 Staple Move Motor4 – Gear5 130E 82530 Staple Move Sensor6 – Roll7 130E 82530 Staple Front Corner Sensor8 – Plate9 001E 59600 Rail (REP 16.8.1)

10 029K 91990 Staple Assembly (Item11,12)(REP 16.8.2)

11 – Staple12 050K 48750 Cartridge13 – Bracket14 962K 27310 Wire Harness

Page 399: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.9 Compiler Tray Assembly

12/055-362PL 16.9

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 050K 50830 Compiler Tray Assembly (Item2-

15)(REP 16.9.1)2 127K 39920 Front/Rear Tamper Motor3 – Plate4 130E 82530 Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensor5 – Rack6 – Actuator7 – Tamper Assembly8 – Finger9 – Spring

10 130E 82540 Compiler Paper Sensor11 – Actuator12 038E 24410 Paper Guide13 809E 33600 Spring14 962K 27320 Wire Harness15 – End Guide16 – Finger

Page 400: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.10 Elevator

12/055-363PL 16.10

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 127K 39910 Stacker Motor Assembly (REP

16.10.1)2 015K 50680 Elevator Bracket (Front)(REP

16.10.2)3 019E 50340 Clamp4 – Bearing5 007E 67830 Gear (Rear)6 – Actuator7 007E 67840 Gear (Front)8 – Stacker Tray Bracket Assembly9 007E 67820 Rack

10 038E 24640 Tray Guide11 015K 51640 Stack Paper Sensor Assembly

(Item12-16)12 130E 82530 Stack Paper Sensor13 – Actuator14 – Bracket15 – Spring16 – Cover17 – Bracket18 130E 82530 Stacker Upper Limit/Stack A/Stack

B Sensor19 – Bracket20 – Pin21 – Bearing22 – Shaft23 029E 31780 Rivet24 – Bracket

Page 401: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.11 Exit

12/055-364PL 16.11

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 007E 72080 Gear (46Z)2 – Bearing3 006K 23720 Exit Shaft4 – Collar5 007E 72070 Gear (32Z/18T)6 013E 26750 Bearing7 006K 23730 Paddle Gear Shaft (REP 16.11.1)8 013E 20250 Paddle Bearing9 – Lower Exit Chute

10 105E 12850 Eliminator11 022K 65140 Pinch Roll (Exit 1)12 022K 67460 Pinch Roll (Exit R)13 – Upper Exit Chute14 130K 94740 Compiler Entrance Sensor15 – Bracket

Page 402: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.12 Electrical

12/055-365PL 16.12

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 960K 01650 Finisher PWB (REP 16.12.1)2 537K 68530 ROM3 – PWB Bracket4 – Bracket5 110E 97990 Top Cover/Front Door Interlock

Switch6 – Bracket7 962K 27330 I/F Harness

Page 403: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.13 LVPS

12/055-366PL 16.13

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 – LVPS Frame2 105K 21000 LVPS3 – Cover4 962K 27340 Power Cord

Page 404: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PL 16.14 Rack

12/055-367PL 16.14

Parts-list

Item Part Description1 015K 65450 Rear Rack2 015K 65470 Front Rack3 849E 29870 Bottom Plate4 017K 93190 Foot5 802K 65070 Front Rack Assembly (Item2, 4)6 802K 65080 Rear Rack Assembly (Item1, 4)

Page 405: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Common Hardware BB 112W 27659 Screw (M3x6)BC 113W 16088 Screw (M2x10)

12/055-368Common Hardware

Parts-list

AY 354W 29278 E-Clip (8)AZ 251W 21278 Washer (3)(t 0.5)BA 113W 27651 Screw (M3x6)

Item Part DescriptionA 112W 27677 Screw (Red)(M3x6)B 112W 27678 Screw (M3x6)C 112W 27851 Screw (M3x8)D 112W 27898 Screw (M3x8)E 113W 15488 Screw (M2x4)F 113W 20678 Screw (M3x6)G 113W 20857 Screw (M3x8) H 113W 21278 Screw (M3x12) J 113W 21778 Screw (M3x18)K 113W 27688 Screw (M3x6)L 113W 36278 Screw (M4x12)M 114W 27678 Screw (M3x6)N 141W 35651 Setscrew (M4x6)P 153W 17688 Tapping Screw (M3x6)Q 153W 17888 Tapping Screw (M3x8)R 153W 18088 Tapping Screw (M3x10)S 153W 27678 Tapping Screw (M3x6)T 153W 27878 Tapping Screw (M3x8)U 158W 27655 Screw (M3x6)V 158W 27663 Screw (M3x6)W 158W 27677 Screw (Red)(M3x6)X 158W 27678 Screw (M3x6)Y 158W 27855 Screw (M3x8)Z 158W 27863 Screw (M3x8)

AA 158W 27878 Screw (M3x8)AB 158W 28078 Screw (M3x10)AC 158W 28255 Screw (M3x12)AD 158W 28278 Screw (M3x12)AE 158W 35678 Screw (M4x6)AF 220W 21278 Nut (M3)AG 271W 21250 Dowel Pin (2.5x12)AH 285W 16251 Spring Pin (2x12)AJ 285W 28051 Spring Pin (3x10)AK 354W 15251 E-Clip (2)AL 354W 15278 E-Clip (2)AM 354W 21251 E-Clip (3)AN 354W 21278 E-Clip (3)AP 354W 24251 E-Clip (4)AQ 354W 24254 KL-Clip (4)AR 354W 24278 E-Clip (4)AS 354W 26278 E-Clip (5)AT 354W 27251 E-Clip (6)AU 354W 27254 KL-Clip (6)AV 354W 27278 E-Clip (6)AW 354W 28278 E-Clip (7)AX 354W 29251 E-Clip (8)

BD 113W 20688 Screw (M2.5x6)BE 113W 27551 Screw (M3x5)BF 141W 27451 Setscrew (M3x4)BG 153W 15888 Tapping Screw (M4x12)BH 153W 16288 Tapping Screw (M4x12)BJ 158W 35878 Screw (M4x8)BK 271W 16050 Dowel Pin (2x10)BL 285W 16051 Spring Pin (2x10)BM 153W 17655 Tapping Screw (M3x6)BN 153W 17855 Tapping Screw (M3x8)BP 252W 29450 Nylon Washer (8)(t 1)BQ 158W 36255 Screw (M4x12)BR 354W 26251 E-Clip (5)BS 153W 27855 Tapping Screw (M3x8)BT 113W 20457 Screw (M3x4)BU 113W 27451 Screw (M3x4)BV 113W 20657 Screw (M3x6)BW 112W 35651 Screw (M4x6)BX 112W 27859 Screw (M3x8)BY 158W 28678 Screw (M3x16)BZ 285W 21851 Spring Pin (2.5x20)CA 252W 26450 Nylon Washer (5)(t 1)CB 251W 19278 Washer (2.5)(t 0.5)

Page 406: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Part Number Index

12/055-369Common Hardware, Part Number Index

Parts-list

Table 1 Part Number IndexPart Number Part ListTBD TBD

Page 407: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-370Common Hardware, Part Number IndexParts-list

Page 408: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-371Common Hardware, Part Number IndexParts-list

Page 409: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-372Common Hardware, Part Number IndexParts-list

Page 410: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-373Common Hardware, Part Number IndexParts-list

Page 411: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-374Common Hardware, Part Number IndexParts-list

Page 412: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-375Common Hardware, Part Number IndexParts-list

Page 413: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

5-376Common Hardware, Part Number IndexParts-list

Page 414: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

edures & Information................................................................ 132................................................................ 133................................................................ 133................................................................ 134................................................................ 134................................................................ 135................................................................ 135

................................................................ 137

................................................................ 138

................................................................ 139

................................................................ 140

................................................................ 141

................................................................ 143

................................................................ 143

................................................................ 144

................................................................ 145

................................................................ 146

................................................................ 149

................................................................ 149

................................................................ 150

................................................................ 150

................................................................ 150

................................................................ 153

................................................................ 153

12/056-1CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

6 General Proc Diagnostics (dC100-dC129)Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS ...................................................................... 3UI Diagnostic Mode......................................................................................................... 4DC Quick (CODE Number LIST)..................................................................................... 5dC100 Service Entry ....................................................................................................... 6dC118 Jam Counter ........................................................................................................ 7dC120 Fault Counter ....................................................................................................... 7dC122 Shutdown History................................................................................................. 8dC129 System Registration Setup .................................................................................. 8

Diagnostics (dC131)dC131 NVM Read/Write.................................................................................................. 9CRU NVM List ................................................................................................................. 10Drive NVM List ................................................................................................................ 12ESS IF NVM List ............................................................................................................. 12Exit NVM List................................................................................................................... 13Finisher NVM List ............................................................................................................ 14Billing NVM List ............................................................................................................... 15Fuser NVM List................................................................................................................ 16General NVM List ............................................................................................................ 19HFSI NVM List................................................................................................................. 20MC Code NVM List.......................................................................................................... 23NOHAD NVM List............................................................................................................ 23Paper Handling NVM List ................................................................................................ 24Procon NVM List ............................................................................................................. 30Recycle NVM List ............................................................................................................ 48ROS NVM List ................................................................................................................. 49TRAY NVM List ............................................................................................................... 50XERO NVM List............................................................................................................... 53710-xxx DADF NVM List ................................................................................................. 64715-xxx IISS NVM List .................................................................................................... 69716-xxx EXT NVM List .................................................................................................... 86719-xxx IISS Config. NVM List ........................................................................................ 96

Diagnostics (dC132-dC956)dC132 Serial Number/Billing Meter Synchronization ...................................................... 97dC135 HFSI Counters ..................................................................................................... 97dC140 Analog Monitor..................................................................................................... 98dC188 Exiting from Service Mode................................................................................... 99dC301 NVM Initialization................................................................................................. 99dC305 UI Component Check .......................................................................................... 100dC330 Component Control.............................................................................................. 100dC351 NVM Background Processing.............................................................................. 127dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostic Program ............................................................................ 128dC371 Configuration Page.............................................................................................. 128dC527 DADF Document Calibration ............................................................................... 129dC612 Test Pattern Print................................................................................................. 129dC685 Registration.......................................................................................................... 132

dC921 TC/ATC Sensor Setup .........................dC922 TRC Control.........................................dC924 TRC Adjust ..........................................dC929 Max Setup............................................dC934 ADC/AGC Setup ..................................dC945 IIT Calibration ......................................dC956 Belt Edge Learn Mode .........................

General ProceduresGP 1 Network Printing Simulation ...................GP 2 Machine Startup Troubleshooting ..........GP 3 Special Boot Modes ...............................GP 4 Intermittent Problem RAP ......................GP 5 Fax Diagnostics......................................GP 6 Resetting the Administrator Password ...GP 10 Replacing Billing PWBs........................GP 12 Printing Reports ...................................

General InformationSpace Requirements.......................................Product Specs. ................................................Common Tools ................................................Product Tools and Test Patterns.....................Cleaning Materials...........................................Machine Consumables....................................Glossary of Terms ...........................................

Change Tag InformationChange Tag Introduction.................................IOT/Processor (P) Tags ..................................

Page 415: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-2General procedures information

Page 416: WCP 123_128

iagnostic Mode using the PWSGeneral procedures information

Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS NOTE: The PWS cannot connect to the machine if it is in Power Save mode. Ensure that the machine indicates Ready to Copy before launching the PWS Tools.

displayed.Diagnostics Tool screen. The PWS Diagnostic

. to the PWS, the machine UI will display the mes-

it is displayed on the Service Entry Screen. When data, Complete will be displayed in the upper left

yed.

PWS and the machine, click Reconnect from the

t buttons:

from the machine, select Exit PWS to close the

a displayed at Service EntryDescription

de Displays a code allocated to each machine type.

ber Displays the 6 (XC) or 10 (XE) digit number allocated to each machine.

s Displays the total number of copies/prints

ce Last Call Displays the total number of copies/prints since the last CSE visit (complete closeout).

ersion Displays current IOT S/W ver-sion.

tion, Occurrences Displays the Jams that have occurred since the last com-plete closeout.

tion, Threshold, Displays the component(s) (HFSI) that have exceeded the life threshold.

tion, Primary Displays current (active) faults in the machine.

12/056-3CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Entering D

2nd Draft

ProcedureThe following procedure describes how to enter Diagnostics using the PWS.

1. Inform the customer that the machine will be undergoing service and will not be available. (Copy jobs and local print jobs will be stopped)

2. Disconnect the machine from the customer network.3. Connect the Portable Work Station (PWS) to the machine (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Connecting the PWS

4. Switch on the PWS.5. Make sure the machine is not copying or printing. The machine UI should display Ready

to Copy when there are no pending jobs.6. At the PWS, enter the GSNLock Password and select OK.7. From the Start menu in the lower left corner, select Programs/Xerox Applications. Select

the appropriate PWS for the machine.

8. The Diagnostics Tool screen will be a. Select Use Local DB from the

Service Entry Window appearsb. While the machine is connected

sage Connecting to the PWS.9. When the tool obtains machine data,

the system has obtained the machinecorner of the Service Entry Screen. The data listed in Table 1 will be displa

10. If communication is lost between the main file menu.

11. To exit Diagnostics:a. Select the Service Exit tab.b. Click on the appropriate close-ou

• Complete Closeout• Temporary Closeout

c. After the PWS has disconnectedtool.

Table 1 Machine DatHeading Contents

Machine Data Product Co

Serial Num

Total Copie

Copies Sin

Software V

Non-Zero Jams ID, Descrip

HFSI Requiring Replacement ID, DescripCount.

Faults in Progress (Current Faults)

ID, Descrip

Page 417: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

press the Start button. The selected log will be

AUTIONy left in UI Diagnostics. stics.

rvice screens that were opened.en is displayed, press Exit.Mode screen is displayed, press the Start button

he screen, pressing the button will exit UI Diagnos-

12/056-4UI Diagnostic Mode

General procedures information

UI Diagnostic ModeDiagnostic routines are mainly instructed/executed through the PWS. UI Diagnostics are pro-vided for simple tasks that do not require connection with the PWS.

ProcedureAccess UI Diagnostics by following the procedures below.

Entering UI Diagnostics1. At the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for 5 seconds, then press the Start button

while still pressing the 0 key.The CE Mode - Password Entry screen will appear.

2. Enter the Access Number (6789) and press Confirm.The colors on the display will be reversed to indicate that the mode has changed to the UI Diagnostics.

Accessing Diagnostic routines1. Press the Access button on the Control Panel.2. Select System Settings.3. Select Common Settings.4. Select Diagnostics.5. The following dC routines can be accessed from the UI screen

a. DC301 NVM Initialization - Select the subsystem to be initialized and press the Start button on the display. Refer to dC301 for details.

b. DC355 Hard Disk Initialization- Only Partition A can be initialized. For full initialization, refer to [ADJ 9.8].

c. DC131 NVM Read/Write - Follow the instructions on the screen. If one or more NVM locations is changed, the machine will reboot upon exit. Refer to dC131 for details.

d. Fax Diagnostics, refer to GP 5 for details. Printing Service Reports1. To access Service reports, follow the Entering UI Diagnostics procedure.2. After entering the Access Number, press the Machine Status button on the Control

Panel.3. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display.4. Press the Print Reports/List button.5. Press the CE button.6. The following reports can be printed.

a. Debug Log b. HFSI Reportc. Jam Report d. Shutdown Report e. Fail Report f. Protocol Monitor Report

7. Select the requested log button andprinted.

Exiting UI Diagnostics C

Ensure that the machine is not inadvertentlThere are three ways to exit from UI Diagno

• Switch the power off and on.• Perform the following:

– Press Close to exit any of the se– When the System Settings scre– When the reversed-color Copy

while the 0 key is pressed.• If the Restart button is displayed on t

tics and restart the operation.

Page 418: WCP 123_128

DC QuickGeneral procedures information

DC Quick (CODE Number LIST)

er

ation

If you have replaced the PWB that has a Machine Serial Number, check the PWB and set the Machine Serial Number.

Reads Billing Meter Information for the fol-lowing:

• MCU PWB• ESS PWB• ESS NVM PWBDisplays the regular part replacement life expectancy (threshold) and current value (usage). You can change the replacement life expectancy to a preset value in the PWS database and reset the current value.

g Monitors the analog values of the sensors (A/D conversion) while operating the com-ponents (e.g., C.C). You can temporarily change the output value.Displays the requirements for exit from Service Mode.T.B.D

a- Initiates NVM Data initialization.

o-Checks the UI Screen and Component Panel Button operation.

o- Displays the instructions and results of the Input Component Check and Output Com-ponent Check.

1. You can monitor each Input Compo-nent or check the operation of each Output Component.

2. You can simultaneously check up to 11 Input Components and Output Components.

Table 1 dC RoutinesDescription

12/056-5CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Once in Service Mode, dC Routines can be selected by dC Number or by selecting the appro-priate tab from the Service Entry Screen.

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Using the DC Quick pull-down menu (upper-right side of Diagnostics Service Entry

Screen), select the desired dC routine. Table 1 is a complete list of dC routines that are available from the DC Quick pull-down menu.

Table 1 dC RoutinesdC Number Name Description

100 Service Entry Screen 1. Displays the Service Routine tabs.2. Lists Active Faults.3. Lists the HFSIs that have exceeded

life expectancy.4. Lists the jams that have occurred

since the last Call Closeout.5. Displays IOT S/W Version.6. Lists the total copies/prints.

118 Jam Counter Displays the following: Number of jams since the counter was reset after servic-ing.

120 Fault Counters Displays the following: Number of fault events after the last Complete Closeout (performed in Service Exit) to the current copy count.

122 Shut-down History 1. Displays the history in three catego-ries: Document Jam, Paper Jam and Other Fault.

2. Displays the most recent 40 Faults (without categorization).

129 Automatic Setting: Adjust Sys-tem Registration

The IOT lead registration and side regis-tration are matched.

131 NVM access: Read/Write NVM

You can reference or set/change the NVM data.

132 Set Machine Serial Numb

Read Billing Meter Inform

135 Service Data

HFSI Counter

140 Component Check: AnaloMonitor

188 Service Mode Exit Screen

199 No Paper Run301 NVM access: NVM initializ

tion305 System Test: Component

Operation Check UI Compnent Check

330 Component Check: Compnent Control

dC Number Name

Page 419: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ows you to view faults in progress, Non-Zero Jams rvice entry allows you to view product information

Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.ent. jams that have occurred since the last service exit

ected. Check for any jams that have a high number

ny faults in progress are displayed, troubleshoot

PWS request and receive the latest information on Non-Zero Jams or HFSI Requiring Replacement.

12/056-6DC Quick, dC100

General procedures information

dC100 Service EntryWhen entering Diagnostics, this routine alland HFSI items requiring replacement. Sesuch as:

• Product Code• Machine Serial Number• Total Copies• Copies since Last Call• IOT Software VersionProcedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering 2. Check the HFSI Requiring Replacem3. Check the Non-Zero Jams. These are

with the Complete Closeout option selof occurrences.

4. Check the Faults In Progress. If aaccordingly.

5. Select the Refresh button to have theTotal Copies, Copies Since Last Call,

351 NVM Background Processing 1. Saves and restores values of all NVM in PWS dC131 database.

NOTE: Background Read must be completed prior to saving.

2. Start and Stop background NVM Read.

3. Saves/restores machine settings. Saves NVM values listed.

4. Resets all HFSI.5. Batch write of region-specific NVM.

355 HDD Diagnostics Performs maintenance on HDD.371 Configuration Page Allows viewing of current software version

and Market Place setting, Machine Con-figuration, Output Device(s), Accessories, Feature Config., and Input Device.

These settings can be changed to align with the machine configuration.

612 Color Test Pattern Print Generates test pattern from the pattern generator in the machine. Patterns for use in identifying IQ problems, setting registra-tion, and performing adjustments.

640 ROS Power Check T.B.D685 Regicon Registration/Skew setup921 ATC Calibration Enter ATC Sensor Calibration code into

NVM.922 TRC Control/Toner Density

AdjustmentMeasure the gray scale patch by the ADC sensor. Make the LUT for IOT TRC cor-rection.

924 TRC Adjustment Manually fine adjust each color (low/mid/high density) in PG.

934 ADC/AGC Setup Execute automatic adjustment of the ADC Sensor Gain.

945 IIT calibration 1. Calculate and set the white reference compensation coefficient.

2. Correct the IIT sensitivity variation.956 Belt Edge Learn Set up the Belt Edge Sensor.

Table 1 dC RoutinesdC Number Name Description

Page 420: WCP 123_128

dC118, dC120General procedures information

dC118 Jam Counter dC120 Fault Counter

h fault since the last Service Exit with the Complete

detected while in Service Mode. open detected faults while the Main Processor is

Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.ntry Screen..at have occurred since the last time the Complete xiting Diagnostics. r; to list in descending order, click on ID in the table

to diskette, and Diagnostics was entered with the , the previous fault history #Occurrence will be dis-

procedure was performed previously, the fault his-2, then P3, up to column P7.

ctable:

12/056-7CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeDisplays the number of occurrences of jams since the previous Complete Closeout.

NOTE: This procedure does not count jams detected while in Service Mode.

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Select Maintenance on the Service Entry Screen. 3. Select the Jam Counters (dC118) tab.4. The screen displays all jam-related fault codes, and the number of times that the fault has

occurred since the last time the Complete Closeout option was selected when exiting Diagnostics.

5. The following subsets of data are selectable:• All Jams

- This is the default. All jam-related faults are listed.• DADF Jams

- Selecting this tab lists only the DADF jam codes.• Paper Jams

- Selecting this tab lists only the paper supply and paper feeding jam codes.• Non-Zero Jams

- Selecting this tab lists only those jam codes that have had at least one occurrence since the last time the Complete Closeout option was selected.

PurposeDisplays the number of occurrences of eacCloseout option selected.

NOTE: • The machine does not count the faults• The machine does not count interlock

stopped.

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering 2. Select Maintenance on the Service E3. Select the Fail Counters (dC120) tab4. The screen displays all fault codes th

Closeout option was selected when eThe codes are listed in ascending ordeheader.If machine data was previously savedRead From Diskettes option selectedplayed in the P1 column. If this sametory #Occurrence will be displayed in P

5. The following subsets of data are sele• All Faults• DADF Faults• System Faults• Xero Faults

Page 421: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Setup

stration adjustments by looking at the output of the

egistration adjustment, see [ADJ 9.9] IOT Registra-

12/056-8dC122, dC129

General procedures information

dC122 Shutdown HistoryPurposeTo display the Last 40 Faults (History).

NOTE: 1. Faults detected while in Service Mode are not counted.2. An open Interlock while the machine is stopped is not counted.3. If multiple faults occurred in the machine, the primary fault is recorded.

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Select the Diagnostics tab.3. Select the Shutdown Hist (dC122) tab.4. The system displays the faults that occurred in Customer Mode since the last service call

closeout, up to a maximum of 40 faults.5. The information in the lower right corner of the screen (Input, Original, Paper, Tray, Out-

put) reflects the fault highlighted in the table.6. The following subsets of data are available:

• Last 40 Faults History (default screen)- Displays the 40 newest faults and lists copy count when each occurred.

• Last 40 Faults Occurrences- Displays the 40 newest faults and lists the number of occurrences.

• DADF Jams- Displays the 40 newest DADF jams and lists copy count when each occurred.

• Paper Jams- Displays the 40 newest paper jams and lists copy count when each occurred.

• Faults- Displays the 40 newest non-jam faults and lists copy count when each occurred.

7. To clear the shutdown history, select Complete Closeout in the Service Mode Exit screen (dC188). Exiting from Service Mode clears all data in the Shut-Down History.

dC129 System RegistrationPurposePerforms Lead Registration and Side Regibuilt-in Test Pattern.

NOTE: For details on the dC129 System Rtion Series (dC129).

Page 422: WCP 123_128

dC131General procedures information

dC131 NVM Read/Write 2. When a new value is entered, the Changed tab will turn green. The number in parenthe-ses counts the number of pending NVM values. Clicking this tab will show a list of all the

be written individually or as a block from this tab, or

he range), the system writes the new NVM value in .ystem displays the following message in the infor-alue is out of range. NVM was not changed.

Write protected NVM), the system displays the fol-NVM is read only. in the specified NVM code, the value is updated in the Changed tab.

12/056-9CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeReads, sets or changes the NVM data.

ProcedureModule Selection1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Select Adjustments in the Service Entry Screen.3. The system displays one of the Read/Write Screens. dC131 NVM Read/Write is the

default screen.4. Select a Sub-System from the Vertical Left Tab List. The default tab is All.

Reading NVM1. Select an ID from the Sub-System Table, then click Read NVM, or double click on the line

ID and the value will be read in the Value column. The Range Check column will fill in.

Writing NVM1. To change a value, enter a new value in the New column and press Enter.

changed values. These locations can can be canceled.

3. Select Write NVM.a. If the input value is valid (within t

the NVM location in the machineb. If the input value is invalid, the s

mation screen, The given NVM vc. If the NVM cannot be changed (

lowing message, The specified 4. When the system writes the new value

the New box and reduces the count inTable 1 Module Selection

Module item Chain number allocation

CRU 26ESS IF 20, 50, 60, 61Exit 20, 23, 41, 50Ext(IISS) 715ROS 6TRAY 7Config 719PH 20, 62DADF 710Xero 26, 28, 29, 50, 53-58Drives 26ProCon 16Fuser 37, 38, 39, 40Finisher 22, 23CRU 27, 30ESS IF 60, 61Errors (number of errors) Displays NVM outside of the ranges listed in the PWS

database.Changed (number pending change) Displays any new value entered in the New column,

but not yet written.

Page 423: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

R/W unavailableotor driving time (the 0th byte)otor driving time (the 1st byte)otor driving time (the 2nd byte)otor driving time (the 3rd byte)p quantity of the toner bottle (the 0th byte)p quantity of the toner bottle (the 1st byte)ty of the toner bottle rademark (the 0th byte)rademark (the first byte)rademark (the second byte)rademark (the third byte)rademark (the fourth byte)rademark (the fifth byte)rademark (the sixth byte)rademark (the seventh byte)rademark (the eighth byte)rademark (the ninth byte)rademark (the 10th byte)rademark (the 11th byte)rademark (the 12th byte)rademark (the 13th byte)rademark (the 14th byte)rademark (the 15th byte)rademark (the 16th byte)rademark (the 17th byte)rademark (the 18th byte)rademark (the 19th byte) trademark (the 0th byte) trademark (the first byte) trademark (the second byte) trademark (the third byte) trademark (the fourth byte) trademark (the fifth byte) trademark (the sixth byte) trademark (the seventh byte) trademark (the eighth byte) trademark (the ninth byte)

12/056-10CRU NVM List

General procedures information

CRU NVM ListTable 1 CRU

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

26-59 740-501 Availability at OEM ID Code's NVM R/W (50-50) 0,1 0 - 0: R/W available, 1: 27-1 - Toner Disp Time 0 0~255 - - TONER: Dispense m27-2 - Toner Disp Time 1 0~255 - - TONER: Dispense m27-3 - Toner Disp Time 2 0~255 - - TONER: Dispense m27-4 - Toner Disp Time 3 0~255 - - TONER: Dispense m27-5 - Toner Filling 0 0~255 - - TONER: The filling u27-6 - Toner Filling 1 0~255 - - TONER: The filling u27-7 - Toner Capacity 0~255 - - TONER: The capaci27-8 - TradeMark_DRUM 0 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-9 - TradeMark_DRUM 1 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-10 - TradeMark_DRUM 2 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-11 - TradeMark_DRUM 3 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-12 - TradeMark_DRUM 4 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-13 - TradeMark_DRUM 5 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-14 - TradeMark_DRUM 6 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-15 - TradeMark_DRUM 7 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-16 - TradeMark_DRUM 8 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-17 - TradeMark_DRUM 9 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-18 - TradeMark_DRUM 10 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-19 - TradeMark_DRUM 11 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-20 - TradeMark_DRUM 12 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-21 - TradeMark_DRUM 13 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-22 - TradeMark_DRUM 14 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-23 - TradeMark_DRUM 15 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-24 - TradeMark_DRUM 16 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-25 - TradeMark_DRUM 17 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-26 - TradeMark_DRUM 18 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-27 - TradeMark_DRUM 19 0~255 - - DRUM: Registered t27-28 - TradeMark_TONER 0 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-29 - TradeMark_TONER 1 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-30 - TradeMark_TONER 2 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-31 - TradeMark_TONER 3 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-32 - TradeMark_TONER 4 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-33 - TradeMark_TONER 5 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-34 - TradeMark_TONER 6 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-35 - TradeMark_TONER 7 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-36 - TradeMark_TONER 8 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-37 - TradeMark_TONER 9 0~255 - - TONER: Registered

Page 424: WCP 123_128

CRU NVM ListGeneral procedures information

trademark (the 10th byte) trademark (the 11th byte) trademark (the 12th byte) trademark (the 13th byte) trademark (the 14th byte) trademark (the 15th byte) trademark (the 16th byte) trademark (the 17th byte) trademark (the 18th byte) trademark (the 19th byte). (Because CRUM is not mounted). (Because CRUM is not mounted). (Because CRUM is not mounted). (Because CRUM is not mounted). (Because CRUM is not mounted). (Because CRUM is not mounted). (Because CRUM is not mounted). (Because CRUM is not mounted)

255: If 255 exists in 24 to 31, round it up to 254 and IT.

255: If 255 exists in 24 to 31, round it up to 254 and IT.

be deleted later. be deleted later.

Table 1 CRU

12/056-11CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

27-38 - TradeMark_TONER 10 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-39 - TradeMark_TONER 11 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-40 - TradeMark_TONER 12 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-41 - TradeMark_TONER 13 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-42 - TradeMark_TONER 14 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-43 - TradeMark_TONER 15 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-44 - TradeMark_TONER 16 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-45 - TradeMark_TONER 17 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-46 - TradeMark_TONER 18 0~255 - - TONER: Registered27-47 - TradeMark_TONER 19 0~255 - - TONER: Registered30-2 751-1 Last 2Dig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM30-12 751-1 5th&6thDig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM30-22 751-1 3rd&4thDig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM30-32 - First 2Dig of Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count)(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM30-3 751-4 Last 2Dig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM30-13 751-4 5th&6thDig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM30-23 751-4 3rd&4thDig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM30-33 - First 2Dig of Cartridge CRU Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~255 0 1 0 returns only in BM31-24 751-13 IDcode1 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-25 751-14 IDcode2 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-26 751-15 IDcode3 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-27 751-16 IDcode4 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-28 751-17 IDcode5 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-29 751-18 IDcode6 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-30 751-19 IDcode7 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-31 751-20 IDcode8 for DRUM 0~254 0 131-32 751-32 IDcode_checksum for DRUM 0~254 0 1 The way to express

set the appropriate B31-33 751-21 IDcode1 for TONER 0~254 0 131-34 751-22 IDcode2 for TONER 0~254 0 131-35 751-23 IDcode3 for TONER 0~254 0 131-36 751-24 IDcode4 for TONER 0~254 0 131-37 751-25 IDcode5 for TONER 0~254 0 131-38 751-26 IDcode6 for TONER 0~254 0 131-39 751-27 IDcode7 for TONER 0~254 0 131-40 751-28 IDcode8 for TONER 0~254 0 131-41 751-33 IDcode_checksum for TONER 0~254 0 1 The way to express

set the appropriate B31-42 751-29 Detection1 for CRUM ERROR 0~254 0 1 For debugging. Can31-43 751-30 Detection2 for CRUM ERROR 0~254 0 1 For debugging. Can

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 425: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

be deleted later. 10bit [0000000000b] to [1111111111b] (binary).

x(254)=4140min, Initial(120)=2520minx(254)=4140min, Initial(127)=2604minailable

ax(75)=2%, Initial(63)=1.52%

ax(99)=779, Initial(59)=730ain Motor, 1: Fast Main Motor

st Main and Drum Motor Speed at the same time.

Max(53)=2.6%, Initial(27)=0%

n the optional value when System Data setting is

nform

12/056-12CRU NVM List, Drive NVM List, ESS IF NVM List

General procedures information

Drive NVM List

ESS IF NVM List

31-44 751-31 Detection3 for CRUM ERROR 0~254 0 1 For debugging. Can31-45 - Lower Digits of Geographic Code (for CRUM Authentication) 0~99 - - Available values are31-46 - Upper Digits of Geographic Code (for CRUM Authentication) 0~99 - -31-47 - Geographic Code (for CRUM Authentication) 0~31 - -50-48 751-8 Drum Life Warning Function 0,1 1 - 0: Inhibit, 1: Control50-50 740-549 OEM Code (for CRUM Authentication) 0~254 - -50-57 751-9 Drum Life Function 0,1 1 - 0: Inhibit, 1: Control50-58 751-10 Drum Life Warning Detection Time 0~254 120 12min Min(0)=1098min, Ma50-59 751-11 Drum Life End Stop 0~254 127 12min Min(0)=1098min, Ma50-63 751-878 CRUM available/unavailable switching function 0,1 1 1 0: Unavailable, 1: Av

Table 1 CRUChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 DriveChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

26-4 751-501 M.Mot fine adjustment value when printing heavy media 0~75 63 0.04% Min(0)=-1%, M26-52 741-502 Pulse corrected value (number of pulses) at M.Mot rising 0~99 5 2 0~19826-53 741-503 Pulse corrected value (number of pulses) at M.Mot falling 0~99 1 2 0~19826-54 741-504 Input pulse expected value (number of pulses) at M.Mot inertial

revolution0~99 13 2 0~198

26-55 741-505 Pulse difference from the target value (number of pulses) at M.Mot stop point and form change point

0~99 19 10 0~990

26-57 741-506 Expected value of M.Mot inertial revolution time 0~50 8 10ms 0ms~500ms26-58 741-507 Reset period (number of pulses) of the M.Mot clock counter 0~99 50 1 Min(0)=680, M28-1 741-508 Main Mot Type 0~99 0 - 0: Traditional M28-2 740-502 U1-1 History 0~99 0 -50-28 741-1 Fine-Tuning of Main and Drum Motor Speed 0~53 27 0.001 Diag50-28 Adju

Min(0)=-2.7%,

Table 1 ESS IFChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

20-57 740-1 Check System Data Set up 0~99 0 - Controller will write icompleted.

50-3 762-502 Inform ESS when Toner is Empty 0,1 0 - 0: Do not inform, 1: I60-1 740-7 MCU VERSION 0,1 - -60-2 740-8 MCU Release Number 0~99 - -

Page 426: WCP 123_128

ESS IF NVM List, Exit NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 ESS IF

tack Sensor detecting paper until the bin becomes will not function if either L. Diag 20-25 or L. Diag

ay becomes full) Time from the Full Stack Sensor r until the bin is reset. This diagnostic will not func-20-25 or L. Diag 20-26 is set at 00.

12/056-13CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Exit NVM List

60-3 740-9 MCU Patch Level 0~99 - -60-4 740-10 DM ROM Version 0~99 - -60-5 740-11 DM ROM Release Number 0~99 - -60-8 740-12 Exit Version 0~99 - -60-9 740-13 Exit Release Number 0~99 - -60-10 740-88 TM-Version 0~99 - -60-11 740-89 TM-Release Number 0~99 - -60-12 740-82 Finisher Version major 0~99 - -60-13 740-83 Finisher Version minor 0~99 - -60-14 740-84 Finisher Patch Level 0~99 - -60-15 740-85 HCF Version major 0~99 - -60-16 740-86 HCF Version minor 0~99 - -60-17 740-87 HCF Patch Level 0~99 - -60-23 740-558 Controller Interface Type 1,2 - - 1: Type-Di, 2: CDI61-1 740-22 The Area1 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-2 740-23 The Area2 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-3 740-24 The Area3 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-4 740-25 The Area4 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-5 740-26 The Area5 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-6 740-27 The Area6 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-7 740-28 The Area7 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-8 740-29 The Area8 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-9 740-30 The Area9 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 161-10 740-31 The Area10 that Controller is free to use 0~99 0 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 ExitChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

20-25 764-1 FULL DETECTION TIME ADJUSTMENT VALUE for FACE DOWN TRAY1/2 FACE UP TRAY

0~30 10 1sec Time from the Full Sfull. This diagnostic 20-26 is set at 00.

20-26 764-2 FULL RESET TIME ADJUSTMENT VALUE for FACE DOWN TRAY1 / 2 FACE UP TRAY

0~30 1 1sec (After Face Down Trstops detecting papetion if either L. Diag

Page 427: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

s only when Output Tray is FACE DOWN TRAY#1

T1 Offset ON

Max(30)=330msT1 restore ON

), 200msec (SHEETA)T2 Offset ON

Max(30)=330msT2 restore ON

), 200msec (SHEETA)

n Tray#2

Tray#2

Tray

rayverter, Disable OCT2 and FDT#2)

verter and OCT2 and FDT#2)

12/056-14Exit NVM List, Finisher NVM List

General procedures information

Finisher NVM List

23-30 - FACE DOWN TRAY#1,#2 Offset Mode 0~2 0 0: No Offset

1: Front Offset

2: Rear Offset Applie& #2.

41-19 742-526 OCT1 offset operation start timing adjustment 0~30 0 10ms Exit SNR1 OFF~OC

Min/Initial(0)=30ms, 41-20 742-527 OCT1 restore operation start timing adjustment 0~60 5 10ms EXIT SNR1 ON~OC

Default=80msec (FIO41-21 742-528 OCT2 offset operation start timing adjustment 0~30 0 10ms Exit SNR2 OFF~OC

Min/Initial(0)=30ms, 41-22 742-529 OCT2 restore operation start timing adjustment 0~60 5 10ms EXIT SNR2 ON~OC

Default=80msec (FIO50-9 764-3 Enable OCT1 0,1 1 - 0: Disable OCT1

1: Enable OCT150-10 742-4 Enable OCT2 0,1 1 - 0: Disable OCT2

1: Enable OCT250-12 742-98 Enable Facedown Tray#2 0,1 0 - 0: Disable Facedow

1: Enable Facedown

1 is taken with M0.50-13 742-99 Enable Face Up Tray 0,1 0 - 0: Disable Face Up

1: Enable Face Up T50-15 742-100 EXIT2 Unit Type 0,1 0 - 0: Type A (Enable In

1: Type B (Enable In

Table 1 ExitChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 FinisherChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

22-1 764-105 Sheet Width of Last EjectedSheet Lo 0~99 022-11 764-105 Sheet Width of Last EjectedSheet Hi 0~99 022-2 764-106 Sheet Length of Last EjectedSheet Lo 0~99 0

Page 428: WCP 123_128

isher NVM List, Billing NVM ListGeneral procedures information

ange alternately Front and Rear

Output Tray is FINISHER.ck on Compile Tray

Stack on Compile Tray

Output Tray is FINISHER. Output Tray is FINISHER.

Table 1 Finisher

12/056-15CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Fin

2nd Draft

Billing NVM List

22-12 764-106 Sheet Length of Last EjectedSheet Hi 0~99 022-3 764-107 Sheet Width of Maximum SizeSheet Lo 0~99 022-13 764-107 Sheet Width of Maximum SizeSheet Hi 0~99 022-4 764-108 Sheet Length of Maximum SizeSheet Lo 0~99 022-14 764-108 Sheet Length of Maximum SizeSheet Hi 0~99 022-31 764-100 Mix Stack Enable/Disable 0,1 022-32 764-101 Maximum Set Count 0~100 5022-33 764-102 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Staple 0~100 5022-34 764-103 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Big paper size 10~100 2522-35 764-104 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Small paper size 10~100 5022-36 764-109 Number Of Ejected Staple Set 0~99 022-37 764-110 Mix Sensor Level Indicate 0,1 022-38 764-111 Staple Mode of Last Set 0~254 022-39 764-112 Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate 0,1 022-41 764-113 Decurler On Level 0~100 023-50 - FINISHER Offset Mode 0~2 2 0: Front Offset

1: Rear Offset

2: Offset mode ch

Applies only when23-51 - FINISHER Staple Mode 0~4 1 0: Non Staple-Sta

1: Front Staple

2: Rear Staple

3: Dual Staple

4: Non Staple-No

Applies only when23-53 - Number of paper per set 2~50 10 Applies only when

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 BillingChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

29-1 - Last 2Dig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 029-11 - 5th&6thDig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 0

Page 429: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

s

While waiting for the next sheet of paper)ssssssssss

s

s

s

12/056-16Billing NVM List, Fuser NVM List

General procedures information

Fuser NVM List

29-21 - 3rd&4thDig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 029-31 - First 2Dig of Total Copy Counter(8 Digits) 0~3 029-2 - Last 2Dig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 029-12 - 5th&6thDig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 029-22 - 3rd&4thDig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 029-32 - First 2Dig of Total Fax Counter(8 Digits) 0~3 029-3 - Last 2Dig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-13 - 5th&6thDig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-23 - 3rd&4thDig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-33 - First 2Dig of Total Print Counter(8 Digits) 0~3 0 1

Table 1 BillingChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 FuserChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

37-4 744-6 FSR Stby Lamp ON Temp 0~99 45 1degrees Nominal=175degree37-6 744-7 FSR Run Temp (T6)(NP) 0~30 30 1degrees Nominal=30degrees37-7 744-8 FSR Run Temp (T7) 0~30 0 1degrees Nominal=0degrees (37-9 744-10 FSR Stby LampOFF Temp 0~99 20 1degrees Nominal=180degree37-21 744-17 FSR Run St Tmp1(G1G2 N) 0~99 45 1degrees Nominal=185degree37-22 744-18 FSR Run St Tmp2(G3G4 N) 0~99 40 1degrees Nominal=180degree37-23 744-19 FSR Run St Tmp3(G5 N) 0~99 45 1degrees Nominal=180degree37-24 744-20 FSR Run Tmp1(G1G2 N) 0~99 45 1degrees Nominal=180degree37-25 744-21 FSR Run Tmp2(G3G4 N) 0~99 40 1degrees Nominal=175degree37-26 744-22 FSR Run Tmp3(G5 N) 0~99 45 1degrees Nominal=175degree37-29 744-24 FSR WU f-time Tmp Adj 0~99 35 1degrees Nominal=115degree37-30 744-25 FSR MotOn Tmp Upper LMT 0~99 12 1degrees Nominal=152degree37-31 744-26 FSR MotOn Tmp Under LMT 0~99 49 1degrees Nominal=129degree37-32 744-27 FSR Dup-Side Ctrl Tmp 0~20 10 1degrees Nominal=10degrees37-36 744-30 FSR HotSagging Restart 0~99 50 1degrees Nominal=190degree37-51 744-42 FSR F ML ON TM(G3-G9) 0~99 25 40msx2 Nominal=2sec37-52 744-43 FSR C1 Rdy Tmp(T-READY) 0~70 25 1degrees Nominal=155degree37-54 744-11 FSR SL ON TM(G5) 0~99 56 40msx2 Nominal=4.48sec37-55 744-12 FSR ML ON TM(G5) 0~99 13 40msx2 Nominal=1.04sec37-56 744-45 FSR Case1Ready PcycT 0~99 34 40ms Nominal=1.36sec37-57 744-46 FSR Case2 MotOnTmp(TR) 0~99 50 1degrees Nominal=150degree37-58 744-47 FSR Precyc End Tmp Adj- 0~20 0 1degrees Nominal=0degrees37-60 744-51 FSR SL ON TM(G3G4) 0~99 60 40msx2 Nominal=4.8sec37-61 744-52 FSR ML ON TM(G3G4) 0~99 10 40msx2 Nominal=0.8sec

Page 430: WCP 123_128

Fuser NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Nominal(60)=28sec(60+10), +10)

Nominal(60)=28sec(60+10), +10)

15sec, Max=24.8sec Expres-00ms9.6sec, Max=13.9sec Expres-ms9.6sec, Max=13.9sec Expres-ms

ss

Table 1 Fuser

12/056-17CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

37-62 744-53 FSR Precyc End Tmp Adj+ 0~20 3 1degrees Nominal=3degrees37-63 744-54 FSR Precyc TM LMT(t14) 0~99 60 400ms Min(0)=4sec(0+10),

Max(99)=43.6sec(9938-4 744-55 FSR High1 RunTmp+(T39) 0~40 15 1degrees Nominal=15degrees38-5 744-56 FSR HotSaggingOnTM(t15) 20~90 60 1sec Nominal=60sec38-6 744-31 FSR OnFailTmr Adj(PRNT) 0~99 60 400ms Min(0)=4sec(0+10),

Max(99)=43.6sec(9938-7 744-32 FSR From Ready Sec(t20) 0~99 99 5sec Nominal=495sec38-8 744-59 FSR High2 RunTemp+(T40) 0~40 20 1degrees Nominal=20degrees38-9 744-60 FSR High3 RunTemp+(T41) 0~40 20 1degrees Nominal=20degrees38-10 744-61 FSR Low RunTemp-(T42) 0~40 15 1degrees Nominal=15degrees38-11 744-62 FSR F ML On TM Adj(t71) 0~99 50 40msx10 Nominal=20sec38-12 744-63 FSR SL On TM Adj(G2) 0~99 20 40msx2 Nominal=1.6sec38-13 744-64 FSR ML On TM Adj(G2) 0~99 50 40msx2 Nominal=4.0sec38-14 744-65 FSR OHP RunTemp-(T43) 0~40 0 1degrees Nominal=0degrees38-15 744-66 FSR LABEL RunTemp+(T44) 0~40 20 1degrees Nominal=20degrees38-16 744-67 FSR F ML On TM Adj(t76) 0~99 50 40msx10 Nominal=20000ms38-22 744-69 FSR From Ready Sec(t2) 0~99 30 10sec Nominal=30x10sec38-25 744-70 FSR On Fail(WU)(t5) 0~99 50 200ms Min=5sec, Nominal=

sion: (NVM+25)*2*138-26 744-71 FSR On Fail(StbyML)(t6) 0~99 56 100ms Min=4sec, Nominal=

sion: (NVM+40)*10038-27 744-72 FSR On Fail(StbySL)(t7) 0~99 56 100ms Min=4sec, Nominal=

sion: (NVM+40)*10038-31 744-73 FSR Precyc Ctrl2 Ctrl 0,1 1 - Nominal=control38-32 744-74 FSR PrecycCtrl2 T-REST 0~50 15 0.1 Nominal=1.538-33 744-75 FSR PrecycCtrl2 T-PTM a 0~99 10 0.1 Nominal=138-34 744-76 FSR PrecycCtrl2 T-PTM b 0~99 40 1 Nominal=4038-35 744-77 FSR LowPowM Lp On(T45) 0~99 45 1degrees Nominal=175degree38-36 744-78 FSR LowPowM Lp Off(T46) 0~99 20 1degrees Nominal=180degree38-37 744-79 FSR AfterHighJob StbyTM 0~99 0 1sec Nominal=0sec38-38 744-80 FSR SSTSctrlExceTM(t13) 0~99 30 1sec Nominal=30sec38-39 744-81 FSR SSTSctrlExceAppP(M) 0~99 10 1page Nominal=10page38-40 744-82 FSR JobEndMotTM(t-Ltr) 0~20 0 1sec Nominal=0sec38-41 744-83 FSR JobEndMtTM(t-ThicA) 0~20 0 1sec Nominal=0sec38-42 744-84 FSR JobEndMtTM(t-ThicB) 0~20 0 1sec Nominal=0sec38-43 744-85 FSR JobEndMtTM(t-Post) 0~20 0 1sec Nominal=0sec38-44 744-86 FSR SmearPrevMainMot TM 0~75 5 40ms Nominal=200ms38-45 744-87 FSR F ML On TM Adj(G1) 0~99 5 40msx10 Nominal=2sec38-46 744-88 FSR SL On TM Adj(G1) 0~99 0 40msx2 Nominal=0ms38-47 744-89 FSR ML On TM Adj(G1) 0~99 1 40msx2 Nominal=80ms

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 431: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

pplying high Lamp Off temperature at printing

)=5040ms, Initial(37)=2960msamp Off temperature at printing (Nomi-

sss

able (Only from Job Start to Exit Sensor Off of 1 trol Enable (Only from Job Start to Exit Sensor Off

(For Flicker Precycle, Cycle) 600ms(For Flicker Stby) 1200ms(For Flicker Warm Up) 480ms

12/056-18Fuser NVM List, General NVM List

General procedures information

38-48 744-90 FSR From CycDn Sec(t21) 0~99 12 40msx2 Nominal=960ms38-49 744-91 FSR Prnt~t65 time Adj 0~63 37 80ms Adjustment time of a

Min(0)=0ms, Max(6338-50 744-92 Prnt Off Tmp Adj(T66) 0~99 70 1degrees Adjustment of high L

nal=250degrees)39-13 744-115 FSR STS Hi Temp(T47) 0~99 50 1degrees Nominal=50degrees39-14 744-116 FSR STS THi Temp(T48) 0~99 25 1degrees Nominal=25degrees39-15 744-117 FSR STS LowHi Temp(T49) 0~99 85 1degrees Nominal=85degrees39-16 744-118 FSR STS THi Temp(T50) 0~99 70 1degrees Nominal=70degrees39-17 744-119 FSR STS LowHi Temp(T51) 0~99 70 1degrees Nominal=70degrees39-18 744-120 FSR STS THi Temp(T52) 0~99 85 1degrees Nominal=85degrees39-19 744-121 FSR STS Hi Temp(T53) 0~99 15 1degrees Nominal=15degrees39-20 744-122 FSR STS THi Temp(T54) 0~99 25 1degrees Nominal=25degrees39-21 744-123 FSR STS Hi Temp(T55) 0~99 10 1degrees Nominal=10degrees39-22 744-124 FSR STS THi Temp(T56) 0~99 20 1degrees Nominal=20degrees39-23 744-125 FSR STS THi Temp(T57) 0~99 80 1degrees Nominal=80degrees39-24 744-126 FSR STS THi Temp(T58) 0~99 40 1degrees Nominal=40degrees39-25 744-127 FSR STS THi Temp(T59) 0~99 70 1degrees Nominal=70degrees39-26 744-128 FSR STS THi Temp(T60) 0~99 70 1degrees Nominal=70degrees39-27 744-129 FSR STS THi Temp(T61) 0~99 70 1degrees Nominal=70degrees39-28 744-130 FSR STS THi Temp(T62) 0~99 70 1degrees Nominal=70degrees39-29 744-131 FSR STS THi Temp(T63) 0~99 70 1degrees Nominal=70degrees39-30 744-132 FSR Run Temp Set(T64) 0~30 30 1degrees Nominal=30degrees39-31 744-133 FSR WU STRT T70(ForSB2) 0~99 50 1degrees Nominal=130degree39-32 744-134 FSR Stby2 On Temp(T71) 0~70 69 1degrees Nominal=199degree39-33 744-135 FSR Stby2 Off Temp(T72) 0~70 50 1degrees Nominal=200degree40-1 744-93 FSR Stby Lamp Select C 0~50 20 1degrees Nominal=20degrees40-14 744-186 FSR Flicker Control SW 0,1 0 0: Wave Control Dis

Sheet), 1: Wave Conof 1 Sheet)

40-15 744-180 FSR Flicker Lamp On TM 0~99 7 1.5ms 10.5ms40-16 744-181 FSR Flicker Lamp Off TM 0~99 13 1.5ms 19.5ms40-17 744-182 FSR Lamp Change t8 0~99 15 40ms Wave Control Time 40-18 744-183 FSR Lamp Change t9 0~99 30 40ms Wave Control Time 40-19 744-184 FSR Lamp Change t10 0~99 12 40ms Wave Control Time 40-20 744-185 FSR HeatCtr PageDwn Sec 0~30 10 1sec40-21 - FSR Very Low Tmp T80 0~30 15 1degrees Nominal=15degrees40-22 - FSR Very Low Tmp T81 0~30 10 1degrees Nominal=10degrees40-23 - FSR Very Low Tmp T82 0~20 9 1degrees Nominal=9degrees40-24 - FSR Very Low Tmp T83 0~35 15 1degrees Nominal=15degrees

Table 1 FuserChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 432: WCP 123_128

ser NVM List, General NVM ListGeneral procedures information

ssssormula: NVM*100ms

d over temp (Only reset is possible in diagnostic

Table 1 Fuser

PC-TOOL

12/056-19CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Fu

2nd Draft

General NVM List

40-25 - FSR Very Low Tmp TR2 0~40 5 1degrees Nominal=5degrees40-26 - FSR Very Low Tmp tP2 0~99 10 1sec Nominal=10sec40-27 - FSR Hi2 G5 T5(T84) 0~99 20 1degrees Nominal=190degree40-28 - FSR Hi2 G6 T5(T85) 0~99 22 1degrees Nominal=192degree40-29 - FSR Hi2 G7 T5(T86) 0~99 15 1degrees Nominal=185degree40-30 - FSR Hi2 G8G9 T5(T87) 0~99 7 1degrees Nominal=177degree40-31 - FSR TmpUpFail(WU)(t22) 0~99 40 100ms Nominal=4000ms, F40-51 744-140 G4 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: B4S 0~99 13 140-52 744-141 G4 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 5 0~99 12 140-53 744-142 G4 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 6 0~99 25 140-54 744-143 G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjust-

ment: C5L0~99 40 1

40-55 744-144 G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjust-ment: C4S

0~99 58 1

40-56 744-145 G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjust-ment: Western 3 L

0~99 27 1

40-57 744-146 G5 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjust-ment: Com#10 L

0~99 16 1

40-58 744-147 G8 Heavy Weight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 5.5x8.5S, A5S 0~99 49 140-59 744-148 G3 Heavy Weight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 16-K L G4

Heavy Weight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: B5L, 7.25x10.5L0~99 5 1

40-60 744-149 G5 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 7 0~99 11 140-61 744-150 G5 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 8 0~99 25 140-62 744-151 G6 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: A5L, 5.5x8.5L 0~99 0 140-63 744-152 G6 Plain Paper, Heavy Weight Paper ppm Adjustment: DLL 0~99 0 150-2 744-218 H/Roll warmingup cycle at the start of paper feed 0,1 0 - 0: Inhibit, 1: Execute50-19 744-219 FSR U4-2 Reset Mode 0,1 0 0: NVM Rewrite 1->0

1: Power OFF/ON50-20 744-220 FSR Reset FuserOverTemp 0,1 0 - 0: Reset, 1: Detecte

mode)50-55 744-223 Heat Roll Rotation to preventive Paper Wrinkles 0,1 1 - 0: Inhibit, 1: Control

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 GeneralChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

20-2 740-62 Firmware Download Status 0~254 1 for th FW Down load by

Page 433: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

de, 1: Tone Up Print

old code is C/F=48-10)

A) / 18 (CHIHIRO),

ETA) / 13 (CHIHIRO) (2-5: Reserve) E

Sim-B1. Read Only at B1.: For the marketot change (Diag), 4: FX), 2: 145mm/s, 3: 242mm/s, 4: 267mm/s, (TBD)

cycle Counter when clearing Tray1 HFSI Counter.

cycle Counter when clearing Tray2 HFSI Counter.

cycle Counter when clearing Tray3 HFSI Counter.

12/056-20General NVM List, HFSI NVM List

General procedures information

HFSI NVM List

23-29 - Normal TestPrint Mode / Tone Up/Down Mode Change SW 0~2 0 1 0: Normal Test Print Mo

2: Tone Down Print (The60-18 740-14 CPM 0~5 0 1 Set CPM.

0: 50 (FIO) / 28 (SHEET

1-5: 40 (FIO) / 23 (SHE

Enable Read/Write until60-20 740-555 Introduction Type 0,1 - - 0: For an experiment, 160-21 740-556 CPM Type 0,1 - - 0: Can change, 1: Cann60-22 740-557 Catereing Type 1~4 - - 1: OPB, 2: OSG, 3: LMK60-24 740-559 Process Speed 1~4 - - 1: 90mm/s (or 100mm/s

Table 1 GeneralChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 HFSIChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

21-1 741-511 Tray1 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Store Tray1 Re

21-11 741-511 Tray1 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-21 741-511 Tray1 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-31 741-511 Tray1 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray1 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~3 0 1

21-2 741-512 Tray2 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Store Tray2 Re

21-12 741-512 Tray2 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-22 741-512 Tray2 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-32 741-512 Tray2 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray2 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~3 0 1

21-3 741-513 Tray3 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Store Tray3 Re

21-13 741-513 Tray3 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-23 741-513 Tray3 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

Page 434: WCP 123_128

HFSI NVM ListGeneral procedures information

cycle Counter when clearing Tray4 HFSI Counter.

ycle Counter when clearing MSI HFSI Counter.

ng Counter value (total of Copy/FAX/Print) when FSI Counter.

ng Counter value (total of Copy/FAX/Print) when HFSI Counter.

ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)

Table 1 HFSI

12/056-21CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

21-33 741-513 Tray3 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray3 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~3 0 1

21-4 741-514 Tray4 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Store Tray4 Re

21-14 741-514 Tray4 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-24 741-514 Tray4 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-34 741-514 Tray4 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when Tray4 is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~3 0 1

21-6 741-516 MSI Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Store MSI Rec

21-16 741-516 MSI 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-26 741-516 MSI 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-36 741-516 MSI First 2Dig of Feed Capacity value when MSI is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~3 0 1

21-7 741-517 Last 2Dig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll when BTR is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Store Total Billiclearing BTR H

21-17 741-517 5th&6thDig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll BTR is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-27 741-517 3rd&4thDig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll BTR is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1

21-37 741-517 First 2Dig of the value of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll BTR is exchanged(8 Digits)

0~3 0 1

21-8 741-518 Last2 of Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged 0~99 0 1 Store Total Billiclearing Fuser

21-18 741-518 5th&6th Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged 0~99 0 121-28 741-518 3rd&4th Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged 0~99 0 121-38 741-518 First2 of Fuser discharging value when Fuser is exchanged 0~3 0 121-9 954-807 Last2 of Fuser discharging Number 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearan

means all byte21-19 954-807 5th&6th Fuser discharging Number 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearan

means all byte21-29 954-807 3rd&4th Fuser discharging Number 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearan

means all byte21-39 954-807 First2 of Fuser discharging Number 0~3 0 1 Only 0 clearan

means all byte29-4 954-800 Tray1 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearan

means all byte29-14 954-800 Tray1 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearan

means all byte

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 435: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)

12/056-22HFSI NVM List

General procedures information

29-24 954-800 Tray1 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-34 954-800 Tray1 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-5 954-801 Tray2 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-15 954-801 Tray2 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-25 954-801 Tray2 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-35 954-801 Tray2 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-6 954-802 Tray3 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-16 954-802 Tray3 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-26 954-802 Tray3 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-36 954-802 Tray3 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-7 954-803 Tray4 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-17 954-803 Tray4 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-27 954-803 Tray4 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-37 954-803 Tray4 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-9 954-805 MSI Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-19 954-805 MSI 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-29 954-805 MSI 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

29-39 954-805 MSI First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

30-1 954-806 Last 2Dig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

30-11 954-806 5th&6thDig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

30-21 954-806 3rd&4thDig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0~99 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

Table 1 HFSIChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 436: WCP 123_128

C Code NVM List, NOHAD NVM General procedures information

ce is possible in the write mode. ("0 clearance" s change to 0 at the same time)

Table 1 HFSI

ondensation mode

12/056-23CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) HFSI NVM List, M

2nd Draft

MC Code NVM List

NOHAD NVM List

30-31 954-806 First 2Dig of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits)

0~3 0 1 Only 0 clearanmeans all byte

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 MCCodeChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

60-26 740-44 Serial Code1 0~254 0 160-27 740-44 Serial Code2 0~254 0 160-28 740-44 Serial Code3 0~254 0 160-29 740-44 Serial Code4 0~254 0 160-30 740-44 Serial Code5 0~254 0 160-31 740-44 Serial Code6 0~254 0 160-32 740-44 Serial Code7 0~254 0 160-33 740-44 Serial Code8 0~254 0 160-34 740-44 Serial Code9 0~254 0 160-35 740-44 Serial Code10 0~254 0 160-36 740-54 Product Code1 0~254 0 160-37 740-54 Product Code2 0~254 0 160-38 740-54 Product Code3 0~254 0 160-39 740-54 Product Code4 0~254 0 160-40 740-54 Product Code5 0~254 0 160-41 740-54 Product Code6 0~254 0 160-42 740-54 Product Code7 0~254 0 160-43 740-54 Product Code8 0~254 0 1

Table 1 NOHADChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

50-6 - ROS FAN Control Temperature 15~30 24 1degrees50-8 - ROS FAN OFF Delay Time 6~14 10 1sec50-11 - ROS FAN FAIL Detection Control 0,1 1 1 0: Disable, 1: Enable50-14 741-509 Non-condensation mode 0,1 - 1 0: Normal mode, 1: C50-16 741-510 Condensation Mode Transition Time 0~120 0 1 min

Page 437: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

layed when Set Value is increased.

, Max(66)=7.18mm, Initial(33)=0mmlayed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.

A/D value-800)

3C3h) - 223(3FFh)A/D value)

) - 254(FEh)layed when Set Value is increased.

layed when Set Value is increased.

hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.

hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.

yed by 2ms when Set Value is increased.elayed by 3msec when Set Value is increased.

, Max(99)=14.96mm, Initial(33)=0mm

12/056-24Paper Handling NVM List

General procedures information

Paper Handling NVM ListTable 1 Paper Handling

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

20-1 742-27 LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY 0~66 33 0.2175mm (267x388mm)

Image input is de

Min(0)=-7.18mm20-8 760-16 TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-9 760-17 TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-10 760-18 TRAY2-4 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-11 760-19 TRAY2-4 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-12 760-20 SMH for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-13 760-21 SMH for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-15 - Read SMH Side Guide Minimum Paper Width Adjust-

ment(G1) Value104~223 163 - Diag 20-5 value(

104(388h) - 163(20-16 - Read SMH Side Guide Maximum Paper Width Adjust-

ment(G2) Value0~254 194 - Diag 20-6 value(

0(00h) - 194(C2h20-27 760-22 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUST-

MENT0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de

20-28 760-23 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUST-MENT

0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de

20-29 760-24 TRAY2-4,HCF for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-30 760-25 TRAY2-4,HCF for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-31 760-26 SMH for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-32 760-27 SMH for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-33 760-28 DUP for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-34 760-29 DUP for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-41 760-1 TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-42 760-2 TRAY2-4 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-43 760-3 SMH for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-45 760-5 DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUST-

MENT0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de

20-46 760-6 ALL TRAY - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-47 760-7 TRAY1 for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-48 760-8 TRAY2-4,HCF - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-49 760-9 SMH for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-51 760-10 DUP for Normal Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-52 760-11 REGI CLUTCH OFF TIMER - ALL TRAY 0~66 33 0.2175mm Clutch off is dela20-53 742-30 INVERT TIMING - ALL TRAY 0~66 33 0.435mm Invert timing is d

Min(0)=-14.96mm20-54 760-12 TOP SIGNAL OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT 0~99 0 0.2175mm

Page 438: WCP 123_128

Paper Handling NVM ListGeneral procedures information

layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.layed when Set Value is increased.

hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.hen Set Value is increased.plex

2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: HCF, 6: MSI TRAY#1, 1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2, 2: FACE UP ER Bin1, 4: FINISHER Top Trayest Printest Print, Max(30)=4.1mming+12290ms

iming+10ms

N/OUT TRAY

6-15

-15: Transparency

Table 1 Paper Handling

12/056-25CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

20-61 760-13 DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~16 10 0.2175mm Image input is de20-62 760-14 DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~16 10 0.2175mm Image input is de20-63 760-15 DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~16 10 0.2175mm Image input is de20-14 760-31 TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-18 760-32 TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-23 760-33 SMH for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de20-24 760-34 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUST-

MENT0~66 33 0.2175mm Image input is de

20-35 760-35 TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-36 760-36 TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-37 760-37 TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-40 760-38 TRAY2-4,HCF for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-55 760-39 SMH for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w20-59 760-40 DUP for Thick-4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 0~66 33 0.435mm Loop increases w23-20 - Simplex/Duplex 0,1 0 0: Simplex, 1: Du23-21 - Feed Tray 1~6 1 1: Tray1, 2: Tray23-22 740-90 Output Tray 0~4 0 0: FACE DOWN

TRAY, 3: FINISH23-26 - Test Print Run Length Low Byte 0~99 1 The Number of T23-27 - Test Print Run Length High Byte 0~99 0 The Number of T26-1 751-500 Lead-Regi correction value when printing heavy media 10~30 19 0.41mm Min(10)=-4.1mm26-15 751-507 Specify Edge Drop Improvement (Cycle In/Out Extension) 0~2 0 - 0: CYCLE IN tim

1: CYCLE OUT t

2: Both CYCLE I26-16 751-508 Applicable Tray for Edge Drop Improvement 0~7 0 - 0: No applicable

1~5: TRAY#1~#5

6: MSI

7: ENV26-17 751-509 Always Specify Edge Drop Improvement 0,1 0 - 0: Disable Diag2

1: Enable Diag2626-18 751-510 Select BIAS for Transparency Mode 0,1 0 - 0: Plain paper, 137-10 744-807 G7 Plain Paper, Heavyweight Paper ppm Adjustment: Return

PostCard L0~99 15

37-11 744-808 G7 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 11 0~99 3437-12 744-809 G7 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 12 0~99 5037-13 744-810 Not in use 0~99 42

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 439: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

nt between Regi Start and Regi Start of 11x17S

ing value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger ger Pitch timing.nt between Regi Start and Regi Start of B4S Paper

ing value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger ger Pitch timing.nt between Regi Start and Regi Start of A4S Paper

ing value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger ger Pitch timing.nt between Regi Start and Regi Start of 8.5x11L

ing value is set to a PH standard timing. Larger ger Pitch timing.Timing Adjustment of A4S Paper Group 2nd sheet

12/056-26Paper Handling NVM List

General procedures information

37-14 744-811 G8 Plain Paper, Heavyweight Paper ppm Adjustment: Post-Card L, A6L, PostCard L

0~99 19

37-15 744-812 G8 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 13,14 0~99 6937-16 744-813 G8 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 15 0~99 4437-17 744-814 G8 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 16 0~99 5937-18 744-815 G9 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 17,18 0~99 7437-19 744-816 G2 Heavyweight Paper 1,2,4 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard

3 G2 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x11L G1 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment:A4L, Non-Standard 1

0~99 23

37-20 744-817 G2 Heavyweight Paper 1,2,4 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 4 G2 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 11x17S G1 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment:A3S, Non-Standard 2

0~99 32

37-20 744-817 G2 Heavyweight Paper 12 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 4 0~99 2440-10 744-801 G6 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: A4S, 8.5x11S 0~99 2540-11 744-802 Not in use 0~99 040-12 744-803 G7 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: B5S, 7.25x10.5S,

B6L, 16-K S0~99 32

40-47 744-804 G6 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 10 0~99 2540-48 744-805 Not in use 0~99 2240-49 744-806 G7 Plain Paper ppm Adjustment: Monarch L 0~99 2841-1 742-508 Productivity Pitch Adjustment of 11x17S Paper Group 0~99 35 9ms Timing Adjustme

Paper Group

The nominal settvalue means lon

41-2 742-509 Productivity Pitch Adjustment of B4S Paper Group 0~99 35 9ms Timing AdjustmeGroup

The nominal settvalue means lon

41-3 742-510 Productivity Pitch Adjustment of A4S Paper Group 0~99 35 9ms Timing AdjustmeGroup

The nominal settvalue means lon

41-4 742-511 Productivity Pitch Adjustment of 8.5x11L Paper Group 0~99 35 9ms Timing AdjustmePaper Group

The nominal settvalue means lon

41-5 742-512 Regi Start Pitch Timing Adjustment of A4S Paper Group 2nd sheet

0~99 50 1.5msec Regi Start Pitch

Table 1 Paper HandlingChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 440: WCP 123_128

Paper Handling NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Timing Adjustment of 8.5x11L Paper Group

g between Regi Start and Regi Start of this paper UT output

nt between Regi Start and TRAY1 Feed (Common ps)

nt between Regi Start and TRAY2 Feed (Common ps)nt between Regi Start and MSI Feed (Common to )nt between Regi Start and TRAY2 Feed Stop Paper Groups)

ill delayed by 1.5msec when Set Value is

up Motor to push paper while RegiStart. It will be sec when Set Value is increased. A CL ON timingL ON timing

Feed~T/A CL ON timingL ON timing CL ON timingT Homing ON

ax(60)=630ms, Initial(29)=320msnt between Regi Start and 2TM-TRAY3 Feed Paper Groups)nt between Regi Start and 2TM-TRAY4 Feed Paper Groups)nt between Regi Start and TTM-TRAY3 Feed Paper Groups)nt between Regi Start and TTM-TRAY4 Feed Paper Groups)nt between Regi Start and Boost Stop (Only for

nt between Invert Motor Reverse Revolution and

Table 1 Paper Handling

12/056-27CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

41-6 742-513 The Following Timing Adjustment of 8.5x11L Paper Group

(1) 2nd sheet Regi Start Pitch

(2) Productivity Pitch at FDT2/FUT output

0~99 50 1.5ms 2nd Sheet Feed

Adjustment timingroup at FDT2/F

41-7 742-514 TRAY1 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper Groups)

0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustmeto All Paper Grou

41-8 742-515 TRAY2 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper Groups)

0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustmeto All Paper Grou

41-9 742-516 MSI Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper Groups) 0~99 50 1.5ms Timing AdjustmeAll Paper Groups

41-10 742-517 TRAY2 Feed Stop Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper Groups)

0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustme(Common to All

41-11 742-518 Duplex Motor Stop Timing Adjustment 0~66 33 1.5ms Inverting's OFF wincreased.

41-12 742-519 Duplex Motor Boost Start Timing Adjustment 0~66 0 1.5ms ON Timing for Ddelayed for 1.5m

41-13 742-520 T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at TRAY2 Feed 0~40 20 1.5ms TRAY2 Feed~T/41-14 742-521 T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at MSI Feed 0~40 20 1.5ms MSI Feed~T/A C41-15 742-522 T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at TRAY MODULE Feed 0~40 20 1.5ms TRAY MODULE41-16 742-523 T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at HCF Feed 0~40 20 1.5ms HCF Feed~T/A C41-17 742-524 T/A CL ON Timing Adjustment at RegiStart 0~20 0 1.5ms Regi CL ON~T/A41-18 742-525 OCT Homing Start Timing Adjustment 0~60 29 10ms Regi CL ON~OC

Min(0)=30ms, M41-24 742-571 2TM-TRAY3 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper

Groups)0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustme

(Common to All 41-25 742-572 2TM-TRAY4 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper

Groups)0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustme

(Common to All 41-26 742-573 TTM-TRAY3 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper

Groups)0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustme

(Common to All 41-27 742-574 TTM-TRAY4 Feed Timing Adjustment (Common to All Paper

Groups)0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustme

(Common to All 41-29 742-576 Boost Stop Timing after Dup (Start to speed up at 90-

>150.2mm/s)0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustme

8.5x11L Group)41-30 742-577 Dup Inversion Revolution Stop Timing (Start to switch CCW-

>CW)0~99 50 1.5ms Timing Adjustme

Invert Motor Stop41-31 744-818 Not in use 0~99 1541-32 744-819 G3 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8-K S 0~99 2541-33 744-820 Not in use 0~99 15

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 441: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

M/C stops after the paper is exited.

x(99)=19.88sec, Initial(0)=0sec

12/056-28Paper Handling NVM List

General procedures information

41-34 744-821 G3 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 16-K

L G4 Heavyweight Paper 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: B5L, 7.25x10.5 L

0~99 15

41-35 744-822 G4 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: B4S 0~99 3441-36 744-823 G4/G5/G6 Heavyweight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: Non-

Standard 5,7,90~99 36

41-37 744-824 G4/G5/G6 Heavyweight Paper 1, 2, 4 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 6,8,10

0~99 52

41-38 744-825 G8 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 5.5x8.5S, A5S 0~99 5141-39 744-826 G3 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 8-K S 0~99 041-40 744-827 Not in use 0~99 6441-41 744-828 Not in use 0~99 8241-42 744-829 G6 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: A4S, 8.5x11S 0~99 4441-43 744-830 G6 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x13 S 0~99 3841-44 744-831 G6 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x14 S 0~99 3841-45 744-832 G6 Heavyweight Paper 1,2,4 ppm Adjustment: A5L, 5.5x8.5L 0~99 1941-46 744-833 G6 Heavyweight Paper 1 ppm Adjustment: 8.5x13S, 8.5x14S 0~99 2041-47 744-834 Not in use 0~99 5041-48 744-835 G7 Heavyweight Paper 2,4 ppm Adjustment: B5S,

7.25x10.5S, B6L, 16-K S0~99 40

41-49 744-836 Not in use 0~99 5441-50 744-837 Not in use 0~99 5441-51 744-838 G7 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard

110~99 51

41-52 744-839 G7 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 12

0~99 69

41-53 744-840 Not in use 0~99 5441-54 744-841 G8 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard

13,140~99 82

41-55 744-842 G8 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 15

0~99 59

41-56 744-843 G8 Heavyweight Paper ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard 16 0~99 7741-57 744-844 G9 Heavyweight Paper 1,2 ppm Adjustment: Non-Standard

17,180~99 84

41-58 744-845 G2 Heavyweight Paper 3 ppm Adjustment: A4S, 8.5x11 L 0~99 5541-59 744-846 G5 Heavyweight Paper 3 ppm Adjustment: Com#10 0~99 5250-40 740-6 The time which the Engine automatically start the Cycle

Down0~99 0 0.2sec The time until the

Min(0)=0sec, Ma50-47 742-81 Main Motor Cycle Time for #TA2 Roll part JAM 0~10 5 100ms Min(0)=0msec

Table 1 Paper HandlingChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 442: WCP 123_128

Paper Handling NVM ListGeneral procedures information

ick1, 2: Thick2, 3: Thick3, 4, 5: Thick, 6: OHP1, 7: 9: Thin, 10: Type specified from ESSedia, 1: Heavy Media2 SENSOR (Fio only)

1 SENSOR (Fio only)

#4 SENSOR

#3 SENSOR

#2 SENSOR

OR

NSOR

the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The n is 10 mEED SENSOR (FIO only)

OUT SENSOR (FIO only)

ENSOR

NSOR (w/o CHIHIRO)

the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The n is 10 ms.UT PATH SENSOR

T PATH SENSOR

PATH SENSOR

ENSOR

ATH SENSOR

RAY EXIT PATH SENSOR

the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The n is

Table 1 Paper Handling

12/056-29CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

51-1 742-97 Paper Type 0~99 10 - 0: Normal, 1: ThOHP2, 8: OHP3,

51-33 742-89 Heavy Media Special Setting 0,1 0 - 0: Non Heavy M62-1 742-90 Paper Path Sensor (IOT & Tray Module) 0~127 - - Bit0: PREFEED#

Bit1: PREFEED#

Bit2: FEED OUT

Bit3: FEED OUT

Bit4: FEED OUT

Bit5: REGI SENS

Bit6: EXIT#1 SE

Bit7:

*The meaning ofrenewal precisio

62-2 742-91 Paper Path Sensor (HCF / DM / EXIT) 0~15 - - Bit0: HCF PREF

Bit1: HCF FEED

Bit2: DM WAIT S

Bit3: EXIT#2 SE

*The meaning ofrenewal precisio

62-4 742-93 Paper Path Sensor (FINISHER) 0~63 - - Bit0: H-TRA INP

Bit1: H-TRA EXI

Bit2: FIN INPUT

Bit3: FIN PATH S

Bit4: FIN EXIT P

Bit5: COMPILE T

*The meaning ofrenewal precisio

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 443: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

-33)

12/056-30Procon NVM List

General procedures information

Procon NVM ListTable 1 Procon

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

15-1 753-523 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDicdc Factor/Percentage 00~99 00 115-11 753-523 First 2Dig of preDelta LDicdc Factor/Percentage 39~69 50 115-2 753-525 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr Factor/Percentage 00~99 00 115-12 753-525 First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr Factor/Percentage 39~69 51 115-3 753-527 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHbcr Factor/Percentage 00~99 00 115-13 753-527 First 2Dig of preDelta VHbcr Factor/Percentage 39~69 50 115-4 753-544 Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X1) 0~99 0 115-14 753-544 First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X1) 0~05 0 115-5 753-546 Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X2) 0~99 10 115-15 753-546 First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X2) 0~05 0 115-6 753-548 Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X3) 0~99 0 115-16 753-548 First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X3) 0~05 01 115-7 753-550 Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X4) 0~99 80 115-17 753-550 First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X4) 0~05 01 115-8 753-552 Last 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X5) 0~99 40 115-18 753-552 First 2Dig of PR_LD_Cycle category (X5) 0~05 02 115-9 753-554 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y1) 00~99 00 115-19 753-554 First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y1) 47~59 50 115-10 753-532 PV monitor used to change LD light volume 0~99 0 1 (Move from 5315-20 753-556 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y2) 00~99 90 115-30 753-556 First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y2) 47~59 49 115-21 753-558 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y3) 00~99 76 115-31 753-558 First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y3) 47~59 49 115-22 753-560 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y4) 00~99 64 115-32 753-560 First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y4) 47~59 49 115-23 753-562 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y5) 00~99 60 115-33 753-562 First 2Dig of preDelta LDpr correction for PR_LD_Cycle (Y5) 47~59 49 115-24 753-564 Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X1) 00~99 00 115-34 753-564 First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X1) 39~69 50 115-25 753-566 Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X2) 00~99 00 115-35 753-566 First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X2) 39~69 51 115-26 753-568 Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X3) 00~99 60 115-36 753-568 First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X3) 39~69 51 115-27 753-570 Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X4) 00~99 00 115-37 753-570 First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X4) 39~69 52 115-28 753-572 Last 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X5) 00~99 40 115-38 753-572 First 2Dig of PR_VH_Cycle category (X5) 39~69 52 115-29 753-574 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y1) 00~99 00 1

Page 444: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

Table 1 Procon

12/056-31CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

15-39 753-574 First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y1) 39~69 50 115-40 753-576 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y2) 00~99 02 115-50 753-576 First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y2) 39~69 50 115-41 753-578 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y3) 00~99 04 115-51 753-578 First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y3) 39~69 50 115-42 753-580 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y4) 00~99 08 115-52 753-580 First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y4) 39~69 50 115-43 753-582 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y5) 00~99 20 115-53 753-582 First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr correction for PR_VH_Cycle (Y5) 39~69 50 115-44 753-613 Last 2Dig of Count Reset ATC for Toner Empty Detection 0~99 99 115-54 753-613 First 2Dig of Count Reset ATC for Toner Empty Detection 0~19 3 115-45 753-615 Last 2Dig of Count Start ATC for Toner Empty Detection 0~99 0 115-55 753-615 First 2Dig of Count Start ATC for Toner Empty Detection 0~19 04 115-46 753-620 Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 1 00~99 80 115-56 753-620 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 1 49~59 49 115-47 753-622 Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 2 00~99 0 115-57 753-622 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 2 49~59 50 115-48 753-624 Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 3 00~99 30 115-58 753-624 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 3 49~59 50 115-49 753-626 Last 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 4 00~99 55 115-59 753-626 First 2Dig of dispDelta Hum category 4 49~59 50 116-1 752-908 Last 2Dig of Toner Empty Detection Threshold Value for TotalDelta

ATC00~99 50 1

16-11 752-908 Middle 2Dig of Toner Empty Detection Threshold Value for TotalDelta ATC

00~99 05 1

16-21 752-908 First 2Dig of Toner Empty Detection Threshold Value for TotalDelta ATC

00~06 03 1

16-2 753-680 Last 2Dig of ICDC Toner_Empty Threshold Value 0~99 00 116-12 753-680 Middle 2Dig of ICDC Toner_Empty Threshold Value 0~99 20 116-22 753-680 First 2Dig of ICDC Toner_Empty Threshold Value 0~06 00 116-3 753-646 Toner_Rest category 1 [Unit: %] 0~254 0 116-4 753-647 Toner_Rest category 2 [Unit: %] 0~254 4 116-5 753-648 Toner_Rest category 3 [Unit: %] 0~254 10 116-13 753-649 Toner_Rest category 4 [Unit: %] 0~254 30 116-14 753-650 Toner_Rest category 5 [Unit: %] 0~254 100 116-6 753-609 Last 2Dig of Accumulative disp Time after Humidity and Remaining

Toner Volume Correction0~99 0 1 To be change

16-16 753-609 Middle 2Dig of Accumulative disp Time after Humidity and Remain-ing Toner Volume Correction

0~99 0 1 To be change

16-26 753-609 First 2Dig of Accumulative disp Time after Humidity and Remaining Toner Volume Correction

0~49 0 1 To be change

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 445: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ner Correction 5 for Toner_Rest is C-F=52-43

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

Enable, 2: Disable all toner recoveries

12/056-32Procon NVM List

General procedures information

16-7 753-500 Last 2Dig of Division Factor of Total Pixel Count 0~99 33 116-17 753-500 Middle 2Dig of Division Factor of Total Pixel Count 0~99 73 116-27 753-500 First 2Dig of Division Factor of Total Pixel Count 0~69 01 116-8 753-651 Remaining Toner Correction 1 for Toner_Rest 0~100 100 116-9 753-652 Remaining Toner Correction 2 for Toner_Rest 0~100 100 116-10 753-653 Remaining Toner Correction 3 for Toner_Rest 0~100 100 116-15 753-654 Remaining Toner Correction 4 for Toner_Rest 0~100 100 1 Remaining To16-18 753-657 Count Reset Changed Volume for Toner Empty Detection, Delta

ATC0~99 29 1

16-19 753-688 Count Start Changed Volume for Toner Empty Detection, Delta ATC 0~99 30 116-20 753-689 Delta ATC Changed Volume Threshold Value since Count Start for

Toner Empty Detection0~99 99 1

16-23 753-691 Standard Delta ATC since Near until Empty 0~99 20 116-24 753-682 Recovery Factor 0~99 5 116-25 753-698 Recovery Level after Replacement with New Cartridge 0~99 20 116-28 753-701 Vbias Correction Volume for Copy (Dots Prevention) 0~99 0 116-29 753-706 Flag indicating Toner Refill Complete 0,1 0 116-30 753-634 Dispense Correction Coefficient by Remaining Toner 0~254 100 116-31 753-635 Correction Coefficient for Near 0~254 100 116-32 753-690 Delta ATC exceeding Toner Near Empty Detection 0~99 50 116-33 753-716 ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) 0~99 55 1 To be change16-34 753-693 Recovery Judge Loop Count 0~99 0 1 To be change16-35 753-670 Judge for Emp_end_ATC+Delta Recovery 0,1 0 1 To be change16-36 753-671 Judge for Emp_end_ATC Recovery 0,1 0 1 To be change16-37 753-672 Toner_Near_Emp_flag 0,1 0 1 To be change16-38 753-639 PV Count since Near until M/C Stop 0~254 0 1 To be change16-39 753-708 Toner Meter Theshold (1) 0~99 25 116-40 753-709 Toner Meter Theshold (2) 0~99 50 116-41 753-710 Toner Meter Theshold (3) 0~99 75 116-42 753-711 Toner Meter Theshold (4) 0~99 99 116-43 753-712 Toner Recovery Execution Information 0~2 0 1 To be change16-44 753-713 Toner Empty Information 0~4 0 1 To be change16-45 753-673 Remaining Toner [%] 0~100 100 1 To be change16-46 753-674 Remaining Toner Status 0~10 4 1 To be change16-47 753-641 Near Threshold Value 0~254 50 116-48 752-949 Max. Recovery Time at Skip 0~99 20 116-50 753-632 Delta ATC Count Factor for Toner Empty Detection 0~254 100 116-51 753-633 Dispense Correction Coefficient by Humidity 0~254 100 116-52 753-717 Switch between enable/disable Toner Recovery before Job 0~2 1 1 0: Disable, 1: 16-53 753-727 Toner Transfer Time 0~99 20 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 446: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

d to CRUM R after M1.

ery is necessary in the M/C initial setting

ery is necessary in the M/C initial setting (1 e display. Once toner recovery is complete, the atically changes the display to 0.)

f Tone Up/Down diagnostics print. (The old code is

DC+ATC, 2: ICDCported, 2: Manual setting0: Normal, 1: Abnormal

d to CRUM R after M1.

r Near PV

AbnormalAbnormal

d to CRUM R after M1.AbnormalAbnormal

d to CRUM R after M1.

Table 1 Procon

12/056-33CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

16-55 753-699 Switch for Copy (Dots Prevention) 0,1 1 116-56 753-719 Temperature Threshold Value in Dew Condensation Mode 0~30 12 116-57 753-718 Toner Cartridge Life Detection Threshold Value 0~99 75 1 0: No, 1: Yes16-58 753-724 Counter for not peeling off seals 0~10 0 1 To be change16-59 753-636 Correction Coefficient 2 for Near 0~254 100 116-60 753-640 PV Count Lower Limit since Near until M/C Stop 0~254 2 116-61 753-700 Humidity Threshold Value for Copy (Dots Prevention) 0~99 20 116-62 753-637 LD Light Volume Lower Limit 0~254 75 116-63 753-638 LD Light Volume Upper Limit 0~254 230 116-54 753-3 Toner Recovery in M/C Setup 0,1 0 1 0: Toner recov

1: Toner recovappears on thIOT FW autom

23-28 - TC Up/Down PV 1~20 1 1 The number oC-F=52-52)

42-1 752-500 Dispense Mode 0~3 1 1 0: Timer, 1: IC42-2 752-501 Potential Control Mode 0~2 0 1 0: Full, 1: Sup42-3 752-954 ATC Sensor 0,1 0 1 ATC Sensor /

To be change42-4 752-503 Temperature Sensor 0,1 0 142-5 752-504 Humidity Sensor 0,1 0 142-6 752-505 Near_PV_Max 0~254 20 1 Max. Value fo42-7 752-506 Humidity Sensor Fail Count 0~99 0 142-8 752-507 Temperature Sensor Fail Count 0~99 0 142-9 752-508 ATC Warning 0,1 0 1 0: Normal, 1: 42-10 752-509 Toner Empty 0,1 0 1 0: Normal, 1:

To be change42-11 752-510 TotalDelta ATC_EMP_FLG 0,1 0 1 0: Normal, 1: 42-12 752-511 Delta ATC_EMP_FLAG 0,1 0 1 0: Normal, 1: 42-13 752-512 K_PN 0~99 20 142-14 753-612 Toner Refill Rate [mg/s] 0~254 22 142-15 753-619 Toner Empty Status 0~4 0 1 To be change42-16 752-2 ATC Level 0~2 0 1 ATC Level42-17 752-514 Noise Removal Count for ATC Sampling 0~99 2 142-18 752-515 Scan Count for ATC Sampling 0~99 44 142-19 752-516 Number of Superior Calculation for ATC Sampling 0~99 13 142-20 752-517 Min. Step for LD Light Volume Change 0~99 1 142-21 752-518 ATC Sampling Period 0~96 12 12

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 447: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-34Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

42-22 752-519 ATC Sensor Warning Count 0~99 0 142-23 752-520 ATC Sensor Status 0~99 0 142-24 752-521 ATC_War Count 0~99 0 142-25 752-522 ATC_War Count Threshold Value 0~99 2 142-26 752-523 Current Humidity 0~99 0 142-27 752-524 Standard Humidity [%] 0~99 30 142-28 752-525 Current Humidity Upper Threshold Value [%] 0~99 98 142-29 752-526 Current Humidity Lower Threshold Value [%] 0~99 1 142-30 752-527 PN_aft_ICDC (Last 2Dig) 0~255 0 142-31 752-528 PN_aft_ICDC (First 2Dig) 0~255 0 142-32 752-529 Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y1) 0~99 0 142-33 752-530 Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y2) 0~99 15 142-34 752-531 Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y3) 0~99 30 142-35 752-532 Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y4) 0~99 50 142-36 752-533 Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y5) 0~99 80 142-37 752-534 Humidity for Humidity Sensor Output [%] (Y6) 0~99 99 142-38 752-535 Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y1) 0~99 60 142-39 752-536 Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y2) 0~99 50 142-40 752-537 Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y3) 0~99 40 142-41 752-538 Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y4) 0~99 25 142-42 752-539 Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y5) 0~99 9 142-43 752-540 Temperature for Temperature Sensor Output [degrees] (Y6) 0~99 0 142-44 752-541 Current Temperature [degrees] 0~99 0 142-45 752-542 Standard Temperature [degrees] 0~99 22 142-46 752-543 Current Temperature Upper Threshold Value [degrees] 0~99 59 142-47 752-544 Current Temperature Lower Threshold Value [degrees] 0~99 1 142-48 752-545 PN_LimitL 0~254 80 142-49 752-546 PN_LimitH 0~254 140 142-50 753-534 PR_Cycle Category (X1) 0~254 0 142-51 753-535 PR_Cycle Category (X2) 0~254 80 142-52 753-536 PR_Cycle Category (X3) 0~254 140 142-53 753-537 PR_Cycle Category (X4) 0~254 200 142-54 753-538 PR_Cycle Category (X5) 0~254 254 142-55 753-539 preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y1) 0~254 0 142-56 753-540 preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y2) 0~254 1 142-57 753-541 preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y3) 0~254 2 142-58 753-542 preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y4) 0~254 3 142-59 753-543 preDelta VHbcr Correction for PR_Cycle (Y5) 0~254 4 142-60 753-628 K_DispHum Correction 1 for Delta Hum 0~254 100 142-61 753-629 K_DispHum Correction 2 for Delta Hum 0~254 100 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 448: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.mal, 2=High, 3=False, 4=Abnormal endTC_OUT upper limitTC_OUT upper limitTC_OUT lower limitTC_OUT lower limitd to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

Table 1 Procon

12/056-35CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

42-62 753-630 K_DispHum Correction 3 for Delta Hum 0~254 102 142-63 753-631 K_DispHum Correction 4 for Delta Hum 0~254 106 143-2 752-6 ATC Target Last 2Dig 00~99 - 143-12 752-6 ATC Target First 2Dig 00~19 - 143-3 752-3 ATC OUT Last 2Dig 00~99 70 1 To be change43-13 752-3 ATC OUT First 2Dig 00~19 3 1 To be change43-11 752-7 Result of ATC Check 0~4 - 0=Low, 1=Nor43-4 752-951 ACT OUT LimitH Last 2Dig 00~99 - 1 Last 2Dig of A43-14 752-951 ACT OUT LimitH First 2Dig 00~19 - 1 First 2Dig of A43-5 752-952 ACT OUT LimitL Last 2Dig 00~99 - 1 Last 2Dig of A43-15 752-952 Last 2Dig of ACT OUT LimitL 00~19 - 1 First 2Dig of A43-6 752-557 Last 2Dig of Previous ATC_OUT 00~99 70 1 To be change43-16 752-557 First 2Dig of Previous ATC_OUT 00~19 03 1 To be change43-7 752-547 Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Offset Standard Value (different for each

M/C)00~99 00 1

43-17 752-547 First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Offset Standard Value (different for each M/C)

00~99 10 1

43-8 752-551 Last 2Dig of ATC Mean Value 00~99 - 143-18 752-551 First 2Dig of ATC Mean Value 00~19 - 143-10 753-504 Toner Cartridge Type 0~99 0 1 To be change43-20 753-675 Last 2Dig of Toner Cartridge Initial Toner Volume 0~99 70 1 To be change43-30 753-675 First 2Dig of Toner Cartridge Initial Toner Volume 0~19 06 1 To be change43-21 753-725 Last 2Dig of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower

Limit0~99 0 1

43-31 753-726 First 2Dig of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower Limit

0~99 0 1

43-22 753-730 ICDC Accumulative Threshold Value since Empty until TC Lower Limit

0~254 80 1 x100

43-25 752-575 Last 2Dig of Fluctuation Margin Threshold Value for ATC Sampling 00~99 05 143-35 752-575 First 2Dig of Fluctuation Margin Threshold Value for ATC Sampling 00~19 00 143-26 752-577 Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Value 00~99 - 143-36 752-577 First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Range 00~19 - 143-27 752-579 Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Range after Correction 00~99 - 143-37 752-579 First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Mean Range after Correction 00~19 - 143-28 752-581 Last 2Dig of PV Interval of LD Light Value Change 00~99 10 143-38 752-581 First 2Dig of PV Interval of LD Light Value Change 00~99 00 143-29 752-583 Last 2Dig of BCR Upper Limit 00~99 50 143-39 752-583 First 2Dig of BCR Upper Limit 00~02 02 143-40 752-585 Last 2Dig of BCR Lower Limit 00~99 60 143-50 752-585 First 2Dig of BCR Lower Limit 00~02 01 143-41 752-587 Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Slant (different for each M/C) 00~99 00 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 449: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

orrection/Lowerorrection/Upperorrection Lower Limit/Lowerorrection Lower Limit/Upperorrection Lower Limit/Lowerorrection Lower Limit/Upper

12/056-36Procon NVM List

General procedures information

43-51 752-587 First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Slant (different for each M/C) 00~49 10 143-42 752-589 Last 2Dig of ATC Sensor Read Value 00~99 00 143-52 752-589 First 2Dig of ATC Sensor Read Value 00~19 00 143-43 752-591 To be added K2 Specifications: 2.25V -> 460 Last 2Dig 00~99 90 143-53 752-591 To be added K2 Specifications: 2.25V -> 460 First 2Dig 00~19 03 143-45 752-595 Last 2Dig of ATC Read Wait Time [msec] since the first PV Devel-

oper starts operation00~99 00 1

43-55 752-595 First 2Dig of ATC Read Wait Time [msec] since the first PV Devel-oper starts operation

00~49 05 1

43-46 752-597 Last 2Dig of BCR (output from Xero) 00~99 84 143-56 752-597 First 2Dig of BCR (output from Xero) 00~2 01 143-47 752-599 Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X1) [min] 00~99 00 143-57 752-599 First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X1) [min] 00~19 00 143-48 752-601 Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X2) [min] 00~99 35 143-58 750-601 First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X2) [min] 00~19 00 143-49 752-603 Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X3) [min] 00~99 70 143-59 752-603 First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X3) [min] 00~19 00 143-60 752-930 ATC_OUT Upper/Lower Limit Range (Range for ATC_target) 0~99 10 143-61 752-931 Other LD Correction Volume 0~99 0 143-62 752-932 LD Correction Volume for Copy (Dots Prevention) 0~99 12 143-63 722-933 Overrun Time [10msec] at dispense_Motor Operation 0~254 30 143-63 722-933 Overrun Time [10msec] at dispense_Motor Operation 0~254 10 143-9 - Last 2Dig of Delta ATCman 0~99 0 1 ATC Manual C43-19 - First 2Dig of Delta ATCman 49,50 50 1 ATC Manual C43-23 - Last 2Dig of Delta ATCman LimitL 0~99 85 1 ATC Manual C43-33 - First 2Dig of Delta ATCman_LimitL 49,50 49 1 ATC Manual C43-24 - Last 2Dig of Delta ATCman LimitH 0~99 20 1 ATC Manual C43-34 - First 2Dig of Delta ATCman_LimitH 49,50 50 1 ATC Manual C43-44 - Last 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at PreNear 0~99 0 1 Unit: [sec]43-54 - First 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at PreNear 0~99 0 1 Unit: [sec]44-60 752-934 SW for dispense_Motor Operation Overrun 0,1 0 146-61 752-935 SW Judge Threshold Value for dispense_Motor Operation Overrun 0~254 20 144-1 752-605 Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X4) [min] 00~99 05 144-11 752-605 First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X4) [min] 00~19 01 144-2 752-607 Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X5) [min] 00~99 40 144-12 752-607 First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Category (X5) [min] 00~19 01 144-3 752-609 Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y1) 00~99 00 144-13 752-609 First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y1) 00~19 00 144-4 752-611 Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y2) 00~99 02 144-14 752-611 First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y2) 00~19 00 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 450: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 Procon

12/056-37CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

44-5 752-613 Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y3) 00~99 04 144-15 752-613 First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y3) 00~19 00 144-6 752-615 Last 2Dig of ATC_OUT Reference Value 00~99 70 144-16 752-615 First 2Dig of ATC_OUT Reference Value 00~19 03 144-7 752-617 Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y4) 00~99 06 144-17 752-617 First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y4) 00~19 00 144-8 752-619 Last 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y5) 00~99 08 144-18 752-619 First 2Dig of Delta Age_ATC Correction for CRU_disp (Y5) 00~19 00 144-9 752-621 Last 2Dig of CRU_Disp Time [min] 00~99 00 144-19 752-621 First 2Dig of CRU_Disp Time [min] 00~19 00 144-10 753-506 2 or 3 Steps for Toner Empty Detection 0~2 0 144-20 752-623 Last 2Dig of Disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] 00~99 00 144-30 752-623 First 2Dig of Disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] 00~19 00 144-21 752-625 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X1) 00~99 74 144-31 752-625 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X1) 48~51 49 144-22 752-627 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X2) 00~99 86 144-32 752-627 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X2) 48~51 49 144-23 752-629 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X3) 00~99 00 144-33 752-629 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X3) 48~51 50 144-24 752-631 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X4) 00~99 20 144-34 752-631 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X4) 48~51 50 144-25 752-633 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X5) 00~99 40 144-35 752-633 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_LD Category (X5) 48~51 50 144-26 752-635 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) 00~99 30 144-36 752-635 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) 47~52 50 144-27 752-637 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) 00~99 20 144-37 752-637 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) 47~52 50 144-28 752-639 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) 0~99 10 144-38 752-639 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) 47~52 50 144-29 752-641 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) 0~99 00 144-39 752-641 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) 47~52 50 144-40 752-643 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) 0~99 88 144-50 752-643 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) 47~52 49 144-41 752-645 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X1) 00~99 74 144-51 752-645 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X1) 48~51 49 144-42 752-647 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X2) 00~99 88 144-52 752-647 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X2) 48~51 49 144-43 752-649 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X3) 00~99 00 144-53 752-649 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X3) 48~51 50 144-44 752-651 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X4) 00~99 15 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 451: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

nt Category 4 is C-F=46-60

12/056-38Procon NVM List

General procedures information

44-54 752-651 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X4) 48~51 50 144-45 752-653 Last 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X5) 00~99 40 144-55 752-653 First 2Dig of Delta Hum_VH Category (X5) 48~51 50 144-46 752-655 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) 00~99 20 144-56 752-655 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y1) 39~60 50 144-47 752-657 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) 00~99 12 144-57 752-657 preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y2) First 2Dig 39~60 50 144-48 752-659 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) 00~99 06 144-58 752-659 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y3) 39~60 50 144-49 752-661 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) 00~99 02 144-59 752-661 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y4) 39~60 50 144-61 752-936 Buff_Emp_count Category 1 0~99 0 144-62 752-937 Buff_Emp_count Category 2 0~99 20 144-63 752-938 Buff_Emp_count Category 3 0~99 40 1 Buff_Emp_cou45-1 752-663 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) 00~99 00 145-11 752-663 Frist Two Digits of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Hum (Y5) 39~60 50 145-2 752-665 Last 2Dig of Document Density per Page: A3 (100%)=4095 00~99 00 145-12 752-665 First 2Dig of Document Density per Page: A3 (100%)=4095 00~99 00 145-3 752-667 Last 2Dig of ICDC disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] 00~99 01 145-13 752-667 First 2Dig of ICDC disp Time Adjustment Volume [msec] 00~49 00 145-4 752-669 Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X1) 00~99 00 145-14 752-669 First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X1) 00~49 00 145-5 752-671 Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X2) 00~99 20 145-15 752-671 First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X2) 00~49 00 145-6 752-673 Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X3) 00~99 0 145-16 752-673 First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X3) 00~49 1 145-7 752-675 Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X4) 00~99 0 145-17 752-675 First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X4) 00~49 16 145-8 752-677 Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X5) 00~99 00 145-18 752-677 First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X5) 00~49 30 145-9 752-679 Last 2Dig of ICDC Category (X6) 00~99 0 145-19 752-679 First 2Dig of ICDC Category (X6) 00~49 40 145-10 753-729 CRU Emp_State before Replacement 0~4 0 145-20 752-681 Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y1) 00~99 80 145-30 752-681 First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y1) 00~49 00 145-21 752-683 Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y2) 00~99 75 145-31 752-683 First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y2) 00~49 00 145-22 752-685 Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y3) 00~99 70 145-32 752-685 First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y3) 00~49 00 145-23 752-687 Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y4) 00~99 70 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 452: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 Procon

12/056-39CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

45-33 752-687 First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y4) 00~49 00 145-24 752-989 Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y5) 00~99 70 145-34 752-989 First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y5) 00~49 00 145-25 752-691 Last 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y6) 00~99 70 145-35 752-691 First 2Dig of K_ICDC Correction for ICDC (Y6) 00~49 00 145-26 752-693 Last 2Dig of ICDC disp Time [msec] 00~99 00 345-36 752-693 First 2Dig of ICDC disp Time [msec] 00~49 00 345-27 752-695 Last 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (negative) 00~99 20 145-37 752-695 First 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (negative) 39~60 50 145-28 752-697 Last 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (positive) 0~99 20 145-38 752-697 First 2Dig of Delta ATC disp Factor (positive) 39~60 50 145-29 752-699 Last 2Dig of Developer Deterioration Correction Coefficient for ATC

Target00~99 50 1

45-39 752-699 First 2Dig of Developer Deterioration Correction Coefficient for ATC Target

39~60 50 1

45-40 752-701 Last 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC Tar-get

00~99 80 1

45-50 752-701 First 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC Tar-get

39~60 50 1

45-41 752-703 Last 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Tar-get

00~99 20 1

45-51 752-703 First 2Dig of Humidity Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Tar-get

39~60 50 1

45-42 752-705 Last 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC Target

00~99 80 1

45-52 752-705 First 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (negative) for ATC Target

39~60 50 1

45-43 752-707 Last 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Target

00~99 30 1

45-53 752-707 First 2Dig of Temperature Correction Coefficient (positive) for ATC Target

39~60 50 1

45-44 752-709 Last 2Dig of ICDC Factor 00~99 60 145-54 752-709 First 2Dig of ICDC Factor 39~60 50 145-45 752-711 Last 2Dig of preICDC_disp_time Factor/Percentage 0~99 70 145-55 752-711 First 2Dig of preICDC_disp_time Factor/Percentage 39~60 50 145-46 752-713 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDhum Factor/Percentage 00~99 80 145-56 752-713 First 2Dig of preDelta LDhum Factor/Percentage 39~60 50 145-47 753-643 Last 2Dig of Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detection 0~99 0 145-57 753-643 First 2Dig of Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detection 0~19 04 145-48 752-717 Last 2Dig of preDelta LDtemp Factor/Percentage 00~99 00 145-58 752-717 First 2Dig of preDelta LDtemp Factor/Percentage 39~60 51 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 453: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-40Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

45-49 752-719 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHhum Factor/Percentage 00~99 50 145-59 752-719 First 2Dig of preDelta VHhum Factor/Percentage 39~60 50 145-60 752-940 LD Correction 1 for Buff_Emp_count 0~99 0 145-61 752-941 LD Correction 2 for Buff_Emp_count 0~99 20 145-62 752-962 LD Correction 3 for Buff_Emp_count 0~99 40 145-63 752-943 LD Correction 4 for Buff_Emp_count 0~99 50 146-1 752-721 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHtemp Factor/Percentage 00~99 50 146-11 752-721 First 2Dig of preDelta VHtemp Factor/Percentage 39~60 50 146-2 752-723 Last 2Dig of LD1 00~99 00 146-12 752-723 First 2Dig of LD1 00~19 02 146-3 752-725 Last 2Dig of LD2 00~99 00 146-13 752-725 First 2Dig of LD2 00~19 02 146-4 752-727 Last 2Dig of LDS 00~99 00 146-14 752-727 First 2Dig of LDS 00~19 02 146-5 752-729 Last 2Dig of Max. Disp Time [msec] per PV 00~99 00 346-15 752-729 First 2Dig of Max. Disp Time [msec] per PV 00~99 30 346-6 752-731 Last 2Dig of Min. Disp Time [msec] per PV 00~99 00 346-16 752-731 First 2Dig of Min. Disp Time [msec] per PV 00~99 01 346-7 752-733 Last 2Dig of Actual Disp Time [msec] 00~99 00 346-17 752-733 First 2Dig of Actual Disp Time [msec] 00~99 00 346-8 752-735 Last 2Dig of Accumulative PR Cycle Count [Kcycle] 00~99 00 146-18 752-735 First 2Dig of Accumulative PR Cycle Count [Kcycle] 00~05 00 146-9 752-737 Last 2Dig of Machine Rest Time [sec] 00~99 00 346-19 752-737 First 2Dig of Machine Rest Time [sec] 00~99 00 346-10 - PN_aft_ICDC_Ref 0~99 18 146-20 752-739 Last 2Dig of ICDC Disp Time before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 346-30 752-739 First 2Dig of ICDC Disp Time before Factor Calculation 00~49 00 346-21 752-741 Last 2Dig of PreLD 00~99 00 146-31 752-741 First 2Dig of PreLD 00~19 02 146-22 752-743 Last 2Dig of Delta LDhum before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 146-32 752-743 First 2Dig of Delta LDhum before Factor Calculation 47~52 50 146-23 752-745 Last 2Dig of Delta LDini before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 146-33 752-745 First 2Dig of Delta LDini before Factor Calculation 47~52 50 146-24 752-747 Last 2Dig of Delta LDtemp before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 146-34 752-747 First 2Dig of Delta LDtemp before Factor Calculation 47~52 50 146-25 752-749 Last 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 146-35 752-749 First 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation 39~60 50 146-26 752-751 Last 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 146-36 752-751 First 2Dig of Delta VHhum before Factor Calculation 39~60 50 146-27 752-753 Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) 00~99 36 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 454: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 Procon

12/056-41CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

46-37 752-753 First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) 00~19 00 146-28 752-755 Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) 00~99 74 146-38 752-755 First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) 00~19 00 146-29 752-757 Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) 00~99 21 146-39 752-757 First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) 00~19 01 146-40 752-759 Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) 00~99 96 146-50 752-759 First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) 00~19 01 146-41 752-761 Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) 00~99 29 146-51 752-761 First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) 00~19 3 146-42 752-763 Last 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) 00~99 00 146-52 752-763 First 2Dig of Humidity Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X6) 00~19 04 146-43 752-765 Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) 00~99 40 146-53 752-765 First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X1) 00~19 1 146-44 752-767 Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) 00~99 93 146-54 752-767 First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X2) 00~19 1 146-45 752-769 Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) 00~99 64 146-55 752-769 First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X3) 00~19 2 146-46 752-771 Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) 00~99 9 146-56 752-771 First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X4) 00~19 4 146-47 752-773 Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) 00~99 0 146-57 752-773 First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X5) 00~19 6 146-48 752-775 Last 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X6) 00~99 10 146-58 752-775 First 2Dig of Temperature Sensor Output (10bit) Category (X6) 00~19 7 146-49 752-777 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) 0~99 80 146-59 752-777 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) 48~51 49 146-60 752-939 Buff_Emp_count Category 4 0~99 99 146-62 752-944 LD Correction Volume for Toner Empty Detection (at count) 0~99 0 146-63 752-945 Delta LDemp Value before Factor Calculation 0~99 0 147-1 752-779 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) 00~99 92 147-11 752-779 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) 48~51 49 147-2 752-781 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) 00~99 04 147-12 752-781 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) 48~51 50 147-3 752-783 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) 00~99 18 147-13 752-783 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) 48~51 50 147-4 752-785 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) 00~99 38 147-14 752-785 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) 48~51 50 147-5 752-787 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) 00~99 50 147-15 752-787 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) 47~52 50 147-6 752-789 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) 00~99 36 147-16 752-789 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) 47~52 50 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 455: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-42Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

47-7 752-791 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) 00~99 92 147-17 752-791 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) 47~52 49 147-8 752-793 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) 00~99 80 147-18 752-793 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) 47~52 49 147-9 752-795 Last 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) 0~99 70 147-19 752-795 First 2Dig of preDelta LD Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) 47~52 49 147-10 - Delta PreNear_TH 0~99 10 147-20 752-797 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) 00~99 83 147-30 752-797 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X1) 48~51 49 147-21 752-799 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) 00~99 96 147-31 752-799 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X2) 48~51 49 147-22 752-801 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) 00~99 5 147-32 752-801 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X3) 48~51 50 147-23 752-803 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) 00~99 15 147-33 752-803 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X4) 48~51 50 147-24 752-805 Last 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) 00~99 38 147-34 752-805 First 2Dig of Delta Temp Category (X5) 48~51 50 147-25 752-807 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) 00~99 20 147-35 752-807 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y1) 39~60 50 147-26 752-709 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) 00~99 12 147-36 752-709 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y2) 39~60 50 147-27 752-811 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) 00~99 00 147-37 752-811 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y3) 39~60 50 147-28 752-813 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) 00~99 98 147-38 752-813 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y4) 39~60 49 147-29 752-815 Last 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) 00~99 96 147-39 752-815 First 2Dig of preDelta VH Correction for Delta Temp (Y5) 39~60 49 147-40 752-817 Last 2Dig of Timer Disp Time [msec] 00~99 70 347-50 752-817 First 2Dig of Timer Disp Time [msec] 00~49 00 347-41 752-819 Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Humidity 00~99 00 147-51 752-819 First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Humidity 39~60 50 147-42 752-821 Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Temperature 00~99 00 147-52 752-821 First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by Temperature 39~60 50 147-43 752-823 ATC disp Time [Last 2Dig] 00~99 00 147-53 752-823 ATC disp Time [First 2Dig] 00~99 50 347-44 752-825 Last 2Dig of VBIAS 00~99 25 147-54 752-825 First 2Dig of VBIA 00~02 02 147-45 752-827 Last 2Dig of Bias Reference Value (600V) 00~99 25 147-55 752-827 First 2Dig of Bias Reference Value (600V) 00~02 02 147-46 752-829 Last 2Dig of VH Calculation Value 00~99 20 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 456: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

]]

Table 1 Procon

12/056-43CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

47-56 752-829 First 2Dig of VH Calculation Value 00~19 07 147-47 752-831 Last 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Upper Limit 00~99 10 147-57 752-831 First 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Upper Limit 47~52 50 147-48 752-833 Last 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Lower Limit 00~99 50 147-58 752-833 First 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Lower Limit 47~52 49 147-49 752-835 Last 2Dig of VH Reference Value (720V) 00~99 20 147-59 752-835 First 2Dig of VH Reference Value (720V) 00~19 07 147-60 752-946 Delta LDemp Factor for Calculation 0~254 100 147-61 752-947 Range Factor where LD Light Volume Changes by Steps at Job Idle

Operation Detection0~99 20 1

47-62 752-948 ATC Count Threshold Value that Changes LD Light Volume Limit at Job Idle Operation Detection

0~99 5 1

47-63 753-723 Value reached at CRUM Life End 0~254 127 1 To be change48-1 752-837 Last 2Dig of Delta ATCage before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 148-11 752-837 First 2Dig of Delta ATCage before Factor Calculation 39~60 50 148-2 752-839 Last 2Dig of Difference from ATC Target 00~99 00 1 To be change48-12 752-839 First 2Dig of Difference from ATC Target 39~60 50 1 To be change48-3 752-841 Last 2Dig of Delta ATC Threshold Value for Empty Detection 0~99 00 148-13 752-841 First 2Dig of Delta ATC Threshold Value for Empty Detection 39~60 51 148-4 752-843 Last 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC_OUT 00~99 00 1 To be change48-14 752-843 First 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC_OUT 39~60 50 1 To be change48-5 752-845 Last 2Dig of Previous Delta ATC 00~99 00 148-15 752-845 First 2Dig of Previous Delta ATC 39~60 50 148-6 752-847 Last 2Dig of Third latest Delta ATC 00~99 00 148-16 752-847 First 2Dig of Third latest Delta ATC 39~60 50 148-7 752-849 Last 2Dig of Forth latest Delta ATC 00~99 00 148-17 752-849 First 2Dig of Forth latest Delta ATC 39~60 50 148-8 752-851 Last 2Dig of Fifth latest Delta ATC 00~99 00 148-18 752-851 First 2Dig of Fifth latest Delta ATC 39~60 50 148-9 752-565 PR_VL_Ref 0~254 87 148-10 - K_PR_VL_TH 0~99 6 148-19 752-566 PR_VL_TH 0~99 10 148-20 752-567 K_VL 0~99 10 148-21 752-568 Delta LDini_Limit 0~99 20 148-22 - Last 2Dig of PV Count at PreNear 0~99 0 1 Unit: [0.1KPV48-32 - First 2Dig of PV Count at PreNear 0~99 0 1 Unit: [0.1KPV48-24 752-863 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Deterioration

Correction00~99 10 1

48-34 752-863 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Deterioration Correction

39~60 50 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 457: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-44Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

48-25 752-865 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Deterioration Correction

00~99 00 1

48-35 752-865 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Deterioration Correction

39~60 50 1

48-26 752-867 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Temperature Correction 00~99 00 148-36 752-867 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Temperature Correction 39~60 50 148-27 752-869 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Humidity Correc-

tion00~99 10 1

48-37 752-869 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Humidity Correc-tion

39~60 50 1

48-28 752-871 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Humidity Correc-tion

00~99 85 1

48-38 752-871 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Humidity Correc-tion

39~60 49 1

48-29 752-873 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Adjusted Volume 00~99 00 148-39 752-873 First 2Dig of ATC Target Adjusted Value 39~60 50 148-30 - K_ATCoft 0~254 0 148-40 752-875 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Humidity Correction 00~99 00 148-50 752-875 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Humidity Correction 39~60 50 148-41 752-877 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Temperature

Correction00~99 10 1

48-51 752-877 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Upper Limit at Temperature Correction

39~60 50 1

48-42 752-879 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Temperature Correction

00~99 90 1

48-52 752-879 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction Lower Limit at Temperature Correction

39~60 49 1

48-43 752-881 Last 2Dig of Difference from Standard Humidity 00~99 00 148-53 752-881 First 2Dig of Difference from Standard Humidity 48~51 50 148-44 752-883 Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume 00~99 00 148-54 752-883 First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume 47~52 50 148-45 752-885 Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume after Limit 00~99 00 148-55 752-885 First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume after Limit 47~52 50 148-46 752-887 Last 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Upper Limit 00~99 10 148-56 752-887 First 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Upper Limit 47~52 50 148-47 752-889 Last 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Lower Limit 00~99 90 148-57 752-889 First 2Dig of Delta LD_change Correction Lower Limit 47~52 49 148-48 752-891 Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Humidity 00~99 00 148-58 752-891 First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Humidity 47~52 50 148-49 752-893 Last 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman 00~99 00 148-59 752-893 First 2Dig of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman 47~52 50 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 458: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 Procon

12/056-45CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

48-60 753-719 CRU Replacement Detection (Previous Recovery Information) 0,1 0 148-61 753-720 CRU Replacement Detection (Previous Replacement Information) 0,1 0 148-62 753-721 Toner Cartridge Replacement Detection (Previous Recovery Infor-

mation)0,1 0 1

48-63 753-722 Toner Cartridge Replacement Detection (Previous Replacement Information)

0,1 0 1

49-1 752-895 Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Temperature 00~99 00 149-11 752-895 First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Temperature 47~52 50 149-2 752-897 Last 2Dig of Difference from Standard Tmperature 00~99 00 149-12 752-897 First 2Dig of Difference from Standard Temperature 48~51 50 149-3 752-899 Last 2Dig of Vbias Correction Volume 00~99 00 149-13 752-899 First 2Dig of Vbias Correction Volume 47~52 50 149-4 752-901 Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume 00~99 00 149-14 752-901 First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume 39~60 50 149-5 752-903 Last 2Dig of Disp Time [msec] per PV 00~99 00 149-15 752-903 First 2Dig of Disp Time [msec] per PV 00~99 50 349-6 753-584 Last 2Dig of Delta LDicdc before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 149-16 753-584 First 2Dig of Delta LDicdc before Factor Calculation 47~59 50 149-7 753-586 Last 2Dig of Delta LDpr before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 149-17 753-586 First 2Dig of Delta LDpr before Factor Calculation 47~59 50 149-8 753-588 Last 2Dig of Delta VHbcr before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 149-18 753-588 First 2Dig of Delta VHbcr before Factor Calculation 39~69 50 149-9 753-590 Last 2Dig of Delta VHpr before Factor Calculation 00~99 00 149-19 753-590 First 2Dig of Delta VHpr before Factor Calculation 39~69 50 149-20 753-592 Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Image Density 00~99 00 149-30 753-592 First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by Image Density 47~59 50 149-21 753-594 Last 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle

Count00~99 00 1

49-31 753-594 First 2Dig of LD Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle Count

47~59 50 1

49-22 753-596 Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by BCR Contamination 00~99 00 149-32 753-596 First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by BCR Contamination 39~69 50 149-23 753-598 Last 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle

Count00~99 00 1

49-33 753-598 First 2Dig of VH Correction Volume by PR Accumulative Cycle Count

39~69 50 1

49-24 753-603 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Deterioration Correction 00~99 00 149-34 753-603 First 2Dig of ATC Target Correction at Deterioration Correction 39~69 50 149-25 753-605 Last 2Dig of Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection 00~99 00 149-35 753-605 First 2Dig of Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection 39~69 50 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 459: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.: End

12/056-46Procon NVM List

General procedures information

49-26 753-683 Last 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detec-tion

00~99 00 1

49-36 753-683 First 2Dig of Difference from Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detec-tion

39~69 50 1

49-27 753-529 Last 2Dig of preDelta VHpr Factor/Percentage 00~99 50 149-37 753-529 First 2Dig of preDelta VHpr Factor/Percentage 39~69 50 149-28 753-685 Last 2Dig of Difference Limit Value from Previous ATC for Toner

Empty Detection0~99 7 1

49-38 753-685 First 2Dig of Difference Limit Value from Previous ATC for Toner Empty Detection

0~19 0 1

49-29 753-694 Last 2Dig of Recovery Time (Min. Unit: 100msec) 0~99 0 149-39 753-694 First 2Dig of Recovery Time (Min. Unit: 100msec) 0~99 0 149-40 753-696 Last 2Dig of Recovery Time Upper Limit (Min. Unit: 100msec) 0~99 00 149-50 753-696 First 2Dig of Recovery Time Upper Limit (Min. Unit: 100msec) 0~99 02 149-41 753-656 Last 2Dig of Count Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-51 753-656 First 2Dig of Count Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-42 753-658 Last 2Dig of ATC Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-52 753-658 First 2Dig of ATC Value between 0 and 1 of Toner Empty Status 0~19 0 1 To be change49-43 753-660 Last 2Dig of Max. Accumulative Delta ATC Value at 1 of Toner

Empty Status0~99 0 1 To be change

49-53 753-660 First 2Dig of Max. Accumulative Delta ATC Value at 1 of Toner Empty Status

0~19 0 1 To be change

49-44 753-662 Last 2Dig of Count Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-54 753-662 First 2Dig of Count Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-45 753-664 Last 2Dig of ATC Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-55 753-664 First 2Dig of ATC Value between 1 and 2 of Toner Empty Status 0~19 0 1 To be change49-46 753-666 Last 2Dig of Count Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-56 753-666 First 2Dig of Count Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-47 753-668 Last 2Dig of ATC Value between 2 and 1 of Toner Empty Status 0~99 0 1 To be change49-57 753-668 First 2Dig of ATC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status 0~19 0 1 To be change49-48 753-607 Last 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection 00~99 00 1 To be change49-58 753-607 First 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection 39~69 50 1 To be change49-49 753-617 Last 2Dig of ATC Target Value at Delta ATC Count Start for Toner

Empty Detection0~99 70 1 To be change

49-59 753-617 First 2Dig of ATC Target Value at Delta ATC Count Start for Toner Empty Detection

0~19 03 1 To be change

49-60 753-702 Other VH Correction Volume 0~99 0 149-61 753-703 VH Correction Volume for Copy (Dots Prevention) 0~254 50 149-62 753-704 Toner_Pre_Near_flag 0,1 0 1 To be change49-63 753-705 Flag indicating CRU Layer Formation Complete 0,1 0 1 To be change50-1 762-501 Printing After Toner is Empty 0,1 1 - 0: Continue, 1

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 460: WCP 123_128

Procon NVM ListGeneral procedures information

xecute(99)=1980, Initial(0)=0

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

d to CRUM R after M1.

Correction using Drum Sensitivity Difference.

Table 1 Procon

12/056-47CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

50-4 762-501 The Toner Empty warning cancellation function 0,1 0 - 0: Inhibit, 1: E50-30 762-6 Toner Empty Detection PIXEL Count 0~99 0 20 Min(0)=0, Max52-1 752-905 Last 2Dig of Current and Last 9 TotalDelta ATCs 00~99 00 152-11 752-905 Middle 2Dig of Current and Last 9 TotalDelta ATCs 00~99 00 152-21 752-905 First 2Dig of Current and Last 9 TotalDelta ATCs 00~06 03 152-2 753-667 Last 2Dig of Accumulative ICDC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner

Empty Status0~99 0 1 To be change

52-12 753-667 Middle 2Dig of Accumulative ICDC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status

0~99 0 1 To be change

52-22 753-667 First 2Dig of Accumulative ICDC Value between 2 and 3 of Toner Empty Status

0~06 0 1 To be change

52-3 752-911 Last 2Dig of ATC disp Time Lower Limit [msec] 00~99 00 152-13 752-911 Middle 2Dig of ATC disp Time Lower Limit [msec] 00~99 70 152-23 752-911 First 2Dig of ATC disp Time Lower Limit [msec] 02~04 02 152-4 752-914 Last 2Dig of ATC disp Time Upper Limit [msec] 00~99 00 152-14 752-914 Middle 2Dig of ATC disp Time Upper Limit [msec] 00~99 30 152-24 752-914 First 2Dig of ATC disp Time Upper Limit [msec] 02~04 03 152-5 752-917 Last 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time 00~99 00 3 To be change52-15 752-917 Middle 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time 00~99 00 3 To be change52-25 752-917 First 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time 00~06 03 3 To be change52-6 752-920 Last 2Dig of Cart_disp_time 00~99 00 1 To be change52-16 752-920 Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time(2) 00~99 00 1 To be change52-26 752-920 Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time(2) 00~99 00 1 To be change52-36 752-920 First 2Dig of Cart_disp_time 00~49 00 1 To be change52-7 752-924 Last 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are

not stored at NVM storage)00~99 00 1 To be change

52-17 752-924 Middle 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are not stored at NVM storage) (2)

00~99 00 1 To be change

52-27 752-924 Middle 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are not stored at NVM storage) (2)

00~99 00 1 To be change

52-37 752-924 First 2Dig of CRU Accumulative Disp Time [msec] (Last 2 digits are not stored at NVM storage)

00~49 00 1 To be change

52-9 753-505 Last 2Dig of CRU Serial No. 0~254 0 152-19 753-505 Middle Last 2Dig of CRU Serial No. (2) 0~254 0 152-29 753-505 Middle Last 2Dig of CRU Serial No. (2) 0~254 0 152-39 753-505 First 2Dig of CRU Serial No. 0~254 0 152-33 753-642 Correction Near Threshold Value 0~254 50 152-43 753-655 Remaining Toner Correction 5 for Toner_Rest 0~100 100 152-53 753-645 PreNear Threshold Value (Threshold value of Remaining Toner [%]) 0~254 114 152-54 753-731 PR_VL 0~254 88 1 VL Fluctuation53-24 - ACTOUT Last 2Dig (For CRUM Read) 00~255 70 1

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 461: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Correction using Drum Sensitivity Difference. To the line.

]]

12/056-48Procon NVM List, Recycle NVM List

General procedures information

Recycle NVM List

53-25 - ACTOUT First 2Dig (For CRUM Read) 00~255 3 153-26 - Last 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time (For CRUM Read) 00~255 00 153-27 - Middle 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time (For CRUM Read) 00~255 00 153-28 - First 2Dig of BUFF_disp_time (For CRUM Read) 00~255 03 153-29 - Last 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection

(For CRUM Read)00~255 00 1

53-30 - First 2Dig of Accumulative Delta ATC for Toner Empty Detection (For CRUM Read)

39~255 50 1

53-31 - Toner Empty Detection Status (For CRUM Read) 0~255 0 153-32 - Last 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (For CRUM Read) 00~255 00 153-33 - Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (2) (For CRUM Read) 00~255 00 153-34 - Middle 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (2) (For CRUM Read) 00~255 00 153-35 - First 2Dig of Cart_disp_time (For CRUM Read) 00~255 00 153-36 - ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) (For CRUM Read) 0~255 55 153-37 - PR_VL (For CRUM Read) 0~255 87 1 VL Fluctuation

be entered at 53-53 - Pointer for Previous ATCs 0~99 0 157-22 - Last 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at Delta ATC Count 0~99 0 1 Unit: [sec]57-32 - First 2Dig of Catr_Disp_TimeR at Delta ATC Count 0~99 0 1 Unit: [sec]57-23 - Last 2Dig of PV Count at Delta ATC Count 0~99 0 1 Unit: [0.1KPV57-33 - First 2Dig of PV Count at Delta ATC Count 0~99 0 1 Unit: [0.1KPV

Table 1 ProconChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 RecycleChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

30-4 - Last 2Dig of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-14 - 5th&6thDig of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-24 - 3rd&4thDig of MSI Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-34 - First 2Dig of MSI Feed Capacity(8 Digits) 0~3 0 130-5 - Last2 of IOT Starting Number 0~99 0 130-15 - 3rd 4th IOT Starting Number 0~99 0 130-25 - First2 of IOT Starting Number 0~99 0 130-6 - Tray1 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-16 - Tray1 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-26 - Tray1 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-36 - Tray1 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 130-7 - Tray2 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-17 - Tray2 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 1

Page 462: WCP 123_128

ROS NVM List, TRAY NVM ListGeneral procedures information

the Recycle Tray Feed Capacity NVM was written times.

Exceededthe IOT Starting Number NVM was written more s.

Exceeded

Table 1 Recycle

12/056-49CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

ROS NVM List

30-27 - Tray2 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-37 - Tray2 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 130-8 - Tray3 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-18 - Tray3 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-28 - Tray3 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-38 - Tray3 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 130-9 - Tray4 Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-19 - Tray4 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-29 - Tray4 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-39 - Tray4 First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 130-10 - HCF Last 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-20 - HCF 5th&6thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-30 - HCF 3rd&4thDig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~99 0 130-40 - HCF First 2Dig of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0~3 0 130-61 - Tray Feed Capacity MAX Over 0,1 0 1 It is shown whether

more than 4,000,000

0: Not exceeded, 1: 30-62 - IOT Starting Number MAX Over 0,1 0 1 It is shown whether

than 1,000,000 time

0: Not exceeded, 1:

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 ROSChain-Func

Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

6-20 749-1 ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-21 749-2 TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-22 749-3 TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-23 749-4 TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm 6-24 749-5 TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-26 749-6 MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-28 749-9 DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-29 749-10 DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-30 749-11 DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-31 749-12 DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-32 749-13 DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-33 749-14 DUP HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm6-34 749-15 DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1~99 50 0.254mm

Page 463: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

a, 1: Wide image area

sting, 3: Intentionally Blank Blank Copy, 4: Grida, 1: Wide image areaOS for M1

of ROS motorof ROS motor

each engine

i 2LD

of ROS motor Min(1)=1sec

detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm",

detected by M/C, "98 - 432"="98mm - 432mm", "=cannot use

detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm",

detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", 9"=cannot use

detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm",

12/056-50TRAY NVM List

General procedures information

TRAY NVM List

6-52 749-516 IMAGE AREA 0,1 0 - 0: Normal image are6-59 749-523 SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0~16 8 0.254mm Nominal=2.032mm6-60 749-524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0~11 5 0.363mm Nominal=1.815mm6-60 749-524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0~18 9 0.217mm Nominal=1.953mm6-60 749-524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0~30 15 0.135mm Nominal=2.025mm6-63 749-527 END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0~18 9 0.217mm Nominal=1.953mm23-23 - Test Print Pattern 1~4 1 1: Stripe, 2: Dark Du23-24 749-504 IMAGE AREA 0,1 0 0: Normal image are41-23 749-504 Switch For ROS M0<->For M1 0,1 1 1 0=ROS for M0, 1=R50-25 - For Checking ROS Vref Output (Analog Output) Last 2 digits 0~99 0 150-35 - For Checking ROS Vref Output (Analog Output) First 1digit 0~2 0 150-36 749-530 ROS MOTOR AUTO STOP TIME 0~10 10 1Sec Automatic stop time 50-36 749-530 ROS MOTOR AUTO STOP TIME 0~30 10 1Sec Automatic stop time 50-45 749-505 ROS Beam Position (LD2) 0~20 4 150-45 749-505 ROS Beam Position (LD2) 0~20 10 150-51 749-500 ROS Type 1~3 1 - ROS TYPE loading

1: B-MF 600/1200dp

2: B-MF 600 1LD

3: C-PRT 600 2LD50-52 749-501 Operation LD Count 1,2 2 2 1: 1LD, 2: 2LD50-53 749-502 ROS MOTOR JOB END AUTO STOP TIME 1~10 1 1Sec Automatic stop time

Table 1 ROSChain-Func

Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 TRAYChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

7-40 742-1 Tray1-Default width of Universal-size paper 0~247 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is"1-89"=cannot use

7-41 742-2 Tray1- Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper 0~99 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is"1-97" and "433-499

7-42 742-2 Tray1- First digit of default length of Universal-size paper 0~4 0 100mm7-43 742-4 Tray2-Default width of Universal-size paper 0~247 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is

"1-89"=cannot use7-44 742-5 Tray2-Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper 0~99 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is

"1-181" and "433-497-45 742-5 Tray2-First digit of default length of Universal-size paper 0~4 0 100mm7-46 742-7 Tray3-Default width of Universal-size paper 0~247 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is

"1-89"=cannot use

Page 464: WCP 123_128

TRAY NVM ListGeneral procedures information

detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", 9"=cannot use

detected by M/C, "90 - 247"="140mm - 297mm",

detected by M/C, "182 - 432"="182mm - 432mm", 9"=cannot use

- 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from ed when the power supply is turned off or IOT

432mm" This is a temporary value specified from ed when the power supply is turned off or IOT

247 (297mm) This is a temporary value specified cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT

- 432mm" This is a temporary value specified cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT

- 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from ed when the power supply is turned off or IOT

- 432mm" This is a temporary value specified cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT

- 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from ed when the power supply is turned off or IOT

- 432mm" This is a temporary value specified cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT

- 297mm" This is a temporary value specified from ed when the power supply is turned off or IOT

432mm" This is a temporary value specified from ed when the power supply is turned off or IOT

Table 1 TRAY

12/056-51CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

7-47 742-8 Tray3-Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper 0~99 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is"1-181" and "433-49

7-48 742-8 Tray3-First digit of default length of Universal-size paper 0~4 0 100mm7-53 742-10 Tray4-Default width of Universal-size paper 0~247 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is

"1-89"=cannot use7-54 742-11 Tray4-Last 2Dig of default length of Universal-size paper 0~99 0 1mm 0=fixed size which is

"1-181" and "433-497-55 742-11 Tray4-First digit of default length of Universal-size paper 0~4 0 100mm7-50 742-13 Size of Universal-size width in Tray1 90~247 - 1mm "90 - 247"="140mm

Controller. It is clearresets.

7-56 742-14 Tray1 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size 0~99 - 1mm "98 - 432"="98mm - Controller. It is clearresets.

7-57 742-14 Tray1 First digit of length of Universal-size 0~4 - 100mm7-51 742-16 Tray2 Width of Universal-size paper 90~247 - 1mm From 90 (140mm) to

from Controller. It is resets.

7-58 742-17 Tray2 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size. 0~99 - 1mm "182 - 432"="182mmfrom Controller. It is resets.

7-59 742-17 Tray2 First digit of length of Universal-size 1~4 - 100mm7-52 742-19 Tray3 Width of Universal-size paper 90~247 - 1mm "90 - 247"="140mm

Controller. It is clearresets.

7-60 742-20 Tray3 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size. 0~99 - 1mm "182 - 432"="182mmfrom Controller. It is resets.

7-61 742-20 Tray3 First digit of length of Universal-size 1~4 - 100mm7-49 742-22 Tray4 Width of Universal-size paper 90~247 - 1mm "90 - 247"="140mm

Controller. It is clearresets.

7-35 742-23 Tray4 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size. 0~99 - 1mm "182 - 432"="182mmfrom Controller. It is resets.

7-36 742-23 Tray4 First digit of length of Universal-size 1~4 - 100mm7-62 742-87 MSI Width of Universal-size paper 39~247 - 1mm "89 - 247"="139mm

Controller. It is clearresets.

7-37 742-102 MSI Last 2Dig of length Universal-size. 0~99 - 1mm "98 - 432"="98mm - Controller. It is clearresets.

7-38 742-102 MSI First digit of length of Universal-size 0~4 - 100mm

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 465: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

303mm" This is the paper width(mm) calculated position.

SMH Side Guide Adjustment. Min(0)=0mm, ial(15)=15mmilling, 1: Mech. billing only, 2: NVM billing only,

etween 2TM-TRAY3/TRAY4 Feed and T/A CL ONdjustment between Feed Out SNR3 ON and T/A

etween Feed Out SNR3 ON and Pause, )=100ms, Initial(12)=48ms

etween TTM-TRAY3 Feed and T/A CL ONetween TTM-TRAY4 Feed and T/A CL ONetween Prefeed SNR3 ON and Feed Motor3 Off M), 0ms~100ms

12/056-52TRAY NVM List, XERO NVM List

General procedures information

7-29 - LAST 2DIG OF SMH SIDE GUIDE PAPER WIDTH DETEC-TION

0~99 - 1mm "88 - 303"="88mm - from MSI Side Guide

7-39 - FIRST DIGIT OF SMH SIDE GUIDE PAPER WIDTH DETEC-TION

0~3 - 100mm

18-1 742-25 CHECK Data1 Set Initial Value in CABINET 0~255 - -18-2 742-26 CHECK Data2 Set Initial Value in CABINET 0~255 - -20-7 742-28 SMH Size Detection Offset Value (delta T) 0~30 15 1mm See Diag 20-5 20-6

Max(30)=30mm, Init23-25 - Billing Control(Test Print) 0~3 0 0: Mech. and NVM b

3: No billing26-2 742-530 TRAY3 LIFT-UP Timing Adjustment 1~20 5 10ms26-3 742-531 TRAY4 LIFT-UP Timing Adjustment 1~20 3 10ms26-5 742-532 IOT-TRAY1, 2 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment

Value (X)0~254 133 10ms

26-6 742-533 IOT-TRAY1, 2 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z)

1~99 28

26-19 742-550 2TM-TRAY3/TRAY4 T/A CL Timing Adjustment 0~30 17 10ms Timing Adjustment b26-21 742-557 TRAY MODULE T/A CL Timing Adjustment 75~165 161 10ms T/A CL ON Timing A

CL OFF26-22 742-558 TRAY MODULE Pause Timing Adjustment 0~25 12 4ms Timing Adjustment b

Min(0)=0ms, Max(2526-23 742-537 2TM-TRAY3,4 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment

Value (X)0~254 168 10ms

26-24 742-538 2TM-TRAY3,4 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z)

1~99 41

26-26 742-539 TTM-TRAY3 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment Value (X)

0~254 177 10ms

26-27 742-542 TTM-TRAY3 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z)

1~99 41 None

26-30 742-500 TRAY1 Paper Remaining Value 0~60 - -26-31 742-501 TRAY2 Paper Remaining Value 0~60 - -26-32 742-502 TRAY3 Paper Remaining Value 0~100 - -26-33 742-503 TRAY4 Paper Remaining Value 0~105 - -26-34 742-504 HCF Paper Remaining Value 0~200 - -26-38 742-543 TTM-TRAY4 Remaining Toner Detection Timer Adjustment

Value (X)0~254 124 10ms

26-45 742-544 TTM-TRAY4 Remaining Toner Detection Count-Up Factor Adjustment Value (Z)

1~99 41

26-48 742-551 TTM-TRAY3 T/A CL Timing Adjustment 0~56 44 10ms Timing Adjustment b26-49 742-552 TTM-TRAY4 T/A CL Timing Adjustment 0~82 70 10ms Timing Adjustment b26-51 742-553 TRAY3 PREFEED Stop Position Adjustment 0~50 5 2ms Timing Adjustment b

(common to 2TM/TT

Table 1 TRAYChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Page 466: WCP 123_128

XERO NVM ListGeneral procedures information

etween Prefeed SNR4 ON and Feed Motor4 Off M), 0ms~100msetween TRAY3 Prefeed ON and Main Feed ON M), Min(0)=150ms, Max(39)=210ms, Ini-

etween TRAY4 Prefeed ON and Main Feed ON M), Min(15)=150ms, Max(21)=210ms, Ini-

inch14Enable Tray4m for multinational market, 1: 70gsm or under for

illing, 1: Mech. billing only, 2: NVM billing only,

F, 1: 7.25*10.5LEF

SEF

Table 1 TRAY

arks

0)=-1%, Max(75)=2%, Initial(25)=0.92%0)=-2%, Max(20)=0%, Initial(10)=-1%0)=-1%, Max(50)=1%, Initial(40)=0.6%0)=-1%, Max(50)=1%, Initial(20)=-0.2%

hibit, 1: Control

12/056-53CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

XERO NVM List

26-60 742-554 TRAY4 PREFEED Stop Position Adjustment 0~50 5 2ms Timing Adjustment b(common to 2TM/TT

26-61 742-555 Timing Adjustment between TRAY3/Tray4 PREFEED and Main Feed

0~30 15 2ms Timing Adjustment b(common to 2TM/TTtial(15)=180ms

26-62 742-556 Timing Adjustment between Tray4 PREFEED and Main Feed 15~21 18 10ms Timing Adjustment b(common to 2TM/TTtial(18)=180ms

50-5 - mm/inch select in detecting MSI size 0~2 1 - 0: mm, 1: inch13, 2:50-7 742-9 Enable Tray4 0,1 0 - 0: Disable Tray4, 1: 50-21 742-75 Kind of the default plain paper 0,1 0 - 0: Thicker than 70gs

domestic market50-54 740-551 Billing Control(Normal Print) 0~3 0 0: Mech. and NVM b

3: No billing50-61 - Select 7.25*10.5L /(B5L or 16kaiL) 0,1 1 - Select paper size.

0: B5LEF or 16kaiLE50-62 - Select A5S/5.5*8.5S 0,1 1 - Select paper size.

0: A5SEF, 1: 5.5*8.5

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Remarks

Table 1 XEROChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

26-41 751-511 Fine-Tuning of Main Motor Speed 0~75 25 0.0004 Min(26-42 751-512 DRUM MOTOR Revolution Count OFFSET 0~20 10 0.001 Min(26-43 751-513 MAIN MOTOR Revolution Count OFFSET 1 0~50 40 0.0004 Min(26-44 751-514 MAIN MOTOR Revolution Count OFFSET 2 0~50 20 0.0004 Min(28-42 751-540 DRUM Reverse Revolution Timing 0~100 0 -28-43 751-541 DRUM Reverse Revolution Time 0~254 0 -29-41 - Last 2Dig of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 45 129-42 - 13&14th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-43 - 11&12th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 54 129-44 - 9&10th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-45 - 7&8th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-46 - 5&6th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-47 - 3rd and 4th Digits of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 0 129-48 - First 2Dig of HV Cleaning Counter (8 Digits) 0~99 0 150-42 749-16 Pre-Exposure Control 0,1 0 - 0: In

Page 467: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

CC

ON ATCC (mode1)

ON ATCC (mode2)

~990ms

imultaneous Output (Independent Output disabled)

dependent Output

WM Control, 1: Analog Control

arks

12/056-54XERO NVM List

General procedures information

50-46 746-4 BIAS Transfer Roll Output Current Control Selection 0~2 0 1 0: AT

1: N

2: N53-2 746-502 ATCC Monitor Current Setting (Imon) 0~99 22 0.5MicroAmp53-3 746-500 Start Timing for Application of Copy Current (TT1) 0~99 64 6ms53-4 746-503 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-5 746-504 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-6 751-710 Current Drop Rate (Gamma) at Paper Trailing Edge 1~99 50 1%53-7 746-505 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-8 746-506 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for 11"x17"(8.5") 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-9 746-507 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for B4SEF/B5LEF 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-10 746-508 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13",

14")0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

53-11 746-509 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for B5SEF/B6SEF 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-12 746-510 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and

smaller0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

53-14 746-511 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-15 746-512 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for 11"x17"(8.5") 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-16 746-513 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for B4SEF/B5LEF 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-17 746-514 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13",

14")0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

53-18 746-515 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for B5SEF/B6SEF 0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp53-19 746-516 All zones, all paper, all SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and

smaller0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

53-21 751-535 Drum Motor OFF Delay Time at Emergency Stop 0~99 15 10msec 0ms53-23 751-537 Pre-Exposure Off Timing 0~99 33 1.5msec53-41 751-556 Deve DC OFF Delay Time at Emergency Stop 0~254 90 1.5msec53-45 751-560 Component Control Independent Output Selection 0,1 0 1 0: S

1: In53-46 751-562 BCR AC OFF Delay Time at Emergency Stop 0~99 20 10msec53-54 751-570 BCR DC Control Selection 0,1 0 1 0: P53-55 751-711 Drum Cycle Correction Rate 1 (1) 10~40 20 5%53-56 751-712 Drum Cycle Correction Rate 2 (2) 10~40 20 5%53-57 751-713 Drum Cycle Correction Border Value 1 (DC1) 5~20 13 10Kcycle53-58 751-714 Drum Cycle Correction Border Value 2 (DC2) 20~30 25 10Kcycle53-59 751-715 Temperature Value converted from Environment SNR Output Value

(Temp_now)0~99 - degrees

53-60 751-716 Humidity Value converted from Environment SNR Output Value (Hum_now)

0~99 - %

Table 1 XEROChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 468: WCP 123_128

XERO NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 XERO

arks

12/056-55CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

53-61 751-717 Absolute Humidity (AH) used for Current Calculation 0~45 -53-62 751-718 Border Condition between Azone and Bzone (HUMA-B): HUMA-B=<AH ->

Azone0~45 14

53-63 751-719 Border Condition between Bzone and Czone (HUMA-C): HUMA-C=AH -> Czone

0~45 7

54-1 751-571 BCR AC On Timing 00~254 34 1.5ms54-2 751-573 BCR DC Pre-Exposure Output On Timing 00~254 34 1.5ms54-3 751-573 Last 2Dig of BCR DC VH Output On Timing 00~99 68 1.5ms54-13 751-575 First 2Dig of BCR DC VH Output On Timing 00~9 04 1.5ms54-4 751-577 BCR AC On Timing with No Pre-Exposure 00~254 100 1.5ms54-5 751-579 BCR DC Pre-Exposure Output Value 00~99 40 10V54-6 751-581 Pre-Exposure On Timing 00~254 34 1.5ms54-7 751-583 Pre-Exposure Light Volume Output Value 77~230 230 154-8 751-585 Deve DC Pre-Exposure Post-Output On Timing 00~254 30 1.5ms54-9 751-587 Deve DC Pre-Exposure Post-Output Time 00~254 65 10ms54-9 751-587 Deve DC Pre-Exposure Post-Output Time 00~254 115 10ms54-20 751-589 Job End Deve DC Bias Off Timing 00~254 85 1.5ms54-21 751-591 Deve DC Bias Output Value after Pre-Exposure 00~140 110 5V54-22 751-593 BCR DC Output On Timing with No Pre-Exposure 00~254 100 1.5ms54-24 751-597 Deve DC Image Output Rising Time 00~254 40 1.5ms54-25 751-599 Deve DC Bias Rising Time after Pre-Exposure 00~254 30 1.5msec54-26 751-601 Deve DC Bias Falling Time 00~254 27 1.5msec54-46 751-621 Deve DC On Timing at Recovery 00~254 85 1.5msec54-47 751-623 Deve DC Off Timing at Recovery 00~254 85 1.5msec54-10 751-720 Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/

A4LEF0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

54-48 751-721 Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

54-58 751-722 Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

54-60 751-723 Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

54-61 751-724 Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

54-62 751-725 Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

54-63 751-726 Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-1 751-806 Last 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

55-11 751-806 First 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 469: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

arks

12/056-56XERO NVM List

General procedures information

55-2 751-631 Negative Voltage Switching Timing (TT2) 0~199 103 6ms55-4 751-727 Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13",

14")0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-5 751-728 Azone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-6 751-729 Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-7 751-730 Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-8 751-731 Azone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-9 751-732 Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-10 751-733 Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-14 751-734 Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-15 751-735 Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-16 751-736 Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-17 751-737 Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-18 751-738 Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-19 751-739 Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-20 751-740 Azone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-21 751-741 Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-22 751-742 Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-23 751-743 Azone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-24 751-744 Azone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-25 751-745 Azone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-26 751-746 Azone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-27 751-747 Azone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

Table 1 XEROChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 470: WCP 123_128

XERO NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 XERO

arks

12/056-57CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

55-28 751-764 Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-29 751-765 Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-30 751-766 Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-31 751-767 Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-32 751-768 Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-33 751-769 Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-34 751-770 Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-35 751-771 Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-36 751-772 Bzone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-37 751-773 Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-38 751-774 Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-39 751-775 Bzone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-40 751-776 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-41 751-777 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-42 751-778 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-43 751-779 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-44 751-780 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-45 751-781 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-46 751-782 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-47 751-783 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-48 751-784 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 471: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

arks

12/056-58XERO NVM List

General procedures information

55-49 751-785 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-50 751-786 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-51 751-787 Bzone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-52 757-788 Bzone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-53 751-789 Bzone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-54 751-790 Bzone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-55 751-791 Bzone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-56 751-808 Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-57 751-809 Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-58 751-810 Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-59 751-811 Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-60 751-812 Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-61 751-813 Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-62 751-814 Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

55-63 751-815 Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

56-1 751-677 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 00~99 - 1V56-11 751-677 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 00~99 - 1V56-2 751-679 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 00~99 - 1V56-12 751-679 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 00~99 - 1V56-3 751-681 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 00~99 - 1V56-13 751-681 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 00~99 - 1V56-4 751-683 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 00~99 - 1V56-14 751-683 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 00~99 - 1V56-5 751-685 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 00~99 - 1V56-15 751-685 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 00~99 - 1V56-6 751-687 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -6 00~99 - 1V56-16 751-687 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -6 00~99 - 1V

Table 1 XEROChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 472: WCP 123_128

XERO NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 XERO

arks

12/056-59CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

56-7 751-689 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 00~99 - 1V56-17 751-689 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -1 00~99 - 1V56-8 751-691 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 00~99 - 1V56-18 751-691 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -2 00~99 - 1V56-9 751-693 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 00~99 - 1V56-19 751-693 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -3 00~99 - 1V56-20 751-695 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 00~99 - 1V56-30 751-695 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -4 00~99 - 1V56-21 751-697 Last 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 00~99 - 1V56-31 751-697 First 2Dig of PostATCC Measurement BTR Applied Voltage -5 00~99 - 1V56-22 751-699 Start Timing for Copy Current Drop (TT3) 0~99 61 6ms56-23 751-701 Stop Timing for Copy Current Drop (TT4) 0~99 0 6ms56-61 751-703 SystemR Adjustment Rate (beta) after ATCC Execution 1~99 50 1%56-62 751-708 Side 1 Output Current Value Display (IBTR-1) 0~99 - 0.5MicroAmp56-63 751-709 Side 2 Output Current Value Display (IBTR-2) 0~99 - 0.5MicroAmp56-24 751-704 Last 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR SystemR Display (ZPRE) 0~99 - 1M ohm56-34 751-704 First 2Dig of PreATCC Measurement BTR SystemR Display (ZPRE) 0~9 - 1M ohm56-25 751-706 Last 2Dig of BTR SystemR (ZPRE) used for Current Calculation 0~99 - 1M ohm56-35 751-706 First 2Dig of BTR SystemR (ZPRE) used for Current Calculation 0~9 - 1M ohm56-26 751-748 Last 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2)

for all sizes0~99 10 1M ohm

56-36 751-748 First 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

56-27 751-750 Last 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-37 751-750 First 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-28 751-752 Last 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-38 751-752 First 2Dig of Azone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-29 751-754 Last 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

56-39 751-754 First 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

56-40 751-756 Last 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-50 751-756 First 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-41 751-758 Last 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 473: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

arks

12/056-60XERO NVM List

General procedures information

56-51 751-758 First 2Dig of Azone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-42 751-760 Last 2Dig of Azone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

56-52 751-760 First 2Dig of Azone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

56-43 751-762 Last 2Dig of Azone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-53 751-762 First 2Dig of Azone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-44 751-792 Last 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

56-54 751-792 First 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

56-45 751-794 Last 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-55 751-794 First 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-46 751-796 Last 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-56 751-796 First 2Dig of Bzone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-47 751-798 Last 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

56-57 751-798 First 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

56-48 751-800 Last 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-58 751-800 First 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

56-49 751-802 Last 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

56-59 751-802 First 2Dig of Bzone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

57-21 751-804 Last 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

57-31 751-804 First 2Dig of Bzone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

57-41 751-816 Czone, Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-42 751-717 Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

Table 1 XEROChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 474: WCP 123_128

XERO NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 XERO

arks

12/056-61CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

57-43 751-818 Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-44 751-819 Czone, Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-45 751-820 Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-46 751-821 Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-47 751-822 Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-48 751-823 Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-49 751-824 Czone, HeavyWeight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-50 751-825 Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-51 751-826 Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-52 751-827 Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-53 751-828 Czone, Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-54 751-829 Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-55 751-830 Czone, HeavyWeight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-56 751-831 Czone, Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for A5SEF and smaller

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-57 751-832 Czone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-58 751-833 Czone, Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-59 751-834 Czone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for A3SEF/A4LEF

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-60 751-835 Czone, Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for 8.5"x11"(13", 14")

0~99 26 0.5MicroAmp

57-1 751-736 Last 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

57-11 751-736 First 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

57-2 751-838 Last 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 475: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e deleted after installing Crum.e deleted after installing Crum.e deleted after installing Crum.e deleted after installing Crum.e deleted after installing Crum.isable, 1: Execute, 2: Execute (Fixed Value Output)e enabled when the BCR Iac Control Switch is set Execute (Fixed Value Output).

t Time for toner recovery during job

0s

arks

12/056-62XERO NVM List

General procedures information

57-12 751-838 First 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

57-3 751-840 Last 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

57-13 751-840 First 2Dig of Czone Plain paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

57-4 751-842 Last 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

57-14 751-842 First 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) (2) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

57-5 751-744 Last 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

57-15 751-744 First 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

57-6 751-746 Last 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

57-16 751-746 First 2Dig of Czone Heavyweight paper, High SystemR Reference Current (2) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

57-7 751-748 Last 2Dig of Czone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 10 1M ohm

57-17 751-748 First 2Dig of Czone Transparency, Low SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 0 1M ohm

57-8 751-750 Last 2Dig of Czone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~99 0 1M ohm

57-18 751-750 First 2Dig of Czone Transparency, High SystemR Reference Current (1) for all sizes

0~9 1 1M ohm

57-10 751-849 Last 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count 0~99 0 6min To b57-20 - Middle 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count 0~99 0 6min To b57-30 - First 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count 0~99 0 6min To b57-9 751-847 Last 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count, Accumulative Value less than 6 mins 0~99 0 100ms To b57-19 751-847 First 2Dig of Drum Cycle Count, Accumulative Value less than 6 mins 0~99 0 100ms To b58-1 751-876 BCR Iac Control Switch 0~2 1 1 0: D58-2 751-877 BCR Iac Output 0~100 100 1% To b

to 2:58-11 751-657 Layer Formation Stablizing Time 0~99 11 1s58-16 751-662 Beat Time (1) 0~99 11 1s58-17 751-663 Beat Time (2) 0~99 4 1s Bea58-18 751-664 Disp Motor On Timing with Additional Used CRU 0~99 40 1s58-19 751-665 Disp Motor Drive Time at New CRU 0~99 10 1s58-20 751-666 Empty Detection Recovery Drum Motor ON Timing 0~99 15 1s58-26 751-672 Empty Detection Recovery Disp Motor Drive Start 0~99 15 100ms58-27 751-673 Empty Detection Recovery Disp Motor Drive Stop 0~99 30 1s 0s~9

Table 1 XEROChain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 476: WCP 123_128

XERO NVM ListGeneral procedures information

Table 1 XERO

arks

12/056-63CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

58-39 751-516 Deve DC On Timing with No Pre-Exposure 0~254 100 1.5ms

Chain-Func Chain-Link Name Range Default 1 Count Rem

Page 477: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Write permitted/not permitted

O

detection is specified in the DADF O

O

O

ix/Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14

14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14

O

/Size-Mix: mm

initial value is 2.

ial value in the list is for PF1. The set-

O

12/056-64

General procedures information

710-xxx DADF NVM ListTable 1 Chain 710

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

710-500 DADF Document Size 0, 1 0 0: Used in the order of input size followed by detected size

1: Only for SS, input size or detected size whichever is smaller710-501 Fax Document Size Detection 0, 1 0 Indicates the switching of detection method when the Fax size

mode.

0: A/B series, 1: Inch series710-551 JAM Bypass 0, 1 0 0: Bypass OFF, 1: Bypass ON

Use CVT together.710-600 Size MisMatch Set(Simp) 1~2 1 1: Detects Size Mismatch Jam.

2: Does not detect Size Mismatch Jam.710-603 Alternate Size Set3 1~2 1 Switch between PF1: 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm, No-M

1: 11x17S

2: 11x15S

Switch between PF2: 11x15S/11x17S. No-Mix: mm/Inch13/Inch

1: 11x17S

2: 11x15S710-604 Alternate Size Set4 1~3 1 Switch between PF1: 8.46x12.4, 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix

1: 8.5x13S

2: 8.5x14S

3: 8.46x12.4S

Switch between PF2: 8.5x13S/8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix:mm,

1: 8.5x13S

2: 8.5x14S

Different initial values are used between PF1 and PF2. The initting range of PF2 is 1 to 2.

Page 478: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

O

Inch13/Inch14

3/Inch14

O

nch13/Inch14

/Inch14

O

Table 1 Chain 710Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-65CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

710-605 Alternate Size Set5 1~2 1 Switch between PF1: B5S and 16K S. No-Mix: mm

1: B5S

2: 16K S

Switch between PF2: B5S/16K S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm

1: B5S

2: 16K S710-606 Alternate Size Set6 1~3 1 Switch between PF1: 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix:

1: 8.5x11S

2: 8x10S

3: 8x10.5S

Switch between PF2: 8x10S/8x10.5S/8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch1

1: 8.5x11S

2: 8x10S

3: 8x10.5S710-607 Alternate Size Set7 1~3 1 Switch between PF1: 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: I

1: 8.5x11L

2: 8x10L

3: 8x10.5L

Switch between PF2: 8x10L/8x10.5L/8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13

1: 8.5x11L

2: 8x10L

3: 8x10.5L

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 479: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

O

O

O

ncrements of 0.5mm

the trailing edge.

O

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-66

General procedures information

710-608 Alternate Size Set8 1~4 1 Switch between PF1: B4S/8K/11x15S/11x17S. Size-Mix: mm

1: B4S

2: 8K S

3: 11x15S

4: 11x17S

Switch between PF2: B4S/8K S/11x17S. Size-Mix: mm

1: B4S

2: 8K S

3: 11x17S

The setting range for PF2 is 1~3.710-609 Alternate Size Set9 1~2 1 Switch between PF1: 8x10S/8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14

1: 8x10S (Initial value for Inch14)

2: 8x10.5S (Initial value for Inch13)

Switch between PF2: 8x10S/8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14

1: 8x10S (Initial value for Inch14)

2: 8x10.5S (Initial value for Inch13)710-610 Alternate Size Set10 1~2 1 Switch between PF1: B5L/16K L. Size-Mix: mm

1: B5L

2: 16K L

Switch between PF2: B5L/16K L. Size-Mix: mm

1: B5L

2: 16K L710-620 Stamp position Adjustment 0~50 20 Distance from the document trailing edge of stamp position in i

0 indicates 0mm from the trailing edge, 50 indicates 25mm from

Table 1 Chain 710

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 480: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

O

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

Table 1 Chain 710Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-67CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

710-621 Stamp on time Adjustment 5~40 5 Adjusts the stamp density by adjusting stamp time.

Increments of 1ms710-800 ADF Static Jam Count Total(No Sen-

sor Sensed Jam)0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

710-801 ADF Static Jam Count Since Reset(No Sensor)

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-802 ADF Document Input Sensor Static Jam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write Disabled)

710-803 ADF DocInput SNR Static Jam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-804 ADF Registration Sensor Static Jam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write Disabled)

710-805 ADF Regi Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-806 ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write Disabled)

710-807 ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-808 ADF Duplex Sensor Static Jam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

710-809 ADF Duplex Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-810 ADF Regi SNR On NonInvert Dynam-icJam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

710-811 ADF Regi SNR On Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-812 ADF RegiSNR Off NonInvert Dynamic-Jam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

710-813 ADF Regi SNR Off Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-814 ADF Regi SNR On Dynamic Jam Count Total (invert)

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

710-815 ADF RegiSNROn DynamicJamCount SinceReset(invert)

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-816 ADF Regi SNROff Dynamic Jam Count Total (invert)

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

710-817 ADF RegiSNROffDynamicJamCount SinceReset(invert)

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-818 ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 481: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X not permitted) X

d) : 6,000,000 times X

d) X

) X

) X

X

XXXXXXX

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-68

General procedures information

710-819 ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-820 ADF Exit Sensor Off Dynamic Jam Count Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)

710-821 ADF Exit Sensor Off DynamicJam Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-822 Size Mismatch Jam Count Total 0~65535 0 Accumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)710-823 Size Mismatch Jam Count Since

Reset0~65535 0 Jam Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

710-900 Document Feed Life Count (upper dig-its)

0~65535 91 Feed Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write not permitte

710-901 Document Feed Life Count (lower dig-its)

0~65535 36224 Feed Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write not permitte

710-902 Document Feed Count Clear Data (upper digits)

0~65535 0 Feed Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted

710-903 Document Feed Count Clear Data (lower digits)

0~65535 0 Feed Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted

710-904 Document Feed Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for Feed Counter Control (Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use710-905 Document Feed Counter1 0~65535 0 Feed Count Accumulative 1710-906 Document Feed Counter2 0~65535 0 Feed Count Accumulative 2710-907 Document Feed Counter3 0~65535 0 Feed Count Accumulative 3710-908 Document Feed Counter4 0~65535 0 Feed Count Accumulative 4710-909 Document Feed Counter5 0~65535 0 Feed Count Accumulative 5710-910 Document Feed Counter6 0~65535 0 Feed Count Accumulative 6710-911 Document Feed Counter7 0~65535 0 Feed Count Accumulative 7 (MAX 6881175 times)

Table 1 Chain 710

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 482: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

715-xxx IISS NVM List

Write permitted/not permitted

OC (min), (0: Timer not available) Ole), [No other value than 0, and 5 to O

unication with ADF fails O

unication with EXT fails O

ve position to Regi Sensor (control

52 pulses) The initial values in the otor Pulse count.

O

nt), Factory Settings Oment), Factory Settings O

OMVLSS+(PRadjF -120)x2, Factory O

OO

erting to 1/100) Oing to 1/100) Oight revolution angle, 0~990: Left rev- X

ight revolution angle, 0~990: Left rev- X

m position (For Platen Scan) Om position (For Platen Scan) Om position (For CVT Scan) Om position (For CVT Scan) Om position (For Belt DADF Scan) Om position (For Belt DADF Scan) O

n, PF2: Main(X) O

GCP, AOCP

O

12/056-69CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

715-000 AGOC Timing 0~29 15 Time (min) between Power ON/Energy Saver recovery and AG715-001 AGOC_INT 50~255 20 AGOC Execution Interval 0.1H/increment (0: Timer not availab

255 is set]715-002 Number of ADF Max Reset at Sync

Error0~65535 1 Specify reset execution and connection retry count when comm

715-003 Number of EXT Max Reset at Sync Error

0~65535 1 Specify reset execution and connection retry count when comm

715-015 CVT_Image_Reading_Position 0~6500 4150 CVT Read position and CRG position adjustment (mm), Relatiregi)

PF1 initial value=4150 (increments of 0.01mm) -> 41.50mm (11unit of 4 pulses differ with products when mm is converted to M

715-050 Platen SS Registration Adjustment 16~184 100 Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/increme715-051 Platen SS Magnification Adjustment 44~56 50 Slow Scan direction Magnification Correction Value (0.1%/incre715-052 Platen / ADF 0~2 2 0: Platen model, 1: Belt DADF, 2:CVT, Factory Settings715-053 Platen PRadjF 0~240 120 Fast Scan Direction REGI Correction Value (Dot), VLSS=PRO

Settings715-095 WREF_ADJ__BWX 70~255 110 BW-X W-Ref Correction Coefficient Factory Settings715-096 WREF_ADJ__BWY 70~255 110 BW-Y W-Ref Correction Coefficient Factory Settings715-099 CVT_Density_Level_ADJ_B 1~255 100 CVT Read Density Correction Coefficient Blue (used after conv715-100 CVT_Density_Level_ADJ_K 1~255 100 CVT Read Density Correction Coefficient K (used after convert715-107 Nut_Angle_Front 0~1980 990 Light Axis Correction Front NUT revolution angle (990~1980: R

olution angle)715-108 Nut_Angle_Rear 0~1980 990 Light Axis Correction Rear NUT revolution angle (990~1980: R

olution angle)715-128 WDL_STD_BW_30_X 0~1023 0 BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-X at 30m715-129 WDL_STD_BW_30_Y 0~1023 0 BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-Y at 30m715-138 WDL_STD_CVT_BW_30_X 0~1023 0 BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-X at 30m715-139 WDL_STD_CVT_BW_30_Y 0~1023 0 BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-Y at 30m715-148 WDL_STD_BW_25_X 0~1023 0 BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-X at 25m715-149 WDL_STD_BW_25_Y 0~1023 0 BW White Conversion Correction Reference Data BW-Y at 25m715-150 WL_ERR 0~1023 1023 Data taken when White Conversion Correction fails, PF1: Gree715-160 PreIPS Special Feature 0~7 0 bit 0 -> 0: Normal, 1: LSWIDE LineSync Active large width

bit 1 -> 0: Normal, 1: AGOC cancel, Manual Setup from NVM-A

bit 2 -> 0: Normal, 1: Forward revolution output (ONPF=0)

Page 483: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

O

ools) OOO

n) (Complement for 2) [No other value O

) (Complement for 2) [No other value O

mplement for 2) [No other value than O

mplement for 2) [No other value than O

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-70

General procedures information

715-161 PreIPS_Through1 0~65535 0 Color PreIPS

bit0: WMULTF

bit1: WRDTF

bit2: WSDTF

bit3: DKTF

bit4: SSFTF

bit5: GPTF

bit6: DCACTF

bit7: DCBKTF

bit8: DCFTF

bit9: IPTF

bit10: DFDG1TF

bit11: FDG2TF

bit12: LLUT_TH

bit13:

bit14:

bit15: 715-200 ACS Detection Level 0~4 2 Level 0 (Black and White) ~ Level 4 (Color), UI Setting Data (T715-201 ACS Detection Level Extension 0, 1 0 0: Normal, 1: Expand adjustment range715-202 ACS_NVM 0, 1 0 0: Use PROM, 1: Enable NVM in (Note2)715-203 ACS CCTH (FX) 2400~25516 0 (Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (domestic: Plate

than 0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set]715-204 ACS CCTH ADF (FX) 2400~25516 0 (Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (domestic: DADF

than 0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set]715-205 ACS CCTH (MN) 2400~25516 0 (Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (MN: Platen) (Co

0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set]715-206 ACS CCTH ADF (MN) 2400~25516 0 (Note2) ACS Color Pixel Th Adjustment Value (MN: DADF) (Co

0 to 16 and 240 to 255 is set]

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 484: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

[No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O

[No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O

[No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O

[No other value than 0 to 50 and 206 O

, the larger the value, the stronger the O

0" means normal operation. Oument, 1: PostCard, XC 0: PostCard, O

ged by Area Switching 2 OO

) OOO

A3S when APS is On), 2: Inch Series O

13 series size detection table, 2: Inch

on) Oon) Oon) Oon) Oon) Oon) Ouration) Ouration) O) O) O) O) O) O) Oation) Oation) O

O

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-71CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-207 ACS a* MAX Offset 2060~25550 0 ACS a*LUT Upper Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2)to 255 is set]

715-208 ACS a* MIN Offset 2060~25550 0 ACS a*LUT Lower Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2)to 255 is set]

715-209 ACS b* MAX Offset 2060~25550 0 ACS b*LUT Upper Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2)to 255 is set]

715-210 ACS b* MIN Offset 2060~25550 0 ACS b*LUT Lower Limit Adjustment Value (Complement for 2)to 255 is set]

715-242 DCIC LEVEL (BW MODE) 0~15 8 Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading BWcorrection strength ("0" means correction reset).

715-243 DCIC TEST MODE 0~7 0 Test Mode Setting for Designing Black Correction Parameter, "715-300 A6 / Postcard Detection 0, 1 0 FX,AP 0: A6 Document, 1: PostCard Document, XE 0: A6 Doc

1: A6 Document715-301 A4S/8.5in Detection 1 0, 1 0 0: A4 Fixed (Other than XC), Letter Fixed (XC), 1: Can be chan715-302 A4S/8.5in Detection 2 0~6 3 0: 210mm(A4S)~6:216mm(8.5") in increments of 1mm715-303 B5/8x10 Detection 0, 1 0 B5/8x10" switching (Default 0: B5 detection, 1: 8x10" detection715-304 8-K Detection 0, 1 0 8-K detection specification (Default 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect)715-305 8.5x13/8.5x14 Detection 0, 1 0 XC->0: 8.5x14, 1: 8.5x13, XE->0: 8.5x13, 1: 8.5x14715-306 Original detection table for special

paper 0~2 0 0: Do not use Special Table, 1: A series (A4L when APS is Off,

(Letter LEF when APS is Off, and 11x17" when APS is On)715-307 0~2 0 Switch Size Detection Table. 0: mm-size detection table, 1: Inch

14 series size detection table715-320 Platen_DOC_EGTH1 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 1 (For Platen configurati715-321 Platen_DOC_EGTH2 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 2 (For Platen configurati715-322 Platen_DOC_EGTH3 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 3 (For Platen configurati715-323 Platen_DOC_EGTH4 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 4 (For Platen configurati715-324 Platen_DOC_EGTH5 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 5 (For Platen configurati715-325 Platen_DOC_EGTH6 0~255 24 Document Detection Threshold Value 6 (For Platen configurati715-326 Platen_DOC_WPTH 0~255 210 White Document Detection Threshold Value (For Platen config715-327 Platen_DOC_BPTH 0~255 180 Black Document Detection Threshold Value (For Platen config715-336 CVT_DOC_EGTH1 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 1 (For CVT configuration715-337 CVT_DOC_EGTH2 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 2 (For CVT configuration715-338 CVT_DOC_EGTH3 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 3 (For CVT configuration715-339 CVT_DOC_EGTH4 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 4 (For CVT configuration715-340 CVT_DOC_EGTH5 0~255 30 Document Detection Threshold Value 5 (For CVT configuration715-341 CVT_DOC_EGTH6 0~255 24 Document Detection Threshold Value 6 (For CVT configuration715-342 CVT_DOC_WPTH 0~255 210 White Document Detection Threshold Value (For CVT configur715-343 CVT_DOC_BPTH 0~255 180 Black Document Detection Threshold Value (For CVT configur715-350 AGOC-SHD_NVM 0, 1 0 0: Use PROM, 1: Enable NVM in (Note1)

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 485: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

OOOO

ata (Note1) OOOOOOO

pared at checking) Oo 1/100: 100=x1) O to 1/100: 100=x1) Oo 1/100: 100=x1) O 1/100: 100=x1) O

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-72

General procedures information

715-351 FBLM 0~1023 984 AGC Max. Allowed Volume (Note1)715-352 FBLI 0~1023 64 AGC Min. Allowed Volume (Note1)715-353 Dm 0~65535 360 Pass Sensor Border Value at AOC Level (Note1)715-354 Dmoe_c 0~65535 180 Pass Sensor Border Value at AOC O/E Difference (Note1)715-356 Oaccn 0~127 0 Hard Accumulative Addition Line Count when obtaining AOC d715-357 nmaxo 0~255 8 AOC Execution LOOP Count (Note1)715-358 PLSnCL 0~255 32 Shading RGB Read Line Count (Note1)715-359 PLSnBW 0~255 16 Shading BW Read Line Count (Note1)715-360 PLSm 0~255 2 Shading Read Position Count (Note1)715-361 PLSG 0~255 20 Interval when Shading Data is obtained (1/10mm) (Note1)715-362 FL_CHK_NG_Count 0~65535 0 Lamp Check NG Count (Reset when Lamp is replaced)715-363 FL_CHK_NG_Data 0~1023 0 Data obtained when Lamp Check Fails (Read G Write data com715-364 AGC_ADJ_R 1~200 100 For AGC_Red Target Value Correction (used after converting t715-365 AGC_ADJ_G 1~200 100 For AGC_Green Target Value Correction (used after converting715-366 AGC_ADJ_B 1~200 100 For AGC_Blue Target Value Correction (used after converting t715-367 AGC_ADJ_BW 1~200 100 For AGC_BW Target Value Correction (used after converting to715-374 Gap(7) 1~1023 26 B/W CCD Ch-1 Gain Value (PF1=BW-X, PF2=Main-Odd)715-375 Gap(8) 1~1023 26 B/W CCD Ch-2 Gain Value (PF1=BW-X, PF2=Main-Even)715-376 Gap(9) 1~1023 26 B/W CCD Ch-3 Gain Value (PF1=BW-Y, PF2=Sub-Odd)715-377 Gap(10) 1~1023 26 B/W CCD Ch-4 Gain Value (PF1=BW-Y, PF2=Sub-Even)715-384 AGCP(7) 0~2047 80 B/W CCD Ch-1 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Main-Odd)715-385 AGCP(8) 0~2047 80 B/W CCD Ch-2 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Main-Even)715-386 AGCP(9) 0~2047 80 B/W CCD Ch-3 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Sub-Odd)715-387 AGCP(10) 0~2047 80 B/W CCD Ch-4 AGC Setup Value (PF2=Sub-Even)715-394 Gsmp(7) 0~102 30 B/W CCD Ch-1 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Main-Odd)715-395 Gsmp(8) 0~102 30 B/W CCD Ch-2 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Main-Even)715-396 Gsmp(9) 0~102 30 B/W CCD Ch-3 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Sub-Odd)715-397 Gsmp(10) 0~102 30 B/W CCD Ch-4 AGC Obtained Data (PF2=Sub-Even)715-404 Gloop(7) 0~255 0 B/W CCD Ch-1 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Main-Odd)715-405 Gloop(8) 0~255 0 B/W CCD Ch-2 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Main-Even)715-406 Gloop(9) 0~255 0 B/W CCD Ch-3 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Sub-Odd)715-407 Gloop(10) 0~255 0 B/W CCD Ch-4 AGC Loop Count (PF2=Sub-Even)715-414 AOCP(7) 0~1023 128 AOC B/W ch1 BW Level Setup Value715-415 AOCP(8) 0~1023 128 AOC B/W ch2 BW Level Setup Value715-416 AOCP(9) 0~1023 128 AOC B/W ch3 BW Level Setup Value715-417 AOCP(10) 0~1023 128 AOC B/W ch4 BW Level Setup Value715-418 AOCerr 0~255 0 Number of times the AOC flow has ended abnormally715-422 Oadj(4) 0~255 0 AOC BW Level Correction Value

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 486: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

OOOOOOOOOOOOO

value removes more noise.

O

O At SMPST, SMPED setting OAt MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (*Area ll)

O

low Scan Edge AE Detection Volume O

OOO

put document size as the detection O

S parameter calculation. OE. O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-73CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-426 Oeadj(4) 0~255 0 AOC BW O/E Difference Correction Value715-433 Osmp(7) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-1 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Main-Odd)715-434 Osmp(8) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-2 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Main-Even)715-435 Osmp(9) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-3 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Sub-Odd)715-436 Osmp(10) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-4 AOC Obtained Mean Data (PF2=Sub-Even)715-443 Osmpx(7) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-1 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Main-Odd)715-444 Osmpx(8) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-2 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Main-Even)715-445 Osmpx(9) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-3 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Sub-Odd)715-446 Osmpx(10) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-4 AOC Obtained Data Max (PF2=Sub-Even)715-453 Osmpn(7) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-1 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Main-Odd)715-454 Osmpn(8) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-2 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Main-Even)715-455 Osmpn(9) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-3 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Sub-Odd)715-456 Osmpn(10) 0~1023 0 B/W CCD Ch-4 AOC Obtained Data Min (PF2=Sub-Even)715-537 TX_BW_Scan Noise Cut Level 0~14 0 Specifying Removal Level Factor for IP Parameter Selection

0: Do not remove, For 1 to 14, specify a removal level. Larger 715-560 BWPG Density 0~255 128 While Surface Solid PG Density (0: Black)715-600 AE1FS External Area 0~65535 255 Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direction undetected area INSTV,715-602 AE3 FS External Area 0~65535 255 Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direction undetected area INSTV,

used as detection area is used for PreIPS noise removal as we715-604 Line to Fix Variation 0~65535 48 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan variation fixed position/NCON, S

(increments of 0.16mm)715-608 BW_Copy Variation Control 0, 1 1 LIM Control Mode715-610 BinScan_Fax Variation Control 0, 1 1 LIM Control Mode715-611 ContoneScan Variation Control 0, 1 1 LIM Control Mode715-617 AE Control of FS Length 0, 1 0 0: Always use the document size detection result, 1: Use the in

size For AES parameter calculation.715-618 Minimum FS Length for AE 0~65535 500 Fast Scan Detection Min Range (increments of 0.1mm), For AE715-619 RAE Upper Limit of SS Magnification

for adjusting AE Parameter 0~4000 4000 Slow Scan Detection Max Range (increments of 0.1%), For RA

715-630 TP_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level of AE

0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 487: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-74

General procedures information

715-631 TP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE 0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy715-632 TX_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level of

AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)715-633 TX_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of

AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy715-634 TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level of

AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 488: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-75CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-635 TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE

0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy715-636 TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Removal Level

of AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)715-637 TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of

AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy715-642 TP_BW_Contone Removal Level of

AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 489: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

Level 2

0 (standard)

O

onger 2 OC mode as well) O

Oy O

O) Oween 1 and 100 in units of 1. The % and 100= 5% at +/-5% (0.1% unit).

O

tween 1 and 100 in units of 1. The % and 100= 5% at +/-5% (0.1% unit).

O

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-76

General procedures information

715-643 TP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE 0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy715-644 woTP_BW_Contone Removal Level of

AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT removal level as well)715-645 woTP_BW_Contone Offset Level of

AE0~4095 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength

3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or DADF

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or DADF, and duplex copy715-650 Scan Show-Through Removal Level 0~4 2 0: Softer 1, 1: Softer 2, 2: Nomal (default), 3: Stronger 1, 4: Str715-669 Control of Tracing Paper Mode 0, 1 0 0: Normal, 1: Second master drawing mode (*Used as PreIPS 715-689 CL Balance Def K / Low density 0~8 4 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low Density715-690 CL Balance Def K / Medium Density 0~8 4 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Middle Densit715-691 CL Balance Def K / high density 0~8 4 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High Density715-701 Text/Photo separation level 0~4 2 0: More text, 1: Text, 2: Normal, 3: Photo, 4: More photo (Tools715-702 PLTN/BELT FS Magnification Adjust-

ment 0~100 50 Fast Scan direction Fine Magnification Adjustment. Specify bet

value indicates the magnification adjustment with 0= -5%, 50= 0(No adjustment in Factory Settings)

715-703 CVT FS Magnification Adjustment 0~100 50 Fast Scan direction Fine Magnification Adjustment. Specify bevalue indicates the magnification adjustment with 0= -5%, 50= 0(No adjustment in Factory Settings)

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 490: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

can.

bit. However, you can specify multiple

O

OOO

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-77CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-704 IPS Bypass Setting1 0~65535 0 IPS through Setting 1.

Force to skip Image Processing functions at memory sample s

Change a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG.

Always set "0" in normal use. (Handle with Care)

--The usage is as follows:

Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bits at a time.

D'0: BEXG_TH

D'1: FSRE_THD'2:SSR_TH

D'3: NSP_TH

D'4: AER_TH

D'5: TRC2_TH

D'6: ED_TH D'7:SEL_TH

D'8: SEL2_TH

D'9: (spare)

D'10: (spare)

D'11: (spare)

D'12: (spare)

D'13: (spare)

D'14: (spare)

D'15: (spare)

The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Forced to skip715-720 Normal Density Text (BW Copy) 0~256 128 B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment715-721 High Density Text (BW Copy) 0~256 128 B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment715-722 Normal Density Text (Scan/Fax) 0~256 128 Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 491: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Or Platen model, BASE, HAEST, MAE- O

r DADF model Platen job.

E for CVT job, BASE, HAEST, MAE-

O

r DADF model DADF job, BASE, O

t) Ot since power On) O

OOOOOOO

positions) OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-78

General procedures information

715-723 High Density Text (Scan / Fax) 0~256 128 Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment715-724 PLTN RAE SS Not Detect Area 0~65535 0 Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE fo

SST, NAESS715-725 DADF-P-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area 0~65535 0 Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE fo

Or, Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time ASST, NAESS

715-726 DADF-D-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area 0~65535 0 Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE foHAEST, MAESST, NAESS

715-740 S/W Logic Fail Total Counts 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (accumulative occurrence coun715-741 S/W Logic Fail Counts since Power On 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (accumulative occurrence coun715-742 S/W Logic Fail DADF Mgr 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (DADF Mgr status)715-743 S/W Logic Fail IIT 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (IIT status)715-744 S/W Logic Fail IPS 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Pre IPS status)715-745 S/W Logic Fail IPS 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Post IPS status)715-746 S/W Logic Fail Monitor 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Monitor status)715-747 S/W Logic Fail JobCont 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (JobCont status)715-748 S/W Logic Fail Diag 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (Diag status)715-749 S/W Logic Fail10 0~65535 0 S/W Logic Fail Detection Area (ID for identifying fail occurrence715-750 PosiFailCont 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-751 PosiFailCur1 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-752 PosiFailCrg1 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-753 PosiFailCur2 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-754 PosiFailCrg2 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-755 PosiFailCur3 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-756 PosiFailCrg3 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-757 PosiFailCur4 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-758 PosiFailCrg4 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-759 PosiFailCur5 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-760 PosiFailCrg5 0~65535 0 For IIT Development Check (IIT)715-761 Job Cont Status 0~65535 0 For Development Check (JobCont)715-762 Job Cont Status 0~65535 0 For Development Check (JobCont)715-763 Job Cont Status 0~65535 0 For Development Check (JobCont)715-764 Job Cont Status 0~65535 0 For Development Check (JobCont)715-765 Job Cont Status 0~65535 0 For Development Check (JobCont)715-766 Monitor Status 0~65535 0 For Development Check (Monitor)715-767 DIAG Status 0~65535 0 For Development Check (DIAG)715-800 IISS/DADF Communication Fail Count

Overall Total0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 492: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

X

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-79CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-801 IISS/DADF Communication Fail Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-802 IISS/Cont Communication Fail Count Overall Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-803 IISS/Cont Communication Fail Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-804 DADF EEPROM Failure Count Overall Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-805 DADF EEPROM Failure Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-806 IPS Fan Failure Count Overall Total 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-807 IPS Fan Failure Count Since Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-808 Scan Carriage Position Fail Count

Overall Total0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-809 Scan Carriage Position Fail Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-812 PreIPS (X) Recognition Fail Count Overall Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-813 PreIPS (X) Recognition Fail Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-814 Lamp Illumination Failure Count Over-all Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-815 Lamp Illumination Failure Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-816 CRG Over Run Fail Count Overall Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-817 CRG Over Run Fail Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-818 Lamp Fan Fail Total 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-819 Lamp Fan Fail Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-820 CCD Fan Fail Total 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-821 CCD Fan Fail Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-822 AGC Fail Count Overall Total 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-823 AGC Fail Count Since Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-824 AOC Fail Count Overall Total 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-825 AOC Fail Count Since Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-826 IPS PWBA Fail Total 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-827 IPS PWBA Fail Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-828 IISS/EXT Communication Fail Count

Overall Total0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 493: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

not permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

Xnot permitted) X

X

not permitted) X

d) : 6,000,000 times (including Pre X

d) X) X) X

X

XXXXXXX

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-80

General procedures information

715-829 IISS/EXT Communication Fail Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-830 Extension EEPROM Fail Count Over-all Total

0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-831 Extension EEPROM Fail Count Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-846 ("X") Hard Failure Total Count 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-847 ("X") Hard Failures Since Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-850 ("X") Configuration Failure Total Count 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-851 ("X") Configuration Failures Since

Reset0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-852 ("X") Version Failure Total Count 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-853 ("X") Version Failures Since Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-854 Original Size Sensor Failure Total

Count0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-855 Original Size Sensor Failures Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-856 IIT Hot Line Failure Total Count 0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)715-857 IIT Hot Line Failures Since Reset 0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write 715-858 DADF RAM CHECK Failure Total

Count0~65535 0 Accumulative Fail Counter (Write not permitted)

715-859 DADF RAM CHECK Failures Since Reset

0~65535 0 Fail Counter Accumulative Value when it was last reset (Write

715-860 Scan Life Count (upper digits) 0~65535 91 Scan Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write not permitteScan)

715-861 Scan Life Count (lower digits) 0~65535 36224 Scan Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write not permitte715-862 Scan Count Clear Data (upper digits) 0~65535 0 Scan Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted715-863 Scan Count Clear Data (lower digits) 0~65535 0 Scan Counter Value when it was last reset (Write not permitted715-864 Scan Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for Scan Count Control (Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat count of counter currently in use715-865 Scan Counter1 0~65535 0 Scan Count Accumulative 1715-866 Scan Counter2 0~65535 0 Scan Count Accumulative 2715-867 Scan Counter3 0~65535 0 Scan Count Accumulative 3715-868 Scan Counter4 0~65535 0 Scan Count Accumulative 4715-869 Scan Counter5 0~65535 0 Scan Count Accumulative 5715-870 Scan Counter6 0~65535 0 Scan Count Accumulative 6715-871 Scan Counter7 0~65535 0 Scan Count Accumulative 7 (Max 6881175 times)

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 494: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

ot permitted) X

t permitted) X

ermitted) X

ermitted) X

) X

XXXXXXXX

mitted) X

itted) Xed) X

ed) X

X

XXXXXX

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-81CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-875 Lamp On Time Life Count (upper dig-its)

0~65535 109 Lamp On Time Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write n

7,200,000sec (2000 hours)715-876 Lamp On Time Life Count (lower dig-

its)0~65535 56576 Lamp On Time Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write no

715-877 Lamp On Time Count Clear Data (upper digits)

0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Value when it was last reset (Write not p

715-878 Lamp On Time Count Clear Data (lower digits)

0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Value when it was last reset (Write not p

715-879 Lamp On Time Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for Lamp On Time Count Control (Write not permitted

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-880 Lamp On Time Counter1 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 1715-881 Lamp On Time Counter2 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 2715-882 Lamp On Time Counter3 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 3715-883 Lamp On Time Counter4 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 4715-884 Lamp On Time Counter5 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 5715-885 Lamp On Time Counter6 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 6715-886 Lamp On Time Counter7 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 7715-887 Lamp On Time Counter8 0~65535 0 Lamp On Time Count Accumulative 8 (Max 7864200sec)715-890 Lamp On Life Count (upper digits) 0~65535 91 Lamp On Count Replacement Life (upper digits) (Write not per

6,000,000 times715-891 Lamp On Life Count (lower digits) 0~65535 36224 Lamp On Count Replacement Life (lower digits) (Write not perm715-892 Lamp On Count Clear Data (upper dig-

its)0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Value when it was last reset (Write not permitt

715-893 Lamp On Count Clear Data (lower dig-its)

0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Value when it was last reset (Write not permitt

715-894 Lamp On Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for Lamp On Count Control (Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-895 Lamp On Counter1 0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Accumulative 1715-896 Lamp On Counter2 0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Accumulative 2715-897 Lamp On Counter3 0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Accumulative 3715-898 Lamp On Counter4 0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Accumulative 4715-899 Lamp On Counter5 0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Accumulative 5715-900 Lamp On Counter6 0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Accumulative 6

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 495: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

XX

XXX

XX

tted) X

XXXXXXXX

itted) X

XXXX

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-82

General procedures information

715-901 Lamp On Counter7 0~65535 0 Lamp On Count Accumulative 7 (Max 6881175 times)715-905 Platen Open Count Pointer(Platen) 0~65535 0 Register for Platen Open Count Control (Platen machines)

(Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-906 Platen Open Counter1(Platen) 0~65535 0 Platen Open Count Accumulative 1715-907 Platen Open Counter2(Platen) 0~65535 0 Platen Open Count Accumulative 2 (Max 1966050 times)715-910 Platen Open Count Pointer(Belt

DADF)0~65535 0 Register for Platen Open Count Control (Belt DADF machines)

(Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-911 Platen Open Counter1(Belt DADF) 0~65535 0 Platen Open Count Accumulative 1715-912 Platen Open Counter2(Belt DADF) 0~65535 0 Platen Open Count Accumulative 2 (Max 1966050 times)715-915 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FLPS 5V ON Time Count Control (Write not permi

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-916 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter1 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 1715-917 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter2 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 2715-918 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter3 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 3715-919 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter4 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 4715-920 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter5 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 5715-921 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter6 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 6715-922 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter7 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 7715-923 FLPS 5V ON Time Counter8 0~65535 0 FLPS 5V ON Time Count Accumulative 8 (Max 7864200sec)715-925 FLPS ON Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FLPS ON (light up) Count Control (Write not perm

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-926 FLPS ON Counter1 0~65535 0 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 1715-927 FLPS ON Counter2 0~65535 0 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 2715-928 FLPS ON Counter3 0~65535 0 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 3715-929 FLPS ON Counter4 0~65535 0 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 4

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 496: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

XX

) Xitted) X

XXXXXXX

Xd) X

XXXXXXX

X

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-83CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-930 FLPS ON Counter5 0~65535 0 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 5715-931 FLPS ON Counter6 0~65535 0 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 6715-932 FLPS ON Counter7 0~65535 0 FLPS ON (light up) Count Accumulative 7 (Max 6881175 times715-935 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FLPS 24V ON Time Count Control (Write not perm

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-936 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter1 0~65535 0 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 1715-937 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter2 0~65535 0 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 2715-938 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter3 0~65535 0 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 3715-939 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter4 0~65535 0 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 4715-940 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter5 0~65535 0 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 5715-941 FLPS 24V ON Time Counter6 0~65535 0 FLPS 24V ON Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190sec)715-945 FLPS 24V ON Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FLPS 24V ON Count Control (Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-946 FLPS 24V ON Counter1 0~65535 0 FLPS 24V ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times)715-950 Power ON Time Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for Power ON Time Count Control (Write not permitte

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-951 Power ON Time Counter1 0~65535 0 Power ON Time Accumulative 1715-952 Power ON Time Counter2 0~65535 0 Power ON Time Accumulative 2715-953 Power ON Time Counter3 0~65535 0 Power ON Time Accumulative 3715-954 Power ON Time Counter4 0~65535 0 Power ON Time Accumulative 4715-955 Power ON Time Counter5 0~65535 0 Power ON Time Accumulative 5715-956 Power ON Time Counter6 0~65535 0 Power ON Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190min)715-960 Power ON Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for Power ON Count Control (Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-961 Power ON Counter1 0~65535 0 Power ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times)

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 497: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

rmitted) X

XXXXX

in) XX

Xrmitted) X

XXXXX

in) XX

Xrt when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. O

Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-84

General procedures information

715-965 FAN1 ON Time Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FAN1 Revolution Time Count Control (Write not pe

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-966 FAN1 ON Time Counter1 0~65535 0 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 1715-967 FAN1 ON Time Counter2 0~65535 0 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 2715-968 FAN1 ON Time Counter3 0~65535 0 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 3715-969 FAN1 ON Time Counter4 0~65535 0 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 4715-970 FAN1 ON Time Counter5 0~65535 0 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 5715-971 FAN1 ON Time Counter6 0~65535 0 FAN1 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190m715-975 FAN1 ON Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FAN1 ON Count Control (Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-976 FAN1 ON Counter1 0~65535 0 FAN1 ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times)715-980 FAN2 ON Time Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FAN2 Revolution Time Count Control (Write not pe

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-981 FAN2 ON Time Counter1 0~65535 0 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 1715-982 FAN2 ON Time Counter2 0~65535 0 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 2715-983 FAN2 ON Time Counter3 0~65535 0 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 3715-984 FAN2 ON Time Counter4 0~65535 0 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 4715-985 FAN2 ON Time Counter5 0~65535 0 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 5715-986 FAN2 ON Time Counter6 0~65535 0 FAN2 Revolution Time Count Accumulative 6 (Max 5898190m715-990 FAN2 ON Count Pointer 0~65535 0 Register for FAN2 ON Count Control (Write not permitted)

Upper digits: Counter address currently in use

Lower digits: Repeat Usage Count of counter currently in use715-991 FAN2 ON Counter1 0~65535 0 FAN2 ON Count Accumulative 1 (Max 983025 times)715-780 B-Hue Start Degree 0~360 270 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-781 B-Hue End Degree 0~360 320 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-782 G-Hue Start Degree 0~360 110 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-783 G-Hue End Degree 0~360 200 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-784 R-Hue Start Degree 0~360 350 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-785 R-Hue End Degree 0~360 60 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-786 Y-Hue Start Degree 0~360 60 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta

Table 1 Chain 715

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 498: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

rt when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. Ort when Start > End. O

OOO

Table 1 Chain 715Write permitted/not permitted

12/056-85CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

715-787 Y-Hue End Degree 0~360 120 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-788 M-Hue Start Degree 0~360 320 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-789 M-Hue End Degree 0~360 360 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-790 C-Hue Start Degree 0~360 190 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-791 C-Hue End Degree 0~360 280 1 increment=1degree. It means End to 360 and 0 degree to Sta715-997 XInfo1 0~65535 0 For PreIPS X 1715-998 XInfo2 0~65535 0 For PreIPS X 2715-999 DustOff Control 0~65535 0 0x00: Dust Off Area Initialization not completed

0xb38f: Dust Off Area Initialization completed

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 499: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Write permitted/not permited

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

12/056-86

General procedures information

716-xxx EXT NVM ListTable 1 Chain 716

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

716-000 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(55.0mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-001 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(73.3mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-002 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(82.5mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-003 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(110.0mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-004 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(146.7mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-005 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(165.0mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-006 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(293.3mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-007 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(220mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-008 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(330mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-009 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(440mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-010 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(55.0mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-011 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(73.3mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-012 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(82.5mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p

Page 500: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

e (Dot) at 1p duplex CIS, Factory Set- O

duplex (Daimajin_Regi)

Table 1 Chain 716Write permitted/not permited

12/056-87CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

716-013 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(110.0mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-014 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(146.7mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-015 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(165.0mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-016 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(293.3mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-017 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(220mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-018 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(330mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-019 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(440mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-020 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-1 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-021 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-2 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-022 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-3 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-023 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-4 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-024 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-5 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-025 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-6 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-026 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-7 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-027 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-8 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-028 CVT-CIS FS Offset (1pDup) Side2-9 0~240 120 IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Valu

tings716-029 CVT-CIS Center Regi Position Adjust 0~7196 3598 Adjusts center Regi. position for 1p

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 501: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ount O

ount OO

O

KDA[7:0] setting O/from CIS image data

0: (-), BOF=1: (+)

O

g O

Black Level Correction X

White Level Correction X

nt

lines, 4: 32 lines

O

nge average correction O

rage correction

alue=(AVEAR1+1) x 32

O

Jump table) for white change correction

(DIPS AVE1M[9:0])

X

t setting Or converting to 1/100) Og value X

Write permitted/not permited

12/056-88

General procedures information

716-030 CIS Black Level Average Line 0~3 3 Adjusts CIS black level mean line c

BL[1:0] setting716-031 CIS White Level Average Line 0~0 0 Adjusts CIS black level mean line c716-032 CIS Black Level Auto Adjust Target 0~255 96 Adjusts CIS black level

SDBL[7:0] setting716-033 CIS White Level Auto Adjust Target 0~1023 963 Adjusts CIS white level

SDWL[9:0] setting716-034 CIS Black Level Adjust 0~255 255 Sets CIS black level to any value, B716-035 CIS Digital Offset Level 0~1023 512 Adds/substracts the setting value to

BDF+BST[8:0] setting value, BOF=716-036 CIS Output Mode 0~7 1 CIC Test Mode, Output Mode Settin

S[2:0] setting716-037 Black Level Correction Value 0~255 128 Correction Value Display after CIS

RD_BKDA[7:0] value716-038 White Level Correction Value 0~255 255 Correction Value Display after CIS

RD_LEDDA1[7:0] value716-039 WL_Average Line 0~4 4 Sets shading accumulative line cou

DIPS SDLN[2:0] setting

0: 1 line, 1: 4 lines, 2: 8 lines, 3: 16716-040 WL_Start Point 0~4095 1287 Sets the start position for white cha

DIPS AVEST1[11:0] setting716-041 WL_Averaging Area 0~255 63 Sets the area for white change ave

DIPS AVEAR1[7:0] setting/setting v716-042 WL_Correction DATA 0~1023 0 Displays the initial value (value for

Initial average result for Jump table716-043 W-Ref ADJ 100~255 138 W-Ref density correction coefficien716-044 Density Level ADJ 80~120 100 Highlight fine adjustment (used afte716-045 W-Ref DATA 0~255 255 Displays DIPS WMULM [7:0] settin

Table 1 Chain 716

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 502: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

age Sync.)

ulse increments

O

(Page Sync.)

ulse increments

O

Correction fails O

O

ion undetected area INSTV O

Table 1 Chain 716Write permitted/not permited

12/056-89CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

716-046 CVT-CIS Lead Regi Adjust(460mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts ON timing of Image Area (P

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-047 CVT-CIS Tail Edge Adjust(460mm/sec) 0~244 122 Adjusts OFF timing of Image Area

+/-5.08mm (600dpi 120 pixels), 2-p716-052 WL_ERR 0~1023 1023 Data obtained when White Change

PF1: Green, PF2: Main(X) 716-053 PreIPS_Through1 0~65535 0 Pre side ASIC Through Setting 1

bit0: WMULTF

bit1: WRDTF

bit2: WSDTF

bit3: DKTF

bit4: SSFTF

bit5: GPTF

bit6: DCACTF

bit7: DCBKTF

bit8: DCFTF

bit9: IPTF

bit10: FDG1TF

bit11: FDG2TF

bit12: LLUT_TH

bit13: (spare)

bit14: (spare)

bit15: (spare)716-056 External Area of FS Sampling For AE1 0~65535 255 Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direct

At SMPST, SMPED setting

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 503: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ion undetected area INSTV

e area is used as the detection area for

O

tion fixed position/NCON, Slow Scan ents of 0.16mm)

O

OOO

tion result

a detection size

O

rements of 0.1mm), For AES parameter O

ncrements of 0.1%), For RAE. Otrength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

removal level as well)

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

O

Write permitted/not permited

12/056-90

General procedures information

716-057 External Area of FS Sampling For AE3 0~65535 255 Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direct

At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (*ThPreIPS noise removal as well.)

716-058 Line to Fix Variation 0~65535 48 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan variaEdge AE Detection Volume (increm

716-059 Variation Control For BW Copy 0,1 1 LIM Control Mode716-060 Variation Control For Binary Scan & Fax 0,1 1 LIM Control Mode716-061 Variation Control For Contone Scan 0,1 1 LIM Control Mode716-062 Control of FS Length for AE 0,1 0 0: Always use document size detec

1: Used the input document size as

For AES parameter calculation.716-063 Minimum FS Length for AE 0~65535 500 Fast Scan Detection Min Range (inc

calculation.716-064 Upper Limit of SS Magnification for adjusting AE Parameter (RAE) 0~4000 4000 Slow Scan Detection Max Range (i716-070 Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan

(Text/Photo)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT 716-071 Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary

Scan (Text/Photo)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

Table 1 Chain 716

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 504: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

removal level as well)

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

removal level as well)

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

O

Table 1 Chain 716Write permitted/not permited

12/056-91CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

716-072 Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan (Text,Pencil)

0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: SStrength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT 716-073 Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary

Scan (Text,Pencil)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D716-074 Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan

(Light Document)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT 716-075 Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary

Scan (Light Document)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 505: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

removal level as well)

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

removal level as well)

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

O

Write permitted/not permited

12/056-92

General procedures information

716-076 Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary Scan (Tracing Paper)

0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: SStrength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT 716-077 Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For BW COPY ,FAX,and Binary

Scan (Tracing Paper)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D716-078 Level of UnderColor Removal For Contone BW Scan (Text/Photo) 0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT 716-079 Offset Level of UnderColor Removal For Contone BW Scan (Text/

Photo)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

Table 1 Chain 716

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 506: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

removal level as well)

O

trength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: 4, 5 to 15 or more: Level 0 (standard)

ADF

ADF, and duplex copy

O

r IP Parameter Selection

l. Larger value removes more noise.

O

Level K Color Low Density OLevel K Color Middle Density OLevel K Color High Density OPhoto, 4: More photo (Tools) Otion Adjustment. Specify between 1 and s the magnification adjustment with 0= - (0.1% unit). (No adjustment in Factory

O

Table 1 Chain 716Write permitted/not permited

12/056-93CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

716-080 Level of UnderColor Removal For Contone BW Scan (without Text/Photo)

0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: SStrength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D

(*Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT 716-081 Offset Level of UnderColor Removal Contone BW Scan (without Text/

Photo)0~999 0 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: S

Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level

0bit to 3bit: Machine with Platen

4bit to 7bit: Machine with CVT or D

8bit to 11bit: Machine with CVT or D716-082 TX_BW_Scan Noise Cut Level 0~14 0 Specifying Removal Level Factor fo

0: Do not remove

For 1 to 14, specify a removal leve716-100 Color Balance Default: K/Low density 0~8 4 Default Color Balance Adjustment 716-101 Color Balance Default: K/Medium density 0~8 4 Default Color Balance Adjustment 716-102 Color Balance Default: K/high density 0~8 4 Default Color Balance Adjustment 716-110 Text/Photo separation level 0~4 2 0: More text, 1: Text, 2: Normal, 3: 716-112 FS Magnification Adjustment (CVT) 0~100 50 Fast Scan direction Fine Magnifica

100 in units of 1. The value indicate5%, 50= 0% and 100= 5% at +/-5%Settings)

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 507: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ctions at memory sample scan.

UG.

dle with Care)

nctions is assigned to each bit. How-t a time.

anged, B'1: Forced to skip

O

Write permitted/not permited

12/056-94

General procedures information

716-113 IPS Bypass Setting1 0~65535 0 IPS through Setting 1

Force to skip Image Processing fun

Change a value at S/W & H/W DEB

Always set "0" in normal use. (Han

--The usage is as follows:

Whether to execute/force to skip fuever, you can specify multiple bits a

D'0: BEXG_TH

D'1: FSRE_TH

D'2: SSR_TH

D'3: NSP_TH

D'4: AER_TH

D'5: TRC2_TH

D'6: ED_TH

D'7: SEL_TH

D'8: SEL2_TH

D'9: (spare)

D'10: (spare)

D'11: (spare)

D'12: (spare)

D'13: (spare)

D'14: (spare)

D'15: (spare)

The specified bit value is: B'0: Unch

Table 1 Chain 716

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 508: WCP 123_128

General procedures information

justment Odjustment O

ustment Ojustment Olue at Real Time AE O

tion Volume

O

ncrements of 0.1%) (For noise removal) O Stronger 1, Stronger 2 O

Table 1 Chain 716Write permitted/not permited

12/056-95CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

716-120 Normal Density Text (BW Copy) 0~256 128 B/W COPY Text Normal Density Ad716-121 High Density Text (BW Copy) 0~256 128 B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density A716-122 Normal Density Text (Scan/Fax) 0~256 128 Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adj716-123 High Density Text (Scan / Fax) 0~256 128 Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Ad716-126 SS Not Detect Area (Real Time AE) 0~65535 0 Slow Scan Non-detection Setup Va

BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS716-127 (NoiseRemoval) Line to Fix Variation 0~65535 240 Slow Scan End Position

Slow Scan Leading Edge AE Detec

MAESSE (For noise removal)716-128 (NoiseRemoval) Upper Limit of SS Magnification for adjusting 0~4000 4000 Slow Scan Detection Max Range (i716-129 Scan Show-Throght Removal Level 0~4 0 Softer 1, Softer 2, Normal (default),

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

Page 509: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Write permitted/not permited

OOOOOOOOX

ownload) Xownload) Xt download) Xownload) Xownload) Xownload) X

at download) Xownload) X

12/056-96

General procedures information

719-xxx IISS Config. NVM ListTable 1 Chain 719

Chain-Link Name Range Default Remarks

719-000 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code1 (Upper) 0~65535 0 Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (upper digits)719-001 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code2 0~65535 0 Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code719-002 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code3 0~65535 0 Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code719-003 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code4 0~65535 0 Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code719-004 IISS Serial No. ASCII Code5 (Lower) 0~65535 0 Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (lower digits)719-005 IISS XJ Code ASCII Code1 (Upper) 0~65535 0 Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (upper digits)719-006 IISS XJ Code ASCII Code2 (Lower) 0~65535 0 Write in IIT Factory Settings ASCII code (lower digits)719-007 Market Information 0~3 0 FX=0, AP=1, XC=2, XE=3719-008 ADF Version No. 0~65535 0 Indicates the ADF version number719-009 IISS Major Version 0~65535 0 IISS Major version number (same as the statement at d719-010 IISS Minor Version 0~65535 0 IISS Minor version number (same as the statement at d719-011 IISS Revision Version 0~65535 0 IISS Revison version number (same as the statement a719-012 IISS Patch Version 0~65535 0 IISS Patch version number (same as the statement at d719-013 ADF Major Version 0~65535 0 ADF Major version number (same as the statement at d719-014 ADF Minor Version 0~65535 0 ADF Minor version number (same as the statement at d719-015 ADF Revision Version 0~65535 0 ADF Revision version number (same as the statement 719-016 ADF Patch Version 0~65535 0 ADF Patch version number (same as the statement at d

Page 510: WCP 123_128

dC132, dC135General procedures information

dC132 Serial Number/Billing Meter Synchronization dC135 HFSI Counters

shold) and the current value (count) of the HSFIs. lue resets are possible.

Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.nu, or click on Maintenance on the Service Entry as the default screen. the Maintenance screen. the replacement life (Threshold) and the current cal tabs allow display of all HFSI counters, or only old.s in Section 1. Perform the listed Service Action for threshold (near threshold indicated by yellow dia-

parts, select the appropriate HFSI item, then select

ns. Threshold represents the threshold value as eshold represents the data stored in the machine fied as follows:

AUTION affect machine performance. Do not perform this so.

e same value as the PWS value, press the Set

alue other than the current machine or PWS value, ld box, then press the Set New Threshold button. e updated value.

12/056-9CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeChecks the Billing Meters and sets the Machine Serial Number when fault 103-208 occurs. This routine also reads the Billing Meters and can be accessed at any time for this purpose.

ProcedureCAUTION

Failure to comply with the board replacement procedure in GP 10, could result in serious NVM corruption.Follow the procedure described in GP 10.

PurposeThis routine displays the service life (ThreChanges to replacement life and current va

ProcedureReading and resetting HFSI1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering 2. Select dC135 from the DC Quick me

Screen. The All Jams screen displays3. Select HFSI Counters (dC135) tab on4. The HFSI Counters screen displays

value (count) of the HSFIs. Two vertithose counters that are over the thresh

5. Refer to Detailed Maintenance Activitieall HSFI counters that are at or near mond in the % column).

6. To reset the count after replacing the the Reset Counter button.

Changing ThresholdsThe PWS tool has two Threshold columstored within the PWS tool; Machine ThrNVM. The Machine Threshold can be modi

CChanging HFSI thresholds may adverselyprocedure unless specifically directed to do1. Select the Change Threshold tab. 2. Select the counter you wish to modify.3. To reset the machine threshold to th

Threshold button. 4. To reset the machine threshold to a v

enter the value into the New Thresho5. Press the Refresh button to display th

Page 511: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

by 1. The new output level is input into the system output level in the Level column. If the output level n displays the following message: ! Invalid value. range is a value that is higher than the upper limit the machine.)

alog Code List IOT-Input

Range Default Description

0~1023 Current Tray1 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor

0~1023 Current Tray2 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor

0~1023 Current Tray3 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor

0~1023 Current Tray4 Size SNR AD Value, Monitor

0~1023 Current SMH Size SNR AD Value, Monitor

0~1023

0~1023 Standby Temp. Monitor

0~1023 Standby Temp. Monitor

0~1023 Standby Temp. Monitor

140~71036~400200~800

12/056-10dC140

General procedures information

dC140 Analog MonitorPurposeMonitors the analog values of the A/D converter sensors by driving each component (e.g. , ATC Sensor). Temporary change of output values is possible. Output component check is also possible.

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Select the Analog Monitor (dC140) tab in the Diagnostics Screen.3. The system displays the Analog Monitor Screen.

a. The system displays the analog output component names and the analog input com-ponent names with the Chain Link Numbers (ID column) in the table in the order of Chain Link number.

b. The status of all output components show Disabled. The Level columns are blank. 4. To run an output component check:

a. Select a component.b. Select Start in the output component check.c. The output component in the machine is switched on.d. The PWS changes the output component status to Enable.e. You can switch on an input component to monitor the output component in the

machine.

NOTE: If the component has a runtime restriction, the component is switched on for that period and automatically switched off.

NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another compo-nent. If you activate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automatically switched off.

NOTE: If the component cannot be automatically turned off, the following message appears: Cannot check the component. Stop another output component.

Checking multiple components1. To check multiple components simultaneously, repeat steps 4a to 4e.2. To stop the check, select Stop while the component is selected, or select Stop All, which

switches off all output components.Changing output levels1. You can temporarily change the output level of some output component by using the [+] or

[-] to increase/decrease the output level by 1.2. Select the component whose output level you want to change. Select [+] to increase or [-]

to decrease.

3. Increase or decrease the output level and the Analog Monitor shows the newentered is out of the range, the screeEnter again. (A value that is out of theor lower than the lower limit defined by

Table 1 DC140 AnChain-Func

Chain-Link Name

7-1 071-100 TRAY1 SIZE SENSOR

7-2 071-101 TRAY2 SIZE SENSOR

7-3 071-102 TRAY3 SIZE SENSOR

7-4 071-103 TRAY4 SIZE SENSOR

7-6 071-105 MSI SIZE SENSOR

9-30 094-002 BTR MONITOR VOLT-AGE INPUT

10-20 010-200 FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (FS1)

10-21 010-201 FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (FS2)

10-22 10-202 FUSER CONTROL SENSOR (PR)

15-60 092-001 Temp Sensor15-61 092-002 Hum Sensor15-62 092-003 ATC Sensor

Page 512: WCP 123_128

dC188, dC301General procedures information

dC188 Exiting from Service Mode dC301 NVM Initialization

achine is unrecoverable, including problems such s system faults, etc. It is also required as part of the

ces.

r a new or usable diskette, if possible - refer to

(typically it is located in the Tray 1 pocket)count from the system administrator

NVM settings) shown on the machine’s service log.ls mode.351).

Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.

. The NVM Initialize screen displays.VM that can be individually initialized. Follow the tions that are reset for each selection. data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the

VM Initialization

ions will be initialized:

ions will be initialized:

ions will be initialized:

ations in the following chains will be reset:

12/056-11CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Select the Service Exit tab on the Screen. 3. The Service Exit Screen (dC188) will be displayed.4. The exit options are:

• Complete Closeout• Temporary Closeout

NOTE: Selecting Complete Closeout resets the Shutdown History (dC122), Fault Counter (dC120), Jam Counters (dC118) and the numbers of copies since the last call.

5. Select Complete Closeout or Temporary Closeout. The machine reboots. The UI mes-sage Ready to Copy will be displayed.

NOTE: Selecting Temporary Closeout exits from the Service Mode without resetting the Shutdown History (dC122), Fault Counter (dC120), Jam Counter (dC118), and the num-ber of copies since last call.

6. Select Exit PWS to close from the PWS diagnostic tool after the PWS has been discon-nected from the machine.

7. After Exit PWS is selected, the following message will be displayed, Would you like to copy Machine Data to the a:drive? Yes or No.• If Yes is selected, insert a diskette into a:drive and the PWS will write Machine Data

to a:drive and the diagnostic tool will close.• If No is selected the diagnostic tool will close.

NOTE: If the PWS is disconnected from the machine after the machine entered the Ser-vice Mode, the machine does not automatically exit from the Service Mode. If the machine is disconnected from the PWS, switch the machine power off, then on to force an exit from PWS mode.

PurposeThis procedure may be needed when the mas producing blank copies/prints, continuousoftware upgrade process.

Initial Actions• Disconnect any Foreign Interface devi• Obtain all of the following information:

– Machine Settings diskette (eithedC351)

– NVM value factory setting report – Any customer setting Auditron ac– Any setting changes (specifically– Any customer settings in the Too

• If possible, save Machine Settings (dCProcedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering 2. Select the Adjustments tab.3. Select the NVM Init, S/R tab.4. Select the NVM Initialize (dC301) tab5. There are four selectable areas of N

instructions. Table 1 lists the NVM loca6. After initialization is complete, use the

machine to its previous configuration.

Table 1 NName Description

IOT The following NVM locat

• T.B.DIIT/IPS The following NVM locat

• T.B.DSYS-System The following NVM locat

• T.B.DSYS-User All user settable NVM loc

• T.B.D

Page 513: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

trol is to display the logic state of input signals and

Components listed by Chain/Link ID number. Refer ts listed by Chain/Link ID number.

Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.rvice Entry Screen.n the Diagnostic Entry Screen.isplay indicates the following:

te of component)ranged in categories, such as: Processor, System, rtical tab.AUTION safety requirements, such as removing the IBT tc. These cautionary statements are listed in the d fully comply to these messages, in order to pre-

by double clicking on the Chain/Link ID number or number then selecting the Start Button. The IDs

riction, the component is switched on for that period

r double click the active component in the Active d Active Stack components are removed from the

ized at the same time as another component. If you , the first component switched on will be automati-

be automatically turned off, the following message Stop another output component

t code and press Start, then select the next code to eleven codes.umn of the Active Stack box and the state changes

sing Stop or double click the active component in

the screen, press Stop All.

12/056-12dC305, dC330

General procedures information

dC305 UI Component CheckPurposeChecks the operations of the UI Screen and Control Panel buttons.

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Select the Diagnostics tab in the Service Entry Screen.3. Select the System Test tab in the Diagnostics Screen. The System Test Screen will be

displayed. The UI Component Check dC305 is the default screen.4. Select Start. The following message displays, Perform the UI Component Check on

the Machine. When complete, select Stop.5. Select OK.6. Touch the UI Screen in different spots. The spots are highlighted accordingly.7. All LEDs should be illuminated when the dC305 Touch Screen Test is displayed. Select

Stop to Turn-OFF all LEDs.8. Select Stop on the Component Check Screen.9. The Touch Screen Test Screen on the machine UI closes.

dC330 Component ControlPurposeThe purpose of the dC330 Component Conto energize output components.

NOTE: Refer to Table 1 for a list of all Inputto Table 2 for a list of all Output Componen

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering 2. Select the Diagnostics tab on the Se3. Select Component Control (dC330) o4. The dC330 Screen is displayed. The d

• Input/Output Components• ID Number (chain/link order)• Active Stack (including ID and sta

5. The Component Control Codes are arFinisher, etc. Select the appropriate ve

CSome components have special machineassembly before running the IBT Drive, eQuickHelp window for each code. Read anvent damage to the machine.6. Activate the desired component code

by clicking once on the Chain/Link IDwill be displayed in the Active Stack.

NOTE: If the component has a runtime restand automatically switched off.

7. Press the Stop or Stop All button, oStack box to end the test. The ID anActive Stack box.

Stacking Component Codes

NOTE: Some components cannot be energactivate such a combination of componentscally switched off. If the component cannotappears: ! Cannot check the component.

1. To stack several codes, select the firsand press Start. Continue to enter up

2. The selected ID appears in the ID colto Run; H or L as applicable.

3. Stop a highlighted component by presthe Active Stack Box.

4. To switch off all components and clear

Page 514: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

NOTE: When exiting dC330, the machine resets and communication between the PWS and the machine is momentarily lost. The PWS will automatically reconnect.

Remarks

off) off) off) off) When L/H Cover is open, the Front

Cover status cannot be detected due to the hardware mechanism. There-fore the Front Cover is considered as "closed" regardless of the Front Cover being open/closed.

off) EXIT EXITTTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0)

ding posi-

ding posi-

ding posi-

ding posi-

EXITEXIT

TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0)

EXIT

12/056-13CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of HIGH

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

1-1 71-300 PH L/H COVER H L Cover is open (Interlock switch1-10 71-301 TRAY TRAY MODULE COVER L L Cover is open (Interlock switch1-11 71-302 PH L/H Low COVER H H Cover is open (Interlock switch1-12 71-303 COVER FRONT COVER H L Cover is open (Interlock switch

1-13 71-304 PH L/H High COVER H H Cover is open (Interlock switch7-5 71-112 TRAY TRAY4 SIZE digital SENSOR - -

7-7 71-106 TRAY TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR L L Out of paper7-8 71-107 TRAY TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR L L Out of paper7-9 71-108 TRAY TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR L L Out of paper7 -10

71-109 TRAY TRAY4 NO PAPER SENSOR L L Out of paper

7-12 71-111 TRAY SMH/ENV NO PAPER SENSOR L L Out of paper7-13 71-112 TRAY TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR L L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper fee

tion)7-14 71-113 TRAY TRAY2 LEVEL SENSOR L L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper fee

tion)7-15 71-114 TRAY TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR L L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper fee

tion)7-16 71-115 TRAY TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR L L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper fee

tion)7-24 47-200 PH FACE UP TRAY DETECTED L L Detected7-25 47-201 PH OCT2 DETECTED L L Detected7-26 71-119 TRAY TRAY1 SIZE digital SENSOR - -7-27 71-120 TRAY TRAY2 SIZE digital SENSOR - -7-28 71-121 TRAY TRAY3 SIZE digital SENSOR - -

7-30 - PH FACE DOWN TRAY1 FULL STACK SENSOR

L L Paper full

7-31 - PH FACE DOWN TRAY2 FULL STACK SENSOR

L L Paper full

Page 515: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

EXIT

EXIT (FIO/SHEETA)

PH (CHIHIRO)EXIT

DMDM

LE

DM

ULE

EXIT

MODULE

EXIT

EXIT

Remarks

12/056-14dC330

General procedures information

7-32 - PH FACE UP TRAY FULL STACK SEN-SOR

L L Paper full

7-33 47-205 PH OCT1 HOME POSITION SENSOR L L OCT1 is at its home position

7-34 47-206 PH OCT2 HOME POSITION SENSOR L L OCT2 is at its home position8-5 89-100 PH REGI SENSOR L L Paper detected8-6 71-306 TRAY FEED OUT#2 SENSOR L L Paper detected8-8 71-308 TRAY T/A F/O3 SENSOR L L Paper detected8-9 71-309 TRAY T/A F/O4 SENSOR L L Paper detected8-20 - TRAY PreFEED SENSOR3 L L Paper detected8-21 - TRAY PreFEED SENSOR4 L L Paper detected8-31 71-314 PH DUP WAIT SENSOR L L Paper detected8-32 89-101 PH REGI SENSOR (DM) H H Paper detected

Sensor level detected by 8-33 71-315 TRAY DUP INTERLOCK H H Open8-35 89-102 PH REGI CLUTCH (DM) L L Regi Clutch (DM) ON

Signal detected by DM MODU8-39 89-103 PH REGI CLUTCH(EXIT) L L Regi Clutch (EXIT) ON

Signal detected by EXIT MOD8-47 71-316 TRAY FEED READY SIGNAL H H Level is high.

Hot-Line Control8-48 71-317 TRAY T/A F/O3 SENSOR L L Paper detected

Hot-Line Control8-49 71-318 TRAY T/A F/O4 SENSOR L L Paper detected

Hot-Line Control9-2 91-200 XERO DRUM DETECT H L EP Cartridge installed10-23 10-100 PH EXIT SENSOR L L Paper detected10-26 10-101 PH EXIT SENSOR1(EXIT) H H Paper detected

Sensor level detected by EXIT10-52 71-319 PH EXIT SENSOR2 L L Paper detected10-60 73-200 FUSER FUSER FAN FAIL MONITOR SIG-

NALH H

12-26 12-110 Finisher Regi Clutch ON H L IOT Regi Clutch ON

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of HIGH

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 516: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

es the slit

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT

Remarks

12/056-15CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

12-27 12-111 Finisher IOT Exit SNR L H Paper detected12-28 12-190 Finisher H-Xport Ent. SNR L H Paper detected12-29 12-191 Finisher H-Xport Exit SNR L H Paper detected12-30 12-100 Finisher Xport Ent. SNR L H Paper detected12-31 - Finisher Buffer Path SNR L H Paper detected12-32 - Finisher Top Tray Exit SNR L H Paper detected12-33 - Finisher Top Tray Full SNR L H Paper detected12-34 12-150 Finisher Compile Exit SNR L H Paper detected12-35 12-151 Finisher Compile Tray No Paper SNR L H Paper detected12-36 - Finisher Side Regi SNR 1 L H Paper detected12-37 - Finisher Side Regi SNR 2 L H Paper detected12-38 12-250 Finisher Eject Clamp Home SNR H L Other than home position12-39 12-251 Finisher Set Clamp Home SNR L H Other than home position12-49 12-280 Finisher Compiler Cover Safety Switch Compiler Upper Chute open12-50 12-287 Finisher Decurler Cum Home Position Sensor Other than home position13-33 - Finisher Puncher Move Home SNR H L Other than home position13-34 - Finisher Puncher Home SNR L H Other than home position13-35 - Finisher Puncher Front SNR L H Other than home position13-36 - Finisher Punch Hole Select SNR L H Other than home position13-37 - Finisher Puncher Motor SNR L H Other than home position13-38 - Finisher Punch Box Set SNR L H No dust box13-39 12-220 Finisher Front Tamper Home SNR L H Other than home position13-40 12-221 Finisher Rear Tamper Home SNR L H Other than home position13-41 12-240 Finisher Stapler Move Home SNR Other than home position13-42 12-241 Finisher Stapler Move Position SNR L H Other than home position13-43 12-242 Finisher Low Staple SNR L H Staples low13-44 12-234 Finisher Self Priming SNR H L Not Ready13-45 12-244 Finisher Staple Home SNR H L Other than home position13-46 12-260 Finisher Upper Limit SNR L H Upper limit position13-48 12-262 Finisher Stacker No Paper SNR H L No finisher13-49 - Finisher Stack Encoder SNR L H When the encoder pulse pass13-50 - Finisher Stack Height SNR 1 L H Paper detected13-51 - Finisher Stack Height SBR 2 L H Paper detected13-53 12-303 Finisher H-Xport Interlock SNR L H H-Xport is closed13-54 12-302 Finisher Finisher Front Cover SW L H Finisher Front Cover is closed13-55 12-301 Finisher Eject Cover SW L H Eject Cover is closed13-55 12-267 Finisher Top Cover SW Top Cover is closed13-56 12-268 Finisher Stacker Height Sensor Paper detected

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of HIGH

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 517: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

imer OffCyclic Operation Remarks

XX

X

X

X

X

X

Remarks

12/056-16dC330

General procedures information

13-57 12-268 Finisher Stacker Stock A Sensor Cover Position13-58 12-269 Finisher Stacker Stock B Sensor Cover Position

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of ON

Multiple Output Prohibited Items TPort Level

Connector Level Meaning

4-1 42-1 PH MAIN MOTOR ON H L X4-2 42-2 FUSER FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH

SPEED)H - Fuser Fan changes

from Low to High Rota-tion.

X

4-3 42-3 ROS ROS FAN MOTOR ON H L ROS Fan Motor Start and Stop

X

6-15 61-1 ROS ROS MOTOR ON H L ROS Motor Start and Stop

X

7-18 71-1 TRAY TRAY1 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

- - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 1 Level Sensor is “L” (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 1 Level Sensor is “H” (lifted up).

O

7-19 - TRAY TRAY2 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

- - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 2 Level Sensor is “L” (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 2 Level Sensor is “H” (lifted up).

O

7-20 71-3 TRAY TRAY3 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

- - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 3 Level Sensor is “L” (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 3 Level Sensor is “H” (lifted up).

O

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of HIGH

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 518: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

X

X

X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

XX The BCR AC, BCR DC,

DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

* Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

XXXXXXXXXX

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT

imer OffCyclic Operation Remarks

12/056-17CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

7-21 71-4 TRAY TRAY4 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

- - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 4 Level Sensor is ”L” (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 4 Level Sensor is “H” (lifted up).

O

7-22 - TRAY HCF LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)

H H Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 5 Level Sensor is “L” (lowered down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 5 Level Sensor is “H” (lifted up).

O

8-1 71-36 PH MAIN MOTOR ON H L X

8-2 73-6 TRAY T/A MOTOR H L X8-4 71-37 PH DRUM MOTOR ON H L X

8-10 89-2 PH REGI CLUTCH H L X8-11 - TRAY HCF T/A MOTOR(242mm/s) H H X8-12 71-7 PH TRAY1 FEED MOTOR - - X8-13 71-8 TRAY TRAY2 FEED MOTOR - - X8-14 73-9 TRAY TRAY3 FEED MOTOR - - X8-15 73-10 TRAY TRAY4 FEED MOTOR - - X8-16 - TRAY HCF FEED MOTOR H H X8-17 71-12 PH SMH FEED CLUTCH H L X8-18 73-13 TRAY TM T/A CL H L X8-24 - TRAY STM T/A CLUTCH H L X

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of ON

Multiple Output Prohibited Items TPort Level

Connector Level Meaning

Page 519: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

X DM

X

X

X

XXXX

XX To be deletedX The BCR AC, BCR DC,

DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

X The Drum Motor, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

imer OffCyclic Operation Remarks

12/056-18dC330

General procedures information

8-38 73-16 PH DUP MOTOR - - In high speed ( > pro-cess speed)

X

8-41 - TRAY HCF Nudger Solenoid (High Power)

L H X

8-51 - TRAY HCF Nudger Solenoid(Low Power)

L H X

8-42 73-18 TRAY HOT-LINE CHECK with alterna-tive signal

- - Hot-Line Control

MCU toggles FEED-STOP signal alterna-tively in periods of 400-600ms.

Tray Module toggles FEED-READY signal in periods of 1900-2100ms.

O

8-44 73-19 TRAY TRAY3 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) H L Hot-Line Control X8-45 73-20 TRAY TRAY4 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) H L Hot-Line Control X8-46 - TRAY STM T/A MOTOR H L X8-50 73-26 PH DUP MOTOR Rotate for sending

paper out to regi- - In low speed ( =pro-

cess speed) X

8-56 - TRAY HCF T/A MOTOR(500mm/s) H H X9-1 91-6 XERO MAIN MOTOR ON H L X9-3 91-5 XERO DRUM MOTOR ON H L X

9-23 91-2 XERO BCR AC BIAS - - X

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of ON

Multiple Output Prohibited Items TPort Level

Connector Level Meaning

Page 520: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

X The Drum Motor, BCR AC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

XX The Drum Motor, BCR AC,

BCR DC, and DEVE DC output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

X The Drum Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

X The Drum Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, and DEVE DC output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

XX

X EXIT (FIO/SHEETA) PH (CHIHIRO)

X EXIT (FIO/SHEETA) PH (CHIHIRO)

X

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT

imer OffCyclic Operation Remarks

12/056-19CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

9-24 91-3 XERO BCR DC BIAS - - X

9-27 91-4 XERO DTS H <- X9-29 94-1 XERO BTR(+) BIAS - - X

9-33 91-7 XERO Deve DC BIAS - - X

9-36 91-10 XERO BTR(-) BIAS - - X

10-1 47-6 PH MAIN MOTOR H L X10-4 47-2 FUSER FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH

SPEED)H - Fuser Fan changes

from Low to High Rota-tion.

X

10-6 47-1 PH OFFSET MOTOR1 FORWARD ROTATION

- - X

10-7 47-5 PH OFFSET MOTOR1 REVERSE ROTATION

- - X

10-8 47-22 PH EXIT DRIVE MOTOR FOR-WARD(Eject Paper out)

- - X

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of ON

Multiple Output Prohibited Items TPort Level

Connector Level Meaning

Page 521: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

X

X EXIT

X EXIT

X

X EXIT

XXXXXXXXXXXXXX

XX

X

X

X

XXXXXX

imer OffCyclic Operation Remarks

12/056-20dC330

General procedures information

10-9 47-23 PH EXIT DRIVE MOTOR REVERSE(send paper into Dup)

- - X

10-24 47-3 PH OFFSET MOTOR2 FORWARD ROTATION

- - X

10-25 47-4 PH OFFSET MOTOR2 REVERSE ROTATION

- - X

10-51 47-24 PH EXIT GATE SOLENOID H H Switch Gate to Exit2/FUT

X

10-53 47-25 PH FACE UP GATE SOLENOID L L Switch FUT Gate to Face Up Tray

X

12-1 - Finisher H XPORT Motor 145 ON/OFF - - X12-2 - Finisher H XPORT Motor 242 ON/OFF - - X12-3 - Finisher Fin Transport Motor 350 ON/OFF - - X12-4 - Finisher Fin Transport Motor 600 ON/OFF - - X12-5 - Finisher Regi Motor 285F ON/OFF - - X12-6 - Finisher Regi Motor 350F ON/OFF - - X12-7 - Finisher Regi Motor 600F ON/OFF - - X12-8 - Finisher Regi Motor 285R ON/OFF - - X12-9 - Finisher Exit Motor 285F ON/OFF - - X12-10 - Finisher Exit Motor 350F ON/OFF - - X12-11 - Finisher Exit Motor 600F ON/OFF - - X12-12 - Finisher Exit Motor 285R ON/OFF - - X12-13 - Finisher Transport Gate Solenoid TOP - - X12-14 - Finisher Transport Gate Solenoid

STACKER- - X

12-15 - Finisher Sub Paddle Solenoid ON/OFF - - X13-1 - Finisher Puncher Move Motor Low

FRONT ON/OFF- - X

13-2 - Finisher Puncher Move Motor High FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-3 - Finisher Puncher Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-4 - Finisher Puncher Move Motor High REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-5 - Finisher Puncher Mot 2Hole Home Move - - X13-6 - Finisher Puncher Mot 3Hole Home Move - - X13-7 - Finisher Puncher Mot 4Hole Home Move - - X13-8 - Finisher Punch (2Hole) - - X13-9 - Finisher Punch (3Hole) - - X13-10 - Finisher Punch (4Hole) - - X

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of ON

Multiple Output Prohibited Items TPort Level

Connector Level Meaning

Page 522: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

XXXX

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT

imer OffCyclic Operation Remarks

12/056-21CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

13-11 12-20 Finisher Front Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-12 12-21 Finisher Front Tamper Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-13 12-22 Finisher Front Tamper Mot High FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-14 12-23 Finisher Front Tamper Mot Low REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-15 12-24 Finisher Front Tamper Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-16 12-25 Finisher Front Tamper Mot High REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-17 12-26 Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-18 12-27 Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-19 12-28 Finisher Rear Tamper Mot High FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-20 12-29 Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Low REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-21 12-30 Finisher Rear Tamper Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-22 12-31 Finisher Rear Tamper Mot High REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-23 12-40 Finisher Stapler Move Mot Low FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-24 - Finisher Stapler Move Mot Middle FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-25 12-42 Finisher Stapler Move Mot High FRONT ON/OFF

- - X

13-26 12-43 Finisher Stapler Move Mot Low REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-27 - Finisher Stapler Move Mot Middle REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-28 12-45 Finisher Stapler Move Mot High REAR ON/OFF

- - X

13-29 12-46 Finisher Staple Motor FORWARD ON/OFF

- - X

13-30 12-47 Finisher Staple Motor REVERSE ON/OFF - - X12-16 - Finisher Set Clamp CLUTCH ON/OFF - - X12-17 12-51 Finisher Set Clamp Paddle - - X12-18 - Finisher Eject Clamp Motor UP ON/OFF - - X

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of ON

Multiple Output Prohibited Items TPort Level

Connector Level Meaning

Page 523: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

X

X

X

X

X

XXXXXXXXXXXXXX The Drum Motor, BCR AC,

BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

X The Main Motor, BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC, and BTR output simultaneously.

*Switching CF=53-45(CL=751-560) to 1 (sin-gle output) enables inde-pendent outputs.

X

imer OffCyclic Operation Remarks

12/056-22dC330

General procedures information

12-19 - Finisher Eject Clamp Motor DOWN ON/OFF

- - X

12-20 - Finisher Eject Motor Low FORWARD ON/OFF

- - X

12-21 - Finisher Eject Motor High FORWARD ON/OFF

- - X

12-22 - Finisher Eject Motor Low REVERSE ON/OFF

- - X

12-23 - Finisher Eject Motor High REVERSE ON/OFF

- - X

12-31 - Finisher Stacker Motor UP ON/OFF - - X12-32 - Finisher Stacker Motor DOWN ON/OFF - - X12-24 - Finisher Buffer Gate SOL STK - - X12-25 - Finisher Buffer Gate SOL BUF - - X12-40 12-80 Finisher Main Drive Motor ON/OFF - - X12-41 12-81 Finisher Eject Motor FORWARD ON/OFF X12-42 12-82 Finisher Eject Motor REVERSE ON/OFF X12-43 12-83 Finisher Eject Clamp Low DOWN X12-44 12-84 Finisher Eject Clamp Middle DOWN X12-45 12-85 Finisher Eject Clamp UP X12-46 12-86 Finisher Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid ON X12-47 12-87 Finisher Decurler Cam Clutch ON X12-48 12-88 Finisher Decurler Penetration Change X15-63 93-1 Procon Dispense Motor H L O

15-63 - Procon Dispense Motor H L O

6-16 - ROS ROS Vref Out (Analog Output) - - X

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT

Chain-Func Chain-Link Sub Name

The meaning of ON

Multiple Output Prohibited Items TPort Level

Connector Level Meaning

Page 524: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT

Remarksaning

cument Registactuation of Regi Sen-

n availableten closedDF is not installedcument detected

cument detected

Fail Fail Fail

ten opened paper detected by cument Sensorer detected by Regi sorer detected by Dup sor

paper detected by #1 e Sensor paper detected by #2 e Sensorer detected by Exit sor Cover Interlock open When either one of the

two I/L Switches becomes H, input also becomes H.

ten Cover open

cument Exchange truction ON from IISS tray is at HOME posi-.

dger Roll has lifted up.

12/056-23CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF

Timer Off

Multiple Output Prohibited Items

The meaning of HIGH

Port LevelConnector Level Me

062-201 IN Sheet Abort Sheet Abort H L Do062-212 IN IIT Regi Sensor IIT Regi Sensor H L De

sor062-272 IN ScanStart ScanStart H L Sca062-300 IN Platen I/L Switch Platen I/L Switch H L Pla062-240 IN ADF Exist ADF Exist H H DA062-251 IN APS Sensor1 APS Sensor1 APS

SNR1:H

APS ON: H

APS SNR1:L

APS ON: H

Do

062-253 IN APS Sensor3 APS Sensor3 APS SNR3:H

APS ON: H

APS SNR3:L

APS ON: H

Do

062-280 IN CCD Fan Fail CCD Fan Fail H H FAN062-281 IN IPS Fan Fail IPS Fan Fail H H FAN062-282 IN Lamp Fan Fail Lamp Fan Fail H H FAN062-301 IN Angle Sensor Angle Sensor H L Pla005-102 IN Document Sensor (Belt

DADF/CVT)Document Sensor H H No

Do005-110 IN Regi Sensor (Belt

DADF/CVT)Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT)

H L PapSen

005-119 IN Belt DADF Dup Sensor Dup Sensor H L PapSen

005-150 IN Belt DADF #1 Size Sen-sor

#1 Size Sensor H H NoSiz

005-151 IN Belt DADF #2 Size Sen-sor

#2 Size Sensor H H NoSiz

005-115 IN Belt DADF Exit Sensor Exit Sensor H L PapSen

005-301 IN Belt DADF Top Cover I/L Switch

Top Cover I/L Switch H H Top

005-300 IN Belt DADF Platen I/L Switch

Platen I/L Switch H H Pla

005-201 IN Belt DADF Exchange From IISS

Exchange From IISS H L DoIns

005-202 IN CVT Bottom Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Bottom Sensor

H H Thetion

005-203 IN CVT Level Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Level Sen-sor

H H Nu

Page 525: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

er detected by Feed sorer detected by Feed

t Sensorer detected by Pre-

g. Sensor (PF2)

er detected by Lead g. Sensorer detected by Out sorer detected by #1Exit sorer detected by #2Exit sorer detected by

erter Sensor (PF2)

der Cover open

ten Interlock open

y Interlock open

ht is blocked by the uator (PF2)

ht is blocked by the uator (PF2)

ht is blocked by the uator (PF2)

paper detected by S No.1 Sensor (PF2)

paper detected by S No.1 Sensor (PF2)

paper detected by S No.1 Sensor (PF2)

Remarksaning

12/056-24dC330

General procedures information

005-204 IN CVT Feed Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Feed Sen-sor

H L PapSen

005-205 IN CVT Feed Out Sensor (PF2)

CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor

H H PapOu

005-206 IN CVT Pre-Reg. Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor

PF1: H

PF2: L

PF1: L

PF2: H

PapRe

005-207 IN CVT Lead Reg. Sen-sor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Lead Reg.Sensor

H L PapRe

005-208 IN CVT Out Sensor (PF1) CVT-DADF Out Sensor L L PapSen

005-209 IN CVT #1 Exit Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF #1 Exit Sensor

L L PapSen

005-210 IN CVT #2 Exit Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF #2 Exit Sensor

L L PapSen

005-211 IN CVT Invert Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF Invert Sen-sor

PF1: H

PF2: L

PF1: L

PF2: H

PapInv

005-212 IN CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch

PF1: H

PF2: H

- Fee

005-213 IN CVT DADF Interlock Switch (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Interlock Switch

H H Pla

005-214 IN CVT Tray Interlock Sen-sor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Tray Inter-lock Sensor

H H Tra

005-215 IN CVT #1 Tray APS Sen-sor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor

PF1: H

PF2: L

PF1: H

PF2: L

Ligact

005-216 IN CVT #2 Tray APS Sen-sor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor

PF1: H

PF2: L

PF1: H

PF2: L

Ligact

005-217 IN CVT #3 Tray APS Sen-sor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #3 Tray APS Sensor

PF1: H

PF2: L

PF1: H

PF2: L

Ligact

005-218 IN CVT APS No.1 Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #1 APS Sensor

PF1: L

PF2: L

PF1: L

PF2: L

NoAP

005-219 IN CVT APS No.2 Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #2 APS Sensor

PF1: L

PF2: L

PF1: L

PF2: L

NoAP

005-220 IN CVT APS No.3 Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #3 APS Sensor

PF1: L

PF2: L

PF1: L

PF2: L

NoAP

Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF

Timer Off

Multiple Output Prohibited Items

The meaning of HIGH

Port LevelConnector Level Me

Page 526: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

paper detected by y Size SNR No.1 paper detected by y Size SNR No.2t Hand Cover open

n Start Signal ON Nudger Roll is at ME position.er detected by #2

ert Sensor

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

cur-n FF

062-006 Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF.

cur-urn FF

062-005 Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF.

Output -

for F

- Turn it OFF when Stop command is received before Auto OFF.

IPS speed at low

-

ooling -

Cool-ed.

-

Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT

Remarksaning

12/056-25CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-221 IN CVT Tray Size SNR No.1 (PF2)

CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR No.1

L L NoTra

005-222 IN CVT Tray Size SNR No.2 (PF2)

CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR No.2

L L NoTra

005-223 IN L/H Cover Interlock Sensor(PF1)

Left Hand Cover Switch H H Lef

005-224 IN Scan Start(PF1, PF2) Scan Start H H Sca005-225 IN Nudger Position

Snr(PF2)Nudger Position Snr H H The

HO005-226 IN #2Invert Sensor(PF1) CVT-DADF #2Invert

SensorH H Pap

Inv

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

062-005 OUT IIT Scan Motor (Scan Direction)

IIT Scan Motor (Scan)

X O Mot ON: H

Mot FWD: H

Each has 4 phases.

H/L Switching

Move it 50mm fromrent position in Scadirection -> Auto O

062-006 OUT IIT Scan Motor (Return direction)

IIT Scan Motor (Return)

X O Mot ON: H

Mot FWD: L

Each has 4 phases.

H/L Switching

Move it 50mm fromrent position in Retdirection -> Auto O

062-086 OUT IIT Image Area IIT Image Area O X H P727 LVDS

(Differential) H

IMG-AREA Signal

062-002 OUT IIT Exposure Lamp IIT Exposure Lamp

O O H L Turn the Lamp ON180sec -> Auto OF

062-004 OUT IPS Cooling Fan (Low speed)

IPS Cooling Fan(Low speed)

O X FAN ON: H

FAN Slow:

L->H

FAN ON: 24V

FAN Slow: L->H (approx. 13V)

After operating theCooling Fan at highfor 5sec, operate itspeed.

062-014 OUT IPS Cooling Fan (High speed)

IPS Cooling Fan(High speed)

O X FAN ON: H

FAN Slow: L

FAN ON: 24V

FAN Slow: L

Operate the IPS CFan at high speed.

062-015 OUT Lamp Cooling Fan Lamp Cooling Fan O X FAN ON: H

FAN Slow: L

FAN ON: H

FAN Slow: L

Operate the Lamp ing Fan at high spe

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF

Timer Off

Multiple Output Prohibited Items

The meaning of HIGH

Port LevelConnector Level Me

Page 527: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ooling - Output not from CPU but from TOTO.

ent d sig-

-

Feed uto

-

elt 005-056

elt 005-055

Exit -

n ON f ec ->

-

e ON dger to OFF

-

egi

o OFF

-

OC -

eady -

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-26dC330

General procedures information

062-017 OUT Ccd CoolingFan Ccd Cooling Fan O X FAN ON: H

FAN Slow: L

FAN ON: H

FAN Slow: L

Operate the Ccd CFan at high speed.

062-091 OUT Exchange To ADF Exchange To ADF O X H L Turn ON the documexchange commannal to the DADF

005-040 OUT Belt DADF Feed Mot. Feed Mot. O O L Each has 4 phases.

H/L Switching

Operate the DADFMotor for 2sec -> AOFF

005-055 OUT Belt DADF Belt Motor

(Forward revolutions)

Belt Motor Non CVT Mode

(CW)

O X Belt Mot: L

FWD/Rev: L

Each has 4 phases.

H/L Switching

Rotate the DADF BMotor forward.

005-056 OUT Belt DADF Belt Motor

(Reverse revolutions)

Belt Motor Non CVT Mode

(CCW)

O X Belt Mot: L

FWD/Rev: H

Each has 4 phases.

H/L Switching

Rotate the DADF BMotor backward.

005-081 OUT Belt DADF Exit Motor Exit Motor Non CVT Mode

O X L Each has 4 phases.

H/L Switching

Operate the DADFMotor

005-011 OUT Belt DADF Set Gate Sole-noid Open

Set Gate Sole-noid Open

O O H L Turn Set Gate Ope(Towards bottom oNudger Roll) for 5sAuto OFF

005-012 OUT Belt DADF Set Gate Sole-noid Close

Set Gate Sole-noid Close

O O H L Turn Set Gate Clos(Towards top of NuRoll) for 5sec -> Au

005-075 OUT Belt DADF Regi Gate Solenoid

Regi Gate Sole-noid

O O H L The arm pushes RGate.

ON for 5sec -> Aut005-084 OUT Doc Set LED Doc Set LED O X(Belt)

O(CVT)

H L Belt: Turn ON the DSET LED

005-083 OUT Doc Ready Doc Ready O X H L Turn ON the Doc Rsignal.

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 528: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

o OFF 005-002~005-014

o OFF 005-001

005-003~005-014

o OFF 005-001~005-002

005-004~005-014

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IITMultiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-27CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-001 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW55.0mm/sec

PF2:CW37.5mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed1)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-002 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW73.3mm/sec

PF2:CW50.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed2)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-003 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW82.5mm/sec

PF2:CW75.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed3)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 529: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

o OFF 005-001~005-003

005-005~005-014

o OFF 005-001~005-004

005-006~005-014

o OFF 005-001~005-005

005-007~005-014

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-28dC330

General procedures information

005-004 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW10.0mm/sec

PF2:CW100.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed4)

O O F1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-005 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW146.7mm/sec

PF2:CW150.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed5)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-006 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW165.0mm/sec

PF2:CW200.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed6)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 530: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

o OFF 005-001~005-006

005-008~005-014

o OFF 005-001~005-007

005-009~005-014

> Auto 005-001~005-008

005-010~005-014

o OFF 005-001~005-009

005-013~005-014

o OFF 005-001~005-010

005-014

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IITMultiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-29CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-007 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW220.0mm/sec

PF2:CW300.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed7)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-008 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW293.3mm/sec

PF2:CW400.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed8)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-009 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW330.0mm/sec

PF2:CW 66.7mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed9)

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- PF1: ON for 5sec -OFF

005-010 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW400.0mm/sec

PF2:CW133.3mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed10)

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-013 OUT CVT Feed Motor(CCW440.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed11)

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 531: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

> Auto

> Auto

005-001~005-013

o OFF 005-016~005-025

o OFF 005-015

005-017~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-016

005-018~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-017

005-019~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-018

005-020~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-019

005-021~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-020

005-022~005-025

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-30dC330

General procedures information

005-014 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CW700.0mm/sec

PF2:CCW350.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Reverse)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CW: L

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot For-ward:L

- PF1: ON for 5sec -OFF

PF2: ON for 3sec -OFF

005-015 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW55.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed1)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-016 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW73.3mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed2)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-017 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW82.5mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed3)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-018 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW110.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed4)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-019 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW146.7mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed5)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-020 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW165.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed6)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-021 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW220.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed7)

O O Mot ON:H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 532: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

o OFF 005-015~005-021

005-023~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-022

005-024~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-023

005-025o OFF 005-015~005-

024

o OFF 005-027~005-036

o OFF 005-026

005-028~005-036

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IITMultiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-31CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-022 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW293.3mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed8)

O O Mot ON:H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-023 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW330.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed9)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-024 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW440.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed10)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-025 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW700.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor(Speed11)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-026 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW55.0mm/sec

PF2CCW37.5mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed1)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-027 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW73.3mm/sec

PF2:CCW50.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed2)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 533: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

o OFF 005-026~005-027

005-029~005-036

o OFF 005-026~005-028

005-030~005-036

o OFF 005-026~005-029

005-031~005-036

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-32dC330

General procedures information

005-028 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW82.5mm/sec

PF2:CCW75.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed3)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-029 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW110.0mm/sec

PF2:CCW100.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed4)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-030 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW146.7mm/sec

PF2:CCW150.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed5)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 534: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

o OFF 005-026~005-030

005-032~005-036

o OFF 005-026~005-031

005-033~005-036

o OFF 005-026~005-032

005-034~005-036

o OFF 005-026~005-033

005-035~005-036

o OFF 005-026~005-034

005-036

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IITMultiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-33CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-031 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW165.0mm/sec

PF2:CCW200.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed6)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-032 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW293.3mm/sec

PF2:CCW66.7mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed7)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot Reverse:L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-033 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW293.3mm/sec

PF2:CCW66.7mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed8)

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-034 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CCW330.0mm/sec

PF2:CCW133.3mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed9)

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-035 OUT CVT Reg.Motor(CCW440.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed10)

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 535: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

o OFF 005-026~005-036

o OFF 005-038~005-047

o OFF 005-037

005-039~005-047

o OFF 005-037~005-038

005-041~005-047

o OFF 005-037~005-039

005-042~005-047

o OFF 005-037~005-041

005-043~005-047

o OFF 005-037~005-042

005-044~005-047

o OFF 005-037~005-043

005-045~005-047

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-34dC330

General procedures information

005-036 OUT CVT Reg.Motor

PF1:CW35.2mm/s

PF2:CW300.0mm/sec

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Reverse)

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CW: L

PF2

Mot ON: H

Mot For-ward:H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-037 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW55.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed1)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-038 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW73.3mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed2)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-039 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW82.5mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed3)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-041 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW110.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed4)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-042 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW146.7mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed5)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-043 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW165.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed6)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-044 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW220.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed7)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 536: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

o OFF 005-037~005-044

005-046~005-047

o OFF 005-037~005-045

005-047o OFF 005-037~005-

046

o OFF 005-049~005-061

o OFF 005-048

005-050~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-049

005-051~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-050

005-052~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-051

005-053~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-052

005-054~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-053

005-057~005-061

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IITMultiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-35CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-045 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW293.3mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed8)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-046 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW330.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed9)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-047 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW440.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor(Speed10)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-048 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW55.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed1)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-049 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW73.3mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed2)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-050 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW82.5mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed3)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-051 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW110.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed4)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-052 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW146.7mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed5)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-053 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW165.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed6)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-054 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW220.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed7)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 537: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

o OFF 005-048~005-054

005-058~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-057

005-059~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-058

005-060~005-061

o OFF 005-048~005-059

005-061o OFF 005-048~005-

060

o OFF 005-069

005-064~005-065005-063

005-065

art ON n the r

005-063~005-064

005-068

005-070005-067

005-070o OFF 005-062

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-36dC330

General procedures information

005-057 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW293.3mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed8)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-058 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW330.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed9)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-059 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW440.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed10)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-060 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW700.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed11)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-061 OUT CVT Exit. Motor(CCW460.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Exit Motor(Speed12)

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-062 OUT CVT Feed Clutch (PF1) CVT-DADF Feed Clutch

O O L L ON for 2sec -> Aut

005-063 OUT CVT Nudger Solenoid (suction) (PF1)

Nudger Solenoid Release

O O L L ON for 100msec

005-064 OUT CVT Nudger Solenoid (Restore) (PF1)

Nudger Solenoid Nip

O O L L ON for 100msec

005-065 OUT CVT Baffle Solenoid (PF1)

Baffle Solenoid Close

O O L L ON for 320msec

(Turn the suction pfor 100msec -> Turretained part ON fo220msec)

005-067 OUT CVT Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (suction) (PF1)

Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Dup Open

O O L L ON for 100msec

005-068 OUT CVT Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (Restore) (PF1)

Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Simp Open

O O L L ON for 100msec

005-069 OUT CVT Exit Gate Sole-noid(PF1)

Exit Gate Solenoid O O L L ON for 2sec -> Aut

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 538: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

ntly in 005-067~005-068-

Auto -

o OFF 005-001~005-014

o OFF 005-015~005-025

o OFF 005-015~005-025

o OFF 005-026~005-036

o OFF 005-026~005-036

005-078o OFF 005-026~005-

036

005-078o OFF 005-037~005-

047

p for opera- job.

assed otor s OFF.

005-087

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IITMultiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-37CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-070 OUT CVT Nip Release Sole-noid Nip (PF1)

Nip Release Sole-noid

O O H L Operates intermitte3sec intervals

005-072 OUT CVT Nip Release Sol (PF2)

CVT Nip Release Solenoid

O O H L 3sec on

005-073 OUT CVT Stamp Sol (PF2) CVT Stamp Sole-noid

O O H L ON for 10msec -> OFF

005-074 OUT CVT Feed Motor

PF1:CCW460.0mm/sec(PF1)

CVT-DADF Feed Motor

O O PF1

Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-076 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW460.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-077 OUT CVT Pre-Reg.Motor(CCW750.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-078 OUT CVT Reg.Motor(CCW460.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CCW: H

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-079 OUT CVT Reg.Motor(CW110.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CW: L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-080 OUT CVT Reg.Motor(CW220.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Reg.Motor

O O Mot ON: H

Mot CW: L

- ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-085 OUT CVT Platen Motor(CCW460.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Motor

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 5sec -> Aut

005-086 OUT Tray Lift Up Operation 1 (PF1)

Tray Lift Up O O Mot ON: H - Initialization -> Sto500msec -> Lift Uption when starting aWhen 10sec has pafter Lift Up, the menergizes and turn

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 539: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

p for lift it n after

When after ner-F.

005-086

-to OFF 005-015~005-

025

oll ini- -

Output not from CPU but from TOTO.

When either one of the two I/L Switches becomes H, input also becomes H.

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-38dC330

General procedures information

005-087 OUT Tray Lift Up Operation 2 (PF1)

Tray Lift Up In Job O O Mot ON: H - Initialization -> Sto500msec -> Slowlyup. Stop lifting whe200sec has passedLevel Sensor ON. 10sec has passed Lift Up, the motor egizes and turns OF

005-088 OUT Image Area ON Image Area O O H H ON for 5sec005-089 OUT CVT Pre-

Reg.Motor(CCW650.0mm/sec) (PF1)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Motor

O O Mot ON: H - ON for 50sec -> Au

005-090 OUT Nudger Lift Motor Initial-ize(PF2)

Nudger initialize O O Mot ON: H - Performs Nudger Rtialization.

062-201 IN Sheet Abort Sheet Abort062-212 IN IIT Regi Sensor IIT Regi Sensor062-272 IN ScanStart ScanStart062-300 IN Platen I/L Switch Platen I/L Switch062-240 IN ADF Exist ADF Exist062-251 IN APS Sensor1 APS Sensor1062-253 IN APS Sensor3 APS Sensor3062-280 IN CCD Fan Fail CCD Fan Fail

062-281 IN IPS Fan Fail lIPS Fan Fail062-282 IN Lamp Fan Fail Lamp Fan Fail062-301 IN Angle Sensor Angle Sensor005-102 IN Document Sensor (Belt

DADF/CVT)Document Sensor

005-110 IN Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT)

Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT)

005-119 IN Belt DADF Dup Sensor Dup Sensor005-150 IN Belt DADF #1 Size Sen-

sor#1 Size Sensor

005-151 IN Belt DADF #2 Size Sen-sor

#2 Size Sensor

005-115 IN Belt DADF Exit Sensor Exit Sensor005-301 IN Belt DADF Top Cover I/L

SwitchTop Cover I/L Switch

005-300 IN Belt DADF Platen I/L Switch

Platen I/L Switch

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 540: WCP 123_128

dC330General procedures information

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IITMultiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-39CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

005-201 IN Belt DADF Exchange From IISS

Exchange From IISS

005-202 IN CVT Bottom Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Bot-tom Sensor

005-203 IN CVT Level Sensor (PF1) CVT-DADF Level Sensor

005-204 IN CVT Feed Sensor (PF1) CVT-DADF Feed Sensor

005-205 IN CVT Feed Out Sensor (PF2)

CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor

005-206 IN CVT Pre-Reg. Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor

005-207 IN CVT Lead Reg. Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Lead Reg.Sensor

005-208 IN CVT Out Sensor (PF1) CVT-DADF Out Sensor

005-209 IN CVT #1 Exit Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF #1 Exit Sensor

005-210 IN CVT #2 Exit Sensor (PF1)

CVT-DADF #2 Exit Sensor

005-211 IN CVT Invert Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF Invert Sensor

005-212 IN CVT Feeder Cover Inter-lock Switch (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch

005-213 IN CVT DADF Interlock Switch (PF1)

CVT-DADF Platen Interlock Switch

005-214 IN CVT Tray Interlock Sen-sor (PF1)

CVT-DADF Tray Interlock Sensor

005-215 IN CVT #1 Tray APS Sen-sor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor

005-216 IN CVT #2 Tray APS Sen-sor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor

005-217 IN CVT #3 Tray APS Sen-sor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #3 Tray APS Sensor

005-218 IN CVT APS No.1 Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #1 APS Sensor

005-219 IN CVT APS No.2 Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #2 APS Sensor

005-220 IN CVT APS No.3 Sensor (PF1 and 2)

CVT-DADF #3 APS Sensor

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 541: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Multiple Output Prohibited Items Remarks

12/056-40dC330

General procedures information

005-221 IN CVT Tray Size SNR No.1 (PF2)

CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR No.1

005-222 IN CVT Tray Size SNR No.2 (PF2)

CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR No.2

005-223 IN L/H Cover Interlock Sen-sor(PF1)

Left Hand Cover Switch

005-224 IN Scan Start(PF1, PF2) Scan Start005-225 IN Nudger Position Snr(PF2) Nudger Position

Snr005-226 IN #2Invert Sensor(PF1) CVT-DADF

#2Invert Sensor

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT

Chain-Link IN/OUT CONTENT English ON/OFF Timer Off

Meaning of Output ON

Port LevelConnector Level Meaning

Page 542: WCP 123_128

dC351General procedures information

dC351 NVM Background Processing • Chains 751 -753

s in NVM Chains 710 and 715 will be restored.gs in the following NVM chains will be restored:

etup prior to shipment to a customer location, but it eir as-delivered state. This may be necessary if the

hine settings, or in the case of a 103-208 fault code.

ation.

This will read all locations in the dC 131 database. utes to complete.AUTIONe PWS Tools program is closed or if the PWS is

s button. This will store the NVM data in the PWS

AUTIONe during NVM Restore, ALL NVM data may be lost

ine NVM, press the Restore Saved NVM Settingsy 20 minutes to complete, and must not be inter-

12/056-41CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeConsists of 5 subroutines:

• Machine Settings - This routine saves the current machine settings or restores the previ-ously-saved machine settings.

• Special Batch Write - Automatically loads a region-specific set of values into NVM.• Dust Off Reset - This routine sets all HFSI counters to zero.

NOTE: The following subroutines are intended for engineering/manufacturing use. They should not be performed as part of normal repair or maintenance unless you are specifically directed to use them.

• NVM Background Read - This routine polls all NVM locations in the machine, and stores the values in the diagnostic tool database.

• Save / Restore NVM - Saves current NVM settings or restores previously saved settings.Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.2. Select the Adjustments tab.3. Select the NVM Init, S/R tab.4. Select the NVM Background Processing (dC351) tab.

Machine Settings

NOTE: The radio buttons (IOT, IIT, SYS, or ALL) are not selectable when saving Machine Settings; the default is ALL.

1. Press the Save Machine Settings button to record the values of approximately 636 NVM locations containing data unique to a specific machine. The data is saved in on the PWS hard drive. The data remains available until the PWS is connected to a different machine. To make a permanent record of the machine settings, perform the following:

a. Go to dC188. Select Temporary Call Closeout, then exit the PWS tool.

NOTE: With the multiproduct PWS Tool, you can select a different drive and/or directory when saving the database.

b. When the PWS displays the message Would you like to copy Machine Data to the a: drive? Yes or No, insert a diskette into the floppy drive, then select Yes. The PWS will write Machine Data to the diskette and the diagnostic tool will close.

c. Restart the PWS tool and select Read from Floppy on the opening screen. This loads the data from the diskette into the PWS tool database, but does not load data into the machine NVM.

2. To load previously saved machine settings into the NVM, press the Restore Machine Settings button. Four choices can be made: IOT, IIT, SYS, or ALL.a. If IOT is selected, Machine Settings in the following NVM chains will be restored:

• Chains 740 - 742• Chain 744 • Chain 746

• Chain 760• Chain 762• Chain 764• Chain 769

b. If IIT is selected, Machine Settingc. If IOT is selected, Machine Settin

• Chains 700 -701• Chain 720 • Chain 730• Chain 770 • Chain 780• Chain 785• Chain 790• Chains 801 - 803• Chain 810 • Chain 820 • Chain 823 • Chain 830• Chain 840 • Chain 850 • Chain 860

Special Batch WriteThis routine is intended primarily for initial scan be used to restore machine setting to thNVM was initialized without saving the mac

1. Select the market region for the install2. Press the Batch Write NVM button.

Save/Restore NVM1. Press the Background Read button.

This will require approximately 20 minC

The NVM data is saved in RAM only. If thswitched off, the data will be lost.2. Press the Save Current NVM Setting

memory.C

If the PWS is disconnected from the machin3. To load the saved data into the mach

button. This will require approximatelrupted.

Page 543: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

configuration.

Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.ntry Screen.en).The Configuration Page Screen is displayed.e following categories:

lect Reset to restore default settings prior to enter-

12/056-42dC355, dC371

General procedures information

dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostic ProgramPurposeNOTE: For details on dC355 Hard Disk Diagnostic Program, see Adjustments: [ADJ 9.8].

dC371 Configuration PagePurposeAllows easy viewing and setup of machine

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering 2. Select Adjustments on the Service E3. Select NVM Init, S/R (the default scre4. Select Configuration Page (dC371). 5. Make selections on the screen from th

a. Market Place• XC (NASG)• XE (ESG)• FX• FX / AP

b. Machine Config• Digital Copier• Copier / Printer• Copier / Printer / Scanner• Printer with UI

c. Output Device(s)• Simple Catch Tray• Offsetting Catch Tray• Finisher

d. Input Device• DADF• Platen Only

6. Select Save to save the options or seing the Configuration Page (dC371).

Page 544: WCP 123_128

dC527, dC612General procedures information

dC527 DADF Document Calibration dC612 Test Pattern Print

elp identify Image Quality problems.

Diagnostic Mode using the PWS.ry Screen.

enu.

re applicable to all test patterns; patterns 5 through ly from Tray 1.

the Print Count Box and select Start.

cation and output path, see Table 1.

Location

urred can be determined as an w smearing. To determine defect

IOT

eaks, uneven density, banding. IOT

eaks, uneven density, banding. IOTeaks, uneven density, banding. IOTgi

ication failure

IOT

IOT DC685-1 (Skew Fine Setup) and B, at beginning of JOB and end

ing in DC681 and DC684.

Controller

DC685-3 (Center Setup). Controller

in Diag DC685-1 (Skew Fine etup).

Controller

12/056-43CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeNOTE: For details on dC527 DADF Document Calibration, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 5.6].

PurposePrints the test patterns in the machine, to h

Procedure1. Enter Diagnostics. Refer to Entering 2. Select Diagnostics in the Service Ent3. Select Test Pattern (dc612).4. Select the Pattern Number from the m

NOTE: Not all of the following parameters a36-3 require A4 paper and can be output on

5. Select the Paper Tray.6. Select Simplex/Duplex.7. Select Paper Type.8. Select Screen Type.9. Select Color Mode.10. Set the number of prints to output in Test Patterns For details on the test pattern generation lo

Table 1 Test PatternsNo. Description Overview Purpose

1 ROS Check ROS window Cleaning Guide: 20% Half Tone Full Band Width KCMY Fast Scan direction

The engine where defect has occoutput sheet contains ROS windoengine.

2 Halftone (IOT) Full Band Width Half Tone. Select the color, and density from Cin = 0 to 100.

Can be detected/evaluated for str

2-1 Halftone 4 Color Full Band Width Half Tone. Select density from Cin = 0 to 100. 4 color mode Can be detected/evaluated for str2-2 Halftone 3 Color Full Band Width Half Tone. Select density from Cin = 0 to 100. 3 color mode Can be detected/evaluated for str3 Grid 1dot 512 dot Pitch Grid Pattern with 1 dot width - Around Alignment and Color Re

- Secondary Transfer part magnif4 8 level scanning 8 tone levels in scanning direction For ASIC debug.5 A1 Patch Forms a bi-axial near the IN and OUT edges in full color. (Chevron Pattern)

At normal Regi Control cycle: Approx. half cycle of IBT Belt (2 sheets of A4 continuous) At Diag Regi Control cycle: Approx. 1 cycle of IBT Belt (1: 4 sheets of A4 continuous)

For Color Regi adjustment in DiagDC685-2 (In/Out Setup) during JOof JOB. Also, for Color Regi read

6 A2 Patch Forms a 1 axial near CNT for approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 continuous) of IBT Belt in full color. (Chevron Pattern)

For Color Regi adjustment in Diag

7 B1 Patch Forms a bi-axial near the IN and OUT edges for approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 continuous) in full color. ("<" pattern)

For Color Regi rough adjustment Setup) and 685-4 (Skew Rough S

Page 545: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

DC685-3 (Center Setup). Controller

r, Cyan and position shift). Controller

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ly varied can be checked in detail.

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ly varied can be checked in detail.

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ly varied can be checked in detail.

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ily varied can be checked in

IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

ns when an error image was out-s can be determined as normal.

IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

Location

12/056-44dC612

General procedures information

8 B2 Patch Forms a 1 axial near CTR for approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 continuous) of IBT Belt in full color. ("<" pattern)

For Color Regi adjustment in Diag

9 C Patch Forms a three-axis IN/CTR/OUT in approx. 1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of A4 con-tinuous) of IBT Belt in single color (Cyan). (Chevron Pattern)

For Diag DC683 (to check Senso

12-0 Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust-ment

LUT: Ctrax off; IOT off

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

12-1 Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust-ment

LUT: Ctrax off; IOT ON

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

12-2 Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust-ment

LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT off

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

12-3 Binary Process Control (Density adjustment, gradation check) Gradation pattern for density adjust-ment

LUT: Ctrax ON IOT ON

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

13-0 Binary Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax off; IOT off

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easiFor checking TRC.

13-1 Binary Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax off; IOT ON

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easiFor checking TRC.

13-2 Binary Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT off

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easiFor checking TRC.

13-3 Binary Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT ON

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easdetails. For checking TRC.

19 IIT FS Increment Gra-dation

Fast Scan direction gradation YMC process BK pattern Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

20 IIT SS Increment Gra-dation

Slow Scan direction gradation YMC process BK pattern Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

21 Shading Data Output Shading RAM data output pattern Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

22 COSAC Count Mode YMCK Process Direc-tion Stripe

10.84mm width YMCK process direction stripe pattern It determines the defective locatioput. Normal: Pre IPS Asic onward

23 COSAC Count Mode 8 level pattern

21.67x10.84mm 8 gradation patch pattern Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

24 COSAC Solid PG ALL A4

Solid Data Pattern. Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

Table 1 Test PatternsNo. Description Overview Purpose

Page 546: WCP 123_128

dC612General procedures information

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

ns when an error image was out-s can be determined as normal.

IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

when IPS defect and ASIC poor IPS

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

r/tertiary color gradation reproduc- over to entire gradation. For

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ly varied can be checked in detail.

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ly varied can be checked in detail.

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ly varied can be checked in detail.

IPS

primary color/secondary color/ter-ly varied can be checked in detail.

IPS

Table 1 Test Patterns Location

12/056-45CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

25 AES L* Pass Check 32.51mm grey + 10.84mm white, vertical stripe pattern. Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

26 VIPER Grid 4C 10.84mm grid pattern. 4 color mode Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

27 VIPER Grid BW 10.84mm grid pattern. black mode Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

28 FSRE Count Mode Grid 5.42mm YMCK Grid Pattern. It determines the defective locatioput. Normal: Pre IPS Asic onward

29 FSRE Count Mode/Slanting Grid

5.42mm YMCK Slanting Grid Pattern. Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

30 VIPER Fixed Pattern Output/BW Binary

Connection between IPS-Controller CHK Entire 2 dots width Horizontal Ladder Pattern.

Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

31 VIPER Fixed Pattern Output/4C Binary

Entire 2 dots width Horizontal Ladder Pattern. Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

32 TAG fixed binary copy 1 TAG='0' fixed copy. Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

33 TAG fixed binary copy 2 TAG='1' fixed copy. Determine the defective locationsinstallation etc. has occurred.

35-0 Multi-level_Process Control PG

Gradation pattern for density control

LUT: Ctrax off; IOT off

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

35-1 Multi-level_Process Control PG

Gradation pattern for density control

LUT: Ctrax off; IOT ON

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

35-2 Multi-level_Process Control PG

Gradation pattern for density control

LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT OFF

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

35-3 Multi-level_Process Control PG

Gradation pattern for density control

LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT ON

The primary color/secondary coloibility can be checked by crossingchecking TRC.

36-0 Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax OFF; IOT OFF

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easiFor checking TRC.

36-1 Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax OFF; IOT ON

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easiFor checking TRC.

36-2 Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT OFF

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easiFor checking TRC.

36-3 Multi-level_Highlight PG (Highlight gradation check) Gradation pattern for highlight adjustment

LUT: Ctrax ON; IOT ON

In the gradation reproducibility of tiary color, the highlight parts easiFor checking TRC.

No. Description Overview Purpose

Page 547: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

p

or Setup, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.2].

12/056-46dC685, dC921

General procedures information

dC685 RegistrationPurposeNOTE: For details on dC685 Registration, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.6].

dC921 TC/ATC Sensor SetuPurposeNOTE: For details on dC921 TC/ATC Sens

Page 548: WCP 123_128

dC922, dC924General procedures information

dC922 TRC Control dC924 TRC Adjust

h densities (TRC) for each color.

stments Section 4: [ADJ 9.5].

12/056-47CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeNOTE: For details on dC922 TRC Control, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.3] dC922 TRC Control Adjustment.

PurposeTo manually fine adjust the low/medium/hig

NOTE: For details on TRC Adjust, see Adju

Page 549: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

.

tup, see Adjustment Section 4: [ADJ 9.4].

12/056-48dC929, dC934

General procedures information

dC929 Max SetupPurposeNOTE: For the execution sequence of the Max Setup Functions, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.1].

dC934 ADC/AGC SetupPurposeAutomatically adjusts the ADC Sensor Gain

NOTE: For details on dC934 ADC/AGC Se

Page 550: WCP 123_128

dC945, dC956 General procedures information

dC945 IIT Calibration dC956 Belt Edge Learn Mode

rn Mode, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.6].

12/056-49CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeFunctional details:

• Computes and sets the White Reference Correction Coefficient.• Corrects the IIT Sensitivity Dispersion.

NOTE: For details on dC945 IIT Calibration, see Adjustments Section 4: [ADJ 9.7].

PurposeNOTE: For details on dC956 Belt Edge Lea

Page 551: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-50dC945, dC956 General procedures information

Page 552: WCP 123_128

GP 1General procedures information

GP 1 Network Printing Simulation 4. Select Add Printer.ick Next.hich port you want to use, select LPT1:, then click

ded on the PWS, select the printer from the list and . Print Drivers can be found on the customer Driv-

e downloaded from the Xerox website. Navigate to PWS’ operating system. Click OK.ter a name for the printer. Do not set this printer as

rint a test page, then click Finish.

new printer and select Properties.

en select Xerox TCP/IP Port and click OK.f not available, this can be determined from Tools pages (GP 12). Click Next.

t.eturn to the Properties screen.ion.an be performed by selecting the General tab then

12/056-51CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeThis procedure details a method of troubleshooting network printing problems.

CAUTIONThis procedure was written based on pre-release data. The software installation procedure and the screens described may be different in the final version.ProcedurePrerequisitesCrossover Cable and a PWS equipped with a Network Interface Card.

Windows 2000/Windows XP1. Connect the PWS to the printer with the Crossover Cable.2. Click the Windows Start button.3. Select Settings, then Printers.4. Select Add Printer.5. On the Add Printer Wizard screen, click Next.6. On the next screen, select Local printer, then click Next.7. When the Add Printer Wizard prompts you to select the printer port, select Create a new

port. In the Type: menu, select Standard TCP/IP Port, then click Next. This will open the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard. Click Next.

8. Enter the IP address of the printer. If not available, this can be determined from Tools mode, or by printing the Configuration pages (GP 12). Click Next.

9. Select Custom, then click Settings...10. In the Protocol box, select LPR. In the LPR Settings box, type RAW for Queue Name:,

then click OK.11. Click Next. Click Finish to return to the Add Printer Wizard.12. If the printer driver was previously loaded on the PWS, select the printer from the list and

click Next. Otherwise, click Have Disk. Print Drivers can be found on the customer User Software CD, or the latest driver can also be downloaded from the Xerox website. Navi-gate to the CD or downloaded driver for your PWS’ operating system. Click OK.

13. On the Name Your Printer screen, enter a name for the printer. Do not set this printer as the default. Click Next.

14. Select Do not share...15. Select Yes when asked if you want to print a test page. Correct printing indicates a func-

tioning network connection.Windows 95/Windows 98

NOTE: The GSN Release 9 CD contains an LPR Spooler application (Xerox TCP/IP Port Mon-itor), which must be manually installed before performing this procedure. To install, navigate the following path: [your CD drive letter]:\pwsother\LPR_PortMonitor\Win95_98. Run Setup.exe.

Creating a printer on the PWS

1. Connect the PWS to the printer with the Crossover Cable.2. Click the Windows Start button.3. Select Settings, then Printers.

5. On the Add Printer Wizard screen, cl6. When the Add Printer Wizard asks w

Next.7. If the printer driver was previously loa

click Next. Otherwise, click Have Diskers CD, or the latest driver can also bthe CD or downloaded driver for your

8. On the Name Your Printer screen, enthe default. Click Next.

9. Select No when asked if you want to pConfiguring the printer port

1. In the Printers folder, right-click on the2. Click Add Port.3. In the Add Port screen, click Other, th4. Enter the IP address of the printer. I

mode, or by printing the Configuration5. Select Custom, then Setup.6. The port will auto configure. Click Nex7. Click Finish to close the Wizard and r8. Click Apply to save the port configurat9. A simple test of the printing function c

clicking Print Test Page.

Page 553: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-52GP 2General procedures information

GP 2 Machine Startup TroubleshootingPurposeThis procedure describes methods of recovering from machine failure to successfully complete the self-test/startup procedure.

DescriptionWhen power is applied to the machine, a five-step self test/initialization process is started. Progress through this routine is indicated by the five circles that appear on the UI. These cir-cles change from greyed-out, to blinking white, then to steady-on white as the routine progresses. Table 1 lists the five stages of this process.

Table 1 StartupDisplay Status Operation Possible cause for stalling

O

(1st dot blinking)

UI initialization complete

Waiting for ESS initial-ization.

ESS boot-up failed. Loose connection on ESS, bad ESS PWB, software cor-ruption.

Perform the following:

• Switch power off, then on.• Switch off the power. Remove and

reseat NVM PWBs, PS-1 and PS-2 ROM PWBs, and ESS PWB.

• Perform all of GP 3.• If the problem continues, replace

the ESS NVM PWB, next, the PS-1 and PS-2 ROM PWBs (PL 13.1).

• If the problem continues, replace the ESS PWB (PL 13.1).

OO

(2nd dot blinking)

ESS initialization complete

Communication between ESS and UI OK. Waiting for ESS system data (NVM).

System data not ready. ESS NVM prob-lem: bad PWB, loose connection.

• Perform the steps listed aboveOOO

(3rd dot blinking)

ESS NVM initial-ization complete

System data ready. Transfer from ESS starts.

System data transfer problem. IOT fail-ure, IIT/IPS PWB, or ESS PWB.

NOTE: PWS can be connected at this stage.

• Perform the steps listed aboveOOOO

(4th dot blinking)

UI Ready System data transfer from ESS done.

IOT or IIT boot-up failure.

• Perform the steps listed above

OOOOO

(5th dot blinking)

Pre-ready (momentary display) N/A

Page 554: WCP 123_128

GP 3General procedures information

GP 3 Special Boot Modes To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 3, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen

arts to blink.

12/056-53CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeThis procedure describes methods of recovering from certain unclearable faults.

ProcedureSome boot-up failures, as well as some unclearable fault codes, may be caused by software corruption, or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In these cases, it is some-times possible to bypass or delete the offending code during the startup process.

CAUTIONThere are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of initializations to bypass a specific set of problems. There is information lost in each procedure, thus, they should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list gives these proce-dures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are instructed to perform a spe-cific initialization, perform only that procedure. If you are asked to perform the entire series, perform the steps in the order given, until the problem is resolved.Log InitializationThis step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot.

To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 1, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.

Spool InitializationThis step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot.

To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 6, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.

HDD InitializationThis step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue (DC 3535 does not delete any job data stored in the Network Controller), initializes the IOT HDD (refer to [ADJ 9.8]for details), and will and then perform a reboot. All customer data on the HDD will be deleted.

To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 4, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.

ESS NVM InitializationCAUTION

This routine will set all IOT ESS NVM values to default. Do not attempt this procedure unless there is a usable Machine Settings floppy, an accurate Configuration Report and/or other data that will enable you to reload the correct NVM values for this machine.This step will initialize the IOT ESS NVM (SYS-System and SYS-User) and then perform a reboot.

(5 circles) appears and the second circle st

Page 555: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

ts of the machine, especially against moving com-

rectly installed components binding solenoids

excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a com-

onents that are not in the RAP, but are associated to the BSDs. Check to ensure that the adjustment dequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set rmality that is observed may be an indication of the component can be adjusted to the nominal value, nge. This is not normal and may be an indication of

e not in the RAP, but are associated with the func-ent Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the com-al operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual

bles that are known to be a frequent cause of the e cost and time required. If the suspected item is

and has a high probability of resolving the problem,

d of your actions in the service log. Describe what took, and what else needs to be done.

12/056-54GP 4

General procedures information

GP 4 Intermittent Problem RAPThe purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the ser-vice manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent problem.

Procedure1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the prob-

lem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem may be the cause of the new intermittent problem.

2. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The machine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for signs of failure or abnormal operation.An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it results in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom.

3. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine all of the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for:• Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner• Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash• HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY

COUNT value• Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving com-

ponents• Misaligned, misadjusted, or incorrectly installed components• Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids• Damaged components• Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a com-

ponent• Loose cables or wires

4. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform all of the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP. Check to ensure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem.

5. Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symp-tom of the intermittent problem with DC330 Component Control. Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.

6. Check that the AC and DC power are within specifications.7. Get technical advice or assistance where appropriate. This will depend upon the situation

and the established local procedures.8. Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that

is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for:• Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner• Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash• HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY

COUNT value

• Wires chafing against componenponents

• Misaligned, misadjusted, or incor• Slow or slipping clutches; slow or• Damaged components• Excessive heat, or symptoms of

ponent• Loose cables or wires

9. Perform the adjustments for the compwith the function that is failing. Refer CAN BE MADE and that there is an ato or near the nominal value. Any abnocause of the problem. For example, abut it is at the limit of the adjustment rathe cause of the problem

10. Operate all of the components that artion that is failing with dC330 Componponents for any symptoms of abnormsound.

11. Replace any components or consumaproblem. When doing this, consider thinexpensive, can be installed quickly, then it is reasonable to replace it.

12. Leave an accurate and detailed recoryou have observed, what actions you

Page 556: WCP 123_128

GP 5General procedures information

GP 5 Fax Diagnostics

1300Hz1650Hz1850Hz2100HzDual Tone 1Dual Tone 2Dual Tone 3Dual Tone 4Dual Tone 5Dual Tone 6Dual Tone 7Dual Tone 8Dual Tone 9Dual Tone 0Dual Tone *Dual Tone #Dual Tone ADual Tone BDual Tone CDual Tone DHDLC Flag2400 bps (HDLC Flag)4800 bps (HDLC Flag)7200 bps (HDLC Flag)9600 bps (HDLC Flag)7200 bps (HDLC Flag)9600 bps (HDLC Flag)12000 bps (HDLC Flag)14400 bps (HDLC Flag)ANSamCMJMINFOcINFOaPPh+ALT2400/2400 (HDLC Flag)4800/2400 (HDLC Flag)7200/2400 (HDLC Flag)9600/2400 (HDLC Flag)12000/2400 (HDLC Flag)14400/2400 (HDLC Flag)

Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbersDescription

12/056-55CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeThis procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in UI Diagnostic Mode.

ProcedureTo Access Fax Diagnostics:1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.2. Press the Access button on the Control Panel3. On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Diagnostics.4. Select Fax Diagnostics.There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signal Sending Test and the Relay Test

Signal Sending TestThis test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal.

To run this test:

1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test.2. Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional

additional lines, 0, 2, and 4 are for FX use only).3. Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for

the list of signal numbers.4. An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies

communication from the UI to the ESS PWB, from the ESS to the Fax I/F PWB, from the Fax I/F to the Fax PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to generate the spe-cific signal being tested.If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed.

5. To stop the test, select Cancel Sending.Relay On/Off TestThis test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU.

To run this test:

1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off.2. Select the Line Number and select Relay On.

If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line.3. To stop the test, select Relay Off.

Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbersSignal No. Output Description

011 Tonal Signal Output 462Hz012 Tonal Signal Output 1080Hz013 Tonal Signal Output 1100Hz

014 Tonal Signal Output015 Tonal Signal Output016 Tonal Signal Output017 Tonal Signal Output019 DTMF Signal Output020 DTMF Signal Output021 DTMF Signal Output022 DTMF Signal Output023 DTMF Signal Output024 DTMF Signal Output025 DTMF Signal Output026 DTMF Signal Output027 DTMF Signal Output028 DTMF Signal Output029 DTMF Signal Output030 DTMF Signal Output031 DTMF Signal Output032 DTMF Signal Output033 DTMF Signal Output034 DTMF Signal Output035 V.21 (H) Signal Output036 V.27ter Signal Output037 V.27ter Signal Output038 V.29 Signal Output039 V.29 Signal Output040 V.17 Signal Output041 V.17 Signal Output042 V.17 Signal Output043 V.17 Signal Output080 V.8 Signal Output081 V.8 Signal Output082 V.8 Signal Output083 V.8 Signal Output084 V.8 Signal Output085 V.8 Signal Output096 V.34 Signal Output097 V.34 Signal Output098 V.34 Signal Output099 V.34 Signal Output100 V.34 Signal Output101 V.34 Signal Output

Signal No. Output

Page 557: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

19200/3429 (HDLC Flag)21600/3429 (HDLC Flag)24000/3429 (HDLC Flag)26400/3429 (HDLC Flag)28800/3429 (HDLC Flag)31200/3429 (HDLC Flag)33600/3429 (HDLC Flag)Signal Tone 697HzSignal Tone 770HzSignal Tone 852HzSignal Tone 941HzSignal Tone 1209HzSignal Tone 1336HzSignal Tone 1477HzSignal Tone 1633Hz

ignal numbersDescription

12/056-56GP 5

General procedures information

102 V.34 Signal Output 16800/2400 (HDLC Flag)103 V.34 Signal Output 19200/2400 (HDLC Flag)104 V.34 Signal Output 21600/2400 (HDLC Flag)106 V.34 Signal Output 4800/2743 (HDLC Flag)107 V.34 Signal Output 7200/2743 (HDLC Flag)108 V.34 Signal Output 9600/2743 (HDLC Flag)109 V.34 Signal Output 12000/2743 (HDLC Flag)110 V.34 Signal Output 14400/2743 (HDLC Flag)111 V.34 Signal Output 16800/2743 (HDLC Flag)112 V.34 Signal Output 19200/2743 (HDLC Flag)113 V.34 Signal Output 21600/2743 (HDLC Flag)114 V.34 Signal Output 24000/2743 (HDLC Flag)117 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3000 (HDLC Flag)118 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3000 (HDLC Flag)119 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3000 (HDLC Flag)120 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3000 (HDLC Flag)121 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3000 (HDLC Flag)122 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3000 (HDLC Flag)123 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3000 (HDLC Flag)124 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3000 (HDLC Flag)125 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3000 (HDLC Flag)126 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3000 (HDLC Flag)127 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3000 (HDLC Flag)129 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3200 (HDLC Flag)130 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3200 (HDLC Flag)131 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3200 (HDLC Flag)132 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3200 (HDLC Flag)133 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3200 (HDLC Flag)134 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3200 (HDLC Flag)135 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3200 (HDLC Flag)136 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3200 (HDLC Flag)137 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3200 (HDLC Flag)138 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3200 (HDLC Flag)139 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3200 (HDLC Flag)140 V.34 Signal Output 31200/3200 (HDLC Flag)142 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3429 (HDLC Flag)143 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3429 (HDLC Flag)144 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3429 (HDLC Flag)145 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3429 (HDLC Flag)146 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3429 (HDLC Flag)147 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3429 (HDLC Flag)

Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbersSignal No. Output Description

148 V.34 Signal Output149 V.34 Signal Output150 V.34 Signal Output151 V.34 Signal Output152 V.34 Signal Output153 V.34 Signal Output154 V.34 Signal Output160 DTMF Signal Output161 DTMF Signal Output162 DTMF Signal Output163 DTMF Signal Output164 DTMF Signal Output165 DTMF Signal Output166 DTMF Signal Output167 DTMF Signal Output

Table 1 Fax Diagnostic sSignal No. Output

Page 558: WCP 123_128

GP 6, GP 10General procedures information

GP 6 Resetting the Administrator Password GP 10 Replacing Billing PWBs

umber and billing data integrity when Billing PWBs

AUTIONer and billing data never replace all three PWBs at Bs needs replacing, replace them ONE AT A TIME

e is installed on the PWBs before and after PWB (GP 12), and compare the ROM values to the table e current software upgrade CD.

e DC Quick pull-down menu.g counters displayed for the three PWBs with the

any that do not agree.

xist, escalate the call to Field engineering or the

ach other but do not match the data plate.th the data plate and the third number.t.

does not match the others, highlight that column. ecome active. Click the button. A series of pop-up tions on the screen to synchronize the serial num-

AUTIONer and billing data never replace all three PWBs at ill cause unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB ME. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the orig- necessary) before attempting to replace a different

ce that PWB and re-synchronize.

12/056-57CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

PurposeThe purpose of this procedure is to allow the CSE to recover the Administrator Password in sit-uations where the customer has changed the password from the default value, and subse-quently lost or forgotten the password.

Procedure1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.2. Press the Access button on the Control Panel3. On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Diagnostics.4. Select NVM Read/Write.5. Enter location 700-171 and press Confirm/Change. This is the current password. You

can provide this number to the customer, or set the location to the default value (11111) and allow the customer to enter a new number from Tools mode.

PurposeThis procedure is used to maintain serial nmust be replaced.

ProcedureC

To maintain the integrity of the serial numbonce. If any of the following billing data PWaccording to this procedure: • ESS PWB (PL 13.1). • MCU NVM PWB (PL 13.1). • ESS NVM PWB (PL 13.1). Ensure that the correct version of softwarreplacement. Print the System Settings Listin the software installation instructions on th1. Connect the PWS. Select dC132 in th2. Compare the serial numbers and billin

serial number on the data plate. Note

NOTE: If any of the following conditions eNTC:• The displayed serial numbers match e• Two or more numbers do not agree wi• The displayed numbers are all differen

3. If one serial number or billing counterThe Set Serial Number button will bwindows will open. Follow the instrucbers.

CTo maintain the integrity of the serial numbonce. Replacing all three PWBs at once wneeds replacing, only replace ONE AT A TIinal PWB and re-enter the serial number (ifPWB. 4. If any PWB will not synchronize, repla

Page 559: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-58GP 12General procedures information

GP 12 Printing ReportsDescriptionThis procedure describes how to print the various reports that are available. Printing reports can help you troubleshoot and configure the machine.

ProcedurePrinting the Settings List (Configuration Report)

NOTE: Make sure dC371 is set for the correct Market Region. If paper size errors still occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location 700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4).

1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. 2. Select the Billing Meter/Print Report tab on the display.3. Press the Print Report/List button.4. Select the Copy Mode Settings button.5. Select the Settings List button.6. Press the Start button.Other ReportsThe following reports can be printed from the UI Diagnostic Mode:

1. Debug Log 2. HFSI Report3. Jam Report 4. Shutdown Report 5. Fail Report 6. Protocol Monitor Report

Page 560: WCP 123_128

Space RequirementsGeneral procedures information

Space Requirements

/286, CC C123/128, WC M123/128 w/Finisher st61002)

12/056-59CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Installation space requirements are shown in Figure 1 (DC 236/286, CC C123/C128, WC M123/M128 w/out Finisher), Figure 2 (DC 236/286, CC C123/C128, WC M123/M128 w/Fin-isher).

Figure 1 Space Requirement - DC 236/286, CC C123/128, WC M123/128 w/out Finisher (j0st61001)

Figure 2 Space Requirement - DC 236(j0

Page 561: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-60Product Specs.General procedures information

Product Specs.

Page 562: WCP 123_128

Product Specs.General procedures information

Product Codes

T.B.DT.B.D

Table 3 Product Codes WC M123/128Product Code

12/056-61CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Table 1 Product Codes DC 236/286Item Product Code

DC236/286 IOT 120 VAC T.B.DDC236/286 IOT 220 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/DADF (XC) 120 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/DADF (XE) 220 VAC T.B.DFinisher T.B.DToken Ring Kit T.B.DForeign Interface Kit T.B.D

Table 2 Product Codes CC C123/128Item Product Code

CC C123/128 IOT 120 VAC T.B.DCC C123/128 IOT 220 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/DADF (XC) 120 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/DADF (XE) 220 VAC T.B.DEFI Network Controller T.B.D2-Tray Module T.B.DTandem Tray Module T.B.DCC C123/128 IOT/Network Control-ler/2TM - preconfigured

T.B.D

CC C123/128 IOT/Network Control-ler/TTM - preconfigured

T.B.D

Finisher Option T.B.DForeign Interface Option T.B.D

Table 3 Product Codes WC M123/128Item Product Code

WorkCentre M24 IOT 120 VAC T.B.DWorkCentre M24 IOT 220 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/DADF (XC) 120 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/DADF (XE) 220 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/Platen (XC) 120 VAC T.B.DScanner/UI/Platen (XE) 220 VAC T.B.DCabinet T.B.D2-Tray Module T.B.DTandem Tray Module T.B.DStd. G3 Fax Kit (XC) T.B.DStd. G3 Fax Kit (XE) T.B.DConvenience Stapler (XC) T.B.DConvenience Stapler (XE) T.B.D

FinisherForeign Interface Kit

Item

Page 563: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

8.5” x 11” (A4); Tray 1;

S process time for prints); 8.5” x 11” (A4); Tray 1;

50/60 +/- 3 Hz), 50/60 +/- 3 Hz)

verage).92 kVA ESG max.

mentsirement:

DF Specifications: 334 x 452 mm

nable area: 297 x 432 mm” (A5) LEF to 11” x 17” SEF (A3)

x 432 mm

.5 x 210 mmsm/16lb

gsm/32lb (110 gsm in Duplex mode)s 100 gsm or less

s 101 to 128 gsm

12/056-62Product Specs.

General procedures information

Component Weights

Paper Capacities

Copy Speed• B/W (plain paper; simplex; fed from Tray 1)

– Letter size LEF: 23/28 ppm– Letter size SEF: 18/22 ppm– Legal size: 9/11 ppm– A3/11x17 in.: 13/15 ppm

FCOT/FPOTFirst Copy Output Time (original on platen);

• 4.5 sec. maxFirst Print Output Time (does not include ES

• 12 sec. maxVoltage Requirements• Single phase (two wires plus ground)• 110 - 127 VAC/60 Hz (100 - 135 VAC,• 220 - 240 VAC/50 Hz (210 to 246 VAC

Power Consumption (5 minute a• Machine Running: 1.33 kVA - NASG; 1• Low Power: T.B.D watts max.• Sleep Mode: 7.8 watts max.Warm up time: 12 sec. max.

Environmental Data and RequireAmbient Temperature and Humidity requ• Minimum: 10º C/50ºF at 15% humidity• Maximum: 35º C/99ºF at 85% humidityIIT/DADF Specifications

Table 4 Component WeightsComponent Weight (approx.)

IOT w/2TM or TTM 90/99 kg (264 lb.)IIT and Platen 15 kg (46 lb.)DADF 9 kg (31 lb.)Finisher 30 kg (77 lb.)Network Controller 6 kg (13 lb.)

Table 5 Paper CapacitiesSpecification Paper Trays 1 - 4 Tray 5 (Bypass)

Paper Sizes Tray 1 & 2 (TTM); Tray 1 -4 (2TM)

• Min: A5 SEF (148 x 210 mm)• Max: A3/11 x 17 in.Trays 3 & 4 (TTM only)

• A4, 8.5 x 11 in., and B5 LEF only

Paper

• Min: 100 x 140 mm (postcard)• Max: 305 x 483 mm/12 x 19 in.Envelopes

• Min: 98 x 190 mm (Monarch 7 3/4 size)

Paper Weights Optimum: 24 lb./90 gsm

Range: 60 - 216 gsm

Range: 60 - 216 gsm

Capacities 24 lb. (90 gsm)

TTM: 3040 sheets total:

• Tray 1: 500 sheets• Tray 2: 500 sheets• Tray 3: 800 sheets• Tray 4: 800 sheets2TM: 200 sheets total:

• Tray 1: 500 sheets• Tray 2: 500 sheets• Tray 3: 500 sheets• Tray 4: 500 sheets

100 sheetsTable 6 DA

Document Size: Platen Max size

Max scanDocument Size: DADF 5.5” x 8.5

Max: 297

Min: 148Document Weight: DADF Min: 50 g

Max: 128Document Capacity: DADF 50 sheet

40 sheet

Page 564: WCP 123_128

Product Specs., Common ToolsGeneral procedures information

Common ToolsTable 6 DADF Specifications

Common ToolsPart Number

600T40205 600T1989499T356600T40210499T355600T40501600T40502600T02002600T1988600T40903600T40901600T2020600T91616600T41503600T1901600T41911600T41913600T41911600T42008600T1824600T41901600T 9583600T2030

12/056-63CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

R/E Capability: Variable Percentages: 25% to 400% in 1% increments

Preset Percentages:

• 25%• 50% (A3 to A5)• 64% (11 x17 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.)• 70% (A3 to A4; B4 to B5)• 100%• 129% (8.5 x 11 in. to 11 x17 in.)• 141% (A4 to A3; B5 to B4)• 400%Presets can be changed in Tools mode.

Table 1 Description

Screw Driver (-) 3 x 50Screw Driver (+) 6 x 100Screw Driver (+) NO.1Stubby Driver (+) (-)Screw Driver (-) 100MMSpanner and Wrench 5.5 x 5.5Spanner and Wrench 7x 7Hex Key SetBox Driver 5.5MMSide Cutting NipperRound Nose PliersDigital Multi-meter SetInterlock CheaterSilver Scale 150MMCE Tool CaseMagnetic Screw Pick-up ToolScriber ToolMagnetic pickupLoupeFlash LightBrushTester Lead Wire (red)Tester Lead Wire (black)

Page 565: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

leaning MaterialsNASG Part Number

ESG Part Number

43P48 8R90034

43P45 8R9017643P81 8R9017819P3025 19P3025499T90417 499T9041735P3191 600S437235P1737 35P173735P2162 35P2162

12/056-64Product Tools and Test Patterns, Cleaning Materials

General procedures information

Product Tools and Test Patterns Cleaning MaterialsTable 1 Tools and Test Patterns

Description Part Number

Geometric Test Pattern 82E8220HVPS test probe (1/10X) 600T1653HVPS test probe adapter 600T1996Copy Paper Carrying Case 600T1999Copy Paper Zip Lock Bag 600T2000Colotech + - 90 gsm - A3 3R94642Service and Machine NVM Log 700P97436Serial cable 600T2058Network Interface (Crossover) cable 600T02252Parallel printer cable 117E19340PWS power cord adapter 600T2018L Probe 600T02177Machine Resident Disk Kit

(Machine Settings Floppy)

300K63850

A3 (11” x 17”) Test Pattern 82E2000A4 Test Pattern 82E20108.5” x 11” Test Pattern 82E2020SIR 542.00 Solid area density Scale 82E8230SIR 494.00 Visual Scale 82P448

Table 1 C

Description

Cleaning fluid

(8oz., Formula A)Film remover (8 oz.)Lens/mirror cleanerLint-free (white) cleaning clothLint-free Optics cleaning clothCleaning towelsDrop clothCotton Swab

Page 566: WCP 123_128

onsumables, Glossary of TermsGeneral procedures information

Machine Consumables Glossary of TermsTable 1

inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches).nches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches).ent available at power source for machine.ches customers to perform some of service that is vice Representative.ion of signal.

nting an electrical state.ectric Converter)isc

eederr machine components. Machine converts AC ower. for meter that measures voltage, current, or elec-

itted from machine during normal operation and uced by machine design features.r of charge between bodies at different electrostatic

Outboard

CD portion of the machinero/paper handling/fusing portion of the machine

with reference to definition of term TE

)ations that store process control data

12/056-65CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Machine C

2nd Draft

Table 1 ConsumablesName Part Number

Drum Cartridge T.B.DBlack Toner Cartridge T.B.DFinisher Staple Cartridge T.B.D Convenience Stapler Cartridge T.B.D Fuser T.B.D

Term Description

A3 Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69A4 Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 iAC Alternating Current is type of currACT Advanced Customer Training: tea

normally performed by Xerox SerA/D Analog to Digital refers to conversADJ Adjustment ProcedureBit Binary digit, either 1 or 0, represeCCD Charge Coupled Device (PhotoelCD 1: Circuit Diagram; 2: Compact DChip Integrated Circuit (IC) CRU Customer Replaceable Unit CVT Constant Velocity TransportDADF Duplexing Automatic Document FDC Direct Current is type of power fo

power from power source to DC pDMM Digital Multimeter is generic name

trical resistance.Duplex 2-sided printing or copyingEME Electromagnetic Emissions are em

power of these emissions are redESD Electrostatic Discharge. A transfe

potential.FS Fast Scan (direction) - Inboard toGND GroundHFSI High Frequency Service ItemHVPS High Voltage Power SupplyHz Hertz (Cycles per second)IIT Image Input Terminal - Scanner/CIOT Image Output Terminal - ROS/XeIQ Image QualityKC 1000 copiesLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLE Lead Edge of copy or print paper,LED Light Emitting DiodeLEF Long Edge FeedLTR Letter size paper (8.5 x 11 inchesLUT Look Up Table - array of NVM locLVPS Low Voltage Power Supply

Page 567: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-66Glossary of TermsGeneral procedures information

MF Multi-FunctionMN MultinationalNIC Network Interface CardNVM Non Volatile MemoryOEM Original equipment manufacturerOGM On-going MaintenancePC Personal ComputerPL Parts ListPO Part of (Assembly Name)PWB Printed Wiring BoardPWS Portable Workstation for ServicePJ Plug Jack (electrical connections)RAM Random Access MemoryRAP Repair Analysis Procedure for diagnosis of machine status codes and abnormal con-

ditions.R/E Reduction/Enlargement refers to features selection or components that enable

reduction or enlargement.REP Repair Procedure for disassembly and reassembly of component on machineRIS Raster Input ScannerROM Read Only MemoryROS Raster Output Scanner. Device that transfers digitally processed image, using laser

light, to photoreceptor.SAD Solid Area DensitySCP Service Call ProcedureSEF Short Edge FeedSelf-test

An automatic process that is used to check Control Logic circuitry. Any fault that is detected during self-test is displayed by fault code or by LEDs on PWB.

SIMM Single Inline Memory Module used to increase printing capacitySimplex Single sided copiesFS Fast Scan (direction) - LE-to-TETE Trail Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term LEUM Unscheduled MaintenanceUI User InterfaceUSB Universal Serial BusW/ With - indicates machine condition where specified condition is presentW/O Without - indicates machine condition where specified condition is not presentXBRA Xerox BrazilXE Xerox Europe - also referred to as ESG (European Solutions Group)XLA Xerox Latin AmericaXMEX Xerox Mexico

Table 1 Term Description

Page 568: WCP 123_128

uction, IOT/Processor (P) TagsGeneral procedures information

Change Tag Introduction IOT/Processor (P) Tagsave been issued for the DocuColor 2240/1632:

12/056-67CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Change Tag Introd

2nd Draft

Important modifications to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag matrix. The tag matrix for the IOT (Processor) is molded into the inside of the Front Door. The DADF tag matrix is a label affixed to the rear cover of the DADF.

This section describes all of the tags associated with the copier, as well as multinational appli-cability, classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information.

Classification CodesA tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be inter-changed, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures.

A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special non-volatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made. The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below.

The following IOT/Processor change tags h

TAG: P1CLASS: RUSE: T.B.DMFG SERIAL NUMBERS: T.B.DNAME: T.B.DPURPOSE:KIT NUMBER: T.B.DREFERENCE:

Table 1 Classification Code Description

M Mandatory tagN Tag not installed in the fieldO Optional tagR Repair tag

Page 569: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

6-68Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) TagsGeneral procedures information

Page 570: WCP 123_128

Wiring-data

7 Wiring Data

12/057-1CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Plug/Jack LocationsPlug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................................ 3

WirenetsWirenets .......................................................................................................................... 33

BSDsChain 1 Standby Power................................................................................................................... 61Chain 2 User Interface .................................................................................................................... 65Chain 3 Machine Run Control ........................................................................................................ 69Chain 4 Start Print Power ............................................................................................................... 75Chain 5 Document Transportation.................................................................................................. 76Chain 6 Imaging.............................................................................................................................. 82Chain 7 Paper Supply ..................................................................................................................... 87Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transpotation ........................................................................................... 100Chain 9 Xerographics ..................................................................................................................... 107Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing ..................................................................................... 111Chain 12 Finishing......................................................................................................................... 118Chain 16 Printer .............................................................................................................................. 127Chain 17 FAX................................................................................................................................. 128

Page 571: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-2Wiring-data

Page 572: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Plug/Jack Locations

i. Sensor, Regi. ClutchLower, Tray1/2 FeederLower, Tray1/2 Feederlex Unit, MSIlex Unit, MSIRear LocationRear Location

OCT, Fuser AssemblyRear LocationS, Main Switchlex Unit, MSIlex Unit, MSIS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor Unit, Exit PWBS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor Unit, Exit PWB OCT, Fuser Assembly OCT, Fuser Assembly Unit, Exit PWB

i. Sensor, Regi. Clutch Unit, Exit PWB Unit, Exit PWB Unit, Exit PWB

Lower, Tray1/2 FeederLower, Tray1/2 Feeder3/4 Feeder(2TM)3/4 Feeder(TTM)3/4 Feeder(2TM)3/4 Feeder(TTM)Rear Locationlex Unit, MSIRear Location

lex Unit, MSIRear Location

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

re Title

12/057-3CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

How to use the Plug/Jack Location ListThe Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electri-cal termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure.

NOTE: Connectors numbered “CN” and “FS” are listed after the “P and J” connectors.

Table 1 Plug/Jack ListConnector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figure Title

P1 Figure 10 13 ESS 1 of 2 P/J1 Figure 16 22 LVPS, Main Switch P/J2 Figure 16 24 LVPS, Main Switch P/J2 Figure 25 11 Finisher Rear Location P/J3 Figure 16 16 LVPS, Main Switch P/J6 Figure 16 14 LVPS, Main Switch P/J7 Figure 16 15 LVPS, Main Switch P/J11 Figure 16 21 LVPS, Main Switch P/J12 Figure 16 18 LVPS, Main Switch P/J50 Figure 15 6 Power Unit P/J56 Figure 16 4 LVPS, Main Switch P/J57 Figure 16 1 LVPS, Main Switch P/J68 Figure 16 3 LVPS, Main Switch P/J69 Figure 16 2 LVPS, Main Switch P/J50 Figure 15 6 Power Unit P/J72 Figure 15 4 Power Unit P/J73 Figure 15 2 Power Unit P/J74 Figure 15 1 Power Unit P/J75 Figure 15 5 Power Unit P/J100 Figure 9 2 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J101 Figure 9 3 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J101A Figure 17 2 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J101A Figure 19 2 Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) P/J101B Figure 17 2 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J101B Figure 19 2 Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) P/J102 Figure 9 2 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J102A Figure 17 3 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J102A Figure 19 3 Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) P/J102B Figure 17 3 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J102B Figure 19 3 Tray3/4 Feeder(TTM) P/J103 Figure 9 3 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder

P/J104 Figure 8 3 Reg P/J105 Figure 9 4 L/H P/J106 Figure 9 7 L/H P/J107 Figure 7 9 Dup P/J108 Figure 7 10 Dup P/J109 Figure 13 11 IOT P/J110 Figure 13 12 IOT P/J111 Figure 5 2 Exit2 P/J112 Figure 5 3 Exit2 P/J116 Figure 5 1 Exit2 P/J117 Figure 6 1 No.1 P/J120 Figure 13 4 IOT P/J121 Figure 16 23 LVP P/J123 Figure 7 2 Dup P/J124 Figure 7 1 Dup P/J125 Figure 3 1 HVP P/J126 Figure 4 1 ROS P/J127 Figure 3 2 HVP P/J130 Figure 4 8 ROS P/J131 Figure 6 3 No.1 P/J132 Figure 6 4 No.1 P/J140 Figure 4 10 ROS P/J150 Figure 8 2 Reg P/J160 Figure 4 12 ROS P/J170 Figure 4 13 ROS P/J201 Figure 4 11 ROS P/J201 Figure 9 1 L/H P/J202 Figure 9 1 L/H P/J202A Figure 17 1 Tray P/J220A Figure 19 1 Tray P/J202B Figure 17 1 Tray P/J220A Figure 19 1 Tray P/J204 Figure 13 9 IOT P/J205 Figure 7 7 Dup P/J206 Figure 13 1 IOT P/J207 Figure 5 5 Exit2 P/J208 Figure 5 6 Exit2 P/J209 Figure 5 4 Exit2 P/J212 Figure 7 6 Dup P/J214 Figure 13 7 IOT

Connector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figu

Page 573: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

PWB PWBher Rear Location PWB PWB PWB PWB PWB Unit, Exit PWB Unit, Exit PWB Unit, Exit PWB Unit, Exit PWB Unit, Exit PWBS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensorher Rear Locationher Rear Location

S, Main SwitchS, Main SwitchS, Main SwitchS, Main SwitchS, Main SwitchS, Main Switchlex Unit, MSIlex Unit, MSI Rear Location Rear Locationlex Unit, MSI Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location OCT, Fuser AssemblyRear LocationLower, Tray1/2 Feeder

Plug/Jack List

re Title

12/057-4Plug/Jack Locations

Wiring-data

P/J215 Figure 8 1 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch P/J216 Figure 3 3 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor P/J219 Figure 3 4 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor P/J300 Figure 11 1 ESS 2 of 2 P/J301 Figure 11 14 ESS 2 of 2 P/J303 Figure 10 7 ESS 1 of 2 P/J304 Figure 11 8 ESS 2 of 2 P/J310 Figure 11 7 ESS 2 of 2 P/J311 Figure 11 5 ESS 2 of 2 P/J320 Figure 11 2 ESS 2 of 2 J330 Figure 11 3 ESS 2 of 2 J331 Figure 11 4 ESS 2 of 2 J338 Figure 11 13 ESS 2 of 2 J340 Figure 10 10 ESS 1 of 2 J341 Figure 10 11 ESS 1 of 2 J342 Figure 11 10 ESS 2 of 2 J345 Figure 10 9 ESS 1 of 2 P/J360 Figure 10 12 ESS 1 of 2 P/J361 Figure 10 14 ESS 1 of 2 P/J362 Figure 10 8 ESS 1 of 2 P/J363 Figure 10 1 ESS 1 of 2 P/J367 Figure 10 6 ESS 1 of 2 P380 Figure 11 12 ESS 2 of 2 P382 Figure 11 9 ESS 2 of 2 P388 Figure 11 11 ESS 2 of 2 P/J400 Figure 14 18 MCU PWB P/J401 Figure 14 19 MCU PWB P/J402 Figure 14 3 MCU PWB P/J403 Figure 14 5 MCU PWB P/J404 Figure 14 4 MCU PWB P/J405 Figure 14 7 MCU PWB P/J406 Figure 14 2 MCU PWB P/J407 Figure 14 1 MCU PWB P/J408 Figure 14 6 MCU PWB P/J409 Figure 14 9 MCU PWB P/J410 Figure 14 8 MCU PWB P/J411 Figure 14 10 MCU PWB P/J412 Figure 14 20 MCU PWB P/J413 Figure 14 14 MCU PWB P414 Figure 14 12 MCU PWB

Table 1 Plug/Jack ListConnector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figure Title

P415 Figure 14 11 MCU P416 Figure 14 16 MCU J416 Figure 25 9 Finis P/J417 Figure 14 13 MCU P/J419 Figure 14 23 MCU P/J420 Figure 14 22 MCU P/J421 Figure 14 21 MCU P/J429 Figure 14 15 MCU P/J430 Figure 4 4 ROS P/J431 Figure 4 3 ROS P/J432 Figure 4 5 ROS P/J433 Figure 4 7 ROS P/J434 Figure 4 6 ROS P/J500 Figure 3 5 HVP P/J502 Figure 25 12 Finis P/J505 Figure 25 13 Finis P/J521 Figure 16 8 LVP P/J522 Figure 16 7 LVP P/J523 Figure 16 10 LVP P/J524 Figure 16 9 LVP P/J526 Figure 16 5 LVP P527 Figure 16 6 LVP P/J540 Figure 7 3 Dup P/J541 Figure 7 4 Dup P/J541 Figure 18 2 2TM P/J541 Figure 20 1 TTM P/J542 Figure 7 5 Dup P/J548 Figure 18 1 2TM P/J548 Figure 20 11 TTM P/J549A Figure 18 8 2TM P/J549A Figure 20 10 TTM P/J549B Figure 18 8 2TM P/J549B Figure 20 10 TTM P/J552 Figure 18 9 2TM P/J552 Figure 20 9 TTM P/J552 Figure 18 3 2TM P/J554 Figure 20 2 TTM P600 Figure 6 2 No.1 J600 Figure 13 5 IOT P/J601 Figure 9 8 L/H

Table 1Connector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figu

Page 574: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

F 2 of 2F 2 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 2 of 2F 2 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 2 of 2F 2 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 2F 1 of 23/4 Feeder(2TM)3/4 Feeder(TTM)3/4 Feeder(2TM)3/4 Feeder(TTM)3/4 Feeder(2TM)3/4 Feeder(TTM) Rear Location Rear Location3/4 Feeder(2TM)3/4 Feeder(TTM)3/4 Feeder(2TM) Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location Rear Location3/4 Feeder(2TM) Rear Location

Table 1 Plug/Jack List

re Title

12/057-5CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

P/J602 Figure 9 6 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J605 Figure 13 8 IOT Rear Location P/J606 Figure 13 3 IOT Rear Location P/J608 Figure 9 5 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J609 Figure 7 8 Duplex Unit, MSI P/J610 Figure 3 6 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor P/J613 Figure 13 2 IOT Rear Location P/J620 Figure 4 9 ROS Unit, Exit PWB P/J661A Figure 17 8 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J661A Figure 20 4 TTM Rear Location P/J661B Figure 17 9 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J661B Figure 19 7 TTM Rear Location P/J702 Figure 2 6 IIT P/J703 Figure 2 5 IIT P/J710 Figure 2 15 IIT P/J719 Figure 2 4 IIT P/J720 Figure 2 10 IIT P/J721 Figure 2 1 IIT P/J722 Figure 2 14 IIT P/J723 Figure 2 9 IIT P/J725 Figure 2 2 IIT P/J726 Figure 2 8 IIT P/J727 Figure 2 16 IIT P/J728 Figure 2 7 IIT P/J741 Figure 2 12 IIT J750 Figure 2 3 IIT P750 Figure 22 15 DADF 2 of 2 P/J751 Figure 22 16 DADF 2 of 2 P/J752 Figure 22 14 DADF 2 of 2 P/J753 Figure 22 13 DADF 2 of 2 P/J754 Figure 22 12 DADF 2 of 2 P/J755 Figure 22 11 DADF 2 of 2 P/J756 Figure 22 5 DADF 2 of 2 P/J757 Figure 22 4 DADF 2 of 2 P/J758 Figure 22 3 DADF 2 of 2 P/J759 Figure 22 2 DADF 2 of 2 P/J760 Figure 22 1 DADF 2 of 2 P/J761 Figure 22 19 DADF 2 of 2 P762 Figure 22 18 DADF 2 of 2 P763 Figure 22 17 DADF 2 of 2

Connector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figure Title

P/J764 Figure 22 9 DAD P/J765 Figure 22 10 DAD P/J766 Figure 21 3 DAD P/J767 Figure 21 18 DAD P/J769 Figure 22 8 DAD P/J770 Figure 22 7 DAD P/J771 Figure 21 14 DAD P/J772 Figure 21 15 DAD P/J774 Figure 21 13 DAD P/J775 Figure 21 16 DAD P/J776 Figure 21 17 DAD P/J777 Figure 21 7 DAD P/J778 Figure 21 6 DAD P/J779 Figure 21 5 DAD P/J780 Figure 21 12 DAD P/J781 Figure 21 11 DAD P/J782 Figure 21 10 DAD P/J785 Figure 22 20 DAD P/J786 Figure 22 6 DAD P/J787 Figure 21 9 DAD P/J788 Figure 21 8 DAD P/J791 Figure 21 4 DAD P/J812 Figure 17 11 Tray P/J812 Figure 19 8 Tray P/J820 Figure 17 4 Tray P/J820 Figure 19 5 Tray P/J821 Figure 17 7 Tray P/J821 Figure 19 6 Tray P/J822 Figure 18 4 2TM P/J822 Figure 20 7 TTM P/J824 Figure 17 5 Tray P/J824 Figure 19 4 Tray P/J825 Figure 17 6 Tray P/J825 Figure 20 3 TTM P/J826 Figure 18 7 2TM P/J826 Figure 20 8 TTM P/J841 Figure 18 5 2TM P/J841 Figure 20 5 TTM P/J842 Figure 17 10 Tray P/J842 Figure 20 6 TTM

Connector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figu

Page 575: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

her PWBher PWBher PWBtrol Paneltrol Paneltrol Panel 1 of 2trol Paneltrol Panel 1 of 2trol Paneltrol Paneltrol Panel 1 of 2trol Panel 1 of 2Rear LocationBox AssemblyBox AssemblyBox AssemblyBox AssemblyBox AssemblyBox AssemblyBox AssemblyBox AssemblyBox AssemblyF 1 of 2F 1 of 2 OCT, Fuser Assembly

Plug/Jack List

re Title

12/057-6Plug/Jack Locations

Wiring-data

P/J869 Figure 25 14 Finisher Rear Location P/J871 Figure 24 16 Finisher Front Location P/J2011 Figure 4 2 ROS Unit, Exit PWB P/J7261 Figure 2 11 IIT P/J7262 Figure 2 13 IIT P/J8379 Figure 23 2 H-Transport Assembly P/J8380 Figure 23 1 H-Transport Assembly P/J8381 Figure 23 3 H-Transport Assembly P/J8382 Figure 23 4 H-Transport Assembly P/J8800 Figure 25 7 Finisher Rear Location P/J8801 Figure 25 6 Finisher Rear Location P/J8802 Figure 25 4 Finisher Rear Location P/J8803 Figure 25 3 Finisher Rear Location P/J8805 Figure 24 1 Finisher Front Location P/J8806 Figure 24 4 Finisher Front Location P/J8807 Figure 24 5 Finisher Front Location P/J8808 Figure 24 6 Finisher Front Location P/J8809 Figure 24 17 Finisher Front Location P/J8810 Figure 24 7 Finisher Front Location P/J8811 Figure 24 11 Finisher Front Location P/J8812 Figure 24 12 Finisher Front Location P/J8813 Figure 24 14 Finisher Front Location P/J8814 Figure 25 2 Finisher Rear Location P/J8815 Figure 25 1 Finisher Rear Location P/J8817 Figure 24 10 Finisher Front Location P/J8818 Figure 24 8 Finisher Front Location P/J8819 Figure 24 9 Finisher Front Location P/J8820 Figure 24 15 Finisher Front Location P/J8822 Figure 25 5 Finisher Rear Location P/J8823 Figure 24 3 Finisher Front Location P/J8824 Figure 24 2 Finisher Front Location P/J8825 Figure 24 13 Finisher Front Location P/J8827 Figure 25 10 Finisher Rear Location P/J8843 Figure 26 7 Finisher PWB P/J8844 Figure 26 6 Finisher PWB P/J8845 Figure 26 4 Finisher PWB P/J8846 Figure 26 3 Finisher PWB P/J8847 Figure 26 5 Finisher PWB P/J8848 Figure 26 1 Finisher PWB P/J8849 Figure 26 2 Finisher PWB

Table 1 Plug/Jack ListConnector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figure Title

P/J8850 Figure 26 10 Finis P/J8851 Figure 26 8 Finis P/J8852 Figure 26 9 Finis CN1 Figure 1 5 Con CN1 Figure 1 7 Con CN1 Figure 1 10 Con CN1 Figure 10 4 ESS CN2 Figure 1 1 Con CN2 Figure 1 9 Con CN2 Figure 10 3 ESS CN3 Figure 1 4 Con CN3 Figure 1 11 Con CN4 Figure 1 6 Con CN4 Figure 10 2 ESS CN5 Figure 1 3 Con CN6 Figure 10 5 ESS CN102 Figure 13 6 IOT CNP352 Figure 12 4 Fax CNP353 Figure 12 5 Fax CNP354 Figure 12 6 Fax CNP355 Figure 12 2 Fax CNP356 Figure 12 7 Fax CNP357 Figure 12 3 Fax CNJ359 Figure 12 8 Fax CNJ360 Figure 12 9 Fax CNJ361 Figure 12 1 Fax F1 Figure 21 2 DAD F2 Figure 21 1 DAD FS10 Figure 6 5 No.1

Table 1Connector Number

Figure Number

Item Number Figu

Page 576: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Plug/Jack Illustrations

12/057-7CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 Control Panel (j0st7201)

Page 577: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-8Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 2 IIT (j0st7202)

Page 578: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-9CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 3 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor (j0st7203)

Page 579: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-10Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 4 ROS Unit, Exit PWB (j0st7204)

Page 580: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-11CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 5 Exit 2 (j0st7205)

Page 581: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-12Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 6 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly (j0st7206)

Page 582: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-13CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 7 Duplex Unit, MSI (j0st7207)

Page 583: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-14Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 8 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch (j0st7208)

Page 584: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-15CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 9 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder (j0st7209)

Page 585: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-16Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 10 ESS 1 of 2 (j0st7210)

Page 586: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-17CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 11 ESS 2 of 2 (j0st7211)

Page 587: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-18Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 12 Fax Box Assembly (j0st7212)

Page 588: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-19CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 13 IOT Rear Location (j0st7213)

Page 589: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-20Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 14 MCU PWB (j0st7214)

Page 590: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-21CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 15 Power Unit (j0st7215)

Page 591: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-22Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 16 LVPS, Main Switch (j0st7216)

Page 592: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-23CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 17 Tray 3/4 Feeder (2TM) (j0st7217)

Page 593: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-24Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 18 2TM Rear Location (j0st7218)

Page 594: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-25CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 19 Tray 3/4 Feeder (TTM) (j0st7219)

Page 595: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-26Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 20 TTM Rear Location (j0st7220)

Page 596: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-27CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 21 DADF 1 of 2 (j0st7221)

Page 597: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-28Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 22 DADF 2 of 2 (j0st7222)

Page 598: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-29CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 23 H-Transport Assembly (j0st7223)

Page 599: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-30Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 24 Finisher Front Location (j0st7224)

Page 600: WCP 123_128

Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

12/05

7-31CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 25 Finisher Rear Location (j0st7225)

Page 601: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-32Plug/Jack LocationsWiring-data

Figure 26 Finisher PWB (j0st7226)

Page 602: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

Wirenets

12/057-33CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 WIRE NET AC POWER(HOT) (j0st7301)

Page 603: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-34WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 2 WIRE NET AC POWER(NUT) (j0st7302)

Page 604: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/05

7-35CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 3 WIRE NET +3.3VDC (j0st7303)

Page 605: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-36WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 4 WIRE NET DC COM(+3.3VRTN) (j0st7304)

Page 606: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/057-37CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 5 WIRE NET +5VDC-1 (j0st7305)

Page 607: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-38WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 6 WIRE NET +5VDC-2 (j0st7306)

Page 608: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/057-39CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 7 WIRE NET +5VDC-3 (j0st7307)

Page 609: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-40WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 8 WIRE NET +5VDC-4 (j0st7308)

Page 610: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/057-41CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 9 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1 (j0st7309)

Page 611: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/057-42Wirenets

Wiring-data

Figure 10 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2 (j0st7310)

Page 612: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/05

7-43CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 11 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-3 (j0st7311)

Page 613: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/057-44Wirenets

Wiring-data

Figure 12 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-4 (j0st7312)

Page 614: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/05

7-45CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 13 WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-5 (j0st7313)

Page 615: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-46WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 14 WIRE NET +24VDC-1 (j0st7314)

Page 616: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/05

7-47CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 15 WIRE NET +24VDC-2 (j0st7315)

Page 617: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/057-48Wirenets

Wiring-data

Figure 16 WIRE NET +24VDC-3 (j0st7316)

Page 618: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/05

7-49CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 17 WIRE NET +24VDC-4 (j0st7317)

Page 619: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/057-50Wirenets

Wiring-data

Figure 18 WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)-1 (j0st7318)

Page 620: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/05

7-51CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 19 WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)-2 (j0st7319)

Page 621: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/057-52Wirenets

Wiring-data

Figure 20 WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)-3 (j0st7320)

Page 622: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/057-53CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 21 FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-1 (j0st7321)

Page 623: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-54WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 22 FINISHER WIRE NET +5VDC-2 (j0st7322)

Page 624: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/05

7-55CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 23 FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-1 (j0st7323)

Page 625: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-56WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 24 FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+5VRTN)-2 (j0st7324)

Page 626: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/057-57CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 25 FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-1 (j0st7325)

Page 627: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/057-58Wirenets

Wiring-data

Figure 26 FINISHER WIRE NET +24VDC-2 (j0st7326)

Page 628: WCP 123_128

WirenetsWiring-data

12/057-59CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 27 FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)-1 (j0st7327)

Page 629: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-60WirenetsWiring-data

Figure 28 FINISHER WIRE NET DC COM(+24VRTN)-2 (j0st7328)

Page 630: WCP 123_128

Chain 1 Standby PowerWiring-data

Chain 1 Standby Power

12/057-61CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 MAIN POWER ON (j0st90101)

Page 631: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-62Chain 1 Standby PowerWiring-data

Figure 2 DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (j0st90102)

Page 632: WCP 123_128

Chain 1 Standby PowerWiring-data

12/05

7-63CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 3 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (j0st90103)

Page 633: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-64Chain 1 Standby PowerWiring-data

Figure 4 INTERLOCK SWITCHING (j0st90104)

Page 634: WCP 123_128

Chain 2 User InterfaceWiring-data

Chain 2 User Interface

12/057-65CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 CONTROL PANEL(LEFT) (j0st90201)

Page 635: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-66Chain 2 User InterfaceWiring-data

Figure 2 CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES(RIGHT) (j0st90202)

Page 636: WCP 123_128

Chain 2 User InterfaceWiring-data

12/05

7-67CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 3 CONTROL PANEL(LENS) (j0st90203)

Page 637: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-68Chain 2 User InterfaceWiring-data

Figure 4 LCD CONTROL (j0st90204)

Page 638: WCP 123_128

Chain 3 Machine Run ControlWiring-data

Chain 3 Machine Run Control

12/057-69CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-IOT, ESS-IIT/IPS) (j0st90301)

Page 639: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-70Chain 3 Machine Run ControlWiring-data

Figure 2 PWBS COMMUNICATION(ESS-UI) (j0st90302)

Page 640: WCP 123_128

Chain 3 Machine Run ControlWiring-data

3)

12/057-71CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 3 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION:IOT-TRAY MODULE, IOT-DUPLEX) (j0st9030

Page 641: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-72Chain 3 Machine Run ControlWiring-data

Figure 4 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION:IOT-EXIT, IOT-FINISHER) (j0st90304)

Page 642: WCP 123_128

Chain 3 Machine Run ControlWiring-data

12/05

7-73CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 5 PWBS COMMUNICATION (OPTION:IIT/IPS-DADF) (j0st90305)

Page 643: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-74Chain 3 Machine Run ControlWiring-data

Figure 6 ELECTRIC BILLING (j0st90306)

Page 644: WCP 123_128

Chain 4 Start Print PowerWiring-data

Chain 4 Start Print Power

12/057-75CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 MAIN DRIVE CONTROL (j0st90401)

Page 645: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-76Chain 5 Document TransportationWiring-data

Chain 5 Document Transportation

Figure 1 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING (j0st90501)

Page 646: WCP 123_128

ain 5 Document TransportationWiring-data

12/05

7-77CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Ch2nd Draft

Figure 2 DOCUMENT SETTING (j0st90502)

Page 647: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-78Chain 5 Document TransportationWiring-data

Figure 3 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (1 OF 2) (j0st90503)

Page 648: WCP 123_128

ain 5 Document TransportationWiring-data

12/05

7-79CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Ch2nd Draft

Figure 4 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORTATION (2 OF 2) (j0st90504)

Page 649: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-80Chain 5 Document TransportationWiring-data

Figure 5 DOCUMENT FEED AND TRANSPORT MECHANISN (j0st90505)

Page 650: WCP 123_128

ain 5 Document TransportationWiring-data

12/05

7-81CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Ch2nd Draft

Figure 6 DOCUMENT EXIT TRANSPORTATION (j0st90506)

Page 651: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-82Chain 6 ImagingWiring-data

Chain 6 Imaging

Figure 1 PLATEN DOCUMENT SETTING (j0st90601)

Page 652: WCP 123_128

Chain 6 ImagingWiring-data

12/05

7-83CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 2 IMAGE INPUT (j0st90602)

Page 653: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-84Chain 6 ImagingWiring-data

Figure 3 CARRIAGE SCAN (j0st90603)

Page 654: WCP 123_128

Chain 6 ImagingWiring-data

12/05

7-85CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 4 LASER CONTROL AND SCANING (j0st90604)

Page 655: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-86Chain 6 ImagingWiring-data

Figure 5 ROS MOTOR CONTROL (j0st90605)

Page 656: WCP 123_128

Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

Chain 7 Paper Supply

12/057-87CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 TRAY1 PAPER SIZE SENSING (j0st90701)

Page 657: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-88Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

Figure 2 TRAY2 PAPER SIZE SENSING (j0st90702)

Page 658: WCP 123_128

Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

12/05

7-89CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 3 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90703)

Page 659: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-90Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

Figure 4 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90704)

Page 660: WCP 123_128

Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

)

12/057-91CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 5 TRAY3 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90705

Page 661: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

)

12/057-92Chain 7 Paper Supply

Wiring-data

Figure 6 TRAY4 PAPER SIZE SENSING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90706

Page 662: WCP 123_128

Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

12/05

7-93CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 7 TRAY1 PAPER STACKING (j0st90707)

Page 663: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-94Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

Figure 8 TRAY2 PAPER STACKING (j0st90708)

Page 664: WCP 123_128

Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

12/05

7-95CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 9 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90709)

Page 665: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-96Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

Figure 10 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90710)

Page 666: WCP 123_128

Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

12/05

7-97CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 11 TRAY3 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90711)

Page 667: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-98Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

Figure 12 TRAY4 PAPER STACKING (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0st90712)

Page 668: WCP 123_128

Chain 7 Paper SupplyWiring-data

12/05

7-99CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 13 MSI PAPER STACKING (OPTION:MSI) (j0st90713)

Page 669: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-100Chain 8 Paper Feed and TranspotationWiring-data

Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transpotation

Figure 1 TRAY1-4 AND MSI PAPER FEEDING (j0st90801)

Page 670: WCP 123_128

Paper Feed and TranspotationWiring-data

12/05

7-101CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain 82nd Draft

Figure 2 TRAY2 TRANSPORTATION (j0st90802)

Page 671: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-102Chain 8 Paper Feed and TranspotationWiring-data

Figure 3 2TRAY MODULE TRANSPORTATION (OPTION:2TRAY MODULE) (j0st90803)

Page 672: WCP 123_128

Paper Feed and TranspotationWiring-data

0st90804)

12/057-103CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain 8

2nd Draft

Figure 4 2TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (2TRAY MODULE OPTION) (j

Page 673: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

t90805)

12/057-104Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transpotation

Wiring-data

Figure 5 TANDEM TRAY MODULE TRANSPORTATION (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MODULE) (j0s

Page 674: WCP 123_128

Paper Feed and TranspotationWiring-data

DULE) (j0st90806)

12/057-105CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) Chain 8

2nd Draft

Figure 6 TANDEM TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE CONTROL (OPTION:TANDEM TRAY MO

Page 675: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-106Chain 8 Paper Feed and TranspotationWiring-data

Figure 7 REGISTRATIONj (0st90807)

Page 676: WCP 123_128

Chain 9 XerographicsWiring-data

Chain 9 Xerographics

12/057-107CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 CRU LIFE CONTROL (j0st90901)

Page 677: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-108Chain 9 XerographicsWiring-data

Figure 2 CHARGING AND EXPOSURE (j0st90902)

Page 678: WCP 123_128

Chain 9 XerographicsWiring-data

12/05

7-109CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 3 DEVELOPMENT AND TONER DISPENSE CONTROL (j0st90903)

Page 679: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-110Chain 9 XerographicsWiring-data

Figure 4 TRANSFER AND STRIPPIONG AND CLEANING (j0st90904)

Page 680: WCP 123_128

Chain 10 Copy TransportationWiring-data

Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing

12/057-111CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (j0st91001)

Page 681: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-112Chain 10 Copy TransportationWiring-data

Figure 2 FUSING (j0st91002)

Page 682: WCP 123_128

Chain 10 Copy TransportationWiring-data

12/05

7-113CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 3 EXIT TRANSPORTATION (j0st91003)

Page 683: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-114Chain 10 Copy TransportationWiring-data

Figure 4 EXIT TRANSPORTATION MECHANISM (j0st91004)

Page 684: WCP 123_128

Chain 10 Copy TransportationWiring-data

12/05

7-115CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 5 DUPLEX (OPTION:DUPLEX) (j0st91005)

Page 685: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-116Chain 10 Copy TransportationWiring-data

Figure 6 OFFSET CONTROL (EXIT1) (j0st91006)

Page 686: WCP 123_128

Chain 10 Copy TransportationWiring-data

12/05

7-117CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 7 OFFSET CONTROL (OPTION:EXIT2) (j0st91007)

Page 687: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-118Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 1 FINISHER DC POWER AND INTERLOCK SWITCHING (j0st91201)

Page 688: WCP 123_128

Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

12/05

7-119CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 2 HORIZONTAL TRANSPORTATION (j0st91202)

Page 689: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-120Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

Figure 3 FINISHER TRANSPOETATION (j0st91203)

Page 690: WCP 123_128

Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

12/05

7-121CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 4 TAMPING AND OFFSET (j0st91204)

Page 691: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-122Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

Figure 5 STAPLE POSITIONING (j0st91205)

Page 692: WCP 123_128

Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

12/05

7-123CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 6 STAPLE CONTROL (j0st91206)

Page 693: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-124Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

Figure 7 SET EJECT (j0st91207)

Page 694: WCP 123_128

Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

12/05

7-125CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Figure 8 STACKER TRAY CONTROL (1 OF 2) (j0st91208)

Page 695: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-126Chain 12 FinishingWiring-data

Figure 9 STACKER TRAY CONTROL (2 OF 2) (j0st91209)

Page 696: WCP 123_128

Chain 16 PrinterWiring-data

Chain 16 Printer

12/057-127CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 1 PRINTER (j0st91601)

Page 697: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

7-128Chain 17 FAXWiring-data

Chain 17 FAX

Figure 1 FAX (j0st91701)

Page 698: WCP 123_128

Accessories

8 Accessories

12/058-1CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

8.1 Installation of Main Processor8.1Installation of Main Processor ................................................................................................... 3

8.2 Fax Kit8.2.1Fax Kit .................................................................................................................................... 98.2.2Foreigen I/F............................................................................................................................. 16

Page 699: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

8-2Accessories

Page 700: WCP 123_128

Installation of Main ProcessorAccessories

8.1Installation of Main Processor 1. Connect to the IIT.

ing the Cables (j0st81002)

n the fixing knobs at both sides to connect the con-

e Toner Cartridge and swing the Toner Cartridge a

12/058-3CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 8.1

2nd Draft

Perform installation based on this installation procedure.

1. Check the packaged accessories.• Installation manual• XERO/DEVE Cartridge• Toner Cartridge• Power cord• User Guide• NVM list

2. Remove the package tape and visually check the overall appearance. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Peeling the package tape (j0st81001)

3. (DADF machine)Connect the DADF Cable to the IIT. (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Connect

NOTE: After connecting cables, tightenectors securely.

4. Remove the package materials from thfew times horizontally.

5. Open the Front Door. (Figure 3)1. Open the Front Door.

Page 701: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e Toner Cartridge (j0st81003)

)

12/058-48.1 Installation of Main Processor

Accessories

Figure 3 Open the Front Door (j0st81010)

6. Install the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 4)1. Install the Toner Cartridge.

Figure 4 Installing th

7. Open the Left Upper Chute. (Figure 51. Open the Left Upper Chute.

Page 702: WCP 123_128

Installation of Main ProcessorAccessories

ERO/DEVE Cartridge (j0st81005)

orcedly when the XERO/DEVE Cartridge Handle is Cover or the XERO/DEVE Cartridge DRUM Cover.

Door.

ray that suits the need of the customer

Paper Guide. Paper Guide.

12/058-5CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 8.1

2nd Draft

Figure 5 Opening the L/H Upper Cover (j0st81004)

8. Install the XERO/DEVE Cartridge. (Figure 6)1. Push in the XERO/DEVE Cartridge securely.

Figure 6 Installing the X

NOTE: Closing the L/H Upper Cover fnot latched will damage the L/H Upper

9. Close the L/H Upper Cover and Front 10. Load paper in Trays 1/2.

• Tray1: (Initial Value) XX• Tray2: (Initial Value) XXHow to change the paper size in the T[For Standard Sizes] (Figure 7)1. Hold the Lever and move the End2. Hold the Lever and move the Side

Page 703: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

Non-Standard Sizes (j0st81007)

)

12/058-68.1 Installation of Main Processor

Accessories

Figure 7 Changing the Standard Sizes (j0st81006)

[For Non-Standard Sizes] (Figure 8)1. Remove the Stopper.2. Move the Spacer.3. Install the Stopper.4. Hold the Lever and move the Side Paper Guide.5. Hold the Lever and move the End Paper Guide.

Figure 8 Changing to the

11. Paste the Paper Size Label. (Figure 91. Paste the Paper Size Label.

Page 704: WCP 123_128

Installation of Main ProcessorAccessories

the power switch (j0st81011)

nd lead registration in the Platen mode.r Check".aper Selection/Auto Magnification Selection.

r Check".ing.plex mode to check for a failure.

, connect the Printer.

12/058-7CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft) 8.1

2nd Draft

Figure 9 Pasting the Paper Size Label (j0st81008)

12. Connect the power cord to the IOT.13. Connect the power supply.

• 120V machines: Independent power supply of 120V and xx A is required for the power plug connection.

• 220V machines: Independent power supply of 220V and xx A is required for the power plug connection.

14. Turn on the power switch. (Figure 10)• "Ready to copy" is displayed approx. 12secs later.

Figure 10 Turning on

15. Check overall installation status.1. Check copy quality, paper feed, a2. Check the current count in "Mete3. Check the functions of the Auto P4. Check the current count in "Mete

16. For DADF machines, check the follow1. Feed original paper in simplex/du2. Check the Side Registration.

17. Check overall operation.18. For the machines with Printer function

Page 705: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

8-88.1 Installation of Main ProcessorAccessories

Page 706: WCP 123_128

8.2.1Accessories

8.2.1Fax Kit

d Accessories (j0st82017)

12/058-9CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Product Code

• XC:EL200333• EU:EL200334Packaged Accessories (Figure 1)

1. Fax Box:12. Box Cover:13. FMO PWB:14. Fax PWB:15. One Touch Panel:16. Screw:147. Data Cable:18. Line Cable:1

Figure 1 Package

Page 707: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

the FMO PWB (j0st82001)

12/058-108.2.1

Accessories

WARNINGTo avoid personal injury, ensure the machine is fully turned off before performing repairs or adjustments.

CAUTIONTo prevent data loss when the power switch is turned off, please note the following.[FAX Models]:Check that the "Stored Documents" lamp is not on, and press the [Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress.[Printer Models]Check that "Ready to Print/Send" is displayed on the Control Panel display.

CAUTIONStatic electricity may damage electrical parts.Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.Installation Procedure

1. Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 10.2)2. Remove ESS Box Cover. (PL 9.2)3. Install the FMO PWB. (Figure 2)

1. Install the FMO PWB.2.. Tighten the screws (x2).

Figure 2 Installing

4. Install the Fax Box. (Figure 3)1. Install the FAX BOX.2. Tighten the screws (x4).

Page 708: WCP 123_128

8.2.1Accessories

the FAX PWB (j0st82003)

12/058-11CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 3 Installing the Fax Box (j0st82002)

5. Install the FAX PWB. (Figure 4)1. Insert the FAX PWB.2. Connect the Speaker P/Jxxx.

Figure 4 Installing

6. Install the Box Cover. (Figure 5)1. Install the Box Cover.2. Tighten the screws (x8).

Page 709: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

the Blind Board (j0st82005)

e 7)

rds you with your hands supporting it.

12/058-128.2.1

Accessories

Figure 5 Installing the Box Cover (j0st82004)

7. Remove the IIT Rear Cover Blind Board. (Figure 6)1. Remove the Blind Board.

Figure 6 Removing

8. Remove the Control Panel Unit. (Figur1. Remove the screws (x2).2. Remove the screws (x2).3. Shift the Control Panel Unit towa4. Disconnect P/Jxxx.5. Remove the Control Panel Unit.

Page 710: WCP 123_128

8.2.1Accessories

ntrol Panel Assembly (j0st82007)

12/058-13CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 7 Removing the Control Panel Unit (j0st82006)

9. Remove the Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 8)1. Remove the screws (x5).2. Remove the Control Panel Assembly.

Figure 8 Removing the Co

10. Remove the Left Panel. (Figure 9)1. Remove the Left Panel.

Page 711: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

e One Touch Panel (j0st82008)

12/058-148.2.1

Accessories

Figure 9 Removing the Left Panel (j0st82011)

11. Install the One Touch Panel. (Figure 10)1. Install the One Touch Panel.2. Connect P/Jxxx.

Figure 10 Installing th

12. Connect the Data Cable. (Figure 11)1. Connect the Data Cable.

Page 712: WCP 123_128

8.2.1Accessories

g the Line Cable (j0st82010)

t to turn power on.

ifications.

Dial Type, Line Type

12/058-15CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)

2nd Draft

Figure 11 Connecting the Data Cable (j0st80209)

13. Restore the machine to the original state.14. Connect the Line Cable. (Figure 12)

1. Connect the Line Cable.

Figure 12 Connectin

15. Plug the machine into the power outle• FAX in Basic Screen . . . . . .

16. Set the following communication spec1. Date/Time2. Self-Terminal, Sender Name, ID,

Page 713: WCP 123_128

CC C123/128,WC M123/128 (2nd Draft)2nd Draft

12/05

8-168.2.2Accessories

8.2.2Foreigen I/FProduct Code